Harris 888-2414-001

Add to my manuals
262 Pages

advertisement

Harris 888-2414-001 | Manualzz

TECHNICAL MANUAL

Sigma

CD IOT Transmitters

I

II

Introduction

Installation & Checkout

III Operation

IV Theory of Operation

V Maintenance & Alignments

V I Troubleshooting

VII Parts List

VIII Subsections

T.M. No. 888-2414-001

© Copyright HARRIS CORPORATION

1998, 1999 All rights reserved

Rev.B: 11/10/99

Returns And Exchanges

Damaged or undamaged equipment should not be returned unless written approval and a Return

Authorization is received from HARRIS CORPORATION, Broadcast Systems Division. Special shipping instructions and coding will be provided to assure proper handling. Complete details regarding circumstances and reasons for return are to be included in the request for return. Custom equipment or special order equipment is not returnable. In those instances where return or exchange of equipment is at the request of the customer, or convenience of the customer, a restocking fee will be charged. All returns will be sent freight prepaid and properly insured by the customer. When communicating with

HARRIS CORPORATION, Broadcast Division, specify the HARRIS Order Number or Invoice

Number.

Unpacking

Carefully unpack the equipment and preform a visual inspection to determine that no apparent damage was incurred during shipment. Retain the shipping materials until it has been determined that all received equipment is not damaged. Locate and retain all PACKING CHECK LISTs. Use the PACK-

ING CHECK LIST to help locate and identify any components or assemblies which are removed for shipping and must be reinstalled. Also remove any shipping supports, straps, and packing materials prior to initial turn on.

Technical Assistance

HARRIS Technical and Troubleshooting assistance is available from HARRIS Field Service during normal business hours (8:00 AM - 5:00 PM Central Time). Emergency service is available 24 hours a day. Telephone 217/222-8200 to contact the Field Service Department or address correspondence to

Field Service Department, HARRIS CORPORATION, Broadcast Systems Division, P.O. Box 4290,

Quincy, Illinois 62305-4290, USA. The HARRIS factory may also be contacted through a FAX facility

(217/222-7041) or a TELEX service (650/372-2976).

Replaceable Parts Service

Replacement parts are available 24 hours a day, seven days a week from the HARRIS Service Parts

Department. Telephone 217/222-8200 to contact the service parts department or address correspondence to Service Parts Department, HARRIS CORPORATION, Broadcast Systems Division, P.O. Box 4290,

Quincy, Illinois 62305-4290, USA. The HARRIS factory may also be contacted through a FAX facility

(217/222-7041) or a TELEX service (650/372-2976).

NOTE

The # symbol used in the parts list means used with (e.g. #C001 = used with C001)

.

WARNING

THE CURRENTS AND VOLTAGES IN THIS EQUIPMENT ARE DANGEROUS. PER-

SONNEL MUST AT ALL TIMES OBSERVE SAFETY WARNINGS, INSTRUCTIONS

AND REGULATIONS.

This manual is intended as a general guide for trained and qualified personnel who are aware of the dangers inherent in handling potentially hazardous electrical/electronic circuits. It is not intended to contain a complete statement of all safety precautions which should be observed by personnel in using this or other electronic equipment.

The installation, operation, maintenance and service of this equipment involves risks both to personnel and equipment, and must be performed only by qualified personnel exercising due care. HARRIS CORPORATION shall not be responsible for injury or damage resulting from improper procedures or from the use of improperly trained or inexperienced personnel performing such tasks.

During installation and operation of this equipment, local building codes and fire protection standards must be observed. The following National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) standards are recommended as reference:

- Automatic Fire Detectors, No. 72E

- Installation, Maintenance, and Use of Portable Fire Extinguishers, No. 10

- Halogenated Fire Extinguishing Agent Systems, No. 12A

WARNING

ALWAYS DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE OPENING COVERS, DOORS, ENCLO-

SURES, GATES, PANELS OR SHIELDS.

ALWAYS USE GROUNDING STICKS AND

SHORT OUT HIGH VOLTAGE POINTS BEFORE SERVICING. NEVER MAKE INTER-

NAL ADJUSTMENTS, PERFORM MAINTENANCE OR SERVICE WHEN ALONE OR

WHEN FATIGUED.

Do not remove, short-circuit or tamper with interlock switches on access covers, doors, enclosures, gates, panels or shields.

Keep away from live circuits, know your equipment and don’t take chances.

WARNING

IN CASE OF EMERGENCY ENSURE THAT POWER HAS BEEN DISCONNECTED.

WARNING

IF OIL FILLED OR ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS ARE UTILIZED IN YOUR EQUIP-

MENT, AND IF A LEAK OR BULGE IS APPARENT ON THE CAPACITOR CASE

WHEN THE UNIT IS OPENED FOR SERVICE OR MAINTENANCE, ALLOW THE

UNIT TO COOL DOWN BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO REMOVE THE DEFECTIVE CA-

PACITOR. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SERVICE A DEFECTIVE CAPACITOR WHILE IT

IS HOT DUE TO THE POSSIBILITY OF A CASE RUPTURE AND SUBSEQUENT IN-

JURY.

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

i

ii 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

FIRST-AID

Personnel engaged in the installation, operation, maintenance or servicing of this equipment are urged to become familiar with first-aid theory and practices. The following information is not intended to be complete first-aid procedures, it is a brief and is only to be used as a reference. It is the duty of all personnel using the equipment to be prepared to give adequate

Emergency First Aid and thereby prevent avoidable loss of life.

Treatment of Electrical Burns

1.

Extensive burned and broken skin a.

Cover area with clean sheet or cloth. (Cleanest available cloth article.) b.

Do not break blisters, remove tissue, remove adhered particles of clothing, or apply any salve or ointment.

c.

Treat victim for shock as required.

d.

Arrange transportation to a hospital as quickly as possible.

e.

If arms or legs are affected keep them elevated.

NOTE

If medical help will not be available within an hour and the victim is conscious and not vomiting, give him a weak solution of salt and soda:

1 level teaspoonful of salt and 1/2 level teaspoonful of baking soda to each quart of water (neither hot or cold). Allow victim to sip slowly about 4 ounces (a half of glass) over a period of 15 minutes. Discontinue fluid if vomiting occurs. (Do not give alcohol.)

2.

Less severe burns - (1st & 2nd degree) a.

Apply cool (not ice cold) compresses using the cleanest available cloth article.

b.

Do not break blisters, remove tissue, remove adhered particles of clothing, or apply salve or ointment.

c.

Apply clean dry dressing if necessary.

d.

Treat victim for shock as required.

e.

Arrange transportation to a hospital as quickly as possible.

f.

If arms or legs are affected keep them elevated.

REFERENCE:

ILLINOIS HEART ASSOCIATION

AMERICAN RED CROSS STANDARD FIRST AID AND PERSONAL SAFETY MANUAL (SECOND

EDITION)

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

iii

Section I

Introduction

Scope and Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Transmitter Cabinets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Beam Supplies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Optional Dry High Voltage Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

System Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

CD 1A  Exciter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

General Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

Exciter Switcher (Refer to Technical Manual 988-

2426-001) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

Amplifier Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

AGC and UHF Linearizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

Intermediate Power Amplifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

Feed Forward Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

EEV IOT Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

CPI Klystrode Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

IOT Crowbar Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

General Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

Construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

Size and Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

Heat Load Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

Section II

Installation and Check Out

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Delivery And Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Returns And Exchanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Equipment Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

High Voltage Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Dry High Voltage Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Equipment Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Typical Station Layouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Beam Supplies, Pump Module And Heat Exchanger

Fan Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Line Control Cabinets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

RF System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

RF System Mounting Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Optional Patch Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

RF System Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Optional Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR) . . . . . . . . 2-6

Transmitter Cabinets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Placing and Joining Transmitter Cabinets . . . . . . . . 2-6

EEV IOT Uncrating and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

CPI Klystrode Uncrating and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

Magnet Assembly Handling and Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

Transmitter Transmission Line Height Adjustment . . . . 2-7

Installation of Optional Patch Panel (Single

Amplifier System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Equipment Interconnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Interconnecting Transmission Line and Wave guide . . . 2-8

Preparation For Installing Interconnecting Transmission Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

RF Line Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

Plumbing System Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

Table of Contents

Guidelines For Installing Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

Conduit And Electrical Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

PA Cabinet Internal Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

Crowbar Assembly Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

Cable and Wire Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

Rear Cabinet Control Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

EEV IOT High Voltage Junction Box Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

CPI IOT High Voltage Umbilical Interconnect . . 2-13

Signal Interconnects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

Single IPA Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

Dual IPA Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

Sigma  CD Checkout Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15

Automatic Voltage Regulator Checkout. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15

Control Checkout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15

RF System/Mode Controller Checkout. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15

Line Control Cabinet Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15

Indicator LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

Check Interlocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

System Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

Setup TX Output Feeder Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

Amplifier Cubicle PCB links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

3 Phase supply Present. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

Cabinet Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

Collector Over-temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

Collector Current Calibration/Overload . . . . . . . . 2-18

Body Current Calibration/Overload . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

Cavity Air Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19

Collector Cooling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19

EEV and CPI Minimum Coolant Flow Rates. . . . 2-19

External Interlocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19

Motor Overload:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19

Ion Current (Calibration/Overload) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20

Bias Current (Calibration/Overload) . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20

IPA Power Supply Set-up And Balance . . . . . . . . 2-20

Filament Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21

Ion Pump Current Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21

Focus Current Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21

Cavity Arc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21

3 or 4 Shot Overloads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21

HV Step Start. (2nd step fail) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21

Crowbar Filament Voltage Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

Pretuning IOT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

Crowbar Protection Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

First HV Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

Tube Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

Section III

Operators Guide

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Routine Operating Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Daily Turn On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Single-Button Daily Turn-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Daily Turn Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Black Heat or Background Heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

System Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

iv 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

Operational Mode and Power Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

NORMAL Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Mode Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

Exciter Switcher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

Amplifier Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Amplifier Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Amplifier NORMAL Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

Amplifier FAULT Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

Lockout Reset & Indicator Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

PA Tube and Driver Metering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

Linearizer Meter Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

Isolated Meter Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

Line Control Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

BEAM SUPPLY BREAKER RESET. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

Flow Guages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

Pump Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9

Section IV

Theory of Operation

Control Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

System Control PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Remote Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Local Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Control Actions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Status Readback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Meter Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

Amp Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

Power Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

Digital Pot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

System Interface Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

Amplifier Interface 1-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

Exciter/External Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

Forward, VSWR, and Reject Power metering . . . . 4-3

Mode Controller General Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

Mode Controller Detailed Circuit Description . . . . . . . . 4-3

Mode Controller Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

Control Actions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

Drive and Tally Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Control Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Status I/P Matrix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Line Stretch Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Multiplex Mode Decode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Set O/P Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Exciter Switcher Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Amplifier Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

FAULT Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Fault protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Power metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Remote control and monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Line Control Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

Remote Shunt Trip Reset P.C.B.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

Unitized High Voltage Beam Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

Theory of Operation: HV Power Supply 380/415 V

50Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

HV Contactor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

Control Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

HV Rectifier Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

Theory of Operation: Contactor and Circuit Breaker

Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

Power Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

Contactor Driver PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

IOT Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

Focus PSU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

Focus Current Overload PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

Theory of Operation: Isolated Supplies PCB . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

Heater Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

Heater Proving Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

Ion Pump Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

Ion Voltage Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

Ion Current Sensing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

Grid Bias Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

Bias Volts Proving Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

Bias Current Sensing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

Crowbar General Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

Crowbar Construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

Crowbar Detailed Circuit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Floating Deck Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

FDU/Thyratron Interface PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

IOT LOGIC Circuit description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Digital and Analog Interface PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Power Supply Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Power Metering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

Forward Power and IPA power metering. . . . . . . . 4-12

Reflected Power Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

IPA Power Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

Crowbar Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

Status Inputs 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

Open Collector Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

Digital and Analog Interface PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

LEDs (Description) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

Link Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Logic and Control PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Remote Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

System Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Control Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Collector Cooling timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Cavity Cooling Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

120 Second Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

B-Heat Timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

Standby Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

Fault counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

Contactor Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

Led Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

Power Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

Power Selector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

IOT logic link positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18

Theory Of Operation: IOT AGC & UHF LINEAR-

IZER 992-9881-001. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19

Circuit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19

Theory Of Operation: Feed Forward Correction. . . . . . . . 4-20

Error Signal Path. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

v

Section V

Maintenance

General Transmitter Maintenance Information . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

Recommended Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

Equipment Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

Weekly Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Electrical Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Monthly Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Electrical Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Transmitter Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Biannual Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Heat Exchanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

IOT Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Interior Transmitter Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Electrical Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Beam Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Annual Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

IOT/Thyratron Ceramic Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Cavity Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Beam Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Glycol System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Fiberglass Insulators (G-10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Water Flow Rate Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

IPA and Cavity Air Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Thyratron Removal and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Thyratron Tube Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

IOT Removal/Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

Transmission Line Breakaway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

Disassembly/Assembly When Other IOTs Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

Disassembly/Assembly When Other IOTs

NOT Operating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

Tube Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

IOT Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

IOT Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

RF Linearizer Initial Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

DTV Power Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

Output VSWR foldback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

DTV Feed Forward Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

Power Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Precision Directional Coupler Method Calculations . . . . 5-8

Control and Support Systems:

Testing and Adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

AC Control Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Voltage Measuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

BK Heater Voltage Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Heater Voltage Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Magnet Current Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Heater Time Delay Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Focus Current Interlock Adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Collector Current/Metering Calibration & Overload

Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Body Current Metering Calibration & Overload Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Bias current overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12

ION Pump Current Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12

VSWR Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12

ARC Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12

vi

Cabinet Overtemp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12

HV second step fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12

Collector Over Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Crowbar Fired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Motor O/L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Conditioning Procedure for a new IOT or spare IOT in or coming out of extended storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

IOT Beam Current Adj . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Heat Exchanger Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Section VI

Troubleshooting

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Technical Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Safety Precautions to Observe While Troubleshooting . . . 6-1

Cabinet Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Component Designators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Section VII

Parts List

Appendix A

Cutting and Soldering Transmission Line

Suggested Procedure For Cutting And Soldering

Transmission Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a-1

Transmission Line Cutting and Flange Soldering Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a-1

Cutting The Transmission Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a-1

Soldering Transmission Line Flanges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a-3

Soldering Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a-3

Cleaning The Soldered Joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a-4

Alternate Cleaning Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a-4

Appendix B

Lightning Protection Recommendation

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b-1

Enviornmental Hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b-1

What Can Be Done? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b-1

AC Service Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b-2

Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b-3

Appendix C

Surge and Lightning Protection and Grounding Considerations

Surge and Lightning Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c-1

System Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c-1

Ground Wires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c-1

AC Ground. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c-1

DC Ground. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c-2

Earth Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c-2

RF Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c-2

Appendix D

Heat Exchanger System

General Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-1

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-1

Equipment Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-1

General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-1

Major Hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-1

Equipment Characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-1

Electrical Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-1

Mechanical/Environmental Characteristics . . . . . . . d-1

Recommended Coolants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-1

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

During Checkout and Flushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-1

During Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-1

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-2

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-2

Unpacking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-2

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-2

Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-3

Installation of Externally Mounted Fluid Cooler . . . . . . d-3

Ice/Sun Shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-3

Pipe Sizing and Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-3

Plumbing System Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-3

Reserve Coolant Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-3

Clean-Up Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-3

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-3

Controls and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-3

Pump Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-3

Fan Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-4

Start Up Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-4

Glycol Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-4

Pump Performance Parameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-6

Description of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-7

Temperature Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-7

External Fluid Cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-8

Coolant System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-8

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-8

Preventative Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-8

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-8

Appendix E

Calorimetric Measurement (OPTION)

General Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-1

Measuring the Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-1

Specific Gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-2

Transmitter Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-3

Heat Transfer Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-3

Ethylene Glycol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-3

Appendix F

Vendor Data

Appendix G

Beam Supply

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

vii

viii 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

1.1

Scope and Purpose

This technical manual contains information necessary to install and maintain the Sigma

CD

Transmitter. This includes the following:

• Control cabinet

Amplifier cabinet

• Line control cabinet

Cooling system/pump module

Optional dry high voltage power supply

A separate drawing package for the above transmitter and internal assemblies is supplied by Harris.

Harris will also supply separate technical manuals for the CD

1A™ exciter, exciter switcher

, and RF systems (schematic

Section I

Introduction

drawings for the exciter switcher and RF systems are located in their respective manuals).

Information on the RF systems (balanced intermod filter and RF switching components), Break-away/harmonic filter and high voltage power supply will be supplied by the respective vendor companies.

The tube vendor will supply assembly instructions and factory test data with each tube.

1.2

General Description

This section provides a general description for the transmitter and associated components.

4/2/99

Figure 1-1. Basic IOT Transmitter Cabinets

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

1-1

1-2

Figure 1-2. Single IOT Block Diagram

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

4/2/99

Section I - Introduction

4/2/99

Figure 1-3. Multiple IOT Block Diagram

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

1-3

1.2.1

Transmitter Cabinets

The SigmaCD™ transmitters include a single exciter/control cabinet and one or more power amplifier cabinets, depending on power level and configuration. The control cabinet houses one

(or optionally two) CD 1A™ exciter(s), optional exciter switcher, mode controller (for 2 or more PA cabinets), the system control logic, system interface board, and dc power supplies.

The power amplifier cabinet(s) (PA) contain the AGC & UHF linearizer, IPA stage, feed forward correction circuitry, the IOT assembly, thyratron crowbar assembly, isolated power supplies

(focus, ion, bias), cooling fans, and the amplifier control logic and supplies. Each PA cabinet is identical and can operate independently of the other PA cabinets.

CAUTION

ISOLATE THE AMPLIFIER AT THE INTERLOCK AND EARTHING

SWITCH PANEL LOCATED ON THE REAR PANEL OF THE CABI-

NET AND LOCK OUT THE BREAKERS AT THE LINE CONTROL

CABINET. BEFORE DISCONNECTING OR SERVICING ANY COM-

PONENTS LOCATED IN THIS AREA.

1.2.2

1-4

Switch Off Sequence

Refer to vendor manual supplied with the unit.

Each PA cabinet has its own high voltage beam power supply.

This is an oil-filled outdoor unit with provisions for output voltage selection. Associated with each beam power supply is an ac line control cabinet. The line control cabinet provides the ac distribution for each PA cabinet and includes the step-start circuit that applies ac to the high voltage beam supply in two steps. The purpose of the step start sequence is to limit the beam supply initial inrush current.

1.2.3

Beam Supplies

Optional Dry High Voltage Supplies

Where required, optional dry, air cooled indoor high voltage beam supplies are available. These supplies are controlled by the line control cabinets in the same manner as the oil filled beam supplies.

1.2.4

Cooling

A single stage, self contained, open loop water/glycol system is provided for liquid cooled IOT versions.

The water/glycol mixture prevents freeze damage during operation in cold climates. A 50% glycol ratio is required to provide the proper dielectric for water column load. For warm climates, an optional closed loop water system is available. Resistive test loads will be provided for use with water only systems. Dual pumps and outdoor fan/coil units with multiple fans are standard equipment.

Heat exchangers are sized to cool the transmitter and all system reject/test loads under full operating power conditions.

Each PA cabinet has internal air cooling for the IOT cavities and

IPA.

1.2.5

System Control Panel

The control panel provides overall operating controls for a complete transmitter system. A typical transmitter system contains one control cabinet and one to four PA cabinets. On the system control panel, an LED below each control switch will light when its switch is pressed. If all amplifier states do not agree with the selection, the system control panel LED that agrees with the alternate amplifier state (amplifier with a different state) will be on or flash, depending on jumper selection. In the amplifier cabinet control panel where the unequal state exists, the LED that represents the actual state of that amplifier will be lit, and the

LED that represents the state of the system control panel will be off or flash, depending on jumper selection. An amplifier cabinet can be in a different state from the system control panel because it is in local (not remote) control, locked out due to a fault, or disabled.

The system control panel provides metering of overall transmitter output power, VSWR, reject power, power raise/lower control, and fault status reporting. Operational status controls include LOCAL/REMOTE, OFF, BKHEAT, STANDBY, and

BEAM.

The system control board has remote control inputs for OFF,

BKHEAT, STANDBY, BEAM, RESET and POWER RAISE and POWER LOWER via connector X6 on the system control

PCB. Remote system status monitoring outputs are are available from connectors X5 and X6 on the system interface PCB. Remote system analog outputs are are available from connector X15 on the system interface PCB.

Each amplifier has indication for output power normal, ready, and amplifier normal. If one or more of these are off, the cabinets ready LED on the system/amplifier control panel can be off or flashing, depending on jumper position.

System status LED indicators are provided for normal, ready and output power. Normal status indicators are green. Fault status indicators are red and provide the following information:

AMPLIFIER lockout

• EXCITER status

A (upper) RF level/data

• B (lower) RF level/data

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

4/2/99

System VSWR

Reject power.

Up to 3 reject load circuits may be monitored, in order to accommodate the largest transmitter configuration. Monitoring selection is made by pressing a tactile push-button switch. A green LED indicates the which reject load is selected.

1.2.6

CD 1A

Exciter

Complete information on the Sigma

CD 1A™

exciter assembly is supplied separately as a service manual. The basic functions only are being discussed in the following paragraphs.

1.2.6.1

General Description

The Harris CD 1A™ exciter converts the digital input signal received from the ATSC transport layer to an RF signal on the operating channel. The ATSC transport layer signal may be from an encoder near the transmitter, or from a studio located elsewhere, delivered by microwave or other means.

The CD 1A™ exciter accommodates a SMPTE 310M format transport signal with an embedded clock.

The exciter processes this input into the on-channel 8VSB signal needed as drive for the transmitter amplifiers. Correction circuits in the exciter pre-distort linearity, phase, response and delay to compensate for errors which occur in the amplifiers, resulting in a low-distortion output signal from the transmitter with very low intermodulation products.

1.2.7

Exciter Switcher (Refer to Technical Manual

988-2426-001)

Complete information on the Sigma

CD

exciter switcher assembly is supplied separately as a service manual. Only the basic functions are discussed in the following paragraphs.

The exciter switcher is housed in a rack mount chassis, which is installed in the control cabinet, along with the exciters. Signal outputs from both exciters are connected to the switcher and one exciter’s output is selected and sent to the transmitter. Output from the reserve exciter is terminated in the exciter switcher.

Fault detection circuits in the exciter switcher monitor the fault signals from both exciters. Front panel indicator lights on the switcher signal fault conditions.

A front panel ON AIR EXCITER SELECT switch allows an operator to change exciters. An AUTO/MANUAL SELECT switch permits the operator to choose whether exciter selection is by manual or automatic operation. When in automatic operation, the exciter switcher changes exciters when a fault occurs in the selected exciter.

A remote control switch may be used to enable or disable control of the exciter switcher by controls located away from the transmitter.

1.2.8

Amplifier Control

Refer to Figure 1-5 System diagram.

Amplifier controls are provided for LOCAL, OFF, BK HEAT,

STANDBY, BEAM, RESET DISPLAY, and RESET LOCK-

OUT.

Section I - Introduction

Normal status indicators are green LEDs, and indication is provided for AC PRESENT, INTERNAL INTERLOCK, CAV-

ITY AIR, BK HEATER, BIAS VOLTS, ION PUMP, IPA AIR,

COLLECTOR COOLING, EXTERNAL INTERLOCK, FULL

HEATERS, FOCUS CURRENT, HEATER DELAY, READY,

BEAM VOLTS, IPA VOLTS, IPA POWER, OUTPUT POWER.

Fault status indicators are red LEDs and provide the monitoring of OUTPUT CAVITY ARC, SECONDARY CAVITY ARC,

CABINET TEMPERATURE, MOTORS, HV STEP START,

COLLECTOR CURRENT, COLLECTOR TEMP, ION CUR-

RENT, BIAS CURRENT, CROWBAR FIRED, VSWR, BODY

CURRENT, FOLDBACK ACTIVE, and LOCKOUT.

Remote control and monitoring facilities are provided for connection of remote control and telemetry or data logging equipment. When remote control is selected, commands given by continuous or momentary contact closures may be used to duplicate the functions of the local control buttons from a remote point.

Remote control and monitoring is via standard 37 pin “D” type connectors on each amplifier and the system control rack. Remote status indications for normal and fault conditions are made available at a TTL level. In addition, analog samples of voltage, current, and power levels are available as +4 Vdc into 100 k ohms at full scale deflection for connection to telemetry equipment.

Amplifier cabinet commands are selectable by jumper link for either open collector or TTL operation. TTL input voltage ranges are jumper selectable for +5 to +12 Vdc or +12 to +24 Vdc.

Internal meters (visible from the front of the transmitter) are display beam volts, beam current, grid volts, grid current, ion current, heater volts, and body current.

1.2.9

AGC and UHF Linearizer

Refer to Figure 1-4 AGC & UHF linearizer diagram.

An AGC and UHF linearizer is located in each amplifier cabinet and is in circuit between the exciter and IPA of each IOT. Its purpose is to cancel the intermodulation products generated by amplification in the class AB amplifiers, provide power amplifier

AGC, power control, and VSWR foldback. The output power of the amplifiers are controlled and stabilized against variations in exciter output level, temperature, mains voltage, and gain variations of the IOT. In addition to AGC, there are four stages of correction. These consist of phase expansion, phase compression, gain expansion and gain compression. Each stage has a separate slope and threshold controls for either expansion or compression.

1.2.10

Intermediate Power Amplifier

The IPA uses a broadband solid state RF power amplifier module to amplify the on-channel 8VSB drive signal. Depending on the channel the transmitter is set up on, the system may be equipped with dual IPA modules.

The IPA operates in class AB amplification. The drive signal is split to feed two identical halves of the IPA, which operate in parallel. Each half has a gain of approximately 45 dB. Each half

4/2/99 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

1-5

1-6

Figure 1-4. AGC & UHF Linearizer Block Diagram

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

4/2/99

of the IPA module consists of a gain stabilizer, three class A stages in cascade, a class AB driver stage and four class AB output stages operating in parallel.

The gain stabilizer holds the gain of the class A and driver stages constant against changes caused by operating frequency drift and temperature changes. The collector current of the driver stage is sampled and a voltage is derived which varies the bias current of the class A/B driver stage. In like manner, the bias current of the class A/B output stages is controlled by the average collector current of all of the output stages.

The driver and output stages use a Motorola bipolar transistor which is capable of 125 W peak (31 W average DTV power) per device. Each class AB stage is provided with crowbar protection.

The output of each pair of output transistors is combined to give four co-phased outputs from the module. These pass via circulators, which provide a constant load to the transistors, to a broadband four way star point combiner. If dual IPA modules are used, the four outputs from each module pass via circulators to an eight way star point combiner.

Depending on its requirements, the IOT input drive ranges from

200 to 1000W peak (50 to 250 W average power for DTV). Each

IPA module is capable of 1000 W peak (250 W average for DTV) which, due to feed forward system loss, translates to 560 W peak

(140 W average for DTV) at the input of the IOT. A second IPA is added when more than 140 W average drive power is needed at the IOT input.

The IPA is self protecting. A fast acting attenuator removes the drive to each half independently if collector current, reflected power or temperature become excessive. The output power is monitored on a front panel meter and serial status and measurement data are available for diagnostic purposes. A single IPA module is supplied by two paralleled, high efficiency, single phase, fan cooled switched mode supplies. Dual IPA modules are supplied by three such paralleled supplies. One IPA supply is capable of powering an IPA module to full output power.

1.2.11

Feed Forward Assembly

The feed forward assembly consists of a class-A 1-watt reference amplifier, line stretchers for phasing, a fixed delay line, two combining hybrids, and a 40 watt error correction amplifier. The purpose is to improve the linearity of the IPA output signal.

The input signal to the IPA module(s) is reasonably clean, but the IPA adds intermodulation products (intermods) to its output signal. A sample of the IPA input signal is amplified in the 1-watt amplifier and added to a sample of the IPA output signal in a combining hybrid. The phase of the two signals is such that the input signal is canceled leaving only the intermods. The intermod signal is amplified in the 40 watt amplifier and added into the

IPA output signal (at a point after the first IPA sample was taken) in a combining hybrid. The phase of the two signals is such that the intermods cancel out leaving a reasonably clean IPA signal to drive the IOT amplifier.

Section I - Introduction

1.2.12

EEV IOT Assembly

For operation as a UHF DTV power amplifier, the IOT is mounted in an assembly which contains the tuned input and output RF circuits together with magnet coils which focus the electron beam within the drift tube section of the IOT. The complete assembly of IOT, RF circuitry and magnetic coils are mounted together on a wheeled framework to form a unit (the

IOT trolley assembly) which may be easily removed from the transmitter for maintenance purposes. The points of interconnection which interface the IOT trolley assembly to the transmitter are:

• Self sealing, quick release coolant connectors

Air cooling pipe

RF input cable

Output RF transmission line

Forward power probe

• Reflected power probe

ALC probe

• Umbilical feed for HV cables

Magnetic supply cable

Collector return and interlocks connector

• Earth wire connection

The input circuit is in the form of a co-axial transmission line with an annular tuning door. It uses two cavity models (3/4 wavelength at the low frequency end and 5/8 wavelength at high frequency end) to allow coverage of the uhf band. A coupling loop connects the RF input signal to the transmission line input cavity. The IOT input circuit is adjusted to 50 ohms by an externally mounted double slug matching section.

The IOT requires beam supply voltage that ranges from 32 to 36 kV. The grid cathode assembly of the IOT is maintained at the negative beam supply potential while the IOT collector and the positive terminal of the beam supply are maintained within a few volts of ground potential. Beam supply tap settings are available to vary the beam voltage in order to operate 40, 50, 70 or 100 kW peak tubes. (EEV IOTD140W/R, IOTD150W/R, IOTD250,

IOTD270, IOTD2100).

The heater, grid, and Ion power supplies all float at the cathode

(negative beam) potential. The heater transformer isolates the cathode voltage from earth. Grid and Ion supplies are fed from a common high voltage isolation transformer and are contained in the isolated supplies assembly, which floats above ground on standoff insulators.

Wires providing the dc supplies to the cathode/grid section of the

IOT are connected at a junction box located at the top of the input cavity assembly. RF drive is capacitively coupled to the high voltage cathode structure.

Two tuned cavities are coupled together to produce a bandpass filter circuit which is used to transfer the RF power from the IOT output to the output transmission line. Coupling from the primary to secondary cavity is by means of an adjustable coupling loop and capacitive probe. The output coupler is a standard variable loop coupler.

4/2/99 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

1-7

1-8

Figure 1-5. IOT Control System Overview

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

4/2/99

1.2.13

CPI Klystrode Assembly

For operation as a UHF DTV power amplifier, the CPI Klystrode is mounted in an assembly which contains the tuned input and output RF circuits together with magnet coils which focus the electron beam within the drift tube section of the Klystrode. The complete assembly of Klystrode, RF circuitry and magnetic coils are mounted together on a wheeled framework to form a unit (the trolley assembly) which may be easily removed from the transmitter for maintenance purposes. Tube removal may be accomplished with the trolley assembly in position within the amplifier cabinet.

The points of interconnection which interface the trolley assembly to the transmitter are:

• Self sealing, quick release coolant connectors

Air cooling pipe

• RF input cable

Output RF transmission line

Forward power probe

• ALC probe

Reflected power probe

• Umbilical feed for HV cables

Magnetics supply cable

Collector return and interlocks connector

• Earth wire connection

The input circuit is in the form of an RF cavity driven grid. Input tune and match controls provide correct input adjustment over the UHF band.

The CPI Klystrode requires beam supply voltage that ranges from 32 to 36 kV. The grid cathode assembly of the Klystrode is maintained at the negative beam supply potential while the

Klystrode collector and the positive terminal of the beam supply are maintained within a few volts of ground potential. Beam supply tap settings are available to vary the beam voltage in order to operate the 40, 60, 75, and 100 kW Peak Klystrodes (CPI

K2D40W, K2D60W, K2D75W and K2D110W.)

The heater, grid, and ion power supplies all float at the cathode

( negative beam) potential. The heater transformer isolates the cathode voltage from earth. Grid and ion supplies are fed from a common high voltage isolation transformer and are contained in the isolated supplies assembly which floats above ground on ceramic standoff insulators.

Wires providing the dc supplies to the cathode/grid section of the

Klystrode are connected to a filter network within the input cavity assembly. RF drive is capacitively coupled to the high voltage cathode structure.

Two tuned cavities are coupled together to produce a bandpass filter circuit which is used to transfer the RF power from the

Klystrode output to the output transmission line. Coupling from the primary to secondary cavity is by means of an adjustable coupling iris. The final output coupler utilizes a capacitive probe to couple the output to EIA 3 1/8 inch transmission line.

Section I - Introduction

1.2.14

IOT Crowbar Assembly

WARNING

THE IOT CROWBAR ASSEMBLY RESIDES AT A HIGH VOLTAGE

POTENTIAL IN THE ORDER OF -35 kV WITH RESPECT TO

EARTH. MAINTENANCE OF ANY DESCRIPTION SHOULD ONLY

BE CARRIED OUT WHEN THE TRANSMITTER HAS BEEN ISO-

LATED FROM THE SUPPLY AND EARTHED.

1.2.14.1

General Description

The IOT crowbar is a high voltage shunt switch. Its purpose is to protect the IOT from damage in fault conditions, i.e. internal tube arcs. Under such conditions, an unprotected tube will draw excessive current from the HV power supply. This excessive current, aided by the energy stored in the decoupling capacitors, causes damage to the tube.

During a tube arc or HV cable fault, the crowbar detects the sudden rise in beam supply current. This causes the crowbar circuit to trigger, which places a short circuit across the beam supply. The main component of the crowbar is a deuterium thyratron. It is connected across the beam supply output, anode to the positive terminal and cathode to the negative terminal.

When triggered, the thyratron conducts heavily, diverting the follow of beam supply energy away from the IOT, there by preventing further damage.

When triggered, the crowbar informs the amplifier controller that a fault has occurred. The amplifier control logic immediately turns the line control cabinet HV breaker off and lights the fault status indicator. After a short delay, the amplifier control logic generates a breaker reset command to turn on the HV breaker.

1.2.14.2

Construction

The crowbar assembly consists of an electrically floating chassis, which is at the full beam voltage under normal operating conditions. It is isolated from earth potential by four nonconductive pillars. ac operating power for the crowbar power supply and thyratron filament voltage is supplied by an isolating transformer.

The floating chassis provides a means of mounting the thyratron device and its associated control circuitry, which consists of the floating deck unit, the FDU/thyratron interface PCB and power supply. A dc fan is used to provide sufficient airflow onto the base of the thyratron to prevent overheating and pre-triggering.

Fuses for the secondary of the FDU transformer are located on a horizontal flange of the chassis.

Two more insulating pillars are fixed to the floating chassis, one to provide support to the IOT supply series resistors, the other providing support for the grading grid divider and crowbar fired detector.

1.3

Size and Weight

Refer to Table 1-1.

4/2/99 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

1-9

1.4

Heat Load Requirements

Refer to Table 1-2.

Heat loss from the liquid coolant plumbing into the room is significant but can be reduced to virtually zero by using a good quality foam pipe insulation (preferably with a protective plastic outer covering). Please note that these figures are approximate.

Good engineering practice would dictate the allowance of an additional 10-15 % head room when using these figures to accurately size air conditioning units (plus the heat load of all other building loads). Refer to Table 1-2.

Pipe lengths were assumed to be a total of 100 foot inside the building. If pipe lengths are different please allow 2.4 kW per

100 foot for 1-1/2 inch pipe, 3.3 kW per 100 foot for 2 inch pipe, and 4.13 kW per 100 foot of 2.5 inch pipe.

For full information on the size/weight/power consumption/performance specifications consult the data sheets included in the

Table 1-1. Weights and Measurements

ITEM

Control Cabinet

Rear P.A. Cabinet

Front P.A. Cabinet

Line Control Cabinet

Beam Supply, 96 KW

Beam Supply:, 140 kW

Pump Module kg

164

282

334

136

1678

1995

362

Net Weight lb

362.44

623.22

738.14

300.56

3700

4400

800

Size (width x depth x height) cm

106 x 84 x 183

149 x 56 x 183

149 x 84 x 183

153 x 31 x 92

141 x 117 x 157

152 x 117 x 157

91 x 157 x 158 in

23.5 x 33.1 x 72

58.5 x 22.2 x 72

58.5 x 32.2 x 72

60 x 12.1 x 36.1

55.5 x 46 x 62

60 x 46 x 62

36 x 61.6 x 65.25

Fluid Cooler (two fans)

Fluid Cooler (three fans)

Fluid Cooler (four fans)

311

429

608

685

946

1340

232 x 111 x 110

334 x 111 x 110

436 x 111 x 110

91.5 x 43.6 x 43.2

131.5 x 43.6 x 43.2

171.5 x 43.6 x 43.2

Dependent upon type system installed, RF Systems: (RF Systems will typically ship directly from manufacturer.)

Allow for a slight increase of the above sizes for the shipping containers. The skid will add at least 6 inches (15 cm) to the height.

front of this manual.

Transmitter Size

1-Tube

2-Tube

3-Tube

4-Tube

Table 1-2. Transmitter Heat Loads For Air Conditioner

13

18

25

Pipes Uninsulated kW BTU/Hr

8 27,300

44,400

61,400

85,300

Pipes with Insulation kW BTU/Hr

5.6

19,100

9.7

33,100

13.9

47,400

18.4

62,800

1-10 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

4/2/99

2.1

General

This section provides the information and instructions necessary for the installation of the Harris Sigma

CD series television transmitter. Guidelines in the form of installation instructions are given to minimize the installation time required.

Care and precautionary measures are given to prevent problems or injury from occurring during installation.

Probably the most important factors in a successful, efficient, and safe installation phase of a new transmitter are planning and preparation. Study equipment manuals beforehand and become thoroughly familiar with the installation requirements for each piece of equipment.

When considering the sequence of events during an installation, it is important to approach the transmitter, its peripherals, and the building as a system. “Typical” drawings will be used as references. It must be assumed special requirements will cause deviations from the published installation drawings in order to accommodate a particular configuration or building requirement.

Plan the DTV monitoring systems ahead of time and draw schematics and/or wiring diagrams for them. If possible, install them. Plan and, if possible, install the microwave system (if used). Plan the remote control system, if the plant will be so equipped. Know where the remote equipment will mount and what parameters it should monitor and what functions it should control.

The transmitter equipment installation phases should be planned before the equipment arrives and a detailed plan worked out and written down. Know what installation equipment and materials

HARRIS is supplying with the transmitter and what equipment and materials the station must supply. In general, a transmitter installation requires that the following areas be addressed: a. In a new installation, will the building/transmitter room be completed? Transmitting equipment and any electronic equipment can be damaged or made inoperable by dust and dirt entering the equipment. Even a plastic covering placed over the transmitter rarely keeps out concrete dust and plaster dust created from drywall installation. Interior walls should be in place, ceiling work should be complete, concrete floors should be aged and well sealed.

b. In a new installation, will electrical power be available when needed? Often transmitter installation and checkout is held up because primary power is not available for the transmitter.

c. In an existing facility, must an existing transmitter remain on the air during installation of the new equipment? Plan how this is to be done to minimize off-air time.

d. A staging area should be chosen and set aside to place the boxes and crates that contain all the smaller parts and assemblies not shipped attached to the transmitter. A sepa-

Section II

Installation and Check Out

rate area should be used to stage all installation materials

(plumbing materials, wire, conduit and accessories, loose hardware, etc.). Each piece of equipment should be inspected for shipping damage. Inventory all equipment and the contents of each box and compare to the packing check list that comes with the equipment.

e. Unloading. Will the proper lifting and moving equipment be there when the truck containing the transmitter arrives?

Will there be enough workers there to help?

f. Equipment placement. Using a station layout drawing, determine equipment placement and in what order equipment should be set in place. If possible, lay out equipment location with lines marked on the floor.

g. Hanging hardware. Ensure that all pipe hangers, conduit hangers, threaded rod, beam clamps, Unistrut and Unistrut hardware are on site.

h. Tools. Ensure that all necessary tools will be on site when needed. Make sure all tools are in good shape. Check transmitter and other equipment technical manuals to see if any specialized tools are required. Make arrangements to obtain them if necessary. A list of installation tools and materials is shown in Table 2-1

2.2

Delivery And Storage

The Sigma

CD

series transmitter is normally delivered with the larger units mounted on shipping skids. Smaller components are shipped in cardboard cartons. Any obvious damage should be noted at the time of receipt and claims filed with the carrier.

In unloading the equipment, the receiver will need suitable equipment capable of handling a 5000 pound load (2268 kg).

Extreme care should be taken during the unloading operation to prevent injury to personnel or damage to the equipment.

If storage of the equipment is necessary, all units except the oil filled high voltage power supply and cooling unit require inside storage. Except for the small cardboard cartons, stacking of items should not be done. The storage area should be dry and clean.

Leave the larger units mounted on their skids for ease of storage and movement. When it is time to install the equipment, move it close to its final position and there remove it from its skid and slide it into position.

2.3

Returns And Exchanges

Information on returns and exchanges is printed on the reverse side of the title page of this manual.

09/17/99 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

2-1

Table 2-1. Installation Tools and Materials

Welding Torch Set

Oxygen and Acetylene Tanks

Welder’s Mask or Goggles

Power Band Saw (can be rented) and Extra Blades

Silver Solder 1/16 inch diameter, 30%-45%, Hard Stay-Silv

#45, Aladdin #45, HARRIS part number 086-0004-060

Paste flux (Engelhard Ultra-Flux 1 lb jar) HARRIS part number 099 0002 241

(HARRIS part number 086 0004 040, 16 oz bottle)

Muriatic Acid (quart)

Baking Soda (two 1-pound boxes)

Three plastic 5-gallon buckets or containers with open tops

Scotch Brite

Steel Wool

Emery Cloth (roll type like plumber uses)

Carpenters Square

Level

Plumb Bob

Chalk Line

Hacksaw and Extra Blades

Wrenches

Crowbar

Rope

Saw Horses or Cutting Table

Come-along or Chain-Fall Hoist

Ladders

Files

Garden Hose

25-Ft Tape Measure

Hole Saw, 1-7/8 inches, for installing directional couplers

Rubber Hammer

Claw Hammer

Gloves

Safety Glasses

NOTE: All-thread rod, hangers, angle iron or channel will be needed to support the transmission line, dummy load, etc.

2.4

Unpacking

The following guidelines are provided for ease of unpacking the equipment.

2.4.1

Equipment Inventory

Inventory shipment using the packing check list received from the carrier. A typical list of units shipped is shown in Table 2-2.

See Section VII for a list of the installation material normally supplied with the transmitter.

2.4.2

High Voltage Power Supplies

Each high voltage power supply weighs approximately 5000 pounds, necessitating the use of suitable lifting equipment.

When handling the power supply, keep the plastic envelope in place for protection in storage unless the equipment can be installed soon after its arrival.

To remove from the truck, a forklift can be used (winching the equipment to the rear edge if a loading platform is not available), or the equipment can be lifted using the lugs provided on the sides. When inserting the lifting hooks into the lugs, keep any tearing of the plastic envelope to a minimum. If there are high voltage bushings, take care not to bear any force on them. Use spreaders on the slings, if necessary. Provide padding as necessary to protect the painted surfaces from the sling.

2.4.3

Dry High Voltage Power Supply

An optional dry high voltage power supply is available. See customer special documentation for installation, checkout, and other information.

2.5

Equipment Placement

2.5.1

Typical Station Layouts

The recommended equipment placement depends somewhat on the operating channel, especially if operation is to be at channel

52 or higher. Refer to the typical station layout and plumbing drawings. These drawings provide useful information regarding floor plan, RF transmission line layout, and the cooling system.

See site specific transmitter installation drawings.

2.5.2

Beam Supplies, Pump Module And Heat Exchanger Fan Units

It is recommended that the beam power supplies, pump module, and heat exchanger fan unit be mounted on a concrete pad in a secure area outside the building. Provisions for ice bridge protection should be made if required due to geographic location.

When ready for installation, use a fork lift or other suitable equipment to carefully remove the pump module and fan unit from their skids and set them in place on their pads.

The beam supply must be lifted off of its skid using the lugs provided on the sides. Provide padding as necessary to protect the painted surfaces from the sling.

2.5.3

Line Control Cabinets

Place the line control cabinet according to the floor plan.

2.5.4

RF System

Study the typical station layout drawings or custom layout drawings before beginning installation of the RF system. The RF system is the assembly that connects the RF output lines from one or more PA cabinets to the input of the antenna feed line.

For a single tube configuration, the RF system consists of a filter and possibly a patch panel or motorized RF switch.

For a multiple tube configuration, the RF system includes one or more combiners, one or more filters, and possibly one or more motorized RF switches. These larger RF systems may be shipped

2-2 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

09/17/99

Section II - Installation & Checkout

Table 2-2. Weights and Measurements

ITEM

Control Cubicle

Rear PA Cubicle

Front PA Cubicle

Line Control Cabinet

Beam Supply, 96 KW

Beam Supply:, 140 kW

Pump Module

Fluid Cooler (two fans)

Fluid Cooler (three fans)

Fluid Cooler (four fans) kg

164

282

334

136

1678

1995

362

311

429

608

Net Weight lb

362.44

623.22

738.14

300.56

3700

4400

800

685

946

1340

Size (width x depth x height) cm

106 x 84 x 183

149 x 56 x 183

149 x 84 x 183

153 x 31 x 92

141 x 117 x 157 in

23.5 x 33.1 x 72

58.5 x 22.2 x 72

58.5 x 32.2 x 72

60 x 12.1 x 36.1

55.5 x 46 x 62

152 x 117 x 157

91 x 157 x 158

232 x 111 x 110

334 x 111 x 110

436 x 111 x 110

Dependent upon type system installed, RF Systems will typically ship directly from the manufacturer.

60 x 46 x62

36 x 61.6 x 65.25

91.5 x 43.6 x 43.2

131.5 x 43.6 x 43.2

171.5 x 43.6 x 43.2

disassembled in two or more sections, which must be reassembled on site.

The horizontal and vertical placement of the RF system in relation to the transmitter is crucial to the successful installation of the interconnecting lines and the antenna transmission line.

Refer to Figures 2-1 and 2-2 for relative phasing information for the multi-tube configurations. Phasing is accomplished by controlling the relative height or length of the RF lines that connect the PA cabinets to the RF system.

2.5.4.1

RF System Mounting Height

The mounting height of the RF system is determined by many factors, which include:

The height of the ceiling

Available floor area inside the transmitter room

Whether the input and output RF lines enter from above or below the RF system, they can be setup either way at the site

The length of the phasing lines

If a patch panel is to be used,

Depending on the required phasing length of the PA to RF system lines (for multiple PA systems) and the mounting height of the

RF system, the PA inputs can be arranged (on site) to enter the

RF system from above or below. Also, the RF system antenna output can go above or below, depending on the RF system height and the height of the transmission line or wave guide run to the antenna.

2.5.4.2

Optional Patch Panel

If a patch panel (optional) is to be installed, for most RF system designs, the minimum mounting height of the bandpass filter is dictated by the mounting height of a horizontally mounted patch panel. The patch panel should be installed so it can be operated from the floor, yet it should not be low enough to cause a hazard in a high traffic area. If the quantity of coaxial elbows needed to connect the panel to the bandpass filter is to be minimized, the bandpass filter must be elevated above the patch panel by the exact distance equivalent of two leg lengths of a 4-1/16" or 6-1/8" elbow. If the bandpass filter is to be mounted higher, then it must be at least 6" higher than two elbow leg lengths to accommodate the shortest length of 4-1/16" or 6-1/8" transmission line possible. See Appendix A to determine elbow leg lengths.

Finally check to make sure that the patch panel mounting location will not interfere with the clearance needed to open the IOT cabinets rear doors.

2.5.4.3

RF System Placement

For system specific data refer to the vendor supplied RF system manual.

Identify the RF system input ports on the layout drawing and determine its location with respect to the transmitter. Locate the same point on the floor of the room and mark it.

Support the center sections of the filter above the floor and orient the section so the inputs of the Rf system, when attached, will be close to being directly over the previously made marks on the floor. The filter can be supported by setting it on the interconnecting flanges. Do not support the assembly on the wave guide sections of the filter or on the protruding filter tuners. Use care not to bump the tuners or dent or deform the wave guides or filter sections.

If used, install the magic tee phase shifter assembly to the filter section using marking or labeling on the pieces as a guide.

Support the magic tee section carefully to avoid denting or deforming it, and to assist in aligning the connecting flanges.

09/17/99 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

2-3

2-4

Figure 2-1. Line Lengths for Phasing - Multi-Tube

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

09/17/99

Section II - Installation & Checkout

09/17/99

Figure 2-2. Line Lengths for Phasing - Multi-Tube

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

2-5

Alignment pins are provided and should be used in diagonal corners to assure proper seating of flanges. The flange bolts should be used to hold the two flanges together and not to correct flange misalignments. Tighten the bolts in the sequence shown in Figure 2-3; then torque each to 15 ft. lbs.

Position the input ports of the assembled combiner/filter directly over the mark on floor using a plumb bob. Also using the plumb bob, locate the proper placement and install the all-thread rods from the overhead support system. Locate the rods so they are directly over the hanging brackets on the RF system. Raise the

RF system using suitable hoists and pulleys. Level the RF system when its proper height is reached and it has been attached to the all-thread rods.

If the RF system arrived in two or more sections,and each section is very heavy, or the entire system to bulky or heavy to hang as a unit, the system can be hung one section at a time and the sections joined after they are hung.

NOTE

The length of the threaded rods hanging the RF system should be as short as possible to minimize objectionable lateral movement. If the RF system equipment is to be supported from a high ceiling, an intermediate metal frame grid should be constructed.

The frame normally hangs from the ceiling and in turn provides the structure from which the RF system is suspended.

2.5.5

Optional Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR)

Place the AVR according to the floor plan.

CAUTION

THE AVR MUST BE CAPABLE OF MAINTAINING +/-2% OUTPUT

REGULATION AT THE SPECIFIED LINE VOLTAGE. FAILURE TO

MAINTAIN THIS SPECIFICATION MAY RESULT IN SPURIOUS

CROWBAR EVENTS AND POSSIBLE VOIDING OF IOT WARRANTY.

2.5.6

Transmitter Cabinets

Carefully remove cabinets from skids.

CAUTION

U

NIT MUST NOT BE DROPPED. MAKE A RAMP TO ROLL UNIT

FROM SKID TO FLOOR

.

Doors, if not already mounted on cabinets, are wrapped in protective material. Do not use a knife or other sharp object to remove wrapping, as these tools may damage the finish.

2-6

Figure 2-3. Tightening Sequence

Cardboard cartons should be opened with the carton in the proper position (note “UP” arrows on carton). Parts contained inside the cartons are wrapped. Use extreme care when unwrapping parts to avoid dropping or discarding parts as waste.

2.5.6.1

Placing and Joining Transmitter Cabinets

Refer to the typical station layout and proceed as follows: a. The RF system should already be hung according to the layout plan.

b. In the event the RF system arrives much later then the transmitter and the installation must proceed, allow space to lift and hang the RF system and run the RF lines.

c. Snap a chalk line on the floor where the front of the transmitter cabinets will rest. Also snap a chalk line on the floor where one end of the transmitter cabinets will rest.

d. Begin moving the control cabinet and the front half of each amplifier cabinet into place lining it up with the chalk lines.

It is a good idea to level each cabinet as it is moved into its final position.

The front and rear halves of the amplifier cabinet were split prior to shipment and must be reassembled. The following procedure is a guideline to rejoining the two halves of the cabinet.

1. Move the rear cabinet close to its permanent place but leave the two halves of the cabinet separated by about two feet.

2. Remove the two cross braces from the rear of the front half of the cabinet. Save the mounting bolts and washers, they will be used to fasten the rear half of the cabinet to the front.

3. Reinstall the bias pot assembly to the rear side of the front cabinet meter board.

4. The front wall of the rear half of the cabinet will become the rear wall of the front when the two halves are joined.

5. Remove shipping support blocking for the isolated supply board, and any other packing material and blocks from the amplifier cabinet.

6. Route the (IOT top hat assembly) umbilical through the front wall of the rear cabinet (high voltage cubical).

Facing the front of the front half of the amplifier cubical, the umbilical will hang in the left rear corner of the

IOT trolley area. The umbilical (with IOT top hat attached is wrapped and stored in the rear cabinet for shipping.

7. Slide the rear half of the PA cabinet up to the front half until they are together.

As the rear half approached the front half, make sure that the copper ground strap coming out of the center bottom rear of the front cabinet slides through the matching slot in the center bottom of the front wall of the rear cabinet. This strap will bolt to the other copper ground straps that are inside the rear cabinet.

8. Mechanical assembly. Bolt front and rear IOT cabinets together with four 3/8 X 1 inch bolts. Mounting holes are located in the upper and lower corners of the rear

IOT cabinets. Ensure cabinets are level and square.

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

09/17/99

9. Connect internal cabinet ground strap from front IOT cabinet to the ground straps in the rear IOT cabinet.

10.Connect all ground jumper wires in the cabinet corners.

These wires were disconnected when the front and rear halves of the amplifier cabinet were separated.

11.Bolt the amplifier cabinets together (if more then one), and the exciter/control cabinet to amplifier cabinet.

Use the provided aluminum bolt plates to bolt the amplifier cabinets together at the top corners of the cabinets.

12.Locate the copper ground strap provided with the electrical installation kit. Determine the optimum layout for routing the ground strap to allow connection of the transmitter components with as few bends as possible.

13.Connect station ground between all transmitter cabinets, beam supplies, pump modules, heat exchangers, line control cabinets and the RF system.

14.Connect ground sticks in the IOT front cubicle and on the back of the amplifier high voltage cabinets. Using an ohmmeter check for electrical continuity to station ground.

WARNING

ENSURE GROUND STRAPS ARE CONNECTED BETWEEN

CABINETS, HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLIES, LINE CONTROL

CABINETS, AND OTHER TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT. BOND

THE STRAPS TO STATION GROUND AT A CENTRAL POINT. AT

A MINIMUM THE STRAPS SHOULD BE BOLTED TOGETHER

USING SEVERAL BOLTS AND LARGE WASHERS AT EACH CON-

NECTION TO MAXIMIZE THE COMPRESSED SURFACE AREA OF

THE STRAPS. IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE CONNECTIONS

ALSO BE SILVER SOLDERED OR CADWELDED. FOR INFORMA-

TION ON LIGHTNING PROTECTION AND SYSTEM GROUNDING

REFER TO APPENDIX B & C.

2.5.7

EEV IOT Uncrating and Assembly

A chain hoist assembly is supplied to facilitate the installation of the IOT into the magnet/carriage assembly. Refer to the station layout drawings for proper hoist installation height.

CAUTION

THE IOT WEIGHS APPROXIMATELY 22 kg/50 lbs BY ITSELF; 86 kg/190 lbs WHEN THE WEIGHT OF THE SHIPPING FRAME IS

INCLUDED. THE IOT LIFTING SUPPORT STRUCTURE MUST BE

CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING THIS LOAD. THE CHAIN HOIST SUP-

PORTING STRUCTURE MUST BE STRONG ENOUGH TO SUPPORT

A LOAD AT LEAST EQUAL TO RATING OF THE HOIST (1 TON).

If the IOT has been sitting in its crate for an extended period of time, it may be desirable to check the quality of the vacuum inside the IOT while it is still in the crate. This is done by applying voltage between the IOT’s vac-ion pump and heater/cathode terminal and measuring the current being drawn by the pump.

The exact procedure for the ion pump test is provided by the tube manufacturer in the IOT amplifier assembly manual.

Closely follow the IOT manufacture’s instructions provided with the tube to unload the IOT from the shipping crate.

Section II - Installation & Checkout

Ensure that the IOT is correctly located in the magnet structure and that its orientation is correct; otherwise the IOT magnet assembly will not fit into the transmitter cabinet. As the IOT is being lowered into the magnet assembly, just before the IOT seats into the magnet and the weight of the IOT is still being supported by the hoist, rotate the IOT so the two body water fittings on the output drift tube face the front on the magnet assembly.

When the IOT is seated and oriented properly in the magnet assembly, installation of the cavities may begin. Metric tools and metric hardware for cavity installation are provided by the IOT supplier. Refer to the tube manufacturer’s assembly manual for specific procedures to use in unpacking and assembling the IOT cavity circuits.

2.5.8

CPI Klystrode Uncrating and Assembly

CPI Klystrode equipped transmitters do not require a chain hoist for circuit assembly. The Klystrode cavity/ magnet assembly will arrive in two large crates. One will contain a preassembled circuit assembly, the second will contain the tube. Refer to the tube manufacturers assembly instructions for specific procedures to use in unpacking and assembling the Klystrode/cavity/circuit assembly. The circuit assembly will consist of prewired, premounted cavity/circuit assembly. A blank alignment insert will require removal prior to installing the tube. Slide the clamp handle assembly located on the lower magnet mounting plate to the unlocked position. This should allow the shipping blank to be removed. Uncrate the Klystrode tube. Care must be taken to align the bayonet on the tube and water jacket assembly. Carefully insert the tube into the cavity/water jacket assembly. Lock the clamp handle assembly and proceed with the input cavity assembly.

2.5.9

Magnet Assembly Handling and Storage

CAUTION

THE ASSEMBLED IOT/KLYSTRODE MAGNET IS TOP HEAVY AND

CAUTION SHOULD BE OBSERVED WHEN ROLLING IT ACROSS

THE FLOOR. THE AREA SHOULD BE SMOOTH AND FREE OF ANY

DEBRIS WHICH MIGHT INTERFERE WITH THE WHEELS AND

CAUSE THE IOT AND MAGNET TO TIP OVER.

The IOT/Klystrode magnet assembly should be kept in a safe and secure area until it is needed for final transmitter installation. It should be kept covered to prevent dust and dirt contamination.

It will be necessary to install the IOT/Klystrode magnet assembly into the amplifier cabinet to determine the height and centering of the RF transmission line breakaway.

2.5.10

Transmitter Transmission Line Height Adjustment

a. Install the top half of the RF breakaway/harmonic filter assembly in the cabinet. An adjustable clamping bracket supports it from four bolt holes in the cabinet top mounting plate, see Figures 2-4 through 2-6. Tighten the band clamps to secure the upper break away assembly in place.

b. Dependent upon output power level the breakaway/harmonic filter assembly will terminate into either 4-1/16"

09/17/99 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

2-7

Transmitter

CD-100P1

CD-200P2

CD-300P3

CD-400P4

Table 2-3. System Interconnection Diagrams

AC Distribution

839-8200-100

839-8200-200

839-8200-300

839-8200-400

Plumbing Layout

852-9211-100

852-9211-200

852-9211-300

852-9211-400

System Interconnection

839-8204-005

839-8204-002

839-8204-003

839-8204-004

(40KW, 50KW) or 6-1/8" (70KW, 100KW). Interconnecting RF line will also be sized accordingly.

c. Roll the IOT/Klystrode magnet assembly into the cabinet.

d. Plug the four color coded IOT tube cables into the color coded banana jacks on the high voltage junction box (in the EEV tube top lid)

The high voltage junction box (in the EEV tube top lid) is normally completed prior to shipment. If the junction box is not connected, refer to section 5 of this manual.

1. The top lid of the CPI tube contains the input cavity, and the grid, cathode, heater, and ion pump contact rings. This assembly is shipped separately and must be connected to the armored cable shield which contains the grid bias, ion pump, filament, and filament/cathode wires. Wires are listed in table 2-4. See CPI tube instruction manual for connection locations.

e. Fasten the EEV tube top lid to the top of the IOT input cavity using the captive screws.

f. Adjust the centering of the upper breakaway by moving the support plate. Adjust the height of the breakaway by adjusting the band clamps on the upper break away support bracket while someone supports the weight on the assembly. The upper breakaway must mate smoothly with the lower section of the breakaway (mounted on the

IOT/Klystrode magnet assembly). When properly adjusted, tighten the hardware on the support plate and band clamps.

CAUTION

Be careful not to damage the IOT Output circuit by applying excessive force when connecting the RF system/PA cabinet RF lines.

2.5.10.1

Installation of Optional Patch Panel (Single Amplifier System)

Set the patch panel and mounting frame on the floor under the desired mounting position. Mount and position all-thread rods directly overhead using the plumb bob. Raise the patch panel and frame into position, level, and secure it.

CAUTION

LEAVE PATCHES IN PLACE DURING INSTALLATION TO STIFFEN

AND SUPPORT THE PANEL.

2.6

Equipment Interconnections

2.6.1

Interconnecting Transmission Line and Wave guide

Refer to Table 2-3 System Interconnection Diagrams

Because of the relative routing inflexibility of transmission line and wave guide connections and components, it is recommended that transmitter to RF system transmission line be installed before the plumbing and conduit are installed. This will allow some movement of the RF system or the transmitter cabinets for needed alignment without having to disconnect plumbing or

Table 2-4. Input Cavity Connections In CPI

Top Lid Assembly

Function

Heater

Heater/Cathode

Ground to Chassis

Ion Pump

Grid Bias

Wire Number wire 0710

Wire 0711

Wire 0119 (for CPI)

Wire 0720

Wire 0719

Note: Wire 119 is the grid bias return.

2-8 888-2414-001

Figure 2-4. Transmission Line Height Adjustment

09/17/99

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

Section II - Installation & Checkout

Figure 2-5. Transmission Line Lateral Adjustment

09/17/99

Figure 2-6. RF Breakaway Section Operation

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

2-9

conduit lines. The typical station layout drawing shows one method of proper installation of the transmission line.

NOTE

See Appendix A for specific instructions on how to cut and fit rigid transmission lines.

2.6.2

Preparation For Installing Interconnecting

Transmission Line

Before cutting any transmission line, verify that the transmitter and RF system components are correctly positioned and are level. See the applicable typical layout drawings.

Before cutting transmission line for the connection between the amplifier cabinets and the RF system, the correct transmission line vertical height at the top of each transmitter amplifier cabinet must be established. If it has not already been done, temporarily install each IOT/magnet assembly in it’s cabinet. Adjust the height and centering of each breakaway to properly connect to the other half of the breakaway mounted to the IOT. This procedure will help compensate for slight variations in the floor level.

See Figures 2-4 through 2-6.

NOTE

If 4-1/16" transmission line is used in the installation, a Dielectric to Myatt adapter may be required. This is due to inner conductor diameter differences between the vendors.

2.6.3

RF Line Optimization

Once the RF system and interconnecting transmission line are completed, it is recommended that the system return loss be measured and adjusted if required. The system should be optimized for at least a 30 dB return loss looking from the break away assembly to the system load. System return loss can be adjusted with a fine-matcher line section.

A fine matcher is a short section of rigid line with four adjustable tuning probes installed in it, see Figure 2-7. Tuning probes, used for fine matcher construction, are provided with the installation kit. Four probes are installed at 1/8 wavelength intervals along the length of a short section of line. The distance for 1/8 wavelength is calculated using the formula: spacing (inches) =

1476/F

MHz

. Where F

MHz

= center frequency of the channel.

When constructing a fine matcher, drill four holes in the outer conductor of the line and solder nuts over the holes to provide threads for adjusting the depth of the probe.

Four sizes of probes are provided for 6-1/8 inch line. The larger probes are used for lower frequencies, the limiting factor being that the spacing must be greater than the probe disk diameter. The probes provide adjustable shunt capacity every 90 electrical degrees and are used to cancel out reflections that occur a short distance down the line toward the load. Larger probes provide more capacity and can cancel larger reflections. The exact size of probe to use for 6-1/8 inch line is determined by trial. Generally, the smallest size probe capable of achieving the correction is the correct size.

A fine matcher is often installed on the output of each tube and the input of the station test load, but should be used sparingly.

2-10

The fine matcher must be within 10 wavelengths of the unwanted reflection.

If the distance is greater than 10 wavelengths, the bandwidth of the correction will be too narrow. Also, the correction will be unstable as the temperature of the line changes.

2.6.4

Plumbing System Installation

The plumbing section consists of a single loop, carrying a water/glycol mixture between the outside pump module, heat exchanger, amplifier cabinets and RF system loads.

Use the following information for assistance during installation:

• Refer to typical plumbing layout in conjunction with the list of plumbing kit parts in Section VII (parts lists) or

A custom plumbing layout drawing.

Install the plumbing system per the drawings. Take care with each solder joint to make sure it is well sealed. Extra time spent making sure solder joints are leak-free will save hours of time later.

See Appendix D for specific information and instructions for cooling system installation and operation.

2.6.5

Guidelines For Installing Cooling System

The following tools and materials are needed:

Welding torch set

Oxygen & acetylene tanks

• Welders mask or goggles

Tubing cutter for 2.5 inch tubing (a hacksaw may be used instead of the tubing cutter)

Flux (Stay Clean Flux) or equivalent (Harris part number

086 0004 040; one 16 oz bottle provided with plumbing kit)

• Soft silver solder (96.5% tin; 3.5% silver) such as Aladdin

#450 (Harris part number 086 0004 038) is needed. Three

1 lb rolls of 1/16 inch soft silver solder is supplied with plumbing kit. 1/8 inch silver solder (Harris part number

086-0004-047) is also available.

Wire brush and rags

• Water hose

In addition, all thread rod, angle iron or channel, and hangers will be needed to support the plumbing. These are available in an optional installation kit, see Table 2-36 or 2-37.

The copper plumbing lines can be cut with a tubing cutter or a hack saw. Be sure and de-bur the line after cutting.

WARNING

TEMPERATURE OF THE HEATED LINE IN THE FOLLOWING

STEPS IS QUITE HIGH. PRECAUTIONS MUST BE TAKEN TO

AVOID CONTACT WITH EXPOSED SKIN.

It is recommended that Aladdin 450 soft silver solder (Harris part number 086 0004 038 for 1/16 inch diameter, or 086 0004 047 for 1/8 inch diameter) be used to assemble all plumbing joints.

The line, elbows and tees should be cleaned with emery cloth or

Scotch Bright before flux is applied for soldering. Since considerable heat is necessary to make the solder flow, some torch black and flaking may develop inside the pipe. Before hanging the line, it is recommended that a hose and wire brush or rag be used to

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

09/17/99

Section II - Installation & Checkout clean and flush the inside of the line. This will avoid future problems with plugged filters and fittings due to dirty internal line.

2.6.6

Conduit And Electrical Installation

Although it is not supplied with the SigmaCD™ transmitter, metal conduit must be used to support and enclose wires connecting each piece of equipment. Any outdoor conduit must be weatherproof. Plastic conduit is not an acceptable substitution

for metallic conduit.

The 32/36kV high voltage and ground return cables should be run in rigid steel conduit.

The high voltage and ground return cables are to be clad in the provided zipper tubing to prevent cable damage during installation. After installing the cable apply the supplied duct seal to the rigid conduit entrance and exit points to prevent moisture intrusion.

EMT is acceptable for interlocks and other AC signals indoors.

Refer to the site specific/installation drawings and the standard schematic package for information on conduit installation for the

HV beam supplies and line control cabinets. These drawings should also be used to help determine conduit sizes, length of wire runs and fuse/circuit breaker ratings.

The branch feeding the line control cabinet must be a fused circuit as specified in the AC wiring diagram. The instantaneous in-rush current during a crowbar event will typically exceed peak current values of a circuit breaker and in turn generate nuisance trips.

2.7

PA Cabinet Internal Assembly

The front and rear PA cabinets should already be joined together.

The following paragraphs will complete the assembly of all internal modules and interconnecting wiring.

2.7.1

Crowbar Assembly Installation

Capacitor C6 must be reinstalled before installation of the crowbar assembly. Refer to sheet 5 of drawing 843-5496-048 (for

EEV) or 843-5496-071 (for CPI) for C6 or crowbar connection details.

a. The capacitor is shipped with the white Rulan wire (#733) shorting the capacitor. Wire 733 and a resistor clip remain connected on one end of the capacitor, disconnect the wire from the other end of the capacitor.

b. The capacitor mounting brackets are installed on the rear

PA cabinet wall opposite the center door. Loosen the brackets and slide the capacitor in until it is just visible on the other side of the bracket and tighten the bracket.

c. Reach behind the mounting bracket and connect gray wire

(#735) to the capacitor. This wire comes from the body/collector current monitoring assembly.

d. Connect the white Rulan wire (#733) to X4 on the grounding switch. The grounding switch is located above the capacitor.

Facing the rear of the PA cabinet, the crowbar assembly mounts on the right hand wall of the high voltage cubicle. When mounted, the crowbar filament voltage meter is visible through the small window located in the lower half of the right hand rear door.

a. A ground cable, which is fastened to the right cubical wall, is installed under the upper-inside mounting nut.

09/17/99

Figure 2-7. Probe Installation, RF Breakaway Section

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

2-11

b. Cap screws must be used to cover the mounting studs after crowbar mounting is complete.

c. Connect the two gray wires (wires 358 and 359) to the output terminals on top of the crowbar filament transformer. Wire #358 to terminal 4 and #359 to terminal 3.

d. Connect the BNC terminated coax cable (wire #337) to the

BNC connector on the wall behind the crowbar assembly.

This cable comes from the crowbar toroid.

e. Insert R11 into the resistor clips on capacitor C6 and the crowbar assembly.

f. Connect wire #712 to terminal X2 on the isolated supply.

This is the -35 kV high voltage output cable from resistors

R1 and R2 on the crowbar assembly.

g. Connect wire #736 and the positive lead from the beam supply to the bottom of toroid CT-1. Wire #736 comes from the bottom of the body/collector current monitoring assembly.

h. Connect the negative lead from the beam supply to the stud on the top-far-left side of the crowbar chassis. After connection, this stud must be covered with a cap screw.

i. Connect fiber optic cables 380, 700, and 701 as follows.

#380 to H101 on floating deck unit of crowbar assembly.

#700 (gray) to H2 (gray) on crowbar assembly.

#701 (blue) to H1 (blue) on crowbar assembly.

This completes the crowbar assembly installation. The crowbar assembly is shipped with the thyratron tube installed.

2.7.2

Cable and Wire Connections

Refer to the following Front/Rear Cab Analog/Digital schematics: 843-5496-048 for EEV tubes, or 843-5496-071 for CPI tubes. Also refer to 839-8121-771 High Voltage Components and

Cables.

2.7.2.1

Rear Cabinet Control Connectors

The following steps will be required to reconnect the front and rear amplifier cabinets since they were separated for shipment.

All of the rear connectors are fastened to the wall that separates the front and rear cabinets.

C1 X3, a 16 pin Wego connector, to its wall mounted mate

(same number).It is located on left side behind IPA, as viewed from front of the amp cabinet.

Figure 2-8. T4 and T5 Video Decoupling Toroid For IOT

Heater, Grid Bias, and Ion Pump Supplies

C1 X4, a 16 pin Wego connector, to its wall mounted mate

(same number). It is located on left side behind IPA, as viewed from front of the amp cabinet.

C1 X1, a 16 pin Wego connector, to its wall mounted mate

(same number). It is located on left side behind IPA Feed Forward Assembly, as viewed from front of the amp cabinet.

C1 X5, a BNC connector on wire #96, to bulkhead BNC

(C1X7) located on left side behind IPA, as viewed from front of amp cabinet. Wire #337, from crowbar assembly goes to the other side of the bulkhead connector.

C1 X6, a BNC connector on wire #408, to bulkhead BNC

(C1X8) located on left side behind IOT trolley, as viewed from the front of the amp cabinet. Wire #338, from body current monitoring assembly goes to the other side of the bulkhead connector.

Be sure the ground wires in the corners, that connect the walls of the front cabinet to the rear wall are reconnected.

Function

Heater

Heater/Cathode

Heater/Cathode

Jack Color

Red

Black

Black

Ground to Chassis

Ion Pump

Grid Bias

Blue

Yellow

Note: Wire 119 is the grid bias return.

Table 2-5. Input Cavity Connections In High Voltage

Junction Box (EEV tube top lid)

Wire Number wire 0710

Wire 0711

Wire 0119 (for EEV)

Wire 0119 (for CPI)

Wire 0720

Wire 0719

Wire Termination

1/4" Term Lug

1/4" Term Lug

1/4" Term Lug

Solder

Solder

2-12 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

09/17/99

2.7.2.2

EEV IOT High Voltage Junction Box Termination

The high voltage junction box (in the EEV tube top lid) is normally connected to its umbilical cord prior to shipment. The wires from the other end of the umbilical cord are routed through the video decoupling toroids, as shown in Figure 2-8. The umbilical cable (and top hat) were routed from the rear amplifier cabinet to the front cabinet before the two halves of the cabinet were joined. The following instructions can be used if either the junction box or wires from the other end of the umbilical cord are not connected.

Locate 3/4 diameter black cable bundle, these are the grid bias, ion pump, filament, and filament/cathode connections. Next locate the armored cable shield and install in the opening just below the isolated metering panel located in front of the IOT cabinet. Use extreme care while handling this cable bundle as the black tubing is fragile.

Route the black cable bundle from the rear of the cabinet bulkhead through the armored conduit. Ensure that at least 12 inches of the insulation remain exposed in the rear of the cabinet to prevent arc over. This will provide adequate slack to wrap the cables 3 times through the two ferrite cores (video decoupling

T4 and T5 - Dwg 839-8121-771). Refer to Figure 2-8.

Locate the IOT input cavity HV junction box. Remove 5 nylon screws to gain access to the rear of the junction box banana jacks.

Insert and secure the armored cable shield to the junction box.

Removal of the banana jacks is done in a “push -click -pull” series of movements.

• Push on the banana plug

A click should be heard/felt

Pull the banana plug from it’s socket

Ensure the black insulating sleeve of the cable bundle extends 8" beyond the seal tight connector. This should allow the cable to fan out between the base of the junction box and the insulating sleeve. This procedure prevents arc over in the junction box.

2.7.2.3

CPI IOT High Voltage Umbilical Interconnect

The high voltage umbilical cable must be terminated to the

Klystrode input cavity. Refer to the CPI IOT instruction manual and drawing 843-5496-771 for connection information.

2.7.2.4

Signal Interconnects

Refer to pages two and three of the following Front/Rear Cab

Analog/Digital schematics: 843-5496-048 for EEV tubes, or

843-5496-071 for CPI tubes.

Locate the RF, ALC and reset cables labeled #38, 39, 97 for a single IPA, #1038, 1039, 1097 for the dual IPA, and the fiber optic cables labeled #703,704,702,706,705, 700,701. Route them along the left hand side of the IPA shelf behind the switched meter panel. Next feed them through the rear bulkhead opening under C1X4. Wire #38, 39, 97 will terminate in the rear of the right IPA module connectors LX5, LX6, and LX7 once it is installed. Wire #1038, 1039, 1097 will terminate in the rear of the left IPA module connectors LX5, LX6, and LX7 once it is installed.

Refer to page five of the Front/Rear Cab Analog/Digital schematics: 843-5496-048 (revision Q or later) for EEV tubes, or

09/17/99 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

Section II - Installation & Checkout

843-5496-071 for CPI tubes. Route the terminated fiber optic cables #703, 704, 702, 706, 705, 700, and 701 to the digital analog board top left connectors H13, H12, H14, H15, H16, H1, and H2 respectively. Route gray and blue terminated fiber optics cables #380, #701 and 700 to H101, H1 & H2 of the crowbar

Interface assembly (AA) and terminated in respective sockets.

2.7.2.5

Single IPA Install

Refer to Dwg 843-5496-048 or 843-5496-071 Sheet 2.

To install a single IPA locate the circulator support brackets just above the IPA reject loads. Remove the 4 phillips head screws and reverse the orientation of the support bracket so it is extending toward the rear of the amplifier cabinet. Reinstall phillips screws.

Install the IPA module into the slots behind the amplifier control panel located in the front upper left side of the amplifier cubicle.

Plug in DC PWR cables wire #803 and 827 to IPA connectors

X2/X3 +red and -black connection respectively. Locate the four circulators AQ, AR, AS, and AT. Install in the support bracket located in the rear HV cabinet right hand side over the IPA slot.

Connect as shown in schematic 843-5496-048 or 843-5496-071.

Install RF cable W15 between 4 way combiner output AU and probe section U1. The cable will require routing through a 3/4" hole located below and to the left of the reject dump load and heat sink assembly. Locate dump load inputs 5 and 6, feed the two cables through the wall. Terminate circulator C2-3 to input

5 and the 6 dB coupler HB2X3 to input 6. Connect the output of circulator C1X2 to the input of the IOT double slugged tuner/Klystrode RF input connection. Terminate C1X3 to 250 watt reject load R6.

2.7.2.6

Dual IPA Install

Refer to Dwg 843-5496-048 or 843-5496-071 Sheet 3.

To install dual IPA’s complete the single IPA install locate the circulator support brackets just above the IPA reject loads. Remove the 4 phillips head screws and reverse the orientation of the support bracket so it is extending toward the rear of the amplifier cabinet. Reinstall phillips screws.

Install the IPA modules into the left hand slots behind the amplifier control panel located in the front upper left side of the amplifier cubicle. Plug in DC PWR cables wire #1803 and 1827 to IPA 2 connectors X2/X3 +red and -black connection respectively.

Locate the four circulators AQ2, AR2, AS2, and AT2. Install in the support bracket located in the rear HV cabinet right hand side over the IPA slot. Connect as shown in schematic 843-5496-048 or 843-5496-171 or 843-5496-071.

Install RF cable W15 between 8 way combiner output AU and probe section U1. The cable will require routing through a 3/4" hole located below and to the left of the reject dump load and heat sink assembly. Locate dump load inputs 1 , 2, and 3. Feed the three cables through the wall and terminate circulators C2X3 to input 1, C1X3 via W26 to input 3, and the 6 dB coupler HB2X3 to input 2. Connect the output of circulator C1X2 to the input of the IOT double slugged tuner/Klystrode RF input connection.

2-13

Table 2-6 System Control Panel Links

X21

Link 1

Link 2

Link 3

S8

* Denotes Link Selection

Link

X3

S12

Select

*a-b b-c

2TX 3TX 4TX

* *

*

*

*

*

Function

Solid LED if system normal OK (flashing if not OK)

Solid LED if system normal OK (off if not OK)

Circuit illuminates if system is normal.

Remove link if single PA system

Remove link if single or two PA system

Remove Link if single, two, or three PA system

On

On

On

On

3

4

1

2

Close to disable external system normal input

Close to disable exciter system normal input

Close to prevent local power controls operating in parallel with remotes

Close to prevent local system controls operating in parallel with remotes

1 2 3 4

Off Off Off Off Zero reject load meters (single PA system)

Off Off On On One reject load meter (two PA system)

On On On Off Three reject load meters (three or four PA system)

Table 2-7 System Interface Panel Links

In

In

X32

In

Out

Link

X23

X24

X25

Link Function

Link if single PA system

Link if one or two PA system

Link if one, two, or three PA system

For USA systems LED should remain extinguished for equipment not in circuit.

X30 X31

In

Out

X33

Auto Changeover unit present

Auto Changeover unit not present

Remote control enable is disabled (single exciter mode)

Remote control enable (dual exciter mode)

In

Out Auto Changeover selected (dual exciter mode)

2-14 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

09/17/99

Section II - Installation & Checkout

2.8

Sigma

CD Checkout Procedures

In performing the transmitter checkout procedure the process will be broken up into several steps: a. Primary power distribution checkout b. Automatic voltage regulator checkout c. Cooling system checkout (refer to Appendix D) d. Transmitter cabinets checkout e. RF system/transmitter interface checkout f. RF drive system checkout g. Amplifier HV application and final tests

WARNING

BEFORE APPLYING PRIMARY POWER, TURN OFF ALL CIRCUIT

BREAKERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES ON THE POWER

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM, AVR, LINE CONTROL CABINET, CON-

TROL CABINET, AMPLIFIER CABINET, PUMP MODULE AND

HEAT EXCHANGER.

WARNING

PROPER PROCEDURE FOR MEASURING VOLTAGES IN THE

FOLLOWING STEPS REQUIRES PRIOR REMOVAL OF ALL

POWER, AND GROUNDING OF ALL LOCATIONS WHERE TEST

LEADS ARE TO BE ATTACHED OR REMOVED. THE TEST METER

IS TO BE LOCATED OUTSIDE THE TRANSMITTER CABINET AND

ALL DOORS ARE TO BE CLOSED AND LOCKED PRIOR TO

APPLYING ANY POWER.

2.8.1

Automatic Voltage Regulator Checkout

Refer to Vendor Manual.

Energize AVR circuit breaker. Check to ensure output voltage meter calibration is accurate. Adjust regulation window to maintain 480 VAC/380 VAC output +/-2%. Also check to ensure the correction window is within center range. This may require retapping of the mains input transformer. Next check for proper phase rotation. Most AVR’s have a phase monitor relay to provide an indication of normal rotation.

2.8.2

Control Checkout

a. Check and set Control Cabinet links as per Table 2-6

System Control Panel Links, and System Interface

Links/Jumpers per Table 2-7.

b. Refer to Table 2-8. Measure Power Distribution Board

Resistance to ensure proper connection. Control System

Power Supply Units will auto-select input voltage.

(110/220 VAC) c. Apply primary power (110 or 220 VAC) to the Control

Cabinet from the AC mains disconnect panel.

d. Measure and ensure Control Cabinet Power Supplies are within normal tolerances.

2.8.3

RF System/Mode Controller Checkout

Confirm the correct programming of the mode controller. See

Tables 2-31 through 2-35 for the appropriate transmitter configuration. Ensure the RF system interconnects have been completed in accordance with the applicable amplifier interconnect sche-

09/17/99

Table 2-8 Control Cabinet Pre-Tests

Check power distribution board resistances:

X1-5 to Ground

X1-5 to X1-1

X1-5 to X1-2

X1-5 to X1-3

X1-5 to X2-1

X1-5 to X2-2

X1-5 to X2-3

Turn on control cabinet and measure:

X2-9

X1-9

X1-7

X1-8

X3-8

X2-7

X2-8

X4-5

-24 VDC

-24 VDC

+12 VDC

-12 VDC

+5 VDC

+12 VDC

-12 VDC

+5 VDC

Measure

0 Ohms

PSU-A

PSU-B matic: ie. 1x, 2x , 3x, or 4x amplifiers system interconnection schematic. The power amplifier cabinet numbering sequence is dictated by the RF system input port to which the cabinet is connected. The RF system input ports are labeled PA1, PA2, etc...

therefore, PA cabinet 1 is the cabinet that is connected to the RF system input port labeled PA1.

Test the appropriate mode command selections and ensure the

RF System will switch to the selected positions and generate the appropriate status read backs.

2.8.4

Line Control Cabinet Checkout

Due to safety considerations and to verify installation wiring, the

LCC ac voltage outputs will be checked at TB17 located on top of the PA cabinet.

WARNING

380 AND 480 VOLTS AC PRESENT AT TB17. BE SURE ALL LCC

CONNECTIONS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY IN THE TERMI-

NAL BLOCK WITH THE WIRE INSULATION EXTENDING BELOW

THE SURFACE.

a. Make sure all breakers are turned OFF on the front of the

PA cabinet.

b. Energize LCC 200 Amp Fused Disconnect at the distribution panel.

c. Energize LCC Q2 (cabinet power).

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

2-15

WARNING

DO NOT TURN ON BEAM SUPPLY MAIN SWITCH S5 ON LCC.

d. On the rear of the amp cabinet open the shorting switch and energize the cabinet isolator. K1 in the LCC should pull in supplying 380 and 480VAC (60Hz) or 380VAC

(50Hz) to the PA cabinet.

e. Remove the metal plate covering TB17 on top of the PA cabinet.

f. Measure the following voltages on TB17:

1. 480 VAC (60Hz) or 380 VAC (50 Hz) at TB17-1 & 2

2. 480 VAC (60Hz) or 380 VAC (50 Hz) at TB17-2 & 3

3. 480 VAC (60Hz) or 380 VAC (50 Hz) at TB17-3 & 1.

g. With an ohmmeter, check for continuity from TB17-21

(3-phase present status line) to TB17-11 (ground).

1. 3 Phase Okay: If the 3 phase sensor in the LCC is satisfied, TB17-21 will be grounded. To verify that it is not just a wiring short, de-energize Q2 on the LCC and

TB17-21 should read open.

2. 3 Phase Out of Rotation: If TB17-21 initially reads open (with the power on) and the previous voltage checks were okay, then it will be necessary to de-energize the 200 Amp disconnect at the distribution panel and swap 2 of the 3 phases going to the LCC.

h. Energize the 200 Amp disconnect at the distribution panel, and Q2 (cabinet power) and Q3 (control) on the LCC. Measure the following: (for 480VAC systems, re-tapping of the step down transformer in the LCC may be required)

1. 380 VAC input TB17-4 & 5

2. 380 VAC input TB17-5 & 6

3. 380 VAC input TB17-6 & 4

4. 220 VAC input TB17-4,5,6 to TB17-7 (neutral)

2.8.4.1

Indicator LEDs

Turn on the Q1 (Control) breaker on the front of the PA cabinet.

The following is a list of indicators that should be illuminated.

NOTE

No fault indicators should be illuminated. To clear fault indicators, press fault reset and lockout reset.

a. Amplifier Control Panel

1. AC present

2. Internal interlock

3. Local, If not press local control command b. Logic & Control PCB

(Item “N” on Figure 6-3 component designator view)

1. Connector interlocks H1 c. Analog/Digital Interface PCB

(Item “P” on Figure 6-3 component designator view)

1. Power OK H3 (+24V, +/-12V, and +5V).

2. -12V OK H4

3. +24Vdc OK H5

4. +12V OK H6

5. Internal interlocks OK H7 (IOT top lid interlock)

6. Rear PA Cabinet Door Interlocks OK H8.

2.8.4.2

Check Interlocks

a. Check the panel interlock circuit to ensure that removal of the rear cabinet doors extinguish the door interlock LED

(H8). Replace all panels and doors.

b. Check the IOT top lid interlock circuit to ensure that removal of the IOT top lid extinguishes the internal interlock LED (H7).

c. Connector interlock circuit LED H1 should be illuminated.

This indicates that each of the appropriate printed circuit board connections and various other interconnections are made. See Figure 2-9for a simplified schematic of the connector interlocks.

d. De-energize PA cabinet control breaker Q1.

e. On the rear of the amp cabinet, de-energize cabinet isolator switch and close the shorting switch.

f. Turn LCC circuit breakers to OFF and de-energize the 200

Amp disconnect for the LCC.

2.9

System Checkout

2.9.1

Setup TX Output Feeder Probes

Directional couplers should be factory adjusted. If it is determined a need for adjustment is required use a network analyzer to establish the correct coupling ratio and directivity. Refer to

Tables 2-9 and 2-10.

2.9.2

Amplifier Cubicle PCB links

Ensure logic PCB switches are correctly set, see Table 2-11, and the links on analog/digital interface PCB and logic PCB are set to correct position, see Tables 2-12 and 2-13.

2.9.3

Functional Checks

WARNING

ENSURE THAT ALL POWER IS REMOVED FROM THE TRANS-

MITTER AND HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BEFORE PER-

FORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS. ALWAYS USE A GROUND-

ING STICK TO ENSURE THAT THERE ARE NO RESIDUAL VOLT-

AGES PRESENT.

2.9.3.1

3 Phase supply Present

a. Turn off the LCC 200 Amp fused disconnect.

b. Disconnect either fuse F2 or F3, (2.0 Amp) in the line control cabinet feeding 3 phase power to the power line monitor A2.

c. Engage the LCC 200 Amp fused disconnect and ensure that LCC circuit breakers Q2 and Q3 are engaged.

d. The green ac present LED on the logic board should go out along with all other indications on the logic unit.

e. Deenergize LCC 200 Amp fused disconnect and replace fuses in the LCC.

2-16 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

09/17/99

Section II - Installation & Checkout

09/17/99

Figure 2-9. Connection Interlocks

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

2-17

Probe Function

W1 (138) Reflected Power

W2 (23)

W3 (28)

W4

Forward Power

AGC sample

Table 2-9. DTV average power

Sample Powe Level

(20 mW at PX17)

(100mW at PX16)

(2 mW at KX9)

Custor output monitor probe (20 mW at probe)

17 kW average

-45dB

-53dB

-61dB

-59dB

System Power Level

23 kW average

-46dB

-54dB

-62dB

-60dB

Table 2-10. Setup IPA O/P power probe

Probe

U2X3 (22)

Function

IPA output power

U2X4 IPA customer output monitor probe

Feed Forward Probe

UIX3 (W14) IPA amp O/P to 3 dB hybrid

Power Level

(100mW at PX15)

(20 mW at probe)

(100mW at probe)

Probe Isolation

-37dB

-44dB

-37dB f. Energize LCC 200 Amp disconnect. Turn on Q1 (control) breaker on the PA cabinet.

2.9.3.2

Cabinet Temperature

The two cabinet thermostats S4 and S5 are connected in series and are located on the wall between the IPA cubicle and the IOT cubicle. To check the cabinet temperature circuit, perform the following steps.

a. Remove the spade connector from the thermostats b. The cabinet temperature LED should illuminate c. The lockout LED illuminates d. Transmitter trips off and, depending on jumper setting, performs a lockout to Off, BK Heat, or Standby.

e. Reconnect spade lug to thermostats f. Reset lockout and LEDs

2.9.3.3

Collector Over-temperature

Note

Refer to Table 2-16 for Digital and Analog Interface (D/A) PCB potentiometer adjustments.

• Trip set at 70 o

C a. Move link X27 on D/A PCB to position b - c.

b. Adjust R238 clockwise so Collector Over-temperature red

LED just comes on.

c. Reposition link X27 to a - b.

d. Disconnect lead to Collector output thermostat Y/S1 (Located on the output water pipe underneath the tube trolley).

e. The Collector Over-temperature and Lockout red LED’s should light.

f. Reconnect lead to Collector output thermostat Y/S1 (Located on the output water pipe underneath the tube trolley).

g. Reset Lockout and Fault LED

2.9.3.4

Collector Current Calibration/Overload

Digital Amplification trip 2.5A.

a. Zero meter with ‘Set Null’ pot R255 on D/A PCB.

b. Connect negative lead of a test power supply (3 amp current limiting) to 5 Amp collector shunt resistor (AM-X2 top) on body/collector current monitoring PCB and positive lead to other end of 5 Amp shunt (AM-X1 bottom).

c. Ensure that the power supply meter is calibrated by using an external current meter in series.

d. Calibrate transmitter collector meter at 2.5 Amps (R240 on

D/A PCB. If R240 runs out of range, substitute a new value of resistance for the assembled on test resistor R207 (which is nominally 82K ohms).

e. Set collector trip at 2.5 Amps. (R241 on D/A PCB).

f. Collector current red LED will light.

g. Reset fault indicator

2.9.3.5

Body Current Calibration/Overload

• EEV IOT 50mA

NOTE

This procedure does not apply to CPI IOT tubes.

a. Zero meter with ‘set null’ pot R253 on D/A PCB.

b. Connect positive lead of a power supply (current limiting) to R1 (bottom) on body/collector current monitoring PCB and negative lead to other end of R1 (top).

c. Ensure PSU meter is calibrated using an external current meter in series.

d. Calibrate transmitter body current meter to agree with the external current meter (R243 on D/A PCB) and set body current trip to manufacturers spec (R242 on D/A PCB). If

R243 runs out of range, substitute a new value of resistance for the assembled on test resistor R234 (which is nominally

47 K ohms).

e. Body current red LEDs on logic PCB will light.

f. Reset fault LED.

2-18 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

09/17/99

Section II - Installation & Checkout

2.9.3.6

Cavity Air Checkout

a. Switch on the cavity cooling and IPA cooling circuit breakers Q2, Q5, and Q6 respectively on the contactor and circuit breaker assy.

b. Switch transmitter to Standby.

c. When the blowers come on, ensure that the 3-phase cavity air blower is rotating in the correct direction. If rotating in the correct direction, the cavity air blower output will blow air out, if rotating in the wrong direction, the blower output will suck air in. Power down the transmitter and reverse two of the three blower motor AC connections to reverse the motor.

d. The other PA cabinet fans are operated from single phase

AC power. The only way these fans could blow air in the wrong direction is if they were installed backwards. The two rear cabinet fans should draw air into the rear cabinet, and the two top front cabinet fans should exhaust air out of the cabinet.

e. Test the air pressure switches by removing the nylon sample hoses from the IOT air supply pipes and from the

IPA fan enclosure (below the IPA modules).The cavity air and IPA air green LEDs should extinguish when the sample hoses are removed and should illuminate when the sample hoses are reconnected. Ensure air filters are installed and clean for this adjustment.

2.9.3.7

Collector Cooling

Adjust the IOT body and collector flow rates and flow sensors using the following procedure.

a. Turn on AC power breakers and disconnects for the pump and head exchanger modules.

b. Switch the transmitter to standby.

c. Open the rear gate valve (located on the right hand wall of the front cabinet) and adjust the water flow through the body to manufacturers nominal flow rate using front flow meter.

(CPI tubes do not use liquid cooling for the tube body).

d. Monitor red LED on the bottom of the hall effect relay and adjust the body flow hall effect relay so the contacts just close. The LED will illuminate.

e. Open the collector input (front) gate valve and adjust flow through the collector to manufacturers nominal flow rate using the rear flow meter.21

f. Monitor red LED on the bottom of the hall effect relay and adjust the collector flow hall effect relay so the contacts just close. The LED will illuminate.

g. When both relays are closed ensure the green collector cooling LED is on.

2.9.3.8

EEV and CPI Minimum Coolant Flow Rates

See Table 2-14 or 2-15 and refer to tube vendor data. With the transmitter still in standby, use the following procedure to ensure that the hall effect relay drops out when minimum flow is reached.

a. Using the appropriate gate valve, reduce each flow rate to the recommended minimum flow rate.

09/17/99 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

b. The appropriate hall effect flow sensor relay should drop out and its red LED extinguish.

c. If not, adjust the position of the relay until it is in for normal flow and drops out at minimum flow.

2.9.3.9

External Interlocks

Check the external interlock path to ensure that all external switches are operational. The external interlock path starts from

RX27/1 & 2 on each power amplifier cabinet and connects to an appropriate input of the interlock marshalling board in the transmitter control cabinet. Lines from the interlock marshalling board connect to the interlock switches in the locations listed below. Refer to the power amplifier and transmitter system interconnect drawings. External interlock switches include: a. Beam supply front access cover b. Beam supply shorting switch c. Beam tap switch cover d. RF system mode switches e. Cooling system flow switches f. Filter reject load thermal switches.

RX27 pin 2 is ground. The series connected external interlock switches complete this ground connection to RX 27 pin 1 on the amplifier cabinet interface board. When RX27 pin 1 is pulled to ground,external interlock (I7) goes high and logic board green

LED H3G illuminates. I7 is one of the inputs to the logic board ready command.

2.9.3.10

Motor Overload:

The motor overload protection for the cavity fan consists of an overload sensor attached to contactor K1 in the contactor and circuit breaker assembly.

The transmitter should be switched off and isolated.

a. With an ohmmeter check that the logic output contacts from the breaker go from short circuit to open circuit when the test button on the motor overload breaker is pressed.

b. Set cavity blower overload relay K1 to 2.5 Amps.

c. Set the motor overload breaker to auto and remove the logic output wire from the breaker trip connection.

d. Replace the safety cover and after reapplying power to the transmitter select standby.

e. The transmitter should not run up, but indicate motor overload on the amplifier control panel.

f. Switch the amplifier to off again and isolate.

g. Access the circuit breaker assy and replace wire removed in step c, replace the safety cover and after reapplying power to the transmitter select the standby command.

h. Reset Lock out and Overload faults.

i. The transmitter should now run up without indicating motor overload on the amplifier control panel.

2-19

Figure 2-10. Ion Current Test Jig

WARNING

PROPER PROCEDURE FOR MEASURING VOLTAGES IN THE

FOLLOWING STEPS REQUIRES PRIOR REMOVAL OF ALL

POWER AND GROUNDING OF ALL LOCATIONS WHERE TEST

LEADS ARE TO BE ATTACHED OR REMOVED. ALL DOORS ARE

TO BE CLOSED AND LOCKED PRIOR TO APPLYING ANY

POWER.

2.9.3.11

Ion Current (Calibration/Overload)

No calibration pots exist for the ion current metering and overload circuits. This test only checks the function of the circuit.

This circuit was tested and calibrated in the factory.

The ion current test fixture, shown schematically in Figure 2-10, must be constructed in the field if this test is to be performed.

a. Connecttheioncurrenttestfixtureacrosstheioncurrentsupply.

The connection points are the isolated supply chassis and the negative terminal of the ion current meter.

b. Set resistor tapping point so Ion meter reads just below 20 uA. Use test fixture terminals A and D, for 15 mA.

c. Switch on Ion, bias circuit breaker Q3.

d. Ensure ion current green LED lights when the transmitter is on standby.

e. Above 20 mA, the ion pump green LED on the logic is extinguished. The ion current trip and red LED on the logic are active when the transmitter is switched to beam and are disabled in standby. Use test fixture terminals A and B, for

26 mA.

f. Reset Lockout and fault indicators.

WARNING

PROPER PROCEDURE FOR MEASURING VOLTAGES IN THE

FOLLOWING STEPS REQUIRES PRIOR REMOVAL OF ALL

POWER AND GROUNDING OF ALL LOCATIONS WHERE TEST

LEADS ARE TO BE ATTACHED OR REMOVED. THE TEST METER

IS TO BE LOCATED OUTSIDE THE TRANSMITTER CABINET AND

ALL DOORS ARE TO BE CLOSED AND LOCKED PRIOR TO

APPLYING ANY POWER.

2.9.3.12

Bias Current (Calibration/Overload)

Trip points:

EEV IOT 80 mA

CPI IOT 120mA a. Remove the cover on the isolated supply.

b. Connect a 1 K ohm 50 watt resistor between grid current meter negative terminal and the shield of the grid bias supply coax (wire number 727). The shield connects to R1, which is the voltage dependant resistor mounted above the bias current meter.

c. Turn the transmitter to standby and adjust the grid current to manufacturers maximum grid current level using the bias volts adjustment pot on the Isolated Meter assembly.

The meter should be reading negative.

d. The logic supplies’ bias volts green LED should just go out. If not, refer to Section V, Maintenance and Alignments for Bias Current Calibration.

NOTE

The red bias current trip LED on the logic is disabled in standby.

e. Reducing the bias current to below the trip level will light the bias volts green LED again. (This circuit has a small amount of hysteresis) f. Return the bias volts adjustment pot to fully CW.

2.9.3.13

IPA Power Supply Set-up And Balance

A PA cabinet can be set up with one or two 1kW IPA amplifier modules. If one IPA module is used, two 32 volt IPA power supplies will be installed. These supplies are powered through breakers Q7 and Q8. If two IPA modules are used, three IPA power supplies are used. These supplies are powered by breakers

Q7, Q8, and Q9. The positive dc outputs of the two or three supplies are combined through a paralleling assembly (F) which consists of diodes V1, V2, and V3, shown on sheet 7 of diagram

843-5496-048 (or 071). Use the following procedure to set up and balance the IPA power supplies.

a. Disconnect the dc input leads to the 1kW IPA amplifier(s) and to the 40 watt feed forward amplifier.

b. Set the transmitter to standby.

c. Switch on IPA power supply 1 breaker Q7.

d. Check that 32Vdc is present at the IPA module(s) dc supply connectors and that the polarity is correct. The larger hole in the block is the positive terminal.

e. Switch off Q7, switch on power supply 2 breaker Q8 and repeat step d.

f. For dual IPA installations, switch off Q8, switch on power supply 3 breaker Q9 and repeat step d.

2-20 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

09/17/99

g. Ensure all IPA power supply breakers (Q7 through Q9) are switched off.

h. Reconnect the dc supply connector to IPA module 1.

i. Switch on power supply 1 (Q7) and measure the voltage at the center stud of the PSU paralleling assembly (F) j. Set the output of the power supply to 32 +/-0.01 Vdc using the output level pot at the bottom front of the power supply.

k. Switch off Q7, switch on power supply 2 breaker Q8 and repeat step j.

l. For dual IPA installations, switch off Q8, switch on power supply 3 breaker Q9 and repeat step j.

m. Switch on all power supply breakers (Q7 through O9). The voltage should be 32 +/- 0.05 Vdc.

n. Check that the IPA volts front panel LED is illuminated and that the LED goes out if any of the supplies are switched off.

o. Switch off all IPA power supply breakers (Q7 through Q9).

p. Reconnect the dc supply to the 40 watt amplifier and IPA module 2 (if fitted).

2.9.3.14

Filament Check

a. Ensure transmitter operational delay times are switched in on the Logic PCB. Refer to Table 2-10.

b. Switch on breaker Q4 (IOT heater) and turn the transmitter to Standby.

c. Wait until the filament voltage has stabilized (at least 20 seconds) making sure the filament step start has completed. Using the full filament voltage rheostat, adjust the filament voltage to the value specified in the IOT data sheet for that particular tube.

d. For the CPI IOT adjust the heater current such that the current is the same as that specified in the CPI IOT test data sheet.

e. Switch the transmitter to BK heat and adjust the filament

BK heat voltage rheostat to 1.5 volts below tube manufacturers recommended filament voltage.

f. In no circumstances should the BK heat voltage be less than 5.5 volts.

2.9.3.15

Ion Pump Current Check

While on standby, monitor the Ion pump current. If it is over 20 mA, continue to operate on standby until the current drops. Ion pump current results from gas within the tube, which causes arcing and crowbars when beam voltage is on.

CAUTION

Do not operate the IOT in standby for more then 30 minutes at a time. For longer periods of operation with filaments but no beam voltage, set the transmitter to bk heat.

If the tube has been in storage for some time, it may be quite gassy.

2.9.3.16

Focus Current Adjustment

Use the following procedure to check the setting of the over and under focus current trip points and to set the proper value of focus current.

Section II - Installation & Checkout a. Switch on focus circuit breaker Q10 on contactor & circuit breaker assembly.

b. Switch the transmitter to standby. The full heater LED will light in approximately 20 sec bringing the focus contactor with it.

c. Increase the focus current to the maximum specified focus current as per manufacturers data sheet (EEV IOT 40KW tube 25A, 60KW tube 26A) (CPI IOT 23A). The Focus

Current pot is located on the left-hand wall in the IOT compartment.

d. Adjust the focus over-current pot R1 so the FOCUS CUR-

RENT green LED on the front panel just goes out. R1 (and

R2) is located inside the PA cabinet behind the contactor/breaker panel on a shelf just above the IPA supplies.

e. Reduce the focus current to the minimum specified focus current as per the manufacturers data sheet (EEV IOT 40

KW tube 20A, 60 KW tube 22A.) (CPI IOT 18A) and turn the under-current pot R2 so the FOCUS CURRENT green

LED just goes out.

f. Re-adjust the focus to its nominal operating current as per the manufacturers data sheet. (EEV 23A, CPI 20A)

2.9.3.17

Cavity Arc

a. Press primary cavity arc button located on the front of the contactor and circuit breaker panel and ensure primary cavity arc red LED lights.

b. Press secondary cavity arc button located on the front of the contactor and circuit breaker panel and ensure output cavity arc red LED lights.

2.9.3.18

3 or 4 Shot Overloads

WARNING

DO NOT TURN ON BEAM SUPPLY SWITCH S5 on LCC.

Logic board link X20 determines whether three or four overloads will lock out the PA cabinet, see logic schematic 817-2336-172 sheet 7. X20 position a-b requires four shots to lockout and position b-c is the three shot position.

a. On the amplifier cabinet press BEAM.

b. Depress the cavity arc test button 4 times allowing the transmitter beam/HV contactors to come back in after the individual trips.

c. On the 4th trip the PA should Lockout, and the red Lockout

LED should light.

d. Reset lock out and fault LEDs

2.9.3.19

HV Step Start. (2nd step fail)

a. Move link X26 (HV second step disable) on Logic PCB

X26 from b-c (normal operation) to a-b (test).

b. Press BEAM.

c. After HV 1st step contactor comes in the PA will trip off and the red HV step start and lockout LEDs will light.

d. Refit link X26 on the logic PCB to position b-c.

e. Reset lock out and fault LEDs

09/17/99 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

2-21

2.9.3.20

Crowbar Filament Voltage Check

The following procedure is used to check the crowbar filament voltage.

a. Turn on crowbar filament breaker Q11.

b. Press STANDBY and wait for filament ready LED to illuminate, about 5 minutes.

c. Check the crowbar filament voltage (visible through window in lower half of right rear PA cabinet door). Filament voltage should be 6.3 Vac +/-0.2% (6.17 to 6.43 Vac).

2.9.3.21

Pretuning IOT

Initially set the IOT tuning controls to the numbers from the factory test data sheet. If the IOT has been shipped directly from its manufacturer, pretuning information can be obtained from the data sheets that come with the tube. Tuning controls to be preset include the following.

Input Cavity Tune

Primary Cavity Tune

• Secondary Cavity Tune

Primary/Secondary (Interstage) Coupling Loop

• Output Coupling Loop

2.9.3.22

Crowbar Protection Check

Prior to application of beam voltage to the IOT, the crowbar circuit operation must be checked using the Crowbar Operation Verification test fixture. Refer to the Crowbar Test Fixture Technical Manual, 888-2459-001.

2.9.3.23

First HV Application

This is the first time high voltage is applied to the IOT for an extended period of time. Ensure that the high voltage power supply is set to its lowest output voltage tap.

a. The transmitter should still be in standby from the previous step. If not, set transmitter to standby and wait approximately 5 minutes (until the delay led has illuminated).

b. Set the IOT bias to 140 volts.

c. Set the transmitter to transmit.

d. After running the IOT at reduced high voltage for 15 to 30 minutes decrease the bias voltage until the IOT quiescent current is 0.3 amps.

1. If crowbars occur during this time, the IOT may have to be operated at black heat for several hours to remove residual gas.

2. At the lowest tap, the beam voltage may be insufficient to allow an IOT quiescent current of 0.3 amps.

e. In this step, the high voltage is increased by setting the beam supply to the next higher tap.

1. Shut down the transmitter, remove all power from the system, set the beam supply to the next higher voltage tap and replace the cover.

2. Re-apply power to the system, set the transmitter to standby, and wait for filament ready LED, about 5 minutes.

3. Reset the bias to 140 Vdc.

4. Set the transmitter to transmit.

5. After running the IOT at this tap for 15 to 30 minutes decrease the bias voltage until the IOT quiescent beam current is 0.5 amps.

f. Repeat step until the beam supply is tapped for the correct voltage.

2.9.3.24

Tube Tuning

This section not yet available.

2-22 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

09/17/99

Section II - Installation & Checkout

Link

X11

X12

X28

X30

X36

X13

X22 (removed from board)

X24

X25

X26 (removed from board)

X27

Table 2-11. Logic and Control Switches

Logic switches:

S3 and S4

S5 and S6

S7 and S8

Switch on

1, 2, 3 & 8

3, 5, 6 & 8

1, 4, 6 & 7

Time

120 sec

300 sec

600 sec

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

Table 2-12. Digital and Analogue Interface Links

* Denotes Link Selection

Position Function a - b Sound notch out b - c Sound notch in a - b Link for amplifier normal remote output latching enabled b - c Link for amplifier normal remote output latching disabled a - b Link for reject power remote output latching enabled b - c Link for reject power remote output latching disabled

Link to defeat Panel Interlock

Link when cooling 2 is not used

Link when cooling 3 is not used

Link to defeat external interlock a - b Link for normal operation b - c Link for tube over-temperature setup a - b Link for lockout remote output latching enabled b - c Link for lockout remote output latching disabled a - b Link for no data stream from IPA b - c Link for data stream from IPA a - b Analog transmitter operation

Schematic 839-8121-

151

Sheet 4

Sheet 8

Sheet 8

Sheet 6

Sheet 6

Sheet 6

Sheet 6

Sheet 7

Sheet 8

Sheet 4

09/17/99 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

2-23

X12

X13

X14

X15

X16

X17

X18

X19

X20

X21

X9

X10

X11

X3

X4

X8

Links

X1

X2

X25

X26

X27

X28

X22

X23

X24

Normal = *

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

Table 2-13. Logic & Control PCB Links

* Denotes Link Selection

a-b b-c a-b b-c a-b b-c a-b b-c a-b b-c a-b b-c a-b b-c a-b b-c a-b a-b a-b b-c b-c a-b a-b a-b b-c a-b b-c a-b b-c a-b b-c a-b b-c a-b b-c a-b

Position Function a-b b-c a-b b-c

Link for black-heat

Link for background heat

Link for lockout output latching disabled

Link for lockout output latching enabled a-b (left) Link for amplifier normal not AND with ready b-c Link for amplifier normal to AND with ready a-b (left) Link for reject power to AND with ready b-c a-b

Link for reject power to AND with ready

Link for amplifier normal output latching enabled

Link for amplifier normal output latching disabled

Link for reject power output latching enabled

Link for reject power output latching disabled

Link for lockout to off

Link for any other

Link for lockout to black

Link for any other

Link for lockout to standby

Link for any other

Link for Amplifier Panel controls always active

Link for Amplifier Panel controls when LOCAL is off

Link for open collector remote inputs

Link for TTL remote inputs

Link for 5V-12V open for 12V-24V

Link for 5V-12V open for 12V-24V

Link for 5V-12V open for 12V-24V

Link for 5V-12V open for 12V-24V

Link for 5V-12V open for 12V-24V

4 shot

3 shot

Cavity arc 2. ( 3 shot )

Cavity arc 2. Single shot

Reflected power. ( 3 shot )

Reflected power. Single shot

Reject power. ( 3 shot )

Reject power. Single shot

Amplifier normal (3-shot)

Amplifier normal (Single Shot)

Cavity arc 1. ( 3 shot )

Cavity arc 1. Single shot

HV 2nd step fail test

Normal operation

Link for crowbar fired ( 3/4 shot )

Link for crowbar fired single shot

Link for separate local and remote controls

Link for local control overides remote controls

Sheet 7

Sheet 7

Sheet 7

Sheet 7

Sheet 13

Sheet 7

Sheet 16

Sheet 14

Sheet 2

Sheet 2

Sheet 2

Sheet 2

Sheet 3

Sheet 3

Sheet 3

Sheet 3

Sheet 3

Sheet 3

Sheet 7

Sheet 7

Schematic 839-8121-151

Sheet 1

Sheet 14

Sheet 1

Sheet 1

Sheet 14

2-24 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

09/17/99

Section II - Installation & Checkout

IOTD240

IOTD250

IOTD270

IOTD2100

Table 2-14. EEV Minimum Coolant Flow Rates

distilled

Body 4 LPM/1.1 GPM

Body 4 LPM/1.1 GPM

Body 4 LPM/1.1 GPM

Body 4 LPM/1.1 GPM glycol/mix

5 LPM/1.5 GPM

5 LPM/1.5 GPM

5 LPM/1.5 GPM

5 LPM/1.5 GPM

Collector

Collector

Collector

Collector distilled

27 LPM/ 7 GPM

27 LPM/ 7 GPM

38 LPM/10 GPM

38 LPM/10 GPM glycol mix

31 LPM/ 8 GPM

31 LPM/ 8 GPM

46 LPM/12 GPM

46 LPM/12 GPM

K230W

K240W

K260W

Body

Body

Body distilled

N/C

N/C

N/C

Table 2-15. CPI Minimum Coolant Flow Rates

glycol/mix distilled

Collector 38 LPM/10 GPM

Collector 46 LPM/12 GPM

Collector 57 LPM/15 GPM glycol mix

46 LPM/12 GPM

53 LPM/14 GPM

65 LPM/17 GPM

Table 2-16. Digital and Analogue Pot Adjustments

R-239

R-240

R-255

R-241

R-243

R-253

R-242

P.C.B.

R-51

R-50

R-48

R-49

R-46

R-47

R-238

Potentiometer Functions

Forward Power Meter Calibrate

Forward Power Status Trip Point

IPA Power Meter Calibrate

IPA Power Status Trip Point

VSWR Meter Calibration

VSWR Trip Point

Tube Overtemp Trip

High Voltage Meter Calibrate

Beam Current Meter Calibrate

Beam Current Meter Zero Set

Beam Current Overload Trip Point

Body Current Meter Calibrate

Body Current Meter Zero Set

Body Current Overload Trip Point

Table 2-17. Crowbar Specifications

Maximum HT Voltage

Minimum crowbar firing voltage

Minimum fault current to fire

Cathode heater voltage & current

Reservoir heater voltage & current

Peak forward anode current

Peak reverse anode current

Conducted Charge

Thyratron ready signal

40kV

5kV

50A

6.3 VAC @ 25 A

6.3 VAC @ 2.0 A

1.5 kA max

1.0 kA max

6.0C max

Fiber Optic Steady State

09/17/99 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

2-25

Table 2-18. Remote Control Interface

BX6 Command: System Control Cabinet

7

8

5

6

3

4

Pin

2 *

*

*

*

*

Function

OFF

BK HEAT

STANDBY

BEAM

RESET

POWER LOWER

POWER RAISE

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

20-37 GROUND

* = Recommended for Typical Installation

Note 1: Requires a momentary closure to ground to activate.

Installation Notes

Pin

1

3

4

* Function

System VSWR

* System RF Output Power

Reject Load 3 Power

5

6

Reject Load 2 Power

* Reject Load 1 Power (A+B)

20-37 Ground

* = Recommended for Typical Installation

Table 2-19. Remote Control Interface

CX15 Analog Outputs: Control Cabinet

Installation Notes

Analog output

Analog output

Analog output

Analog output

Analog output

Table 2-20. Remote Control Interface

CX6 Status: System Control Cabinet

4

5

6

Pin

1

2

3

8

9

10

11

12

14

15

20-37

7

Function

* Beam

* Standby

* Black Heat

* Off

* Local

* System Normal (overall summary external interlocks)

Output Power Normal (Action at aprox 80% power)

Reject Load 2 Trip

Reject Load 1 Trip

VSWR TRIP

Amplifier 2 Power Is Normal

Amplifier 1 Power Is Normal

Local Remote

Note 1

* Main Exciter fail

Ground

* = Recommended for Typical Installation

Note 1: Status outputs are open collector configuration.

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Installation Notes

2-26 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

09/17/99

Section II - Installation & Checkout

Table 2-21. Remote Control Interface

CX5 Status Outputs: Control Cabinet

Pin

1

2

5

10

20-37

Function

Amplifier 3 Power Normal

Amplifier 4 Power Normal

Reject Load 3 Trip

* Standby Exciter Failed

Ground

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

* = Recommended for Typical Installation

Note 1: Status outputs are open collector configuration.

Installation Notes

Table 2-22. Remote Control Interface

SX1 Command Inputs: Mode Controler

6

7

4

5

Pin

1

2

3

8

9

Function

* Mode 1

* Mode 2

* Mode 3

Mode 4

Mode 5

Mode 6

Mode 7

Antenna

Load

20-37 Ground

* = Recommended for Typical Installation

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1. Requires a momentary closure to ground to activate.

Installation Notes

Table 2-23. Remote Control Interface

SX10 Status Outputs: Mode Controller

1

Pin

8

9

6

7

4

5

2

3

Function

* Mode 1

* Mode 2

* Mode 3

Mode 4

Mode 5

Mode 6

Mode 7

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

10

20-37

Antenna

Station Load Note 1

Local Remote (RF System Only) Note 1

Ground

* = Recommended for Typical Installation

Note 1: Status outputs are open collector configuration.

Installation Notes

09/17/99 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

2-27

Table 2-24. Remote Control Interface

RX9 Command Inputs: Amplifier Cabinet

Pin

1

3

5

7

9

11

12

Function

* Off

* Black Heat

* Standby

* Beam

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

* Reset Lockout Note 1

* Power Lower Note 1 (single tube system)

* Power Raise Note 1 (single tube system)

20-37 Ground

* = Recommended for Typical Installation

Note 1. Requires a momentary closure to ground to activate.

Installation Notes

Table 2-25. Remote Control Interface

RX2 Analog Outputs: Amplifier Cabinet, Single Tube System

Pin

1

2

3

4

5

6

20-37

Function

* PA Forward Power

* IPA Forward Power

* VSWR

* Beam Voltage

* Collector Current

* Body Current

Ground

* = Recommended for Typical Installation

Analog output

Analog output

Analog output

Analog output

Analog output

Analog output

Installation Notes

Table 2-26. Remote Control Interface

RX5 Status Outputs: Amplifier Cabinet

12

13

14

15

10

11

8

9

6

7

4

5

Pin

1

2

3

Function

* Off

* Black Heat

* Standby

* Beam

* Remote/Local

AC Present

Internal Interlock

External Interlock

IPA Air

Cavity Air

Collector Cooling

Black Heater

Full Heat

Bias Voltage

Ion Pump

16

17

18

19

Focus

Heater Delay

* Ready

* High Voltage Normal

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

20-37 Ground

* = Recommended for Typical Installation

Note 1: Status outputs are TTL level voltages.

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Installation Notes

2-28 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

09/17/99

Table 2-27. Remote Control Interface

RX6 Status Outputs: Amplifier Cabinet

Pin

1

2

3

4

5

8

10

11

12

6

7

Function

IPA Volts

IPA Power

Power

Crowbar Ready

High Voltage Circuit Breaker ( in line control cabinet)

* Lock Out (3 Failures)

9 * Primary Cavity Arc

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20-37

2nd Step Complete

* Second Cavity Arc

Cabinet Temperature

HV Step Start

* Collector Current Overload

Bias Current Overload

* VSWR Trip

* Body Current Trip

ION Pump Trip

Tube Over Temperature

* Crowbar Fired

Motors

Ground

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

* = Recommended for Typical Installation

Note 1: Status outputs are TTL level voltages.

Note 1

Note 1

Installation Notes

Section II - Installation & Checkout

Table 2-28. Remote Control Interface

RX32 Status Outputs: Amplifier Cabinet

Pin

1

2

3

Function

* Amplifier Normal

* Spare

Note 1

Note 1

* Output Power Normal Note 1 (single tube system)

20-37 Ground

* = Recommended for Typical Installation

Note 1: Status outputs are TTL level voltages.

Installation Notes

09/17/99 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

2-29

Table 2-29. Exciter Switcher

Rear Panel Remote Connector J1

Pin

1 Exciter A Select

2 Exciter B Select

3 Manual Mode Select

4 Auto Mode Select

5 A Mode Status

6 B Mode Status

7 Auto Mode Status

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

Note 2, 3

Note 2, 3

Note 2, 3

Note 2, 3 8 Remote Enabled Status

9 Remote Disabled Status

10 A Exciter Faulted

11 B Exciter Faulted

12 Power Raise Command

13 Power Lower Command

Note 2, 3

Note 2, 4

Note 2, 4

Not required

Not required

18 - 20 Ground

Note 1: Requires a momentary closure to ground to activate.

Note 2. Status outputs configured open collector.

Note 3: Low = function enabled, High = function disabled.

Note 4: Low = fault is active.

Installation Notes

Table 2-30. Remote Control Interface

TB2 Pump Module: Commands and Status

6

7

4

5

2

3

TB2-

1

Function

Pump Run Command (from xmtr) Note 1

* Run Alternate Pump Command

Coolant Level Low

Tank Empty (pump won’t run)

Alternate Pump Selected

Pump B on

Pump A on

20-37 Ground

* = Recommended for Typical Installation

One for every cooling package

Note 1: Requires continuous closure to run.

Note 1

Note 2

Note 2 , 3

Note 2

Note 2

Note 2

Note 2: Status output: contact closure = low, +12V = high.

Note 3: When pump run command is present,

Low = OK and High = empty tank or pump off.

If no run command is present, output is always high.

Note 4: Low = function enabled, High = function disabled.

Installation Notes

2-30 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

09/17/99

Section II - Installation & Checkout

Table 2-31

Mode Controller (2 Transmitter System)

S19

S20

S21

S22

Control Selection

V1+V2 V1 V2

Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Mode 7

Pole 1 of

SW

Pole 2 of

SW

Pole 3 of

SW

Pole 4of

SW

Pole 5of

SW

Pole 6of

SW

Pole 7of

SW

S14

S13

S12

S11

S10

ON

ON ON

ON

ON

ON

S4

S5

S6

S7

S15

S16

S17

S18

Status Indication/Tally

V1+V2 V1 V2 Spare Spare Spare Spare

Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Mode 7

S2

S3 GH

FG

EH abcdefgh abcdefgh

S8

S9 abcdefgh

Multiplex and Line Stretch latched from Tally

Close to associate K11, K15 or K16 with particular mode

Note: Pole 8 of multiplex/normal switch controls multiplex on Mode 1 abcdefgh

TO

CLOSE

RELAY Operates Wire to

K4 PS1-1 X11-1, 2

K5

K6

K3

K2

K7

K8

K9

K10

PS2-1

PS1-2

PS2-2

S2 has all selections OFF.

All unused tallies to have A-H of appropriate switch selected

X11-3, 4

X11-5, 6

X11-8, 7

K11 Multiplex selected

K11 Multiplex deselected

K15 Line Stretch 1 IN

K15 Line Stretch 2 IN

FIXED

FIXED

TX to Antenna controlled by

TX to Test Load controlled by

K13

K14

X14-7

X14-1

09/17/99 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

2-31

Table 2-32. Mode Control

(2 Transmitter System + Standby)

S11

S12

S13

S14

S15

Control Selection

S10

V1 + V2 V1 V2 V3

Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Mode 7

Pole 1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole 4 Pole 5 Pole 6 Pole 7 of SW

ON of SW of SW

ON of SW

ON of SW of SW of SW

ON

ON

ON ON

ON ON

ON

ON

ON

S16

S17

S18

Status Indication/Tally

V1 + V2 V1 V2 V3

Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Mode 7

S2

S3 DFH

S4

S5

DFG

DEH

Designation

TO

CLOSE

RELAY

K2

K3

K6

K5

K4

K7

S6

S7

S8

CFH abcdefgh abcdefgh

S9

Note: ABCDEFGH indicates switch towards appropriate character, i.e. NOT visible abcdefgh

Multiplex and Line Stretch latched from tally

Close to associate K11, K15, or K16 with particular mode

Note Pole 8 of multiplex/normal switch controls multiplex on Mode 1

S19

S20

S21

S22

K11 Multiplex selected

K11 Multiplex deselected

K15 Line Stretch 1 IN

K16 Line Stretch 2 IN

Operates

PS1-1

PS1-2

PS2-1

PS2-2

X11-9, 10

X11-7, 8

X11-5, 6

X11-3, 4

SW-1/1 X11-1, 2

SW-1/2 X13-1, 2

Fixed

Fixed

TX to Antenna controlled by

TX to Test Load controlled by

Drg: 817 2336 127

K13

K14

2-32 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

09/17/99

Section II - Installation & Checkout

Table 2-33. Mode Controller

(2 Transmitter System + Emergency IPA mode)

Control Selection

S14

S13

S12

S11

S10

S15

S16

S17

V1+V

2

Mode

1

Pole

1 of

SW

ON

ON

ON

ON

ON

V1

Mode

2

Pole

2 of

SW

ON

ON

ON

V2

Mode

3

Pole

3 of

SW

ON

ON

ON

ON

4 of

SW

ON

ON

ON

EMERGENCY MODES

IPA IPA1 IPA2

1,2

Mode

4

Pole

Mode

5

Pole

5 of

SW

ON

Mode

6

Pole

6 of

SW

ON

ON

ON

ON

ON

ON

ON

ON

Mode

7

Designatio n

TO

Pole 7 CLOSE of SW RELAY

K4

K5

K6

K3

K2

K7

K8

K9

Operates

PS1-1 X11-1/2

PS2-1 X11-3/4

PS1-2 X11-5/6

PS2-2 X11-7/8

VA1-Pos1X11-

9/10

VA1-Pos1 X13-

1/2

VA1-Pos2 X13-

3/4

VA1-Pos2 X13-

5/6

S18

Status Indication / Tally

K10

V1+V

2

Mode

1

V1

Mode

2

V2

Mode

3

IPA

1,2

Mode

4

IPA1

Mode

5

IPA2

Mode

6 n/a

Mode

7

Tally Wire From

S6

S7

S8

S9

S2

S3

S4

S5

GH

FG

EH cdgh dfg ceh

PS1-1

PS2-1

PS1-2

PS2-2

V1K12

V2K34

X6-1/2

X6-3/4

X6-5/6

X6-7/8

X7-1/2

X7-3/4 abcdefg h

Note: S2 has all selections switched to the numbered position ( OFF )

ABCDEFGH indicates switch towards appropriate character, i.e. NOT visible

Multiplex and Line Stretch latched from tally

Close to associate K11,K15 or K16 with particular mode

Note: Pole 8 of multiplex / normal switch controls multiplex on Mode 1

S19

S20

S21

S22

Fixed

Fixed

X2

X2

TX to Antenna controlled by

TX to Test Load controlled by a-b a-b b-c

K11 Multiplex selected

K11 Multiplex deselected

K15 Line Stretch 1 IN

K16 Line Stretch 2 IN

Local Mode Control does not operate in parallel with remote mode controls.

Solid LED when Status= Selection. Flashes if Status <>Selection

Solid LED from Status. Flashing LED from Selection

K13

K14

09/17/99 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

2-33

Table 2-34. Mode Controller (3 Transmitter System)

Control Selection

S10

S15

S16

S17

S14

S13

S12

S11

V1 + V2 + V3 V1 + V2 V1 + V3 V2 + V3

Mode 1

Pole 1 of SW

ON

ON

ON ON ON ON

V2

ON

S18

Status Indication/Tally

ON

ON ON

ON ON

ON

ON

V1 + V2 + V3 V1 + V2 V1+ V3 V2 + V3

Mode 1

V1 V2 V3

Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Mode 7

H

DFH

Multiplex and Line Stretch latched from tally

Close to associate K11, K15, or K16 with particular mode

Note:

S19

S20

S21

Pole 8 of multiplex/normal switch controls multiplex on Mode 1

S22

Fixed

Fixed

3 on

4 on

TX to Antenna controlled by

TX to Test Load controlled by

Phase Shifter positions versus System Modes:

Mode

V1 + V2 + V3 to Filter

V1 + V2 to Filter, V3 to R2

V1 + V3 to Filter, V2 to R1

V2 + V3 to Filter, V1 to R1

V1 to Filter, V2 to R1, V3 to R2

V2 to Filter, V1 to R1, V3 to R2

V3 to Filter, V1 to R1, V2 to R2

Phase shifter switches in line with wave guide inputs

Drg. 817 2336 126

V3 Designation

Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Mode 7

Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole 4

ON

ON

ON

ON

ON

ON

ON

V1

Pol 5

ON

ON

Pole 6

ON

ON

ON

ON

ON

S6

S7

S8

S9

S2

S3

S4

S5

ADFH

BDFG

BDEH

ADFG

ADEH

BCEH

Note: ABCDEFGH indicates switch towards appropriate character, i.e. NOT visible

TO

Pole 7 CLOSE

K13

K14

S/C of SW of SW of SW of SW of SW of SW RELAY Operates X11

K2

K7

K8

K9

K10

K4

K5

K6

K3

PS1-1

PS1-2

PS2-1

PS2-2

PS3-1

PS3-2

PS4-1

PS4-2

PS4-3

1 & 2

3 & 4

5 & 6

7 & 8

9 & 10

K15 Line Stretch 1 IN

K16 Line Stretch 2 IN

PSH 1 PSH 2 PSH 3 PSH 4 PHS 1, 2 & 3

1

1

2

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

2

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

3

1

1

3

3

1

Pos 1 out 0°

Pos 2 in

PHS 4

Pos 1 out 0°

Pos 2 -19°

Pos 3 in 90°

S/C

X13

1 & 2

3 & 4

5 & 6

7 & 8

K11 Multiplex selected

K11 Multiplex deselected

-

9

2-34 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

09/17/99

Section II - Installation & Checkout

Table 2-35. Mode Controller (4 Transmitter System)

Control Selection

V1+V2+V3+V4 V1+V2

S14

S13

S12

Mode 1

Pole 1 of SW

ON

ON

Mode 2

Pole 2 of SW

ON

ON

S2

S3

S4

S5

S6

S11

S10

S15

S16

S17

S18

Status Indication/Tally

V1+V2+V3+V4 V1+V2

Mode 1 Mode 2

GH

FG

V3+V4

Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Mode 7

Pole 3 of SW

Pole 4 of SW

Pole 5 of SW

Pole 6 of SW

Pole 7 of SW

ON

ON

V3+V4

EH not used not used not used not used

Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Mode 7 abcdefgh

S7

S8 abcdefgh

S9

Note: S2 has all selections switched to the numbered position (OFF)

ABCDEFGH indicates switch towards appropriate character, i.e. NOT visible abcdefgh

Multiplex and Line Stretch latched from tally

Close to associate K11, K15, or K16 with parallel mode

Note:

S19

Pole 8 of multiplex/normal switch controls multiplex on Mode 1

S20

S21

S22

Fixed

Fixed abcdefgh

K11 Multiplex selected

K11 Multiplex deselected

K15 Line Stretch 1 IN

K16 Line Stretch 2 IN

K13

K14

Designation

TO

CLOSE

RELAY Operates

K4

K5

Wire to

PS1-1 X11-1,

2

PS2-1 X11-

3,4

K6

K3

PS1-2 X11-

5,6

PS2-2 X11-8,

7

K2

K7

K8

K9

K10

09/17/99 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

2-35

Table 2-36

Installation Kit 4-1/16" Line Systems

0

0

CP1 CP2 CP3 CP4 Harris Part Number

6

15

50

0

50

15

5

30

15

9

23

7

45

23

23

75

0

75 100

100 150 200

30

30

100

0

12

30

10

60

38

38

125

0

15

38

13

75

100 150 200

100 150 200

1

1

6

1

0

0

0

10

0

0

0

0

0

20

12

1

2

2

0

0

0

0

0

30

18

2

3

3

4

4

0

40

24

2

0

0

0

0

125

250

250

250

358-2160-000

358-2179-000

358-2202-000

358-1131-000

358-2188-000

358-1127-000

302-0318-000

302-0319-000

302-0320-000

306-0046-000

314-0011-000

310-0011-000

358-1891-000

464-0055-000

464-0056-000

359-1053-000

359-1055-000

359-1049-000

359-1051-000

086-0004-040

099-0002-238

086-0004-038

Description

P1000T) SLOTTED CHANNEL, 1-5/8" SQ 20FT

HTHR037) 3/8"-16 THREADED ROD 10’

HRCN037) 3/8"-16 COUPLER NUT

P1008) 3/8"-16 SPRING NUT

P2863) FLAT PLATE FITTING FOR 3/8" BOLT

P1068) TWO HOLE “L” BRACKET 1-5/8 X 2-1/2

3/8"-16 X 1" SS HEX SCREW

3/8"-16 X 1-1/4" SS HEX SCREW

3/8"-16 X 1-1/2" SS HEX SCREW

3/8"-16 SS HEX NUT

3/8" SS SPLIT LOCK WASHER

3/8" SS FLAT WASHER

3/8"-16 LEAD ANCHOR, STAR TAMPIN 4025

SETTING TOOL, STAR TAMPIN 4025-7

MASONRY DRILL, 3/4"

J1220N) HANGER PLASTIC COATED 2" J

J1240N) HANGER PLASTIC COATED 4" J

J1220) HANGER 2" J

J1240) HANGER 4" J

SILVER SOLDERING FLUX, 16 OZ BOTTLE

HARD SILVER SOLDER 1/16"

SOFT SILVER SOLDER, 3.5% AG

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

OZ

LB

2-36 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

09/17/99

Section II - Installation & Checkout

Table 2-37

Installation Kit 6-1/8" Line System

CP1 CP2 CP3 CP4 Harris Part Number Description

6

7

9 12 15 358-2160-000

11 14 18 358-2179-000

2 3 4 5 358-2202-000

14 20 27 34 358-1131-000

7 11 15 19 358-2188-000

15 23 30 38 358-1127-000

50 75 100 125 302-0318-000

P1000T) SLOTTED CHANNEL, 1-5/8" SQ 20FT

HTHR037) 3/8"-16 THREADED ROD 10’

HRCN037) 3/8"-16 COUPLER NUT

P1008) 3/8"-16 SPRING NUT

P2863) FLAT PLATE FITTING FOR 3/8" BOLT

P1068) TWO HOLE “L” BRACKET 1-5/8 X 2-1/2

3/8"-16 X 1" SS HEX SCREW

0 0 0 0 302-0319-000

50 75 100 125 302-0320-000

100 150 200 250 306-0046-000

100 150 200 250 314-0011-000

100 150 200 250 310-0011-000

0

8

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

358-1891-000

464-0055-000

0 0 0 464-0056-000

12 16 20 358-1896-000

3 4 6 8 358-1894-000

16 25 33 41 358-1895-000

8 12 15 19 358-2472-000

100 150 200 250 302-0338-000

100 150 200 250 306-0034-000

3/8"-16 X 1-1/4" SS HEX SCREW

3/8"-16 X 1-1/2" SS HEX SCREW

3/8"-16 SS HEX NUT

3/8" SS SPLIT LOCK WASHER

3/8" SS FLAT WASHER

3/8"-16 LEAD ANCHOR, STAR TAMPIN 4025

SETTING TOOL, STAR TAMPIN 4025-7

MASONRY DRILL, 3/4"

HTHR050) 1/2"-13 THREADED ROD 10’

HRCN050) 1/2"-13 COUPLER NUT

P1010) 1/2"-13 SPRING NUT

P2864) FLAT PLATE FITTING FOR 1/2" BOLT

1/2"-13 X 1-1/2" SS HEX SCREW

1/2"-13 SS HEX NUT

0

0

0

0

0

100 150 200 250 314-0015-000

100 150 200 250 310-0026-000

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

358-2168-000

464-0119-000

464-0260-000

359-1053-000

359-1056-000

1/2" SS SPLIT LOCK WASHER

1/2" SS FLAT WASHER

1/2"-13 LEAD ANCHOR, STAR TAMPIN 4035

SETTING TOOL, STAR TAMPIN 4035-7

MASONRY DRILL, 7/8"

J1220N) HANGER PLASTIC COATED 2" J

J1260N) HANGER PLASTIC COATED 6" J

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

EA

09/17/99 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

2-37

2-38 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

09/17/99

3.1

Introduction

This section describes the operating controls and indicators for

Sigma  CD transmitters and the procedures used to turn the transmitter on and off.

Figure 3-1 is a front-view drawing of a single-PA Sigma

CD transmitter. The location of the primary controls — those most frequently used - is the control cabinet on the left-hand side of the transmitter. The System Control Panel at the top of the cabinet contains all transmitter operating controls, and the Mode

Control Panel (not used in some single-PA transmitters) controls and monitors any output system switching.

The PA Cabinet, on the right in Figure 3-1, contains an Amplifier

Control Panel in the top left front of the cabinet which displays the amplifier’s faults, operating status and power levels and which can be used to operate the amplifier independent of the

System Control Panel.

Section III

Operators Guide

The UHF Linearizer, mounted below the Amplifier Control

Panel, contains a front-panel meter and meter selector switch which may be used to check IOT tube voltages.

An isolated meter panel displaying PA heater voltage, Ion Pump current and bias voltage and current is mounted at the top rear of the right-hand side of the PA.

The exciter for the transmitter is installed in the control cabinet below the Mode Controller. If two exciters are installed, an exciter switcher is included and is installed between the exciters.

Controls on the front panel of the exciter switcher allow the operator to select either exciter to drive the transmitter and also allow him to set the exciter switcher to switch automatically if there is an exciter failure. A Remote Control button on the exciter switcher also allows the operator to enable or disable control from elsewhere.

09-14-99

Figure 3-1. Front View of Single-PA Transmitter

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing

3-1

Figure 3-2. System Control Panel

3.2

Routine Operating Procedures

3.2.1

Daily Turn On

a. Press STANDBY at least 5 minutes prior to scheduled air time.

Caution

Operation in STANDBY for more than 30 minutes can damage the IOT tube, and is not recommended.

b. Allow 5 minutes for transmitter to warm up. As the warmup delay is completed in each amplifier, its’green “Ready”

LED lights.

c. Depress BEAM command. The BEAM LED will illuminate, the Line control Cabinet(s) will step-start and the

Power meter should begin to indicate output power.

d. Check all meter readings.

3.2.2

Single-Button Daily Turn-On

It is possible to start the transmitter from the OFF condition by pressing BEAM, but if there is more than one PA in the transmitter, the PA cabinets may start at different times, resulting in an erratic start-up.

To avoid this, normal procedure should be as listed in 3.2.1.

3.2.3

Daily Turn Off

a. Depress OFF.

b. All line control cabinets should switch off and RF output should cease.

c. The blowers and pumps should continue running for 5 minutes to ensure proper cool-down of the equipment.

3.2.4

Black Heat or Background Heat

BK HEAT is provided for users who need to operate the IOT with heater on and with beam off for extended periods. This operation is called Black Heat, or Background Heat.

3-2 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing

09-09-99

A typical use for BK HEAT is operation of a reserve transmitter, kept in readiness for operation if the main transmitter fails.

Selecting BK HEAT reduces the heater voltage to a safe level once the tube has been warmed to operating temperature. For a more detailed description, see BK HEAT in section 3.3.2 below.

3.3

System Control Panel

(See Figure 3-2)

The system control panel provides overall local control of the standard Sigma  CD transmitter system. LED indicators above the control push buttons show the operating state of the transmitter.

3.3.1

Metering

Metering is provided at the top of the panel for these power functions:

OUTPUT POWER

Relative output power from the combined transmitter. This meter is calibrated to read 100% when the transmitter is at the intended power level.

VSWR

Reflected RF power at the transmitter combined output, displayed in VSWR units. This meter’s display is accurate only if the transmitter output power is at 100%.

• REJECT LOAD

An indication of the power present in the output combining system (magic tee) reject loads. A maximum of three reject loads can be metered. 100% on this meter is set to be the highest power to be encountered with any combination of amplifiers turned off.

Selection of the desired reject load sample in large transmitters is made by pressing a push-button switch below the

REJECT POWER meter. The green LED’s next to the button show the current selection.

3.3.2

Operational Mode and Power Control

The System Control Panel has push-button switches to enable selection of:

STANDBY

Used to ready the transmitter for operation. Pressing this button starts the amplifier heaters and cooling systems and begins warm-up of the amplifiers. After approximately 5 minutes, the Ready light for each PA illuminates and transmission can commence.

• BEAM

Turns on the beam power supplies and brings the transmitter to operational mode.

(If pressed from the OFF mode, the 5 minute STANDBY delay will occur before the beam supplies turn on.)

OFF

Shuts down the transmitter by turning off BEAM and starting the 5-minute cool down timer.

BK HEAT

Places the transmitter in a BEAM off, reduced heater voltage mode, to be used when a transmitter must be kept ready for rapid start-up for longer than 30 minutes.

09-14-99

Operators Guide

When BK HEAT is selected from OFF, a 30 minute timer is started. After a 30 minute delay, pressing BEAM will place the PA on-air immediately. Pressing BEAM before the 30 minute delay is completed starts the 5-minute

STANDBY delay, following which the PA comes on.

When BK HEAT is selected from the STANDBY mode after the 5-minute STANDBY delay, or from BEAM, the transmitter can be returned to BEAM and full operation with only a 120 second delay.

NOTE

The time delays associated with BK HEAT are in accord with tube manufacturers’ specifications. See the most recent data sheets for the tube you are using.

Tube manufacturers specify limits to the time a tube may be operated in BK HEAT, following which a period of operation at full power is required. For example, EEV advises limiting BK

HEAT operation to 14 days, following which 7 days’ operation at full power is required.

To the right of the mode buttons, POWER Raise and Lower buttons can be used to adjust transmitter output power.

A LOCAL push-button and LED in the lower left corner of the panel is used in transmitters with remote control equipment connected, as a means of isolating the transmitter from the remote controls when desired for maintenance security.

LOCAL on the System Control Panel isolates this panel’s operation from remote equipment. The Mode Control

Panel and the Exciter Switcher have similar buttons which must be operated to isolate their functions from remote control equipment.

3.3.3

NORMAL Indicators

A group of green LED’s displays NORMAL amplifier operational status. These three indicators are also present in the

NORMAL group of LED’s on each amplifier control panel.

AMPLIFIER Output Power (Amplifiers 1 - 4)

— the amplifier’s output is higher than 80% of normal.

AMPLIFIER Ready (Amplifiers 1 - 4)

— the amplifier’s start-up timers are satisfied. Pressing

BEAM will turn the amplifier on immediately.

AMPLIFIER Normal (Amplifiers 1 - 4)

— the PA cabinet’s circuit breakers are all set ON.

The following two indicators signal OK conditions in the control cabinet:

SYSTEM Normal

— All AMPLIFIER NORMAL indicators on.

— All PA’s set to remote (LOCAL off).

— System Control Panel set to Remote (LOCAL off).

SYSTEM Output Power

— the total output power from the transmitter is higher than 80% of the normal output.

A group of four red LED’s shows amplifier FAULT status:

AMPLIFIER Lockout (Amplifiers 1 - 4)

— a fault in the amplifier has caused its lockout to engage.

(Lockout can only be reset at the PA cabinet.)

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing

3-3

These LED indicators signal exciter or system-level faults.

EXCITER A (Upper) or EXCITER B (Lower)

— The Exciter is not functioning correctly and should be checked.

SYSTEM VSWR

— Reflected power exceeding the VSWR trip level has been detected at the combined output of the transmitter.

(Alarm only — no action taken by the system controller.)

• SYSTEM Reject Power

— Excessive reject load power has been detected in one of the output system reject loads.

(Alarm only — no automatic action taken. This alarm would signal the need for service or adjustment.)

3.4

Mode Control Panel

In transmitters with more than one PA cabinet, RF output switching is included to allow one or more PA’s to be taken off-line for service. A Mode Control Panel is mounted below the System

Control Panel to allow operator selection of the RF Output

System mode. The Panel contains a single row of push buttons with an LED indicator above each button. The buttons are used to select and confirm the output system operating mode and will be arranged differently in each version of the transmitter.

A transmitter using two PA cabinets might have the following mode control push buttons:

A + B Air

Sends the combined PA outputs to the antenna.

A AIR

Sends PA “A”’ cabinet output to the antenna.

B AIR

Sends PA “B”’ cabinet output to the antenna.

• TX TO AIR

The transmitter output is routed to the antenna.

TX TO LOAD

The transmitter output is routed to the station test load.

LOCAL

Isolates the mode controller from operation by remote control equipment.

NOTE

Mode Control Panel LOCAL is independent of and is not controlled by LOCAL on the System Control Panel.

3.5

Exciter Switcher

If two exciters are installed, an exciter switcher (Figure 3-3) is added between the exciters. The exciter switcher front panel contains EXCITER FAULT A and B indicators, used to trigger automatic exciter switching. The fault signals originate in the exciters.

The panel also contains the following alternate-action push-button controls:

• ON AIR EXCITER SELECT

When pressed, switches from the currently-selected exciter to the alternate exciter.

• AUTO / MANUAL SELECT

When pressed, selects MANUAL or AUTOmatic operation of the switcher.

- In MANUAL operation, exciter selection is controlled only by the ON AIR EXCITER SELECT button.

- In AUTO, the exciter switcher monitors the condition of the EXCITER FAULT LED’s. If the currently-selected exciter generates a fault, the switcher will check to make certain the alternate exciter does not also show a fault. If not, the alternate exciter is automatically selected.

REMOTE CONTROL

When ENABLE is selected, the exciter switcher can be controlled by remote control equipment. When LOCAL is selected, remote control is blocked.

NOTE

Exciter Switcher REMOTE CONTROL DISABLE is independent of and is not controlled by LOCAL on the System Control Panel.

3.6

Amplifier Control Panel

The amplifier control panel (Figure 3-4) provides overall local control of a the standard Sigma  CD Amplifier cabinet. An LED associated with each control will illuminate on selection.

The amplifier control panel provides meter indications of Transmitter VSWR, IPA power metering, and output power metering.

LED’s indicate normal amplifier operational status as well as fault status.

Pushbutton controls allow the amplifier to be isolated from control by the System Control Panel and operated locally for test or in an emergency.

3-4

Figure 3-3.Exciter Switcher

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing

09-09-99

Operators Guide

Figure 3-4. Amplifier Control Panel

3.6.1

Metering

Metering is provided for the following power functions.

IPA

— an indication of relative output power from the IPA.

VSWR

— a display of reflected power present at the output of the

IOT in VSWR units. (Accurate only when the PA output is

100%)

• FORWARD

— Indicates PA Output power

3.6.2

Amplifier Control

Amplifier control pushbuttons are provided for OFF, BK HEAT,

STANDBY and BEAM. These controls are identical to those on the System Control Panel, but here they control only the PA in which they are located.

Pressing LOCAL interrupts PA cabinet control from the System

Control Panel. The LOCAL LED indicates when the cabinet is in LOCAL mode.

This control can be used to isolate the amplifier from the System

Control Panel for maintenance purposes.

Two additional pushbuttons, RESET DISPLAY and RESET

LOCKOUT, are described in 3.6.5.

NOTE

OFF, BK HEAT, STANDBY, BEAM and the RESET LOCKOUT button are active only when the Amplifier Control Panel is switched to LOCAL. Thus, LOCAL must be selected in order to reset a lockout condition in the cabinet.

POWER raise and lower push buttons to the right side of the panel are not used in the Sigma  CD transmitter. Power control is on the System Control Panel. The POWER buttons on the

Amplifier Control Panel can be connected to adjust the power output of the single PA cabinet if no control cabinet is used.

09-14-99 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing

3-5

3.6.3

Amplifier NORMAL Status

NORMAL Status Indicators are Green LEDs, illuminated to show operation within the normal range.

• AC Present

3 phase mains supply is within 15% of nominal and phase sequence has been detected as correct.

Internal Interlock

The PA cabinet internal interlocks and main ground interlock indicate proper connection.

Cavity Air

Cavity air pressure is present.

BK Heater

Reduced heaters are detected on the IOT and full heaters are applied to the thyratron.

Bias Volts

Bias voltage is present

Ion Pump

Ion Pump voltage is present and ION pump current is lower than 20 mA.

• IPA Air

IPA air pressure has been detected.

• Collector Cooling

IOT water flow detected.

(IOT collector air flow in air-cooled units.)

• External Interlock

Interlock is completed allowing the transmitter to operate.

• Full Heaters

Full heater voltage has been detected on the IOT and the

Thyratron.

Focus Current

Focus current is present.

Heater Delay

Heaters have been detected and:

1. Standby has been selected for 5 minutes, or

2. BK Heat has been selected for 30 minutes.

IPA Volts

IPA power supply voltage is present on both IPA supplies.

Ready

Amplifier is ready for beam to be applied. This LED will not light until all of the green NORMAL status lights above are illuminated.

The following green NORMAL indicators do NOT affect the

Ready LED:

• Beam Volts

Beam voltage has been detected. If not present shortly after

3-6

BEAM is pressed, drive mutes and shunt trip operates, opening beam contactor.

IPA Power

IPA RF output is detected at greater than the minimum threshold, usually set to 20% of normal.

• Output Power

Transmitter output is greater than 80% of the normal output level.

Amplifier Normal

All PA cabinet circuit breakers are set ON.

NOTE

The PA cabinet circuit breakers are located on a panel mounted at the lower left front of the PA cabinet, below the UHF Linearizer.

3.6.4

Amplifier FAULT Status

FAULT Status Indicators are Red LEDs, indicating a defect or improper operation. As a maintenance aid, these indicators remain illuminated until reset using the RESET DISPLAY button.

The action triggered in the PA Cabinet by the fault depends on the type of fault.

All of the displayed faults except Foldback Active and Ion

Current result in interrupting the transmitter’s output. Faults which can cause immediate damage trigger Lockout, turning off the PA until reset. Some faults interrupt the output briefly, then restore operation, triggering Lockout if there are three occurrences within 30 seconds. The faults are noted as “3-shot” or

“1-shot” below to show the type of action.

Output cavity Arc [3 shot]

An arc has been detected in the primary cavity.

Secondary Cavity Arc [3 shot]

An arc has been detected in the secondary cavity.

Cabinet Temperature [1 shot]

Cabinet over temperature thermostat has been tripped.

Cabinet temperature has exceeded 70 Degrees C.

Motors [1 shot]

The motor thermal overload has tripped because of excessive motor current.

HV Step Start [1 shot]

After BEAM command, beam step-start did not complete.

Triggers Lockout and trips the Shunt Trip circuit breaker.

• Collector Current [3 shot]

Collector current higher than preset limit has been detected.

Usually set between 2.5 and 3 Amperes.

Collector Temperature [1 shot]

Collector outlet water or air temperature is excessive. This sensor is usually set to trip at 70 degrees C.

Ion Current [Not Used]

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing

09-09-99

Operators Guide

Bias Current [1 shot]

Bias current higher than preset limit (80 mA for EEV,

120 mA for CPI).

• Crowbar Fired [3 shot]

The IOT crowbar protective circuit circuit has shunted the beam supply and interrupted the beam power.

VSWR [3 shot]

Reflected output power exceeded the trip level.

Body Current [3 shot]

Body current has exceeded its preset limit.

—Nominal setting for EEV tubes is 50 mA.

—Not used with CPI tubes.

The last fault indicator, Foldback Active, indicates VSWR has risen higher than 1.3:1, causing the logic to automatically reduce the PA’s output power to a safe level.

3.6.5

Lockout Reset & Indicator Reset

Several PA cabinet faults are able to trigger the Lockout condition after 3 occurrences within 30 seconds. Lockout disables the

PA’s output until reset and switches the PA cabinet to OFF.

• RESET LOCKOUT

Clears the LOCKOUT latch. The PA can then be turned back on. Reset Lockout does not clear the Fault LED’s..

NOTE

RESET LOCKOUT can only be used when LOCAL is selected.

• RESET DISPLAY

Used to reset the Fault LED’s. The indicators remain illuminated until manually reset using this push-button, as a guide to maintenance personnel.

3.7

PA Tube and Driver Metering

Metering of IOT voltages and currents and of the Feed Forward

Amplifier and the UHF Linearizer are provided by a switchable meter on the lower front panel of the UHF Linearizer (see Figure

3-5 below) and by an isolated meter panel above and behind the

IOT in the PA cabinet. The location of the isolated meter panel may be seen in Figure 3-1.

Figure 3-5. UHF Linearizer Meter Panel

3.7.1

Linearizer Meter Panel

The Linearizer front panel meter allows metering of:

• ALC

The Automatic Level Control voltage from the Linearizer.

Beam 50KV

The Beam supply output voltage.

Focus 50A

The IOT focus current.

Collector 5A

The IOT Collector Current.

Body 100 mA

IOT body current (EEV tubes only)

3.7.2

Isolated Meter Panel

The isolated meter panel (Figure 3-6) is located inside the PA cabinet, above and behind the IOT carriage assembly. The panel contains the meters for voltages and currents in parts of the tube circuits which are at beam voltage potential. The meters are:

Bias

Heater

Bias

ION Pump

150V

10V

-100mA/+100mA

50uA

NOTE

Current CPI tubes also require that IOT heater current be monitored. In transmitters currently shipped for use with CPI tubes, a fifth meter is added to the isolated meter panel to provide this reading.

09-14-99

Bias

Adjust

Bias 150V

Heaters 10V

Bias -100mA/+100mA

Figure 3-6. Isolated Meter Panel

Ion Pump 50uA

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing

3-7

Figure 3-7 Line Control Mains Disconnects

3.8

Line Control Cabinet

The Line Control Cabinet is the main power control panel for the PA cabinet. Multiple-PA transmitters will have one Line

Control Cabinet installed for each PA.

On the front panel of the Line Control cabinet are mains disconnects for:

• BEAM POWER SUPPLY MAIN

- a control switch which can be used to interrupt the beam power supply primary power. Do NOT operate this switch when beam supply is ON!

TRANSMITTER CABINET MAIN

- a circuit breaker which controls the mains power to the

PA cabinet, including the 3-phase blower.

TRANSMITTER CABINET POWER SUPPLIES

- a circuit breaker which controls mains power to the PA cabinet, not including the 3-phase blower.

In the top right-hand area of the panel are four LED indicators which can be used to check on the operating state of the Line

Control cabinet.

• COMMAND SIGNAL PRESENT

- The BEAM command from the PA cabinet has called for the beam supply to turn on.

• THERMAL INTERLOCK NORMAL

- the thermal interlocks in the line control cabinet are all closed, permitting the beam supply to be turned on.

• STEP-START COMPLETE

- The step-start sequence has completed successfully, applying power to the beam supply.

• BEAM SUPPLY BREAKER TRIPPED

- The Beam Supply circuit breaker inside the Line Control

Cabinet has tripped. Power has been removed from the beam supply.

3.8.1

BEAM SUPPLY BREAKER RESET

This push-button, located directly below the BEAM SUPPLY

BREAKER TRIPPED light, may be used to reset the beam supply (shunt trip) breaker when tripped.

The Shunt Trip breaker, Q1, in the Line Control Cabinet, interrupts the mains leads to the beam power supply. The breaker may be tripped by an overcurrent or by auxiliary trip contacts, and may be reset by an electric motor operator.

When the crowbar fires to protect the IOT tube, the Line Control

Cabinet contactors open but the Shunt trip may also be triggered.

In this event, the crowbar circuit immediately resets the shunt trip breaker.

3-8

HV Step Start failure, a fault displayed on the Amplifier Control

Panel, also triggers the Shunt Trip to protect the equipment against overheating and possible fire.

WARNING

In the event of HV Step Start Failure, trace and correct the problem first, before attempting to reset the shunt trip. When the problem has been corrected, reset the Shunt Trip breaker using the Beam Supply Breaker Reset button on the Line Control

Cabinet.

DO NOT operate the Beam Supply Breaker Reset button when

Step Start Complete light is illuminated, as this will bypass the step start and cause excessive inrush and possible damage to equipment.

3.9

Figure 3-8 Line Control Indicators & Reset

Cooling System

The liquid cooling system is controlled by the PA cabinet controller but most of the cooling system is outside the PA cabinet.

3.9.1

Flow Guages

Two inline flow guages in each PA cabinet display coolant flow rates for the IOT tube and the magnet assembly. The guages also include the coolant flow interlock switches.

These flow rates can be checked by opening the front door on the right side of the PA cabinet. The flow guages are on the right inside wall of the PA cabinet, mounted above the IOT carriage assembly.

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing

09-09-99

3.9.2

Pump Module

Gauges on the control panel of the pump module (Figure 3-8) show the temperature and pressure of the coolant liquid at the outlet of the operating pump.

Status Indicators on the panel below the gauges signal the following:

COOLANT LEVEL LOW

- a warning that coolant level is approaching critical level and shutdown may occur.

COOLANT TANK EMPTY

- the transmitter will have shut down if this light appears.

ALTERNATE PUMP MODE

- indicates the Alternate Pump remote terminal has been used to switch from the pump selected by the LOCAL

PUMP SWITCH to the alternate pump.

AC POWER PRESENT

- confirms AC power is reaching the pump module and that the level and the phase of all three phases are correct.

Operators Guide

CONTROL VOLTAGE PRESENT

- confirms the presence of 12V dc control voltage.

PUMP A ON / PUMP B ON

- indicates which pump is currently running.

The LOCAL PUMP SWITCH located below the LED indicators can be used to select Pump A or Pump B as the operating pump.

Selecting this switch to the center-OFF position turns off both pumps.

Note

A connection has been provided in the Pump Module to permit remote selection of the operating pump. Grounding the connection causes the alternate pump to be selected and the ALTER-

NATE PUMP MODE light to light. The LOCAL PUMP SWITCH on the pump module must be in the PUMP A or the PUMP B position in order to use this feature.

09-14-99

Figure 3-9 Pump Module Control Panel

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing

3-9

3-10 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing

09-09-99

4.1

Control Cabinet

Each transmitter is provided with a Control Cabinet. The Cabinet is capable of controlling up to 4 Amplifier Cabinets, two CD 1™

Exciters

, Exciter Switcher units, output RF system, power control, system power metering and interlock interface.

In addition to system control the unit provides fault monitoring of system parameters. The subsystems will be discussed as individual assemblies.

4.1.1

System Control PCB

Refer to schematic dwgs:

839 8121 168 IOT Control System Overview

839-8121-798 System Control Panel

The System Control PCB comprises the following circuits: Control Inputs, Meter Selection, Amplifier Status, System Status,

Power Control and Control Latch.

4.1.1.1

Power Supplies

The PSU inputs from the control cabinet wire harness are supplied via X1 for the +5V, +12V, -12V bus with LEDs H46, H47,

H48 indicating presence of the supplies respectively. The supplies are derived from the Control Cabinet logic PSU’s via the fuse distribution PCB.

4.1.1.2

Remote Controls

The seven remote system controls, Off, BK Heat, Standby, Beam,

Power Raise/Lower, and System Fault Reset commands generate ground contact closures which are input via X6 to Schmidt

Trigger A2. A2 then routes the trigger output to OR gate A17 where the remote command inputs are OR’ed with the Local front panel command inputs from AND gate A19 if enabled.

Or gate A17 then applies the command input (Local/Remote) to

A3, a quad 2-input multiplexer. A3 then outputs the selected 4 bits of data from the two sources to the line driver A41 (sht7).

A41 in turn drives the command outputs via X5 to the System

Interface Panel and on to the individual amplifier cabinet sytem remote inputs.

4.1.1.3

Local Controls

Refer to schematic 839 8121 798 (Sht. 2), System Control Panel

System local controls for Off, BK Heat, Standby, Beam are initiated by a front panel contact closure to ground and routed via Schmidt trigger A1 to LOCAL/REMOTE selection AND gate A19. DIP Switch S8 position 4 is closed to prevent parallel operation of local/remote control inputs in remote operation.

This applies a logic 0 to AND gate A19 to disable parallel operation.

The Power raise lower commands are initiated via contact closure to ground which is in turn routed to Schmidt trigger A34 for input into the system power circuitry detailed on (Sht 5). Local/Remote selection is accomplished through a front panel contact closure to VCC which is routed via retriggerable

Section IV

Theory of Operation

monostable A45A in the Local/Remote Latch circuitry detailed on Sht 7.

4.1.1.4

Control Actions

The selected command function is applied to OR gate A17 which passes either local or remote commands on to the Quad 2-input

Multiplexers A3, A4. A3 outputs are routed to the control driver circuitry A41 (detailed on Sht. 7), while the A4/4 output( RESET

I44) is routed via X5 to the System interface PCB and eventually on to the individual amplifiers via system control interconnects.

The command output generated by A3 drives inverting octal buffer A41. The command selection loads A41 which in turn provide amplifier commands to individual cabinets via X5 to the

System Interface PCB.

The LOC/REM signal applies a momentary logic 1 to retriggerable monostable A45A. The Q output in turn drives And gate

A9A, and Nor gate A12c which apply ground to energize relay

K1. Contacts 11 and 9 of K1 provides a ground to Schmidt trigger

A33F. It’s output in turn sets to a logic 1 when local is selected generating the signal (LOC/REM 1). The input to A33F is also wire Or’ed to generate a logic 0 for the signal (A/B SELECT 1).

The signal (LOC/REM 1) is then routed to power control circuitry (detailed on Shts. 5 and 6), and the Status Remote LEDs while the (A/B Select 1) is used to select A or B inputs to the

Quad 2-input multiplexers A3, A4 and A31.

4.1.1.5

Status Readback

Refer to schematic dwg 839 8121 798 Sht. 1

The System Control Panel Status LEDs are derived from the

OR’ed status readbacks from the amplifier cabinets I25-28, and

System summary fault indications I29-42. The OR’ed amplifier status’ are input to Schmit trigger A33. A33 drives LED driver

A16 which illuminates the associated amplifier status LED.

NAND gate A6 monitors Amplifier 1-4 Normal signals as well as the external systems normal signal from A33E. When all inputs are Normal A6 outputs a logic 0 to NOR gate A12A. A

Loc/Rem signal is also monitored. A12A has it’s output wire

Or’ed with the Systems Normal Status (I30) to illuminate the

System Normal LED via LED flash NOR gate A11A and LED driver A16.

If any amplifier, external system or remote control switch is not normal the System Normal LED will flash at a 1 Hz rate due to the Or’ing of the 14 stage binary ripple counter A13 with the system normal signal at A11.

Summary alarm status indications are input to the system board connector X5 via the System Interface PCB, Exciter/Exciter

Switcher and Mode Controller. These alarms will be addressed individually.

The Exciter, Power Normal, System VSWR, and Reject Load summary fault inputs I31-38 are applied to line driver A15 to, in turn, illuminate the appropriate system fault LED.

1/22/1999 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

4-1

External systems normal (Mode Controller in Remote, Exciter change- over in Auto/Remote) and individual amplifier local/remote indications are applied to NAND gate A6. X21 programs the presence of an amplifier for system normal gating. A6 in turn drives NOR gate A12A which compares Amp Normal signals with the system remote normal to generate an output to NOR gate

A11A. The 1 Hz input from oscillator A13 then fires A11A until all Amplifier Normal, System Normal and Remote indications are satisfied. When this occurs A11A outputs a logic 1 which drives line driver A16/8 and illuminates the System Normal LED.

4.1.1.6

Meter Selection

Refer to schematic dwg 839 8121 798 Sht. 1,4

The analogue meter voltages are routed to the System Control

PCB from the System Interface PCB via 16 way IDC connector

X4. The Reject meter selection is accomplished via a front panel contact closure switch to ground. This fires Schmidt trigger A2F which in turn increments the up command of the 4 bit binary

Up/Down counter A25. The binary output of A25 in conjunction with DIP switch S12 drive 3-8 line decoder A14. The decoder output selects the appropriate meter/LED outputs of A28 and

A26 respectively.

Reject Load analogue metering voltages are routed to 8 channel analogue multiplexer A28. The output drives Op Amp A30D, to provide a switch selectable meter to indicate Reject Load 1-3 power. The alternate Op Amp A30C drives a terminal block in the rear of the control cabinet. This allows use of a multimeter to facilitate phasing adjustment to minimize reject load power.

The Forward Power and VSWR metering circuits are identical.

The Forward power metering only will be discussed. The System

Interface PCB detects a DC voltage relative to power. It outputs this voltage to the System Control PCB via X4. The Forward voltage is then routed to opamp A30A to drive the front Panel

Metering circuit.

4.1.1.7

Amp Status

Refer to schematic dwg 839 8121 798 Sht. 1,3

Amplifier status readback are input via the System Interface PCB to X5. They are then routed to Sht. 3. The amplifier status’I1-16 are routed into LED drivers A23, A22. These in turn illuminate green amplifier status LEDs on the System Control Panel.

4.1.1.8

Power Control

Refer to schematic dwg 839 8121 798 Sht. 1,2,5,6

Forward Power raise command only will be discussed for simplicity. Power control commands are selected via the front panel

Raise switch. This applies a contact closure to ground which fires

Schmidt trigger A34D (Sht 5). A34D outputs a logic 1 to OR gate

A32B which generates a COUNT VISUAL LOCAL signal.

NOR gate A12B in turn generates a logic 0 which causes FET

V5 to energize the Local 2 Speed Control circuitry consisting of

A34, A9, A11. A9 also has a CLOCK 1 and CLOCK 2 input from

A13.

This in turn generates the CLOCK 3 output to drive the power control output (detailed on sht 6). AND gate A18, NOR gate A20,

OR gate A27D generate a COUNT signal and determine whether the count is going up or down. Quad 2-input multiplexer A31 then selects the appropriate data path information to drive the digital pot as detailed on Sht. 6.

4.1.1.9

Digital Pot

Refer to schematic dwg 839 8121 126 Sht. 6

The Digital Pot receives the Count, U/D signal to increase or decrease the output voltage which in turn will be used to drive the amplifier cabinet AGC and UHF Linearizer power control pot input. Voltage regulator A39 provides a stable 5V reference to

AND gate A35. The Clock 3 and Count Visual inputs generate an output from A35 which drives digital pot A36 if it is enabled with a U/D Visual enable. The variable voltage output from A36 will be buffered by Op Amp A38 to drive the amplifier AGC and

UHF Linearizer via the System Interface PCB and amplifier interconnection harness.

4.1.2

System Interface Panel

Refer to Schematic Dwg 839 8121 799 Sht. 1-5

The System Interface Panel comprises the following circuits:

Amplifier Interface 1-4 (Sht. 2,3), Exciter Inputs (Sht. 4), Power

Metering, VSWR and Reject Load Metering (Sht. 5).

The System Interface Panel provides a means to interconnect the transmitter at a system level. Control outputs from the system control panel are routed via the system interface to the individual amplifier cabinets. Exciter status, Power, VSWR, and Reject

Load metering are routed through the System Interface Panel to the metering and status outputs of the System Control Panel to drive the front panel metering and status indicators. All system remote control status outputs are terminated on this assembly.

Provisions are also made to receive external waveguide and system normal signal via X28. DC power is supplied via X2 from the Exciter PSU Distribution PCB.

4.1.2.1

Amplifier Interface 1-4

Refer to Schematic Dwg 839 8121 799 Sht. 1,2,3.

Amplifiers are connected to X16,17,20 and 21 via 15 pin multiconductor cables. For circuit description Amplifier 1 Interface will be discussed. The interconnect cable for amplifier 1 provides both system status and commands via X16. Status indications are routed to inverting line driver A15B to provide Amplifier 1

Normal, Ready 1, Vis/Comb Normal 1 and Lockout 1 (O5-20 signal lines) to the System Control Panel via X4. The command status read backs are processed via inverting line Drivers A24A and A16 where the output signals O1-4 (Off 2, BK Heat 2,

Standby 2, Beam 2) are wire OR’ed together. These signal are then routed to the System Control PCB via X4 for system status monitoring. Inverting line driver A27B, A2 and A1 in turn drive the System Remote Control status outputs. System commands are initiated on the System Control PCB and then routed to the

System Interface PCB via X4 and on to inverting line drivers A5,

A28. The command outputs of A5, A28 (signals I6-16) are then applied to the individual amplifier cabinets via A14 and A22 to control the amplifier cabinets.

4.1.2.2

Exciter/External Inputs

Refer to Schematic Dwg 839 8121 799 Sht. 4

4-2 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

1/22/1999

Exciter status inputs are routed from the associated Exciter/exciter switcher unit via control cabinet cable harness to X22 of the system interface PCB. A closure to ground indicates a fault condition has occurred in the exciter. Inverting line driver A27A drives OR gate A30 to generate a logic 1 output. The output in turn will be routed to the System Controller status indicator circuitry to generate an Exciter Fault LED indication. External

Normal and Waveguide Controller inputs are routed into the

System Interface PCB via X28 to NOR gate A23A/B/C. A logic

1 will be generated if any External System Normal condition is not made. This in turn will drive the status readback circuitry to extinguish the System Normal LED.

4.1.2.3

Forward, VSWR, and Reject Power metering

Refer to Schematic Dwg 839 8121 799 Sht. 5

The System Interface PCB is interconnected to the RF system

Forward power, Output VSWR and Reject Load directional couplers via RG 223 or RG 58. These connect via X9-13 BNC

Bulkhead jacks. A signal input of 100MW is used to calibrate a full scale meter deflection. All metering is accomplished in a similar manner. Reflected input will be discussed as an example of circuit operation. Incoming RF arrives on board through X13, a BNC coaxial socket, and is fed to diode detector V15. The demodulated signal is then buffered in A10B before being applied to a peak detector consisting of V20 and A10C. Meter calibration is performed by R96, R148 and A10A, which drives the front panel VSWR meter and the Remote Control analogue

VSWR output. A separate output is routed to a level detector consisting of R97 and A10D to a Reflected Power trip indication for remote control/system status fault indications.

4.2

Mode Controller General Description

Refer to Schematics 839-8121-169, 839-8121-161.

The Mode Controller PCB and its Local Control Panel provide programmable command/ status interface between the RF System and Transmitter system. Local or remote commands can be issued to change system configuration between combined amplifier operation/single ended modes, antenna or test load termination and diplexed/multiplex drive configuration. During operation of the waveguide output switch from Antenna to Test

Load the Mode Controller will also issue Standby commands, monitor amplifier status change and re-apply Beam command once the switch has reach its appropriate end stop.

(Refer to schematic 839 8121 169 Mode Controller Functional

Overview)

A contact closure is initiated by depressing the desired Local

Control Panel Mode Switch. This is routed by a 26-way ribbon cable to the Mode Controller Local/Remote selector latch. The selector latch outputs the selected command to the Set Antenna

Switch And Gate, the programmable decode waveguide/multiplex control outputs, the programmable decode line stretcher control outputs and a selection status comparator. The command output from the mode controller will then energize the associated

Section IV - Theory of Operation

RF system function. Once the RF system completes the command function it will generate a status readback to illuminate the selected Local Control Panel LED indicator and the system will be in the selected operational mode.

4.2.1

Mode Controller Detailed Circuit Description

NOTE:

Mode Controller is not utilized in a single amplifier configuration

( Refer to Schematic dwg’s 839 8121 161 Sht. 1-6 Mode Controller and Table 2-32)

4.2.1.1

Mode Controller Power Supply

Mode Controller power is derived from the Control Cabinet’s

Exciter PSU Distribution PCB. The mode controller may utilize either single or dual PSUs. X3, X4 route the +5V, +24V, and 0V to the appropriate monitoring LEDs and fused supply bus. H2,

H3 indicate the 5V PSU is present while H1, H4 indicate the presence of the 24V PSU. V2, V3, V5, V6 provide isolation between the mode controller and the external PSUs. Decoupling and transient protection are provided by C18, C19, V1 for the

+5V bus and C21, C20, V4 on the +24V bus. A separate 12V

PSU located physically below the Mode Controller is used for the relay contact closure commands to the associated RF System via a multicore cable ( see amplifier interconnect drawings).

4.2.1.2

Control Actions

Depressing the MODE 1 push button generates a contact closure to ground which is routed from the Local Control Panel X1 (dwg

839 8121 162) to the Mode Controller X5 via 26-way ribbon cable. The input is routed into the filtered input of Schmitt

Trigger A1, the output is then applied to AND Gates A5, A6, A7.

The alternate input to these gates are provided from link X2 which selects either a ground or VCC. Selection of position a-b

(ground) prevents local controls from operating in parallel with remote control inputs. The outputs of the A5, A6, A7, as well as the opto-isolated remote control inputs A3, A4, A24 are routed to the OR gates A8, A9, A10. The OR gates in turn drive the quad

2-input multiplexers A14, A13, A12. These devices select which input commands are utilized, local or remote.

The selection of Local/Remote command is controlled by

Schmitt trigger A2, A19, .1 second retriggerable monostable

A11, And gate A18, relay driver A20 and DPCO latching relay

K1. This effectively forms a debounced latching relay whose output drives the A/B select input of the quad 2- input multiplexers A14, A13, A12.

The selected quad 2-input multiplexer (A14, A13, A12) output is then routed to A15 Decimal to BCD encoder, and A16 gate.

During a command selection two events occur. First the BCD output of A15 is applied to a 3-8 line decoder A17 which in turn drives an Octal D type transparent latch A22. Second the command output of AND gate A16 drives the 10.34 second retriggerable monostable which in turn triggers the G2 input of A17 and the OE input of A22. This prevents multiple mode selections during the 10.34 second window. The enabled mode set command output of A22 is then applied to line driver A23 which supplies the selected Set command to the control outputs and

1/22/1999 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

4-3

local display gating as detailed on Sht. 2 of dwg 839 8121 161.

The Antenna/Load command input is processed in a similar manner using A2, A7, A21, A23, A20 to generate the following signals, Set Ant, Set Load, Set Ant 1, and Set Load 1. Again these signals are routed to Sht. 2 of dwg 839 8121 161.

4.2.1.3

Drive and Tally Select

Refer to Sht. 2 of dwg. 839 8121 161

The Set 1-7 and Set Ant/Load command inputs are routed to

Local Display Gating circuit comprised of Schmitt triggers A19,

A27, AND gates A18, A31, A32 , NOR gates A33, A35 and into

Line driver A34. This circuit compares the Waveguide/Output

Switch System Status opto-isolated inputs (Tally 1-9) with the command state and in turn drives the Local Control Panel LEDs.

14 Stage Binary Ripple Counter A28 generates a 60 hertz oscillator output. Link X8 routes either the clock output, ground, or

VCC to the Local display gates A18, A31, A32. This allows programming of the display gate to indicate the following: a. X8 a-b Solid LED if Status=Selection, Flashing if Status

Selection.

b. X8 b-c Solid LED from status + temporary LED from selection.

c. X8 b-e Solid LED indicating only when selection is made.

4.2.1.4

Control Outputs

Refer to Sht. 2,4 of dwg. 839 8121 161 and Table 2-32

The Set 1 input signal, (Mode 1 Local Control Panel Selection), is routed to Control Outputs detailed on Sht. 4 as a CON 1 command. Programmable Mode Control Output DIP switches

S10-S18 select appropriate relay drives to the RF System. In this instance assume usage of the HD80 system configuration. CON

1 line pulls low (logic 0). We need to energize two relays to generate contact closure commands for PSH1 Pos1 and PSH2

Pos1 command outputs. The system interconnect shows us that these commands are derived from contact closures from K2 and

K3 respectively. For the CON 1 signal to energize these relays,

S10 pole 1 and S11 pole 1 must be in the On position. This allows the Con 1 command (logic 0) to be read through NAND gates

A49, A50 to the line driver A64 input. A64 inverts the logic 1 and energizes K2 and K3 which generate a contact closure to energize the RF System Phase shifter motors. When the phase shifters reach the end stop in position 1 a status read back from a limit switch is returned to the mode controller Status I/P Matrix.

4.2.1.5

Status I/P Matrix

Refer to Sht. 2,3 of dwg 839 8121 161, and Table 2-32

The Waveguide System /Output Switch Status inputs are fed into the Mode Controller via opto-isolatorsA24, A25, A26. Thestatus signals are then routed as SW1-11 signals into the Status/Tally

Decode Logic. The decode logic can be programmed by DIP

Switches S-2 through S-9 to allow multiple amplifier system specific setup ie: RF PSH 1 and 2 are in position one. The status readbacks would be routed via the interconnect cable to the Mode

Controller status inputs. In this case signals SW1 and SW2 pull low. To illuminate Mode 1 LED (V1+V2), Tally 1, which is used to generate Mode 1 status would need to go to a logic 1. Dip

Switch S3 would be programmed with G/H in the closed (1)

4-4

position ABCDEF would be in the (0) open position which ties the VCC pullup resistors (R57, R58) to the input inverting

Schmitt triggers A27,A36, A39, A46. This would allow the

SW1/SW2 inputs to be transferred into A41 NAND gate which would output a logic 0 to Tally-1 and A39C inverting Schmitt trigger would output a logic 1 on the Tally 1 output. This would then provide A42 line driver with a logic 0 out to the Mode 1 O/P line for remote status. The Tally 1 would also be compared with the Set 1 command via the Local Display gate to illuminate the

Mode 1 LED (V1+V2) on the Local Control Panel.

4.2.1.6

Line Stretch Switch

Refer to Sht. 5 of dwg. 839 8121 161 and Table 2-34

To allow proper power combining of multiple tube transmitters the Mode Controller must be capable of switching in preset phasing line stretchers. This is accomplished with the Line

Stretcher decode circuit. The TAL1-8 lines go to a logic 0 for each known mode. Programmable DIP switches S21, S22 are set to energize K15 and K16 respectively based on the DIP information. In a 3 amplifier configuration TAL3 (V1+V2) would pull low. S21 pos 3 is closed (1) which would apply a low to NAND gate A67. Its output would go to a logic 1 and relay driver A65F output would pull low energizing K15 which in turn would energize a coaxial switching relay in the base of the Control

Cabinet to allow proper driver phasing for the amplifiers selected to air. If TAL4 (V2+V3) would pull low S22 pos 4 is closed (1) the low from TAL4 would input to NAND gate A66 which in turn would output a logic 1. Relay driver A65G would invert this level and energize K16 which in turn energizes the associated coaxial switching relay in the base of the Control Cabinet to allow proper driver phasing for the amplifiers selected to air.

4.2.1.7

Multiplex Mode Decode

Refer to Sht.4 of dwg. 839 8121 161

The multiplex decoder relies on the TALLY1-8 signals to again energize a latching relay via programming DIP Switches S19,

S20 as previously demonstrated. When the appropriate switches are selected the DPCO Latching relay K11 latches in either the

Normal or Multiplex mode.

4.2.1.8

Set O/P Switch

Refer to Sht. 6 of dwg. 839 8121 161

The Set Ant2/ Set Load2 commands are derived from Sht. 1 then routed to Sht. 2 and Sht. 3. A logic 1 is input to OR gate A10C, it in turn outputs a 1 into AND gates A60C, A69C. Next establish a normal interlock condition via X15/5,6. This input is a logic 0 and is routed to A68B inverting Schmitt trigger. The output from

A68B is now a logic 1. The transmitter is also in the Beam on condition therefore a logic 0 input to inverting Schmitt trigger

A68A produces a logic 1 out. These two levels serve to fire the

AND gates A69A, A69B, allowing A69C to fire 11 sec Force

Standby Timer and set all amplifiers to Standby. They also provide enables to AND gates A60A, A60B which in turn allow a Set Ant2/ Set Load2 command to energize the appropriate command relay K13, K14. Once the force standby timer returns low the Beams on all amplifier cabinets return to normal. The 9 second selection latch timer detects a change in command state

(Ant/Load). This generates a SWSET to A63A trigger input. The

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

1/22/1999

/Q output is then routed back to via the SWLATCH line to the

Octal Latch A21. This prevents multiple commands from being generated in the 9 second window.

4.3

Exciter Switcher Assembly

Refer to Technical Manual 988-2426-001

4.4

Amplifier Control

The amplifier is designed primarily for unattended operation under automatic or remote control.

The Control and Status Panel Assembly, which uses CMOS logic and LED indicators controls the start/stop sequences and maintains a continuous surveillance over the operation of the equipment.

A push button selects LOCAL or REMOTE with the operating state indicated by a green LED. Switching between Local/Remote does not interrupt the transmitter’s operation. When LO-

CAL is selected the operational state is determined by five push buttons.

Provided that the three phases of the supply are present and all interlocks are made LEDs indicating these will be illuminated at all times. The transmitter can be returned to this lowest operational state by pressing the OFF button.

When BK HEAT is selected, either locally or remotely, the LED above the button will illuminate, a green LED lights when the cooling air is NORMAL followed by green LEDs for Heater,

Bias Volts, and Ion Pump Normal. After a delay has elapsed the green Heater Delay LED will light.

When STANDBY is selected from OFF the above Background

Heat sequence is initiated followed by Collector Cooling Normal, Focus Current Normal and Ready. At this stage heaters are on full and the transmitter is ready for instant operation.

When selecting BEAM an identical sequence up to the Standby state is reached. The green Beam Volts LED lights after the high voltage is applied in two stages and proved. This is followed by two other LEDs which indicate that the intermediate amplifier and output powers are within limits.

If the STANDBY or BEAM buttons are pressed the transmitter proceeds automatically to the state selected without the need to operate intermediate controls.

A Reset command will reset any alarm conditions.

4.4.1

FAULT Indications

Green LEDs on the control and status panel assembly indicate normal conditions.

Red LEDs indicate all fault conditions.

Control buttons have LEDS (mounted above the buttons), which stay full is acknowledged.

1/22/1999

Section IV - Theory of Operation

An LED test facility is provided.

4.4.2

Fault protection

The logic will shut the transmitter down immediately if over current in the motor windings occurs; the water system fails; the collector temperature becomes excessive; or the high voltage supply second step contactor fails to close.

Connections within the logic may be preset so that the following conditions will individually either cause an immediate shutdown or actuate a 3 or 4 shot auto restore circuit, thereby preventing prolonged interruption due to transients.:

• overloads of the IOT collector or body current

• excessive forward or reflected output power

• arcing in the output cavities of the tube

Fault location is facilitated by red LEDs which light to indicate if any of these fault conditions have occurred. They remain lit after a shutdown or a successful restart until reset by the LED

Reset button. A non-volatile memory retains fault indications in the absence of the mains supply.

If the transmitter has shut down due to a fault, other than a motor failure, a red Lockout LED will light until the logic is reset either by the Fault Reset button or remotely. If the Lock out is due to a motor failure, a red Motors Fault LED lights until reset locally.

A motor lock out can not be reset remotely, the motor over current contactor must be manually reset.

4.4.3

Power metering

Power meters are provided for:

• Forward Power

IPA Power

VSWR

The Forward Power is measured by a coupler at the output of the

IOT/Klystrode. It’s output is routed to the Analogue & Digital

Interface assembly which feeds a detector in the logic and in turn drives the front panel metering and Power Normal LEDs.

The IPA power is average power measured by a coupler at the input to the IOT which feeds a detector in the logic.

VSWR is scaled from average power measured by a reverse directional coupler immediately at the output of the IOT, which feeds a detector in the logic via a low pass filter. Placing this coupler as close to the tube output as possible gives maximum protection against a fault occurring at any subsequent point.

4.4.4

Remote control and monitoring

Facilities are provided to enable remote control and telemetry or data logging equipment to be connected.

When remote control is selected, commands given by the continuous or momentary closure of pairs of contacts may be used to duplicate the functions of the local control buttons from a remote point.

Remote control and monitoring is via standard “D” type connectors on each amplifier and the system control rack.

Remote status indications for normal and fault conditions are made available by the open collector method. In addition analogs

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

4-5

of voltage, current and power levels are available and should be scaled to be less than 4 Volts.

Internal meters are provided to read:

Beam volts

Beam current

Grid volts

GIon current

• Heater volts

Body current

4.5

Line Control Cabinet

NOTE

It is recommended that the Line Control Cabinet derive it primary power via 200 amp fused disconnect. This will eliminate possibility of a nuisance breaker trip due to inrush current during crowbar events.

Mains power distribution is the primary function of the Line

Control Cabinet. Three phase power to the beam power supply, transmitter cabinet power supplies, and transmitter cabinet fans and blowers is distributed and controlled in the cabinet.

The 480 Volt version of the line control cabinet is equipped with a transformer that provides power to all the 220 Volt, single phase circuits in the transmitter. The 380 Volt cabinet design utilizes the main power phase-to-neutral voltage to power the same circuits.

Circuit breakers provide protection for each branch output. The incoming power line is equipped with transient protection in the form of phase-to-phase and phase to ground metal oxide varistors.

Beam power supply high voltage overshoots and high surge currents are avoided using reliable and proven step-start techniques. The step start circuits are located in the Line Control

Cabinet along with indicators that show successful completion of each step of the step-start sequence.

A fast release three phase vacuum contactor driven by a solid state relay effectively limits beam supply follow-on energy into a fired crowbar (used in the transmitter to protect the IOT). Both the vacuum contactor and the solid state relay are built into the

Line Control Cabinet.

The transmitter logic and Line Control Cabinet are closely integrated: the logic provides 1st and 2nd step commands to the

Line Control Cabinet, and the cabinet sends status of those commands back to the logic. Protection is provided by the logic.

An error sensed in the status of the beam supply high voltage verses the status of the Line Control Cabinet results in the beam power supply circuit breaker being opened via a circuit breaker shunt trip mechanism.

4.5.1

Remote Shunt Trip Reset P.C.B.

This circuit provides a contact closure status of the BREAKER

TRIPPED condition and a means of remotely resetting Q1 via the station’s remote control system.

From the remote location, 2 attempts at resetting breaker Q1 are allowed before the circuit ignores any further attempt to reset.

Thus, if 3 trips within 5 minutes do occur, a legitimate problem must exist an should be investigated at the transmitter site.

Successful resetting of Q1 that lasts for at least 5 minutes without tripping again will reset the counter circuit that limits the number of reset attempts. Operation of the local reset cabinet also resets the counter.

The local reset button mounted on the line control cabinet is not restricted to only 2 resets, however BOTH remote and local reset functions will NOT operate if the cabinet BEAM ON function is still active; set the cabinet to STANDBY before attempting to reset the shunt trip. This assures that the beam power supply step-start function is not bypassed.

4.5.2

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Refer to schematic 843-5466-771.

Control voltage is not applied to the circuit board until Q1 trips and it’s auxiliary contacts energize K1 via TB1-10. +24 volts is then applied to regulator U1 which provides +12 volt power to the rest of the circuit. In this manner, the board remains immune to voltage spikes and other environmental disturbances in the line control cabinet. Also, a contact closure on K1 provides the remote status indication that Q1 has tripped off.

Once control voltage is present, activating the remote reset command via TB1-1 energizes K2 via U2, U4-2, U4-6, and Q2.

The contacts on K2 activates the 120VAC Q1 reset relay in the line control cabinet. The reset command also triggers the 2-shot counter formed by U3. After the second reset attempt, pin U3-12 of the counter goes LOW preventing any further reset commands from clearing gate U4 by applying a LOW to U4-1.

Local reset is done via TB1-3. When U4-5 goes LOW, K2 is again energized. Note that this circuit path is not subject to the state of the 2-shot counter. The circuit IS inhibited if the beam on command to the line control cabinet is present and contactor K3 in the cabinet closes. Auxiliary K3 contacts supply +24V to

TB1-7; the presence of this voltage inhibits reset from any location by forcing the gate of Q2 to remain LOW via U2-12,

Q1, and CR8. Note also that operation of the counter is inhibited by holding data lines U3-5 and U3-9 low via CR13 and CR14.

Counter reset can be done 3 ways:

1. A local reset command forces U4-10 HIGH and resets

U3 via pins U3-4 and U3-10.

2. After Q1 successfully resets, +12 volts is removed from the circuit except that the +12VB bus bleeds down very slowly. After approximately 5 minutes, the +12VB bus is sufficiently low that, if another trip occurs, a pulse is applied to the reset line via capacitor C6 as a result of the +12VB bus suddenly returning.

3. If solder jumper JP1 is changed to position 2—3, the counter will reset from either the local reset button, or from the action of applying and removing the cabinet

BEAM ON command. Because an operator could repeatedly reset the shunt trip by this method even if a real

4-6 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

1/22/1999

Section IV - Theory of Operation problem existed, it is recommended that this jumper position NOT be used.

The reset command from the station remote system is connected to TB1-1&2; tripped status indication appears on TB1-5&6.

To minimize usage of the remote control channels, remote Q1 tripped status connections from each line control cabinet can be connected in parallel. This means that at the remote location, information that AT LEAST ONE line control cabinet shunt trip has operated.

Likewise, the remote reset command lines can be connected in parallel. Since each reset circuit card is activated only after Q1 trips off, the set command will only act on those line control cabinets whose Q1 breakers have tripped.

Personnel performing maintenance work in the transmitter cabinets may lock out the beam supply main and transmitter cabinet circuit breakers from being closed by using the lockout mechanism and key on the front of the Line Control Cabinet.

A floor mounted, wall supported enclosure using only 3 square feet of floor area houses the Line Control Cabinet. Access to each component is easy and straight forward, requiring only the removal of the handle-equipped front panel.

4.6

Unitized High Voltage Beam Power

Supply

The transmitter’s high voltage needs are provided by a unitized oil filled DC power supply. The supply is designed to withstand adverse weather and therefore may be mounted outside the transmitting building.

Oil immersion of critical components like high voltage transformers, rectifiers, and filter chokes provide superior dielectric strength and uniformity that helps prevent high voltage arcing and corona. The excellent heat transfer properties of the oil reduce the stress on the electrical components. As a result, power supply life is expected to exceed 20 years, even when sustained daytime ambient air temperature is 104 degrees Fahrenheit.

Access is easy; and there is no danger of tools falling to the bottom of the oil tank because tools aren’t needed to remove the submersed components module. Rectifier stacks, transient suppression networks, and bleeder resistors are mounted on the module. They can be serviced on the workbench, once the components module is removed from the oil.

Attached to the oil tank, the junction box is where electrical connections to the power supply are made. Filter capacitors and primary transient components are mounted here. The junction box cover is held in place with several captive type bolt-clamps.

A safety and convenience feature of the cover design allows it to remain in place, even if all the fasteners are removed. Foot injuries from a falling junction box cover are less likely. Handles on the cover aid in its removal and replacement.

Changing output voltage is straightforward. A tap switch handle mounted on the side of the oil tank selects up to 5 different output

1/22/1999

voltages. Access to the tap switch handle is prevented by a lockable hinged cover. The cover, along with the junction box cover and the shorting stick mounting fixture are equipped with interlock switches that prevent power supply operation if conditions are unsafe.

All electrical components in the beam power supply are chosen such that they operate well within their specified limits. For example, the voltage rating of the rectifiers is at least 2 times higher than the normal voltage applied to the rectifiers. Primary windings of the transformer are protected from line to line transient voltages by capacitors AND metal oxide varistors. A solid state metal oxide varistor mounted outside the oil in the junction box suppresses filter choke generated voltage surges.

Resistors in series with each filter capacitor limit capacitor ripple and discharge currents, further extending the life of the capacitors.

4.7

Theory of Operation: HV Power Supply 380/415 V 50Hz

Refer to Schematic Dwg 839-8121-490 Sht. 2/2

The HV Power Supply consists of the following circuits: HV

Contactor Assembly, HV transformer and Rectification/Filter circuitry.

4.7.1

HV Contactor Assembly

The 380/415V 4-wire 50Hz mains are connected to X1 L1, L2,

L3 and X4 Neutral terminal blocks. HV Contactor Assembly command and control inputs are interconnected between the

Interface panel X2/1-24 and the HV Power Supply terminal block X3/1-20. Switched primary power (380/415V 50Hz) is routed from the HV Power Supply terminal block X3/15-18 to the Interface panel terminal block X1/1-7. Q1 Beam Supply

Isolator switch applies mains to Q3 150 Amp resettable breaker for HV Supply isolation. Q2 30 Amp breaker applies mains to the Transmitter cabinets. A 380/415V to 24VAC step-down transformer T1 provides 24 VAC to drive cabinet isolator K1. F1,

F2, F3 provide over-current protection for the power line monitor and T1 step-down transformer. F4, F5, F6 provide over current protection for the HV Supply blower via adjustable current overload OL1 (0.38-0.68 Amp). R4-9 are Metal Oxide varistors that provide transient protection for the Transmitter Cabinets.

4.7.2

Control Circuitry

The Cabinet Isolator Switch on the rear of the transmitter provides a contact closure via X3/5 to ground to energize K1 in the

HV Power supply. This applies mains voltage to the Contactor and Circuit Breaker assembly (Dwg 839-8121-450 Sht. 4/4). A power line monitor is provided to prevent circuit damage due to over/under voltage or phase loss. The trip points are variable and typically set for a +/- 5% window. The Phase monitor provides the Transmitter logic with a phase loss status to inhibit operation if the mains are not within the proper tolerance. Upon completion of Beam command the 1st step command is applied by the

Transmitter logic via X3/6. The 1st Step command applies a

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

4-7

ground to energize H1 Command Signal Present LED, the Thermal Interlock Normal LED H2 and Solid State Relay A1 via thermal interlock S1, S2, S3, the Fire Wire window detector and the HV transformer 155º C thermostats. Solid state relay A1 energizes and applies a ground to Beam supply contactor K3, which in turn energizes, applying 380/415V through R1, R2, and

R3 step start resistors. Reduced primary voltage is then applied to HV Step Up transformer T1. Approximately one second after the HV 1st Step command Transmitter logic generates an HV

2nd Step command which applies 110VAC to energize Step start contactor K2 and Blower contactor K5. K2 effectively shorts out

Step Start resistor R1, R2, R3 and applies the full mains voltage to the HV Step Up transformer primary. K5 is also energized via

2nd Step Command and applies power to the HV Power Supply blower. Upon completion of the 2nd step, the aux contacts of K2 close and apply a ground to illuminate H3 Step Start Complete

LED. The HV Power supply is now at full beam potential. In case of crowbar fault Q3 will trip due to the instantaneous in rush current during the short circuit of the Beam. The logic will detect a crowbar fired signal and generate a breaker reset command via

X3/20. This will energize M1 electric operator via the aux switch and K4 which will reset the breaker and return the transmitter to

Beam after the appropriate step start sequence. The Transmitter logic also monitors the Command State versus Beam Status. If the logic detects Beam voltage after a Beam command is removed it will generate a shunt trip command to open Q3 and prevent damage to either HV Supply, Personnel or the IOT. The

Beam Supply Breaker Tripped LED H4 will illuminate and may be reset utilizing S4 Beam Supply Breaker Reset Switch.

NOTE

Ensure transmitter is in standby state before initiating Beam Supply Circuit Breaker Reset Command. Failure to do so will bypass the step start sequence and apply overvoltage to the tube.

4.7.3

HV Rectifier Assembly

The three phase transformer has a delta connected, multi-tapped primary allowing a wide range of output voltages to be provided.

One secondary is star connected the other delta connected; each feed a three phase bridge rectifier in a 12 pulse rectification system with low output ripple. The outputs from each rectifier bridge are added to provide the -32 kV output voltage. Additional filtering is provided by choke input filter L1 and C1. VDR1-5 is installed across the terminals of L1 to limit the EMF across the choke. R21/22 will limit C1 discharge current in the event of an internal tube arc/ crowbar occurance. R1-21 are connected across the output as a bleed network. The HV output connects between

X1 As a safety measure a grounding switch is provided to discharge C1 during maintenance.

4.8

Theory of Operation: Contactor and

Circuit Breaker Assembly

Refer to Schematic Dwg. 839-8121-450 Sht. 4/4

The Contactor Circuit Breaker Assembly is designed as a works in a drawer unit. It contains the Circuit Breakers, Contactor

Drivers, Contactors and Power Supplies required to provide AC mains distribution in the transmitter.

4.8.1

Power Distribution

Primary power is routed into the Contactor and Circuit Breaker panel assembly from the HV Power Supply via the amplifier interface (Dwg 839-8121-465). The three phase 380/415V 50 Hz mains are applied to BX1/1, 2, 3, 7 internal jumpers then interconnect primary power to BX1/4, 5, 6. This provides a three phase power distribution bus to the Transmitter cabinet circuit breakers. Auxillary contacts in each of the breaker assemblies are utilized to provide a series circuit to indicate a System Normal status for the logic. When a circuit breaker trips this loop will open and extinguish the front panel System Normal LED. This circuit is output via BX7/1, 2. Functions of each circuit breaker with their associated current rating and contactor assemblies are listed below:

• Q1 Control PSU 6 Amp

Q2 Cavity Blower 4 Amp K1.1.2.3

• Q3 Ion Pump & Bias 3 Amp K2.1

Q4 IOT Heater 3 Amp K2.5, K5.4

Q5 Cabinet Fans Front & Rear 3 Amp K2.3.4

• Q6 IPA Blower 3 Amp K3.1

Q7 IPA PSU K5.1.2.3

• Q8 Focus PSU 3 Amp K6.1

Q9 Crowbar Filament 3 Amp K2.2

4.8.1.1

Contactor Driver PCB

Power is derived from the Contactor Supply step down transformer T1. The 220VAC from Q1 is stepped down to 110, 85,

20VAC respectively. The 100VAC supply is routed to each of the opto isolated contactor drivers. The 85 VAC is applied to bridge rectifier V3 , C12, C11 to produce a 100 VDC output to drive the

Beam Supply Contactor. H1 indicates the presence of the 100

VDC supply. The 20 VAC output is routed through a 5 amp fuse

F2 and applied to bridge rectifer V1, C8 and zener diode V2 to produce a +24 VDC bus. H2 indicates the presence of the 24 VDC bus. The 24 VDC bus is distributed to the opto isolated contactor drivers, HV Beam supply, and the Isolated Meter Panel lights.

F3 250 mA fuse provides protection for the HV power supply solid state relay A1 and LED indicators. F4 1 Amp fuse provides protection for the Isolated Meter Panel lights.

The Contactor Driver PCB receives command signals from the

Logic & Control PCB contactor driver A86. Theset to the Contactor Driver PCB via BX6/1-17. A ground applied to the appropriate command line will energize the opto isolated contactor driver, A1-10. The contactor will then be actuated via BAX7/1-

11 and primary power will be applied to the associated circuit. A

Heater Hours Meter is provided and activates only during application of a Standby/Beam command.

Auxillary start contacts are provided on K4 to provide run commands for the pump module and heat exchanger via BX8/

13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 during a BK Heat, Standby, or Beam

Command sequence.

4-8 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

1/22/1999

Section IV - Theory of Operation

Arc Test push buttons are provided to energize cavity arc sensor lamps via S1,S2 for the Output and secondary cavities respectively.

4.9

IOT Power Supplies

Power requirements for the IOT transmitter can be broadly split into two categories:

1. Conventional power supplies which are derived from the incoming line ac and sit at ground potential. We will call them NON ISOLATED supplies. for example the

IOT focus power pack.

2. Conventional power supplies which are also derived from the incoming line AC but in this case the output voltage from the beam voltage at approximately -32/-

36kV. These are ISOLATED POWER SUPPLIES; for example the IOT heater supply.

The AC line input from the line control cabinet is switched in the correct sequence to each of the supplies as shown in AC power

Distribution Drawing.

Transmitters internal supplies are as follows:

1. TRANSMITTER CONTROL - a direct on-line MOV protected, single phase switched mode supply providing control and logic power requirements.

2. EXCITER RACK - an MOV protected, transformer input single phase switched mode unit serving the Exciters and system control functions for a dual Exciter

System, paralleled supplies are provided.

3. IPA - Two 3-phase input, MOV protected, switched mode units with internal cooling operating in parallel.

4. FOCUS SUPPLY - A variable output single phase vendor supplied switch mode power supply. The unit supplies the electromagnetic focusing coils on the IOT circuit assembly.

5. CROWBAR HEATER - The crowbar cathode and its associated circuits are electrically bonded to the -30kV beam supply. The crowbar heater transformer is an

ISOLATING air spaced transformer with adequate primary/secondary voltage separation.

6. IOT HEATER/ION/BIAS - The IOT heater/cathode sits at approximately -36kV. All three isolated supplies namely the Heater, Ion Pump and Bias have been brought together in a single unit and are supplied from two air spaced ISOLATING transformers. The Heater supply is a conventional full wave bridge, the Ion Pump is a voltage doubler circuit and the Bias a regulated supply fed from a raw full wave rectified voltage.

7. RF System Supply - +12 Volts DC in the Exciter cabinet supplies voltage for RF System Relays and logic.

1/22/1999

4.10

Focus PSU

The Focus Current PSU is a vendor supplied unit designed to deliver up to 30 Amperes to the Beam focusing coil. A front panel mounted potentiometer is connected to the PSU to vary the output current from 18 Amps to 30 Amps. The supply is routed via BX2/1,2 to the IOT circuit assembly via interconnection harness.

4.10.1

Focus Current Overload PCB

The focus supply negative lead is routed via BCX1/1 to a meter shunt R11 and a current shunt R12. It then connects to BCX1/4 where it is in turn routed to BX2/2 and the interconnect harness.

R11 provides drive for the front panel meter circuit while R12 provides a reference voltage to over/under current comparator

A1, A2. Transorbs V3, V2 clamp input voltage excursions to

9.1VDC while C7,C6 provide decoupling.

Potentiometer R2 adjust a reference voltage for the under current trip point while R5 establishes the over current trip point. The

Comparator outputs are the OR’ed together via A3A. The output from A3A drives V4 which in turn energizes K1 completing the

Focus current normal status/interlock to the transmitter logic.

4.11

Theory of Operation: Isolated Supplies PCB

Refer to schematic Dwg’s 839-8121-771 IOT HV Components and Cabling and 839-8121-288 Isolated Supplies 2 PCB assembly.

WARNING:

The Isolated Supplies PCB resides at a high voltage potential on the order of -36KV with respect to earth. Maintenance of any description should only be carried out when the transmitter has been isolated from the supply and earthed.

The Isolated Supplies PCB provides the operating voltages for the Ion Pump, Heater Supply, Regulated Grid Bias supply, and their associated Control and Monitoring circuitry. The supply outputs are routed via the isolated meter assembly and HV

Umbilicle to the IOT/KLYSTRODE. A HV meter multiplier

(1000:1) is also connected from the Isolated supply to ground potential to generate beam voltage metering capabilities.

4.11.1

Heater Supply

Circuit breaker Q4 applies 220 VAC to Black Heat contactor

K2.5. During BK heat Rheostat R1a/b are placed in series with

Rheostat R2a/b which effectively reduces the full filament voltage by a minimum of 1 VDC. Once Standby is selected, contactor

K5.4 energizes to bypass rheostat R1a/b and apply full AC potential to T2 isolated heater supply stepdown transformer.

Rheostat R2a/b is then adjusted to provide correct heater voltage for the IOT.

The Secondary of T2 applies a stepdown voltage of 8.9 VAC to

V201 bridge rectifier. The DC output is filtered via C203 and

C204. R215 provides protection to the filter caps by limiting

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

4-9

inrush current on start up. The rectified filtered output is then applied to the IOT/KLYSTRODE heater via the HV Umbilicle cable. A parallel metering circuit is provided via R114 and R120

Heater meter cal pot.

4.11.1.1

Heater Proving Circuit

The Heater Volts is also monitored to provide a Heater OK readback to the transmitter logic. The voltage is monitored via a voltage sensing network composed of R130, R131, R107, V105,

V117, V116, V107 and V106. If the voltage is between 5 VDC and 9.5 VDC, V107 will conduct which in turn will forward bias

H102 providing a fiber optically isolated signal to the logic.

4.11.2

Ion Pump Supply

T1/2 provides an input voltage of approximately 1400 VAC.

C201, V202 and V203 form a voltage doubler circuit with C202 providing the filter action. The output is in effect 3. to the Isolated

PCB Deck.

The 3.4 kV Ion Pump voltage is then routed through the 50 mA series ion current meter and into the HV Umbilicle for connection to the IOT/KLYSTRODE. V1, V2 and R1 provide transient protection to the current meter to prevent damage of the movement during HV faults.

4.11.2.1

Ion Voltage Sensing

The logic has a proving circuit which looks for the Ion Pump voltage to be a least 1.8 kV. This is accomplished via a voltage divider network which comprises R202-R206 for negative reference and R208-R212 and V204 for the positive input to comparator A103. When the voltage is in range A103 conducts which in turn forward biases H101 providing a fiber optically isolated output to the control logic.

4.11.2.2

Ion Current Sensing

The current sensing network comprises R213, 3.6 V zener V205 and comparator A104. The positive input of the comparator is referenced to a level of -2 VDC established through divider R109 and R110. In the event current exceeds 20 mA A104 will go high and effectively reverse bias H104. This will extinguish the Ion

Current OK signal to the logic.

4.11.3

Grid Bias Supply

150 VAC is supplied from T1/1 to fuse FS1, resistors R1 and R2 to bridge rectifier 1B8. The 150 VAC input is also applied via T3 to produce regulated logic supplies of +/- 12 VDC via bridge rectifier V101 and regulators A101, HA102. H105, H106 illuminate if supplies are in range. Bridge rectifier 1B8 positive output is referenced to 0V return while the negative output provides source voltage for the regulator circuitry. A1 provides a regulated voltage reference to bias pot R8 located on the Amplifier Cabinet rear wall below the isolated meter assembly. Varying R8 output voltage in turn controls the bias developed for V3,V4 which control the regulation of V9-16.

The variable 30-150 VDC output is then applied to an active crowbar circuit which comprise V39,V34 and FS3. The crowbar is designed to limit output current during a short circuit on the output of the supply.

4-10

R42, R43, V24 and V27 provide transient protection during a tube arc. The bias voltage is then applied through a series current meter P4 to the IOT/Klystrode via the HV umbilicle. Bias voltage metering is provided P3.

4.11.3.1

Bias Volts Proving Circuit

The bias voltage is monitored to ensure that it is between -35 to

-150 volts. If the voltage falls out of this range V103 will go into cut off removing bias for H103 which will extinish the fibre optically isolated signal to the logic.

4.11.3.2

Bias Current Sensing

The bias supply is designed to be emmisive or receptive. Provision for monitoring current flow in either direction is achieved via R22, R23, R24, V18-23. Current flow in either direction will be developed as a input voltage to the +/- inputs of A2B. The output of A2B will be a voltage which is directly proportional to the current being emmitted/recepted from the IOT/Klystrode.

This voltage will be compared in A2A with a preset reference

(R38) to establish a trip point. If current exceeds +/-100ma trip point, A2A will bias V26 into conduction and effectivly reverse bias H1 grid bias current opto isolator. The output will be applied to the logic and interlock the Beam Off.

4.12

Crowbar General Description

Refer to the circuit diagrams 839-8121-745 the crowbar assembly and 839-8121-744 the Floating Deck Unit.

WARNING:

The IOT Crowbar Assembly resides at a high voltage potential on the order of -36KV with respect to ground. Maintenance of any description should only be carried out when the transmitter has been isolated from the supply and grounded.

The IOT crowbar is in effect a high voltage, optically controlled shunt switch. Its purpose is to protect the IOT from adverse damage in fault conditions i.e internal tube arcs. Under such conditions an unprotected tube will draw excessive current from the HV power supply and the energy stored in the decoupling capacitors will additively contribute to effects causing possible damage to the tube.

During a tube arc or HV cable fault the crowbar detects the sudden rise in current drawn from the supply. This causes it to self trigger or turn on. The heart of the crowbar, a deuterium thyratron, diverts any follow on energy from the supply away from the IOT thereby preventing further damage.

Upon triggering, the crowbar informs the amplifier control that a fault has occurred causing the crowbar to fire and the HV breaker is turned Off.

4.12.1

Crowbar Construction

The crowbar assembly consists of a base plate at ground potential to which the isolation transformer is mounted. An electrically floating chassis at the full beam voltage under normal operating conditions is isolated from ground potential by four insulated standoffs.

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

1/22/1999

The floating chassis provides a means of attaching the Thyratron device and its associated control circuitry consisting of the

Floating Deck Unit, the FDU/Thyratron Interface PCB and power supply. As a result of the heating effects of the Thyratron device, a DC fan is used to provide sufficient airflow onto the base of the device to prevent overheating and pre-triggering.

Fuses for the secondary of the FDU transformer are located on a horizontal flange of the chassis. Two more insulating standoffs are fixed to the floating chassis, one to provide support to the IOT supply series resistors, the other providing support for the Grading Grid divider and Crowbar Fired detector.

Connections to the crowbar take the following form:

Variable single phase AC mains input on isolating transformer.

Base plate connected to ground.

• Chassis connected to negative side of beam supply.

Series resistors connected to isolated supplies assembly.

Thyratron anode connected to body current resistor via stud at top of pillar.

• FIRE CROWBAR and CROWBAR READY fibre optic interface.

CROWBAR FIRED connected via BNC to transmitter bulkhead.

Damping capacitor and surge limiting resistor connected between Thyratron cathode and anode.

4.12.2

Crowbar Detailed Circuit Description

4.12.2.1

Floating Deck Unit

The Floating Deck Unit, or FDU, provides the positive and negative DC bias voltages for grid 1 and grid 2 of the deuterium filled double gap Thyratron. In addition to the bias, the FDU also generates the grid 1 status signal which is passed to the main control logic as a Crowbar Ready signal and receives the indirect

FIRE CROWBAR trigger pulse on command from the main logic assembly for test purposes.

The 6.3V nominal supply for the heaters is applied to the step up transformer T2 whose secondaries provide the FDU with (-100)-

0-(+100) Volts RMS at X1/3 - X1/1&2 - X1/4 respectively.

AC power supply monitoring is provide by two identical LED driver circuits, one consisting of R19, R20, V10 and H3.

The AC supply is bridge rectified by V1 and filtered by C1, C2 to provide the unit with the +140 VDC required for grid bias purposes, while the full 280 VDC is supplied to the FET pulse generator.

Local supplies of 15 V with respect to 0 V, 18 V with respect to

-140 V and 5 V with respect to -140 V are provided by zener diodes V9, V2 and regulator A3 respectively.

The indirect or manual trigger pulse enters the module via optical fiber and is detected by H1. The signal is buffered by A2B before being passed to the FET pulse generator V5 which in turn pulses the primary winding of T3.

T3 secondary picks up the DC negative bias for grid 2 via R18 and C11 and is preloaded by R17. C10 acts as the local source of power for the pulse generator.

1/22/1999

Section IV - Theory of Operation

The associated diodes in this section of the circuit provide reverse and over-voltage protection for the FET driver V5.

The CROWBAR READY signal is generated in the following manner:

Current flowing to grid 1 from the +140 VDC supply is monitored by R6 and fed to the optical isolator V11 via clamping and limiting diodes V12 and V13.

The output from V11 controls the collector circuit of V14 which has its base voltage derived from a protective and level setting zener diode chain V15 and V16 monitoring the

DC voltage on grid 1. Diode V19 provides grid 1 transient overvoltage protection which may be induced due to aging of the Thyratron.

This voltage is interlocked via a thermostat mechanically fixed to the base of the Thyratron.

• In order that V14 may pass current to the optical transmitter

H2, both base and collector voltages and cooling to the

Thyratron must be present, indicated by thermostat S1. This condition is indicative of the Thyratron being in a condition ready to fire. H2 relays this Ready condition via fiber optic cable to the main logic assembly.

Bias and trigger voltages are supplied to the Thyratron via the FDU/Thyratron Interface PCB

4.12.2.2

FDU/Thyratron Interface PCB

The interface PCB provides the following four functions:

Electrically connect the bias voltages and test mode trigger signal to the Thyratron.

Direct mode triggering is derived from the current transformer CT2, R1, R2 and C2, C3.

• Rectification and filtering (V1, V2, C5) of the Thyratron heater supply to supply the Thyratron cooling fan, U1.

• Two fuses are provided for the protection of the Thyratron cooling fan and the primary circuit of the FDU power supply.

Thyratron filament metering is accomplished via bridge rectifier V3 and filter capacitor C7. R6 provides a means to calibrate M1 to indicate filament voltage.

4.13

IOT LOGIC Circuit description

4.13.1

Digital and Analog Interface PCB

(Refer to DWG 839-8121-151 Sht. 1-8)

The Digital and Analog Interface PCB comprises the following circuits: Decoupling, Supply Monitoring, Power Metering,

Crowbar Control, Status Inputs 1, Status Inputs 2, and Remote

Status Drivers.

These circuit are shown on the front page of the schematic as subassemblies of the schematic and are referenced by page number.

4.13.1.1

Power Supply Monitoring

Battery G1 is used to supply the latches during a power failure.

In normal circumstances the battery is trickle charged from the

+5V supply via R91 and V22. The supply voltage for the battery backed parts of the circuit (Vbat) are derived from A29 which

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

4-11

4-12

Figure 4-1. Crowbar Assembly

Parts Location

automatically selects the battery or +5V depending upon which is the greater.

A30 is used to monitor the 5V supply with the output being low when the voltage is greater than 4.8V and high if the supply is less than 4.6V.

Detection of the +24V supply is performed by V90, V89 and optoisolator A43D while V25, V24, V23 detect the +12V supply and V26, V27 and optoisolator A43C detect the -12V supply.

The outputs from the voltage detectors are AND’ed together in

A6B, A6C and A51B. This combined detection is then fed to the monostable A31A and A31B which introduce two delayed on signals (P_WAIT and POWER_OK) which are used to indicate good supplies. These signals are used to perform sequenced

Power Up and Power Downs within the logic. An inverted

POWER_OK signal (N_POWER_OK) is generated by A38D and is fed to those sections that require an inverted signal. The final power supply signal N_PWR2_OK is AND’ed with the output from A35B which is triggered when the crowbar fires and is used to prevent spurious trips from occurring.

4.13.2

Power Metering

4.13.2.1

Forward Power and IPA power metering

Foward Power, VSWR and IPA power metering are performed by identical circuits. Therefore, only the Forward Power will be described with IPA reference numbers in {}.

Incoming RF arrives on the board through X3 {X4}, a SMC coaxial socket and is fed to diode detector V13 {V12}. The demodulated signal is then buffered in A50A {A50B} before being fed to a peak detector consisting of V80 {V81}, V84

{V85}, and A2A {A2D}. Meter calibration is performed by A2B

{A3A} and R51 {R48} with a feed going to level detector A2C

{A3B} and R50 {R49} to provide a logic ‘1’ when the signal is greater than the voltage on the wiper of pot R50 (R49).

4.13.2.2

Reflected Power Metering

(See Fig. 4-3)

Reflected power metering RF arrives on the board through X5 , a SMC coaxial socket and is fed to diode detector V11. A sound notch filter consisting of C3, C7 and L2 can be inserted into the circuit by setting X11 to its top position. The demodulated signal is then buffered in A3C before being fed to a peak detector consisting of V4, V86, and A3D.

Meter calibration is performed by A4A and R46 with a feed going to level detector A4B and R47 to provide a logic ‘1’ when the signal is greater than the voltage on the wiper of pot R47.

4.13.2.3

IPA Power Normal

The serial data stream from the IPA module is fed to the Interface

PCB via X29 a SMC coaxial socket and is then fed into retriggerable monostable A35A. X30 is used to select whether or not the output from A35A is AND’ed with the output from the IPA level detector in A48D. If Link X30 is in the b to c position then

IPA Normal will only occur when there is data present AND the output level is Normal.

4.13.3

Crowbar Control

The output from the collector current detector is fed to monostables A7A and A7B after passing through the voltage clamp V14 and current limiting resistor R59. A sample of the clamped signal is then fed to the power supply monitoring as

PRE_COG in order to shutdown the supplies in the event of a crowbar firing. A7A is used to stretch the pulse feed to the LED display latches and the external output via A1A, V1 V3 and X2 which is used to reset the breaker.

The output from A7B is AND’ed in A48B with the crowbar ready signal so that in the event of the crowbar firing the ready signal disappears for at least a second. A8A and A8B are used in conjunction with S1 to produce the firing pulses that are fed to fiber optic transmitter H2 to trigger a manual crowbar firing.

4.13.3.1

Status Inputs 1

All analogue status indications are routed to the Status Inputs 1 schematic. Here they are converted to logic levels to provide status indications to the transmitter Control logic.

4.13.3.1.1

Supply Present

Supply Present iisolator A1C and is then buffered by inverter

A5D.

4.13.3.1.2

Internal Interlock

(Refer to Fig. 4-14)

Internal Interlock indication comes in via opto isolator A1D and is then buffered by inverter A37A with H7 being illuminated when the circuit is made.

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

1/22/1999

4.13.3.1.3

Panel Interlock

(Refer to Fig. 4-12)

Panel Interlock indication comes in via opto isolator A39A and is then buffered by inverter A5B with H8 being illuminated when the circuit is made. X22 can be used to set the Panel Interlock permanently OK.

4.13.3.1.4

External Interlock

(Refer to Fig.4-11)

External interlock indication comes in via opto isolator A39B and is then buffered by inverter A32F, X26 can be used to set the

External Interlock permanently OK.

4.13.3.1.5

IPA Air Normal

The IPA Air Normal indication comes in via opto isolator A39C and is then buffered by inverter A32A before being fed to the anti-flutter circuit of monostable A44A and A33A.

4.13.3.1.6

Cavity Air Normal

The Cavity Air Normal indication comes in via opto isolator

A39D and is then buffered by inverter A37F before being fed to the anti-flutter circuit of monostable A44B and A33C.

4.13.3.1.7

Low Heaters Normal

The Low Heaters signal comes in via fibre optical receiver H12 and is then buffered by inverter A32B.

4.13.3.1.8

Full Heaters Normal

The Full Heaters indication comes in via opto isolator A40A and inverting buffer A34B. Finally the signal is AND’ed with the Low

Heaters Normal signal in A33B before passing on to the next part of the circuit.

4.13.3.1.9

ION Pump Volts OK

The ION Pump Volts OK signal comes in via fibre optic receiver

H13 and is the buffered by inverter A32D.

4.13.3.1.10

Motor Overloads

(See Fig.4-9)

Motor Overloads 1, 2 and 3 arrive via opto isolators A41D, A1B and A40B and the faults indicated on H11, H10 and H9 respectively. The three signals are then NAND’ed in A49A to provide one motor overload fault signal for all three inputs.

4.13.3.1.11

Focus Normal

The Focus Normal indication comes in via opto isolator A40C and is then buffered by inverter A5F.

4.13.3.1.12

Cooling Status

Cooling Status’s 1, 2 and 3 arrive via opto isolators A42A, A42D and A42B and the state is indicated on H17, H18 and H19 respectively. The three signals are then NAND’ed in A36B to provide one cooling OK signal for all three inputs. Links X24 and X25 can be used to set cooling 2 and 3 respectively to normal if they are not in use. (Air Cooled Systems Only)

4.13.3.1.13

HV Circuit Breaker Normal

The HV Circuit Breaker Normal indication comes in via opto isolator A40D and is then buffered by inverter A32E.

Section IV - Theory of Operation

4.13.3.1.14

IPA PSU Normal

The two IPA PSU signals arrive via opto isolators A42C and

A43A respectively, these signals are then NAND’ed together in

A34A to produce the IPA OK signal.

4.13.3.1.15

Cabinet Temperature

The Cabinet Temperature indication comes in via opto isolator

A41A.

4.13.3.1.16

ION Pump Current

(See Fig. 4-10)

The ION Pump Current signal enters the logic via fiber optical receiver H15, the signal is then AND’ed with the inverted TX

OFF signal from A5E in A48C.

4.13.3.1.17

HV 2

nd

(Refer to Fig. 4-4)

step

The HV 2 nd

Step made normal indication comes in via opto isolator A41B and is then buffered by inverter A37C.

4.13.3.1.18

Amplifier Normal

(Refer to Fig. 4-5)

The Amplifier Normal indication comes in via opto isolator

A41C and is then buffered by inverter A37D.

4.13.3.1.19

Reject Power

(Refer to Fig. 4-7)

The Reject Power indication comes in via opto isolator A43B and is then buffered by inverter A37E.

4.13.3.1.20

Bias Over Current

The Bias Over Current signal enters the logic via fiber optic receiver H16 and is then filtered by R276, R277 and C79 to remove any spurious pulses. The TX OFF signal is fed through a one way delay comprising of V88, R282, R283 and C82, this signal is then inverted in A5C and AND’ed in A51A with the filtered input from H16. A further AND action then takes place in A51C with the HV Normal signal. The final output is the Bias

Over Current signal.

4.13.3.1.21

Bias Volts OK

The Bias Volts OK signal enters the logic via fiber optic receiver

H14 and is then NAND’ed by A34C with the filtered Bias Over

Current signal.

4.13.3.1.22

Primary Cavity Arc Detector

A4C is a used as a comparator to measure the resistance of a light dependant resistor mounted in the klystron cavity. When the resistor ‘sees’ the light from an arc or flash light its value drops and the comparator output goes high. V78 and V55 are clamp diodes used to stop large differential voltages and to ensure that the op-amp does not latch up.

4.13.3.1.23

Secondary Cavity Arc Detector

A47C is a used as a comparator to measure the resistance of a light dependant resistor mounted in the IOT/Klystode cavity.

When the resistor ‘sees’ the light from an arc or flash light its value drops and the comparator output goes high. V79 and V59 are clamp diodes used to stop large differential voltages and to ensure that the op-amp does not latch up.

1/22/1999 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

4-13

4.13.3.1.24

Tube Over Temperature

( Refer to Fig. 4-8)

A4D is an op-amp arranged to amplify the signal from a resistive bridge, one element of which is either a thermistor or a thermostat. The signal is then amplified by X10 in A45B before being fed to the trip circuit of A45A. Trip adjustment is set by putting link X27 into position b-c and adjusting R238 until the trip point is found.

4.13.3.1.25

HV Voltage Metering

This input from the High Voltage Meter Multiplier is filtered by

L3, L4, R256, R257 and C55 before being amplified in differential amplifier A46C. A46B in conjunction with R239, form an adjustable gain amplifier that provides the local and remote HV metering outputs. A sample of the metering output is fed to a voltage comparator A46A which compares the HV metering level with the voltage produced by divider R194 and R195. If the metering output is higher than the divider then the output from

A46A goes high to signal HV Normal.

4.13.3.1.26

HV Current Metering

This input from the high voltage current meter shunt is filtered by L5, L6, R258, R259 and C56 before being amplified in differential amplifier A45C. A47D in conjunction with R240, forms an adjustable gain amplifier that provides the Local and

Remote HV current metering outputs. Output offset adjustment is provided by R255 feeding the non inverting input of A47D. A sample of the metering output is fed to a voltage comparator

A45D which compares the current metering level with the voltage produce by pot R241. If the metering output is higher than the divider then the output from A45D goes high to signal a HV

Current Fault.

4.13.3.1.27

Body Current Metering

(Refer to Fig. 4-15)

This input from the body current meter shunt is filtered by L7,

L8, R260, R261 and C57 before being amplified in differential amplifier A46D. A47B in conjunction with R243, form an adjustable gain amplifier that provides the local and remote body current metering outputs. Output offset adjustment is provided by R253 feeding the non inverting input of A47B. A sample of the metering output is fed to a voltage comparator A47A which compares the current metering level with the voltage produce by pot R242. If the metering output is higher than the divider then the output from A47A goes high to signal a body current fault.

4.13.3.1.28

IPA Reset

The latched indication reset line is inverted by A36D before being fed to tri-state buffer A22D and then on to the IPA via R251 and X9.

4.13.3.2

Open Collector Outputs

All indications are available remotely as open collector transistors that turn on to indicate a status or a fault. There are four sections providing a total of 32 non latched outputs.

Section 1 consists of buffer A10, open collector array A9 and tri-state buffer A11A. In the event of the power supplies being low then the input buffer is inhibited from N_POWER_OK and

4-14

the open collector outputs disabled by POWER_OK in order to prevent any spurious indications.

Sections 2, 3 and 4 are identical but use the following gates, A13,

A12, A11B for section 2, A15, A14, A11C for section 3 and A26,

A25, A122B for section 4.

There are also two sections providing 12 latched outputs, three selectable outputs and one non-latched output in total. Section 1 consists of buffer A17, open collector array A16, tri-state buffer

A11D and battery powered latched A18 - A19. In the event of the power supplies being low then the input buffer is inhibited from

N_PWR2_OK and the open collector outputs disabled by

POWER_OK in order to prevent any spurious indications.

The second section works in the same way but uses A21, A20,

A22A and A23 - A24. All the remote latches are reset when the

RESET line is high either by pressing the reset button on the front panel when the Local/Remote switch is in Local or remotely when the Local/Remote switch is in Remote. Input T24 (HV 2 nd step fail) does not have a latch associated with it, while T25

(Lockout) can be either by moving X28. The same is true for T38

(Amplifier normal) with X12 and T39 (Reject power) with X13.

4.13.4

Digital and Analog Interface PCB

4.13.4.1

LEDs (Description)

H3 Power supplies OK.

• H4 -12V

H5 +24V

• H6 +12V

H7 Internal Interlock

H8 Panel Interlock

• H9 Motor Overload 2

H10 Motor Overload 3

• H11 Motor Overload 1

H17 Cooling 1

H18 Cooling 2

• H19 Cooling 3

4.13.4.2

Link Settings

X22

X26

X25

X24

X25

X27 link to defeat panel I/L link to defeat external I/L link to defeat external I/L link when cooling 2 is not used link when cooling 3 is not used

*a-b link for normal operation b-c link for Tube overtemp setup a-b link for Go Home remote O/P latching enabled X12

X13

X28

X30

*b-c link for Go Home remote O/P latching disabled

*a-b link for Reject Power remote O/P latching enabled b-c link for Reject Power remote O/P latching disabled a-b link for lockout remote O/P latching enabled

*b-c link for lockout remote O/P latching disabled

*a-b link for no data stream from IPA b-c link for data stream from IPA

* = normal position

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

1/22/1999

4.13.4.3

R48

R49

L2

R46

R47

R238

R239

R240

R241

R243

R242

R51

R50

4.14

Adjustments

Logic and Control PCB

(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.1-15)

4.14.1

Remote Controls

(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.3)

The five remote transmitter controls are opto isolated in A55A-

A55D and A56A with the operating voltage being selected by link X15 - X19. If a link is fitted then operation is from 5V to

12V, if the link is not fitted then operation is from 12V to 24V.

Transorbs V3 - V7 are for transient protection above 28V. X14 is used to select where the voltage for the opto-isolators comes from. In position a-b the Transmitter’s 24V supply is used while in position b-c an external voltage is needed.

4.14.2

System Controls

(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.4)

The five system controls consist of opto-isolator inputs A56B,

A56C, A56D A57A and A57B which are fed from a fixed 24V supply.

4.14.2.1

Control Actions

(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.2)

The outputs from the remote controls and the system controls are

OR’ed together and connected to one half of a five pole changeover switch made up from a set of CMOS switches A50, A51 and

A52. Local switches on the front panel connect into the other half of the switch. Switching is controlled by the local remote switch output R30 and inverter A41D. Local controls can be enabled continuously by linking X13 to position a-b. If link X13 is in position b-c then the front panel controls will only operate when

Local is selected on the Local/Remote button. When a button is pushed that input to priority encode A44 goes low and at the same time the output from NAND gate A45 will go high triggering monostable A40B. The Q output from A40B is buffered in A72A and used to produce a narrow reset pulse for the latches in A47.

1/22/1999

Over Temp trip

HV meter gain

Current meter gain

Current meter trip level

Body current meter gain

Body current trip level

Vision O/P power gain

Vision power normal trip level

Vision IPA power gain

Vision IPA power normal trip level

Reflected vision combined sound reject notch

Reflected vision combined meter gain

Reflected vision combined over power trip level

Section IV - Theory of Operation

At the same time the output from the priority encoder A44 is fed via buffer A46 to the Transmitter State latches in A47.

A priority encoder is used to prevent more than one button being pressed at a time. The priority system is arranged to make OFF the highest priority with BLACK HEAT, STANDBY and BEAM in order of descending priority. A42B, A42C and A42D in conjunction with X10 to X12 can be used to determine the action of the transmitter in the event of a LOCKOUT occurring. See link setting table for actions.

Switch S9 is used to select either Local control or Remote control, each time S9 is pressed the control will alternate between

Local and Remote. When S9 is pressed it produces a pulse that is fed to retriggerable monostable A80A which produces a pulse approximately 0.1 seconds long. The pulse is then fed into a bistable latch consisting of A63A, A63B, A48A, A48B, A81D and A94, for each pulse the latch will change to the opposite state.

The status is stored during power absence in A81 and A94 which are supplied from the backup battery.

4.14.2.2

Oscillator

(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.8)

A73 in conjunction with B1 form a 32kHz oscillator that is divided down in A73 and A95 to produce the various clock signals used by the logic (CLK1 runs at a 1Hz rate).

4.14.2.3

Collector Cooling timer

(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.5)

The Collector Cooling timer consists of a presetable counter comprising of A66, A67 and A68 whose outputs are compared in A65 to the required count. When the counters have reached their designated count the output from A65 goes low, and if the second input on A64A is also low, then the collector cooling will be turn the output of A65 will also stop any further count by ck input from getting through AND gate A63C. A64C looks at whether Standby or Beam control is selected and turns the collector cooling On via the second input on A64A if either of these two inputs are present. The inverted output from A64C is

AND’ed with the normally high POWER_OK signal, this signal is used to reset the counters to 0 in the event of a power failure or when the transmitter is switched to Standby or Beam. The

P_WAIT signal is a delayed POWER_OK that is used to pre-set the counter to its final count upon a power up with the transmitter not switched to Standby or Beam.

4.14.2.4

Cavity Cooling Timer

(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.6)

The Cavity Cooling Timer consists of a presetable counter comprising of A59, A60 and A61 whose outputs are compared in A58 to the required count. When the counters have reached their designated count the output from A58 goes low and if the second input on A77D is also low then the cavity cooling will be turned

Off. A low on the output of A58 will also stop any further count by stopping the clock input from getting through AND gate

A70B. A71B inverts the Off control and turns the cavity cooling

On via the second input on A77D if Off is not selected. A76B

AND’s the normally high POWER_OK signal with the Off signal, this signal is used to reset the counters to 0 in the event

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

4-15

of a power failure or when the transmitter is not switched to Off.

The P_WAIT signal is a delayed POWER_OK that is used to pre-set the counter to its final count upon a power up with the transmitter switched to Off.

4.14.2.5

120 Second Delay

(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.12)

The 120 Second Delay is used between Background Heat and

On or Standby and produces a nominal delay of 120 seconds, this delay is set by switches S3 and S4 and can be adjusted according to the tube manufactures data. A6 and A7 form a presetable counter set by S4 whose output is compared in A10 to the count set by S3. The low when count output from A10 is then inverter in A4B to provide a high when count signal output. A low on the output of A10 inhibits any further counts by being AND’ed with the clock in A8B. The Low Heaters OK signal is then AND’ed in A8D with an Off signal. A8D’s output is then OR’ed with the

Background Heat from A3C. The output from A8D then used to further AND the clock in A8A before the clock arrives at the counters. An output from monostable A9A which produces a delayed pulse from POWER_OK is AND’ed in A8C before being used to reset the counters A6 and A7. The net result of this is to reset the counter after a power fail and to stop the clock if off or background is selected.

4.14.2.6

B-Heat Timer

(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.11)

The B-Heat Delay is used on Background Heat to produces a nominal delay of 600 seconds, this delay is set by switches S7 and S8 and can be adjusted according to the tube manufactures data. A37, A38 and A39 form a presetable counter whose count is set by S7 and whose output is compared in A36 to the count set by S8. When two counts being fed into A36 are equal, then the output from A36 goes low. The output from the counter is then inverted in A4F to provide a high when the count signals are equal. A low on the output of A36 will inhibit any further counts by being AND’ed with the clock in A43A. The clock signal going through A43A is also AND’ed with a signal derived from A41A and A42A that only enables the clock if the transmitter is not switched to Off and there is a Low Heater Volts OK signal. The output from A42A is AND’ed in A20D with delayed

POWER_OK signal S_DELAY before being used to reset the counters A37, A38 and A39. A mains holdover delay is produced by charging C5 via buffer A35B, R34 and blocking diode V2, when the Standby Delay is set or the counts are equal. When C5 is charged, if the power supplies disappear C5 will discharge slowly through R35. When the power supplies are restored if C5 has not discharged below the threshold of tristate buffer A35C then the counters will be told to preloaded via A32B, thus keeping the counter set after a short mains break.

4.14.2.7

Standby Timer

(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.10)

The Standby Delay is used on Standby to produces a nominal delay of 300 seconds, this delay is set by switches S5 and S6 and can be adjusted according to the tube manufactures data. A29,

A30 and A31 form a presetable counter whose count is set by S5 and whose output is compared in A28 to the count set by S6.

4-16 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

When two counts being fed into A28 are equal, then the output from A28 goes low. The output from the counter is then inverted in A4E to provide a high when the count signals are equal. A low on the output of A28 will inhibit any further counts by being

AND’ed with signal is AND’ed with a signal derived from A33A and A92D that only enables the clock if the transmitter is switched to Standby or Beam and there is a Full Fils OK signal.

The output from A92D is AND’ed in A20C with delayed

POWER_OK signal produced by monostable A9B. S_DELAY is also fed to the Background Delay timer. The output from A20C is used to reset the counters A29, A30 and A31. A Mains

Holdover Delay is produced by charging C3 via buffer A77A,

R26 and blocking diode V1, when the background delay is set or the counts are equal. When C3 is charged, if the power supplies disappear C3 will discharge slowly through R27. When the power supplies are restored if C3 has not discharged below the threshold of tristate buffer A35A then the counters will be told to preloaded via A32A, thus keeping the counter set after a short mains break.

4.14.2.8

Fault counter

(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.7)

Three shot trips are fed into OR gate A75 whose output is then

AND’ed in A70D with the beam signal to let only three shot trips occur when the Transmitter is switched to Beam. When a three shot input occurs the output of A70D triggers monostable A91B.

The /Q output from A91B causes counter A78 to increment by one and is AND’ed in A5C with the ready signal, this momentarily causes the transmitter to come off HT and then go back on

(extinguish any arcs). A70C looks at the outputs of A78 and depending upon the setting of link X20 will produce a high output after a count of either 4 or 5. The output goes to two places, first to OR gate A33B which sets the lockout latch and secondly to inverter A71E in order to enable AND gate A76A. Buffer

A48C feeds the Q output from A91B to set latch A81B which is used to remember that a trip has taken place. The output from latch A81B is AND’ed in A76A and fed to A85A in order to enable the clock for the 30 second counter. The other input to

A85A is controlled from the output of comparator A82 which is fed in turn from counters A83 and A84. The output from the countput from A82 g. A64D OR’s the inverted output from A82 and the reset line and feeds onward to buffer A48D to reset the

3 shot occurred latch A81B. The output from A64D also resets the 3 shot counter A78 so that if a trip has not occurred in the last

30 seconds then the three shot counter has to start again. All single shot trips are fed through OR gates A74 and A79 into OR gate A33B, which OR’s the output from the 3 shot counter and then feeds the signal through buffer A72B into lockout latch

A81A the output of which is fed to the rest of the logic via buffer

A72C. The lockout latch A81A is reset through inverter A71C and buffer A72D.

4.14.2.9

Contactor Drivers

(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.13)

Cabinet Temperature and Motors Overload are OR’ed together in A33C, any trip occurring on either of these inputs will set latch

A81C via buffer A35D. AND gate A90C together with A85C

1/22/1999

AND the Panel Interlock with the Delayed Power OK signal

P_WAIT and the inverted (A87D) state of the Cabinet

Overtemp/Motors Overload latch drives the input latch the open collector driver A86. At the same time A87A provides an inverted signal to clear the latch. All the output transistors in A86 are disabled by the output enable pin 22 driven from

N_POWER_OK until it goes low when the power supplies are good. The latch A81C is reset from the inverted reset line via

A41E. Cavity Cooling is turned on from the output of the Cavity

Cooling Timer circuit fed into A86 pin 4. The Low Filaments drive is derived from a NOT off signal from A87C AND’ed in

A88D with the Cavity Air Normal and then fed to pin 3 of A86.

Collector Cooling is turned on from the output of the Collector

Cooling timer circuit fed into A86 pin 6. A77B produces an

OR’ed signal from the Standby and Beam signals to one input of

AND gate A85B. The other input to A85B is fed from a 20 second

Low to Full Heaters signal produced by monostable A40A

OR’ed with the output from the Full Filaments timer in A77C.

The output from A85B is AND’ed with IPA Air the Low Heating fed to A86 pin 5. The HV 1 st step is drive signal is derived from the NOT Lockout signal produced by A87B AND’ed with the

Ready signal in A85D AND theBeamsignal in A88A. Theoutput from A88A then triggers monostable A80B and charges C18 via

R137. A88B then AND’s the /Q output from A80B with the delay signal from C18 to drive A86 pin 7. The output from A88B HV

1 st step is then used to trigger monostable A89A and the start C21 charging via R141. A43C then AND’s the NOT lockout signal from A87B with the /Q output of A89A and capacitor C21 and drives the 2 nd step output transistor on A86 pin 8. As the HV 2 nd step is turned on monostable A89B is triggered and the /Q output goes low and C23 is charged via R145. A87E inverts the incoming 2 nd

Step Normal signal and feeds this signal via test link X26 to AND gate A90A which produces a HV 2 nd

Step Fail signal when all three inputs are high. A87F produces an inverted Beam signal which is used to charge capacitor C25 via R149 and to trigger monostable A91A when the transmitter is switched from

Beam to any other control state. AND gate A90B produces a high signal to fire the shunt trip via A86 when the transmitter is not on Beam and C25 is charged and the /Q output from A90B is high.

4.14.2.10

Led Drivers

(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.14)

All indications are available LEDs that turn On to indicate a status or a fault. There are three sections providing 24 non latched indications in total. Section 1 consists of buffer A15, open collector array A14 and tri-state buffer A13B. In the event of the power supplies being low then the input buffer is inhibited from

N_POWER_OK and the open collector outputs disabled by

POWER_OK in order to prevent any spurious indications. Sections 2, 3 and 4 are identical but use the following gates, A12,

A11, A13A for section 2 and A17, A16, A13C for section 3.

There are also two sections providing 12 latched outputs, three selectable outputs and one non-latched output in total. Section 1 consists of buffer A19, open collector array A18, tri-state buffer

A13D and battery powered latches A21 - A22. The LEDs can

1/22/1999

Section IV - Theory of Operation only be reset when the Transmitter is switched to Local and the front panel Reset button has been pressed. This action is achieved by inverting the LOC\REM signal in A4C and AND’ing the inverted signal with the reset line in A20A before passing the reset to the latches via tristate buffer A32A. In the event of the power supplies being low then the input buffer is inhibited from

N_PWR3_OK and the open collector outputs disabled by

POWER_OK in order to prevent any spurious indications. Section 2 consists of buffer A25, open collector array A24, tri-state buffer A23B and battery powered latches A26 - A27. The LEDs can only be reset when the transmitter is switched to Local and the front panel reset button has been pressed. This action is achieved by inverting the LOC\REM signal in A4D and AND’ing the inverted signal with the reset line in A20B before passing the reset to the latches via tristate buffer A23C. In the event of the power supplies being low then the input buffer is inhibited from

N_PWR3_OK and the open collector outputs disabled by

POWER_OK in order to prevent any spurious indications. Input

T24 (HV 2 nd step fail) does not have a latch associated with it, whilst T25 (Lockout) can be either by moving X2. The same is true for T38 (Amplifier Normal) with X8 and T39 (Reject Power) with X9.

4.14.2.11

Power Control

(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.16)

Power Down/Power Up switches S18 and S19 respectively apply a contact closure to ground. This in turn fires Inverting Schmidt

Trigger A96D/A96E which provides a logic 1 to Exclusive Or

A101C. A101C in turn drives Local Remote selector switch

A106. Section 2 of A106/P7 provides an enable to A102C/P11 and in the presence of a clock (A102/P9) pulses A103/P1 Digital

Pot. Section four of Selector switch A106/P12 provides the U/D enable to Digital Pot A103/P2. The Digital Pot A103 receives the

Power Up/Down (Local or Remote), Clock 2, Clock 3 signals to increase or decrease the output voltage which in turn will be used to drive the amplifier cabinet AGC and UHF Linearizer power control pot input.

4.14.2.12

Power Selector

(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.17)

The power selector circuit provides three functions. Power normal detection, Analogue output buffering, and front panel meter selection. The Power Monitor assembly provides a detected dc voltage which is proportional to the transmitter output power, (

Peak Power Visual, Black Level Visual, Aural 1/Aural 2, Exciter

Power) via IDC connector NX36.

In this discussion Peak Visual Power signal path will be described. NX36-12 provides a DC voltage relative to Peak Visual power to A113B/5 Op Amp. A reference voltage is provided via

R182 and potentiometer R183 to A113B/6. If the detected DC voltage falls below the preset reference A113B/7 will pull low and extenguish the front ponel Power Normal LED (I21) via diode Or Gate V36. This signal is also routed via NX29/1-16 to the Interface PCB to drive remote status monitoring via

RX32/3,4,5,6. System power meter buffering is accomplished via A109/A113 which in turn drives the remote analogue metering outputs via NX53 and RX2(Interface PCB 817-2336-190).

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

4-17

The Meter selection is accomplished via S15, S16, S17. These switches provide a contact closure to ground which fires inverting Schmitt trigger A96F, A112A, A112B. This in turn sets or resets A110A, A110B or A111A. The output then illuminates the corresponding meter LED indication as well as selecting the appropriate meter drive circuit via A108.

Led indications on IOT Logic 3913 466 78090

Off

Black heat

Standby

Transmit

Remote/local

Thyratron ready

HV cct breaker on

HV 2nd Step cont.

Lockout

Supply present

Internal I/L

Cavity air normal

B-Heaters OK

Bias volts OK

ION pump OK

IPA air normal

Collector cooling OK

External I/L

Full heaters OK

Focus OK

Delay over

Ready

HV normal

IPA PSU OK

IPA power OK

Visual power OK

Spare 1

Cavity arc 1

Cavity arc 2

Motor overload

Cabinet over temp

HV 2nd step fail

Collector over current

Tube over temperature

ION pump over current

Bias over current

Thyratron fired

Refl vision over power

Body current high

Spare 2

Internal interlock H1

H9

H10

H11

H12

H13

H14

H15

H16

H17

H2A

H2C

H2E

H2G

H2I

H3A

H4I

H5A

H5C

H5E

H6A

H6C

H6G

H6E

H3C

H3E

H3G

H3I

H4A

H4C

H4E

H4G

H6I

H7A

H7C

H7E

H7G

H7I

H8A

H8C

H8E

4.14.3

IOT logic link positions

Link settings.

X21 *a-b Cavity arc 2. 3 shot b-c Cavity arc 2. single shot

X25 *a-b Cavity arc 1. 3 shot b-c Cavity arc 1. single shot

X22 *a-b Reflected power. 3 shot

X23 *a-b Reject power. 3 shot b-c Reject power. single shot

X24 *a-b Ion Current. 3 shot b-c Ion Current. Single

X20 a-b 4 shot

*b-c 3 shot

X10 *a-b link for lockout to off b-c link for any other

X11 a-b link for lockout to black heat

*b-c link for any other

X12 a-b link for lockout to standby

*b-c link for any other

X13 a-b link for all controls linked

*b-c link for controls separate

X3 *a-b link for Go home not AND’ed with ready b-c link for Go Home to AND with ready

X4 *a-b link for Reject Power not AND’ed with ready b-c link for Reject Power to AND with ready

X1 a-b link for no 2 minute delay

*b-c link for 2 minute delay from blackheat ready

X27 *a-b link for Crowbar fired 3/4 shot b-c link for Crowbar fired single shot

X8 a-b link for Go Home O/P latching enabled

*b-c link for Go Home O/P latching disabled

X9 *a-b link for Reject Power O/P latching enabled b-c link for Reject Power O/P latching disabled

X2 a-b link for lockout O/P latching enabled

*b-c link for lockout O/P latching disabled

X26 a-b HV 2nd step fail test

*b-c normal operation

X14 *a-b link for O/C remote inputs b-c link for TTL remote inputs

X15 a-b link for 5V-12V open for 12V-24V

X16 a-b link for 5V-12V open for 12V-24V

X17 a-b link for 5V-12V open for 12V-24V

X18 a-b link for 5V-12V open for 12V-24V

X19 a-b link for 5V-12V open for 12V-24V

* = normal position

4-18 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

1/22/1999

4.15

Theory Of Operation: IOT AGC &

UHF LINEARIZER 992-9881-001

The AGC and UHF linearizer performs two basic transmitter functions:

It controls the IOT output power and provides these features:

1. Power control range of 0 to 110%

2. VSWR foldback.

3. RF mute with beam off.

4. Back porch AGC when used in analog TV

5. Power stabilization over temperature.

• It linearizes the IOT for optimum performance and provides:

6. Phase Compression

7. Phase Expansion

8. Linearity Compression

9. Linearity Expansion.

4.15.1

Circuit Description

Refer to schem. 843-5502-001

RF input to the PWB is applied to J6 . An attenuator on the input insure a good return loss. Amp U10 makes up for losses in the input attenuator. HY1 splits the signal into two paths. One path is applied to the correction circuits, the second is applied to an

RF detector(CR13). This detector output is proportional to the level of the RF input.

A second RF detector (CR18) on the output of the correction circuits is compared with the input detector in U7. As correction adjustments are made the output level of the correction circuits change. These gain changes are sensed by U7 and an error voltage is applied to a voltage controlled attenuator(CR26, 27,

29, 30).

In this manor the output level of the correction circuits remain constant regardless of the correction settings. This constant level prevents the operator from inadvertently over driving the IPA or

IOT amplifier stages.

Phase expansion correction is accomplished in a quadrature corrector. HY2 splits the signal by 90 degrees. The 90 degree path is applied to an attenuator that has an attenuation level that is a function of the signal level. Pin diodes (CR16) are switched on when the RF level exceeds a certain threshold. This threshold is set by a potentiometer (R1). A second pin diode (CR19) is used to control the amount of attenuation. This diode has an RF resistance which is proportional the DC current thru it. This DC current is controlled by a potentiometer (R2) and is called the slope control.

The two quadrature paths are combined in a resistive combiner

(R116, 131 and 154). An amplifier (U12) compensates for the losses in the phase correction circuit. The phase compression circuit works in a similar manor as the expansion circuit. The only difference is that the attenuator reduces attenuation when the PIN diodes switch on.

Section IV - Theory of Operation

The linearity expansion circuit uses the same attenuator design as that use in the phase expand. Since there is no quadrature path all the correction is applied to the linearity of the signal.

The linearitircuit uses the same attenuator design as that use in the phase compression. Since there is no quadrature path all the correction is applied to the linearity of the signal.

The correctors can be easily bypassed via a single switch (S1).

This switch forces the bias voltage on all the switching PIN diodes to rise to the supply rail. Since the peak RF level never exceeds they supply rail no correction can be performed.

After phase and linearity correction are performed a second voltage controlled attenuator (CR22, 25, 28) is used to control the RF output level from the PWB. The voltage that controls this attenuator is derived from the power control input, the VSWR input, the Mute command and the voltage derived from the transmitter output sample detector.

A summing circuit (U17) takes the power control input and subtracts any VSWR input. This difference is routed thru a mute switch (Q5) and applied to a comparator (U1) as a power reference. The transmitter sample is compared to the power reference and the RF attenuator is driven to maintain a constant output power from the transmitter.

To prevent transmitter over drive conditions the total output power from the PWB is limited to a safe level. This level is set by control (R11) and is called the AGC limit. This limit level is set so that the maximum drive to the IPA and IOT prevents transmitter powers in excess of 110% yet allows the AGC to operate over the temperature range.

A temperature compensated RF detector (CR11, 9 and U8) is used to convert the RF sample of the transmitter to a DC voltage.

In analog transmitters this DC voltage follows the video envelope and is sampled at back porch in a sample and hold circuit (Q2 and C30). The back porch sample is applied to J4 from the exciter and is timed to match the detected envelope by a dual monostable

(U6)

In DTV transmitters no sample is provided by the exciter. In this case the timing circuit detects the lack of sync pulses by CR12.

With no sync pulse present Q3 turns on the sample and hold circuit. The DTV signal is random in nature and the RF detector outputs a DC voltage proportional to the RMS level of the DTV signal.

Power control from the controller ranges from 2.5 to 5 V. It is level shifted to 0 to 5V in U17.

A VSWR input from the controller is proportional to the reflected power of the transmitter. The transmitter is capable of operating into a fixed VSWR before foldback needs to be activated. U18 and Q6 monitor the VSWR input and outputs a linear voltage only when the VSWR reaches a specific trip point set by the voltage divider of R200 and 201. When the VSWR trip point is reached the VSWR voltage is subtracted from the power reference in U17. Simultaneously comparator U18 outputs a VSWR

Active signal to the front panel LED.

1/22/1999 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

4-19

4.16

Theory Of Operation: Feed Forward Correction

For superior efficiency, the IPA module is operated in class A/B operation. This is particularly important for high power amplification. Class A/B operation can result in distortions that can be more difficult to linearize. Feed Forward is utilized to correct for these non-linearities. The result is a class A/B IPA with a performance that far exceeds that of a class A amplifier of equivalent power capability.

Feed forward correction provides an error signal that exactly represents distortions created by a nonlinear amplifier. The error signal is then added back to the desired main signal in “antiphase,” cancelling the distortions originally produced.

Refer to schematic drawing 839-8121-820

4.16.1

Error Signal Path

A linear class A drive sample is taken from the main signal path via probe section HB3. It is then routed through a cable delay line equal to the electrical length of the main signal path. The linear sample is amplified via Reference Amp AM2 then combined with the non linear IPA output sample in a 3 dB coupler.

At the coupler input the two signals are adjusted for equal amplitude. The coupler input phase (Phase Adjust 1) is then adjusted so that the carriers cancel out, leaving only the distortion products.

The coupler output, (difference or error signal), is then applied through Phase Adjust 2 into a 20 watt class A variable gain block

AM1. This module allows the gain/phase adjustment of the error signal prior to the 20 Watt Error Amplifier input.

The 20 Watt Error Amplifier outputs the gain /phase adjusted difference signal to the 6 dB coupler which in turn combines the nonlinear IPA output with the anti-phase difference/error signal thus cancelling the distortions created by the IPA. The output is then fed through a probe section U1 for IPA metering and a high power circulator C1. C1 isolates impedance mismatches between the IPA and the double slugged tuner to the IOT drive input connection.

The IPA will now appear transparent to the precorrections for the linearization of the IOT.

4-20 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

1/22/1999

Section IV - Theory of Operation

1/22/1999

Figure 4-2. VSWR Fault Overload Input

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

4-21

Figure 4-3. HV 2nd Step

4-22 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

1/22/1999

Section IV - Theory of Operation

Figure 4-4. Amplifier Normal Fault Counter Input

1/22/1999

Figure 4-5. Crowbar Fired Fault Overload Input

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

4-23

Figure 4-6. Reject Power Overload Input

4-24 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

1/22/1999

Section IV - Theory of Operation

Figure 4-7. Tube Over Temperature Fault Circuit

1/22/1999

Figure 4-8. Motor Overload Fault Circuit

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

4-25

4-26

Figure 4-9.

Fault Counter Inputs Ion Current Overload Circuit

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

1/22/1999

Section IV - Theory of Operation

Figure 4-10. External Interlock Circuit

1/22/1999 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

4-27

Figure 4-11. Rear Door Panel Interlock Circuit

4-28

Figure 4-12.

Logic & Control Interconnect to Contactor Driver PCB

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

1/22/1999

Figure 4-13. Internal Interlock Circuit

Section IV - Theory of Operation

1/22/1999 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

4-29

Figure 4-14.

Body Current Metering and Overload Input

4-30 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

1/22/1999

5.1

General Transmitter Maintenance

Information

This section contains maintenance instructions for the Sigma

CD series of UHF Television Transmitters. Routine maintenance and the recommended maintenance schedule is given.

Test equipment needed for the effective accomplishment of maintenance is listed and test/adjustment procedures are given. It should be kept in mind that the equipment type involved and its use, brings about a maintenance function that closely allies operation, testing, and troubleshooting. In many instances, one cannot be accomplished without the other. In view of this, the procedures contained in this section should be looked upon as the basic guidelines for continued reliable operation but do not in all cases constitute the sole manner of proper maintenance.

5.2

Recommended Test Equipment

See Table 5-1.

Section V

Maintenance

5.3

Equipment Cleaning

Cleaning the external surfaces of the transmitter can be done at any time without contacting dangerous voltages. A soft cloth and household type spray detergent should be used to remove fingerprints and dirt smudges from the painted surfaces. Do not spray cleanser into cracks, drawers or other crevices on the exterior of the transmitter or saturate hinges or latch assemblies. It is recommended that the cleaning cloth be sprayed and the equipment carefully wiped clean. For transparent meter faces a static free glass cleaner should be used to prevent changing meter calibration due to generated static potential.

5.4

Scheduled Maintenance

The maintenance schedule was established based on 18 operating hours per day. The schedule should vary proportionally, especially on mechanical equipment, if the daily use is other than 18 hours. Inspection of the equipment should be performed at an interval no greater than that indicated in the schedule.

8VSB Demodulator

Tektronics

Vector Signal Analyzer

Hewlett Packard Model 89441 or Tektronics RFA300

Network Analyzer

Hewlett Packard Model HP 8712C or HP 8753

Spectrum Analyzers

Hewlett Packard Spectrum Analyzer Model 8591E with Tracking Generator

Tektronix Spectrum Analyzer Model 2712, 2792,

2794, or 2750 with Tracking Generator

Power Measurement

HP 8481H Power Sensor or equivalent 300 MWatts

HP 435B Power Meter/2 8482H Sensor 3 Watts

Frequency Measuring Equipment

Hewlet Packard-5315A, 5342 or

Tektronix DC 508A

Miscellaneous Test Equipment

400MHz Dual Trace Scope

Booton RF Voltmeter with 50 Ohm adapter

Polaroid Oscilloscope Camera DS34W/613656 Hood

Table 5-1. Recommended Test Equipment

Bird Model 43 Wattmeter with 1W to 1kW elements

RF Bridge, Eagle RLB-150, 700-1289-000

Narda Coupler, 620-0457-000

UHF RF Notch Filter, Eagle Model TNF-200

484-0300-000

0-6A Current Variable Power Supply

Quantity 2 or Dual Output Voltage Variable 0-5V

Power Supply. Maximum current needed is 150uA

Hipotronics 860PL High Pot Unit

EEV 4260A Tube Gas Tester

Fluke Model 87 Digital Multimeter w/80I-400 current probe, C81 Holster C25 Case

Adapters and Connectors Kit 994-8511-002

3-1/8 inch 4-1/16 inch adaptor

3-1/8 inch 4-1/16 inch adaptor

3-1/8 inch 6-1/8 inch adaptor

3-1/8 inch to type “N” adapter

620-2395-000

Myat

620-1928-000

Dielectric

620-2297-000

Myat

620-2859-000

10/26/99 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

5-1

5.4.1

Weekly Maintenance

5.4.1.1

Cooling System

a. Water System Leaks. Check the water system for leaks especially around the water connections to the IOT. Also check closely any water pipe joints and connections that may be located above the transmitter cabinets. All valves should be checked for leakage.

b. Glycol system leaks. By its nature, glycol has the ability to leak through a hole that water may not. Closely inspect the cooling systems for leaks including the piping to the outside cooling fans and pump module. With the pumps shut off, remove the side panels of the pump module and look for evidence of leaks on the floor of the pump module.

5.4.1.2

Electrical Performance

It is recommended that the following be checked and adjusted only if out of specification. See system test/adjustment for details.

a. Heater voltage b. Bias Voltage c. Meters on Amplifier cabinets, IPA diagnostics, and Control Cabinet d. Amplitude response e. Linearity f. Envelope delay g. Error Vector Magnitude h. Bit Error Rate i. Intermod product suppression j. Overload system. If not on air, check by pushing one of the

Arc To Test buttons to see that Beam is removed. Do Not perform this test during broadcast day as transmitter will be removed from operation.

5.4.2

Monthly Maintenance

a. Check the pumps for excessive or unusual noises. Check for leaks around the pump seals.

b. Check chiller fans for operation utilizing test switch on the coil control panel. Noting any excessive noise, indicating possible bearing failure. (Make sure power is disconnected prior to accessing motors or fans.) c. Clean the pump strainer screens located on the pump intake

(first isolate strainers utilizing gate valves.) d. Remove and replace the 2 filter media on the amplifier cabinet rear doors. Part number 917 2336 033.

e. Check and/or replace the amp cabinet cavity blower filter on an as needed basis, Part number 448-0986-000.

5.4.2.1

Electrical Performance

a. Check the carrier frequency and adjust if necessary.

b. Check the performance of the coolant flow interlocks.

Operation of these interlocks will remove the transmitter from air.

5.4.2.2

Transmitter Room

Clean any filtration equipment associated with maintaining the transmitter room temperature and cleanliness.

5-2 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

5.4.3

Biannual Maintenance

5.4.3.1

Heat Exchanger

a. Inspect and clean the fins of the outside fan unit. Clean fins of all debris that may inhibit air flow. This can be done with compressed air or a commercial coil cleaner. Check for bent or damaged coil fins and repair as necessary.

b. All fan motors in the outside fan units have sealed bearings that do not require periodic lubrication, however some fan unit models have bearings equipped with pillow blocks that support the fan shaft. Check for the presence of pillow blocks on your unit and see if a lubrication fitting is installed. If so, these bearings require lubrication on a biannual basis.

c. Some models of pumps also have grease fittings. Check for the presence of grease fittings and inject grease as needed.

WARNING

ENSURE THAT ALL POWER IS REMOVED FROM THE TRANS-

MITTER AND HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BEFORE PER-

FORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS. ALWAYS USE A GROUND-

ING STICK TO ENSURE THAT THERE ARE NO RESIDUAL VOLT-

AGES PRESENT.

5.4.3.2

IOT Inspection

Remove IOT and Magnet Assembly from amplifier cabinet using the IOT Removal procedure later in this section, but do not remove the tube. Remove the air duct input to the primary cavity, as well as the dome on the secondary output cavity. Use a flashlight to inspect the IOT ceramic. Look for dirt on the ceramic, especially on the ceramic surface opposite the air inlet duct. Next check the input cavity for cleanliness and any evidence of arcing. The amount of dirt will determine the cycle of cleaning.

5.4.3.3

Interior Transmitter Cleaning

Cleaning the inside of the Transmitter should be done using a vacuum cleaner and a clean soft paint brush. Ensure that all power to the Transmitter is Off and all high voltage circuits have been discharged. Be careful to not dislodge or damage wiring, components, or terminals. The soft bristle paint brush is recommended for dislodging dust.

NOTE

Depending on the air quality in the transmitter room, interior transmitter cleaning may be required more often.

5.4.3.4

Electrical Performance

a. Check power meter calibration.

b. Check each interlock and overload for proper operation.

See Section II.

c. Check collector current meter calibration. See Section II.

d. Check body current calibration (EEV IOT only). See Section II.

10/26/99

Section V - Maintenance

5.4.3.5

Beam Power Supply

WARNING

ENSURE THAT ALL POWER IS REMOVED FROM THE TRANS-

MITTER AND HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BEFORE PER-

FORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS. ALWAYS USE A GROUND-

ING STICK TO ENSURE THAT THERE ARE NO RESIDUAL VOLT-

AGES PRESENT.

a. Check for tightness of all wire connections.

b. Check the lead dress of the beam supply wiring. Wires should not touch any sharp edges nor should any wire with low voltage insulation be allowed any closer to any high voltage terminal than 6 inches.

c. Check the feed through bushings for oil leaks.

d. Visually inspect the bleeder resistors and check with an ohmmeter.

e. Wipe off the high voltage insulators on the beam supply and filter capacitors with a clean dry cloth.

5.4.4

Annual Maintenance

5.4.4.1

IOT/Thyratron Ceramic Cleaning

Cleaning of tube ceramics is only necessary if they are dirty. Dirt and foreign matter on the surface of the ceramic may cause local overheating or arcing and can lead to tube failure.

a. Remove IOT and magnet assembly from amplifier cabinet using the IOT Removal Procedure later in this section, but do not remove the tube. Note coupling angles on output loop and primary to secondary loop so they may be replaced in exactly the same position.

b. Remove input cavity utilizing chain hoist (EEV only).

c. Remove secondary output cavity and unbolt primary cavity halves to gain access to the IOT ceramics.

d. Dust may be removed from the ceramic parts with a clean soft cloth or brush. More persistent spots may be removed with rubbing alcohol applied to a clean cloth and then cleaning the ceramic.

If arc marks or other contamination remain on the ceramic that rubbing alcohol will not remove, refer to the tube manufacturer’s application data sheet that covers this subject.

5.4.4.2

Cavity Inspection

a. The cavities should be checked and cleaned any time they are removed from the tube. The inside of the cavity should be cleaned with a soft clean dry cloth. A dry, soft brush is recommended to clean the contact fingers. More persistent dust may be removed with rubbing alcohol. Do not use contact sprays.

b. The contact areas of the spring contacts inside and outside the cavity should be inspected for burn marks. If small burn marks are noticed, they should be carefully cleaned off using Scotch Brite pads. Do not use crocus cloth or sandpaper.

c. Damaged contact springs, particularly those that have been deformed, must be removed.

10/26/99

5.4.4.3

Beam Supply

a. Visually inspect the oil in the power supply and look for cloudy or contaminated oil.

b. Remove a small sample of oil from the bottom of the beam supply at the valve on the oil tank and have it checked for water contamination.

5.4.4.4

Glycol System

From the system drain valve located on the suction return lines to the pumps, take a sample of glycol for evaluation of the inhibitors and system acidity.

5.4.4.5

Fiberglass Insulators (G-10)

The G-10 fiberglass components, such as the Isolation meter panel and the shorting switch assembly, should be cleaned with

Isopropyl alcohol and a clean soft rag to prevent flash over.

Depending on air quality, this may need to be done more often, but should be done at least once a year.

5.5

5.6

Water Flow Rate Calibration

a. Adjust the collector and body circuit supply valves for the appropriate rates as indicated on the cabinet flow meters.

Adjust the flow meter interlock.

b. MINIMUM Flow rates (Glycol) should be as follows:

IOTD270

Collector

Body

IOTD2100

8.5 GPM (32 LPM)

2.0 GPM (8 LPM)

Collector

Body

12 GPM (45 LPM)

2.0 GPM (8 LPM) c. Observe the flow meters and check coolant flow to the

Reject and test loads in the RF system.

IPA and Cavity Air Flow

a. Using a Dwyer manometer measure the air flow supplied to the IPA and IOT Cavity plenums. The trip points may be set by adjusting the sensitivity of the air pressure switches for the appropriate air system.

b. MINIMUM Air flow rate should be as follows:

60 Hz Systems

IPA Air Plenum 0.9" H

2

IOT Cavity Air Manifold 6.0" H

2

50 Hz Systems

IPA Air Plenum 0.63" H

IOT Cavity Air Manifold 4.0" H

2

O (2.29 Cm)

O (15.24 Cm)

2

O (1.6 Cm)

O (10.2 Cm)

5.7

Thyratron Removal and Replacement

5.7.1

Thyratron Tube Installation

Thyratron installation should be accomplished as per prints

839-8121-771 and 843-5496-039. Also, refer to the following

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

5-3

Front/Rear Cab Analog/Digital (PA cabinet interconnection) schematics: 843-5496-048 for EEV tubes, or 843-5496-071 for

CPI tubes.

Connections to the thyratron are as follows: a. Mount the tube on the three 2 inch long hex standoffs.

b. Connect the red and yellow leads (reservoir /heater) leads to

(H/2) X1 terminal on the FDU/thyratron interface assembly.

c. Attach S1-1 thermostat and capacitors C2, C3 and C4 to the cathode ring with 1/4-20 bolt.

d. Connect R5 470R 12 watt resistor to the grading grid.

e. Connect lead labeled G1, capacitor C3 and thermostat lead

S1-2 to grid 1.

f. Connect lead labeled G2 and capacitor C4 to grid 2.

g. Locate lead from the isolated platform and attach to the cathode ring.

h. Locate lead labeled anode and attach to the tube anode screw.

i. Connect BNC cable #337 between crowbar assembly

AAX1 and rear cabinet jack CIX7 j. Connect the thyratron filament transformer wire 358 and wire 359 to X1 of the FDU and the isolated platform as per schematic 839-8121-745.

5.8

IOT Removal/Replacement

a. For multiple PA transmitters, set Mode controller to place the operable IOT(s) on the air.

b. Depress OFF. Wait for automatic run down until blowers and pumps are Off.

c. At Line Control Cabinet set breakers labeled BEAM

POWER SUPPLY MAIN, TRANSMITTER CABINET

MAIN and TRANSMITTER CABINET POWER SUP-

PLIES to OFF.

d. At rear of PA cabinet rotate Cabinet Isolator to 0 position and rotate the cabinet shorting switch to the “Short to

Earth” (grounded) position.

e. Remove IOT RF input cable from the double slug tuner.

f. Disconnect top lid interlock connector YX9.

g. Remove front half of the cover plate on top of the input cavity assembly by removing the Allen key screws holding it in place.

WARNING

USE EARTHING WAND TO DISCHARGE IOT CONNECTIONS

PRIOR TO DISCONNECTION AND TUBE REMOVAL

h. Remove Heater, Heater Cathode, Ion Pump, and Bias wires inside the assembly by first pushing them into the connector then pulling outward to release the self latching mechanism.

i. Remove three Allen key screws on the rear half of the cover plate and remove the entire junction box by grasping the flexible conduit on top.

j. Remove air supply hoses from the circuit assembly distribution manifold (plastic pipe) and RF break-away assembly.

k. Disconnect the coolant hoses (Hansen fittings).

l. Disconnect YX6 cabinet interconnect harness from the base of the circuit assembly.

m. Disconnect Focus Supply connector YX7 at top left corner of circuit assembly.

n. Disconnect earth strap from top left corner of assembly.

5.8.1

Transmission Line Breakaway

5.8.1.1

Disassembly/Assembly When Other IOTs Operating

When IOT is being replaced while another IOT in the transmitter continues to operate, a possibility of significant levels of RF energy may exist on the transmission line inner conductor of the breakaway being disassembled. Therefore, if other portions of the

Transmitter continue to operate, disassemble the breakaway transmission line on the failed IOT using the following procedure:

WARNING

THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE EXPOSES A CONDUCTOR

THAT MAY CONTAIN RF VOLTAGE THAT COULD CAUSE RF

BURNS TO THE SKIN. WEAR ELECTRICALLY INSULATING RUB-

BER GLOVES WHEN USING TOOLS THAT WILL TOUCH THE

CENTER CONDUCTOR.

a. Loosen the outer sleeve over the transmission line break-away and slide it up clear of the outer conductor separation point.

b. Using a metallic tool with an insulated handle, short the inner conductor of the breakaway to the outer conductor.

c. Continue to short the inner conductor to the outer conductor. Wear electrically insulating rubber gloves. On the center conductor rotate and raise the inner conductor slip joint to free the lower half of the center conductor from the upper half.

d. To re-assemble the breakaway assembly, perform the previous procedure in reverse order using the same precautions.

5.8.1.2

Disassembly/Assembly When Other IOTs NOT Operating

a. Loosen the outer sleeve over the transmission line breakaway and slide it down clear of the outer conductor separation point.

b. On the center conductor rotate and raise the inner conductor slip joint to free the lower half of the center conductor from the upper half.

5.8.2

Tube Removal

a. Remove the two screws holding each side of trim plate at base of cabinet front.

b. Carefully roll the circuit assembly out of the cabinet.

c. For EEV tubes, move the circuit assembly into an area where you can vertically hoist the tube. This requires 10 foot minimum floor to ceiling clearance using the chain hoist supplied with the Transmitter , and a fixed lifting point capable of supporting the weight of the tube and the hoist. CPI tubes do not require a hoist.

5-4 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

10/26/99

Section V - Maintenance

Table 5-2. IOT/Magnet Connection Checklist

d. Remove lower break-away assembly from the Secondary cavity by removing six bolts on the EIA 3 1/8" flange.

e. See EEV Assembly manual MA2700A and reverse the assembly procedures to extract the old tube and then install the new tube.

f. Reverse above sequence to install the circuit assembly in the transmitter cabinet. See EEV Manual that is shipped with each tube for assembly instructions.

Table 5-2 is a check list which should be followed before powering up after re-assembly.

5.8.3

IOT Replacement

Replacement of the IOT should require little or no tuning. Once the IOT is replaced, usually only a slight rocking of the response with the secondary cavity tuning is required. If the collector current, response, DTV shoulders or EVM are not within specifications, then the following “IOT Tuning” procedure will have to be done.

5.8.4

IOT Tuning

This procedure makes no assumptions about any previous tuning that may have been done on the tranmitter and therefore starts at the beginning. Do not start this procedure unless prepared to finish.

Key points to remember:

Primary

Secondary

Inter-cavity Coupling

Output coupling

Frequency Control

Response Tilt

Bandwidth

Passband sag

CAUTION

The tube can be damaged if there is high power at the tube I/P (100W) which is not being coupled efficiently to the output. (I.e. if the tube is detuned OR the BEAM is OFF). Care should be taken when performing a high power wideband sweep when there are RF filters in the transmitter output feeder.

CAUTION

NEVER APPLY DRIVE TO THE TUBE WHEN THE TRANSMITTER

IS IN STANDBY.

a. Provisionally cold tune the cavities to the coarse channel tuning settings, and set the output coupling loop and interstage coupling loop to 90 degrees.

b. Remove the EEV stub tuning matching section and connect the input cavity directly to the circulator (C1X2).

c. Insert a directional coupler in the circulator ballast load path, or, if available, use the input cavity reflected power monitor socket on the left wall of the feed forward area.

d. Disconnect the input to the 40W amplifier at AM1:X1.

e. Set the Network Analyzer for a 10MHz sweep centered at mid channel, with markers at +3MHz, output power

–10dBm, Channel B Transmission.

f. Ensure that the transmitter is switched to Beam On, and that the beam volts and quiescent current are correct for the rated output power.

10/26/99

Cathode Heater Connection

Heater Connection

Ion Pump Connection

Bias Voltage Connection

Magnet Frame Ground Strap

Magnet Plug Yx6

Cable Yx7

ARC Detectors

Thermal Switch Collector

Directional Coupler Coax Cables

RF Input

Break Away Air Supply

Magnet Air Manifold

Magnet Air Switch

Coolant Inlet Hose, Outlet Hose

Body Coolant Hoses Connected and Tightened

Break Away Inner Conductor Tightened

Break Away Outer Sleeve in Place and Tightened g. Set the gain of the Linearity Boost Amplifier to minimum, remove the output connection from the Uhf Linearizer at

X5 and connect the output of the Network Analyzer to the cable. Include the 10dB attenuator in the circuit.

h. Monitor the output of the IPA using the handheld diagnostic selected to a collector current position.

i. Slowly increase the output level of the Network Analyzer until the IPA just switches on, represented by a collector current of about 0.7-0.9A.

j. Tune the input cavity so that a notch appears in the circulator ballast load power at the center frequency. See Figure

5-1.

Figure 5-1. Input Cavity Tuning

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

5-5

k. Transfer the Network Analyzer input to the IOT output at monitor probe WW4.

l. Adjust the primary output cavity to be at the lower frequency marker. Adjust the secondary output to be at the upper frequency marker. With these two controls and the inter-stage and output coupling controls, adjust for a band pass frequency response of approximately +0.5dB. See

Figure 5-2.

m. Move the input of the Network Analyzer back to the circulator ballast load monitor and check that the response is still as Figure 5-1.

n. Set a reference level at the +3 MHz markers.

o. Remove power from the IPA, then disconnect the tube from the circulator and insert the stub tuner section.

p. Restore power to the IPA, and using the stub tuner and if necessary a SMALL adjustment to the input cavity tune, flatten the return loss between the markers. This level should be below the reference level set earlier. See Figure

5-3.

q. Increase the Network Analyzer Power output level until the tube collector current rises to about 1.5A.

r. Make small adjustments to the stub tuner and input cavity tuning to flatten the return loss at the higher power level.

See Figure 5-4.

s. Transfer the Network Analyzer to monitor the Output response at WW4 t. Finely adjust the output cavity and coupling controls to achieve a flat bandpass response as shown in Figure 5-5.

u. Check for correct tuning by “rocking” each cavity in turn.

Correct synchronous tuning is indicated when the gain at band center does not change and the response swings symmetrically about the band center.

Figure 5-2. Bandpass Frequency Response Figure 5-4. Input Cavity Return Loss

(Using Stub Tuner)

5-6

Figure 5-3. Input Cavity Tuning Figure 5-5. Flat Bandpass Response

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

10/26/99

Section V - Maintenance

5.9

RF Linearizer Initial Setup.

a. Initial Settings

1. Remove the UHF Linearizer input at X4.

2. Set correction pots R1 and R8 fully CCW.

3. Set level pots R11, R12 fully clockwise.

4. Set JP1 1-2, JP2 2-3, JP3 2-3.

5. Set corrector bypass switch S1 to out.

b. Mute and Level Control

1. Ensure that there is no RF input to the Linearizer at X4.

2. Switch the meter on the Linearizer front panel to the

ALC position.

3. With the transmitter switched to Beam on, depress the

“power raise” button on the control panel. The ALC meter should read almost full scale deflection.

4. Switch the transmitter back to Standby. The ALC meter reading should fall to zero, and the red LED on the mute relay assembly (MR) should illuminate.

5. Switch the transmitter back to Beam on.

6. Remove the output cable and 10dB pad from X5.

7. Connect the exciter to the transmitter interface panel.

CAUTION

The RF input level to the RF Linearizer, should never exceed 0.4mW or damage to the linearizer could occur.

8. Measure the RF level to the input to the Linearizer at

X4. For Digital transmitters this should be 0.1mW

average power. The CD-1A exciter output is usually set at approximately 250 to 300mW. If necessary fit fixed attenuators between the drive and transmitter to achieve this level. DTV shoulders should be at least 45dB down, with 50dB being nominal.

9. Transfer the power meter to the linearizer output at X5, and connect the RF input to X4. Check that the output power is approximately 12dB greater than the input.

10. Set R11 fully CCW. The output power should fall to less than the input level.

c. Transmitter Output Power.

1. EnsurethatLinearizerpotR11isfullyCCW,thereconnect the output lead with 10dB attenuator to X5.

2. With the transmitter switched on to beam, slowly rotate

R11 clockwise until the power starts to rise. Care must be taken when the IPA threshold is reached as the IPA output rises very suddenly.

5.11

Output VSWR foldback

Connect the O/P reflected power lead from WW1 to a spare O/P forward power probe with the transmitter at full power (Power from probe should be slightly less than VSWR trip level of

20mW). Ensure the output power is reduced to a point that the

VSWR meter reads 1.4 to 1.

5.12

DTV Feed Forward Setup

a. Disconnect the output from the UHF Linearizer at X5, and connect a Network Analyzer set to 10MHz sweep centered on mid channel to thecable.Includethe 10dBpad inthispath.

b. Slowly increase the Network Analyzer power output until the IOT tube collector current is about 1.5A.

c. Disconnect the input to the 40W amplifier at AM1:X1, and connect to the Network Analyzer.

d. Disconnect the IPA sample probe U1:X3, (Situated at the rear of the feed forward tray), and set the gain of the reference amp (AM2) to be 3dB above minimum. Take a reference on the Network Analyzer of this level.

e. Reconnect the IPA monitor probe (U1 X3), and disconnect the reference signal by removing W9 at the output of the

10dB attenuator attached to the three way splitter (SP1).

f. Adjust the IPA monitor probe (U1 X3) to achieve the same level as the reference, +0.5dB (Care should be taken to retain the directivity of the probe).

g. Reconnect the reference signal and adjust the lower phasing trombone (PH1) and the reference amplifier gain to minimize the level shown on the Network Analyzer. See Figure 5-6.

h. Aim to get the response symmetrical about the center frequency. If it is not possible to obtain this response, add cable lengths to either the reference or probe paths until the condition is achieved.

i. Transfer the Network Analyzer to monitor the feed forward output at probe U2 X4, (at the left hand side of the feed

5.10

DTV Power Metering

Slowly turn Linearizer pot R11 clockwise until the mean power at the load is approximately 0.5dB greater than the rated output power. Now turn Linearizer pot R12 CCW until the average power at the load reduces to the correct level. Adjust the output power probe WW2 until the output power meter reads 100%.

10/26/99

Figure 5-6.

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

5-7

5-8

forward tray behind the output circulator. Measure the delay to this probe, and take a reference on the Network

Analyzer.

j. Remove the IPA drive cables 39 and 1039 (for dual IPA

Systems ) from the splitter SP1.

k. Replace the input cable to the 40W amplifier, and set the amp gain to mid point. Set the upper phasing trombone

PH2 to mid travel.

l. Now measure the delay to U2 X4 again, and compare it to the reference taken above. If necessary select a different cable length for W13 (the cable between the phasing trombone and the 40W amplifier input) to equalize the delay.

m. Reconnect cables 39 and 1039 to the splitter. Disconnect the Network Analyzer, and reconnect the cable to the output of the UHF Linearizer at X5.

n. Connect a Spectrum Analyzer to the input cable of the 40W amplifier, and check that there is a null of the wanted signal. Small adjustments of the phasing trombone PH1 and reference amplifier gain may be made if necessary.

o. Transfer the Spectrum Analyzer to the feed forward output monitor U2 X4, and display the out of band skirts either side of the wanted signal.

p. Reconnect the input to the 40W amplifier, and using the

40W amplifier gain control and the phasing trombone PH2 adjust the skirts to minimum. It should be possible to make the IPA / Feed forward combination almost transparent so that the level of the skirts are the same as those of the exciter.

q. Reconnect the Network Analyzer and check that the input and output responses are still correct. If necessary make small adjustments to the tube tuning to reproduce Figures

5-4 and 5-5.

r. Restore the Digital signal, and monitor the tube output with a Spectrum Analyzer at WW4.

s. Make small adjustments to the tube bias voltage to find the point at which the out of band skirt shoulders dip in level slightly.

t. Remove the drive and check the tube idle current – this must be between 400 and 800mA. (usually about 650mA).

If the current lies outside this range the bias must be adjusted to bring it back into range, even if this is not the optimum point for the out of band signal.

u. Restore the drive and check the level of the skirt shoulders.

These should be –32dB or better compared to the in band signal. If the skirts are considerably higher in level, or are very asymmetric, the output tuning of the tube will need to be adjusted to give the correct output response with a different combination of inter-stage and output coupling.

v. Now adjust the upper phasing trombone PH2 and the gain of the 40W amplifier to minimize the level of the out of band skirts.

w. Reconnect the Network Analyzer and check the tube input and output responses with the feed forward set to this condition. Make small adjustments to the cavity tuning to eliminate any response tilt caused by the feed forward adjustment.

x. Restore the digital signal and display the skirts. Switch on the UHF Linearizer correction circuits, and adjust R1&2,

R3&4, R5&6, R7&8, in pairs to further reduce the skirt level.

NOTE

If necessary the Linearizer may be channelized to increase the correction available (see separate test procedure 992-9881-001)

y. Repeat this process with small adjustments to the upper phasing trombone and the gain of the 40W amplifier until there is no further improvement. The final level of the skirts should be better than –37dB down on the wanted digital signal center frequency.

z. Connect a Vector Signal Analyzer to the transmitter output and measure the transmitter EVM. This should be less than

4%. If the value is greater than this, check for a frequency tilt on the output waveform using a Spectrum Analyzer set to 1dB/div. A small tilt at full power may be compensated for by slight adjustment of the tube secondary cavity tuning, without adverse effects on the skirt level.

5.13

Power Calibration

5.13.1

Precision Directional Coupler Method Calculations

Before use, check the calibration of the output coupler.

The coupler is precisely set and the coupling ratio noted on the waveguide.

This will allow power calibration to be performed using the following procedures: a. For DTV calibration: b. Determine the power level expected at the output of the directional coupler.

Use the formula:

1. Power of sample = (ave power on main RF line) / 10

(x/10) or

2. Power of sample = (ave power on main RF line) / antilog(x/10) Where x = the dB ratio of the designated precision coupler which should be stenciled on the waveguide.

c. To check your result use the formula:

1. x dB = 10 log(P

1

Where:

P

P

1

2

/P

2

)

= the transmitter power output desired

= the calculated sample power.

d. Using an average reading RF power meter of known accuracy measure the sample port power.

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

10/26/99

e. To convert the sample port power to the power on the main line use the formula:

Power on main line = 10

(x/10) x (Power at the sample)

5.14

Control and Support Systems:

Testing and Adjustments

Settings of jumper links for the logic system operation are shown in Tables 5-3 and 5-6 near the end of this section.

5.14.1

AC Control Voltage

This procedure checks and sets the proper amplitude of the three phase 380/220 VAC that powers the transmitter control and most of the support systems.

WARNING

PROPER PROCEDURE FOR MEASURING VOLTAGES IN THE

FOLLOWING STEPS REQUIRES PRIOR REMOVAL OF ALL

POWER AND GROUNDING OF ALL LOCATIONS WHERE TEST

LEADS ARE TO BE CONNECTED OR DISCONNECTED. THE

TEST METER IS TO BE LOCATED OUTSIDE THE ENCLOSURE

AND ALL DOORS OR PANELS ARE TO BE CLOSED PRIOR TO

APPLYING POWER.

a. Measure the open circuit voltage of the 3 phase power line supplying power to the Line Control Cabinet. Measure phase to phase.

b. Set the taps on transformer T2 in each Line Control Cabinet to corresponding line voltage.

c. Apply power to transformer T2 by setting cabinet power

CB2, control CB3 on LCC and cabinet isolator switch on the rear of the associated amplifier cabinet to 1 or On position.

WARNING

THE BEAM SUPPLY BREAKER CB1 SHOULD BE OFF.

d. Measure the voltage at terminals 15, 16, 17 of TB3 in the

Line Control Cabinet with respect to terminal 18 of TB3.

220 VAC should be present.

e. Measure the voltage from terminals 15 to 16, 16 to 17, 15 to 17 on TB3. Each voltage should be 380 VAC

5.14.2

Voltage Measuring

WARNING

PROPER PROCEDURE FOR MEASURING VOLTAGES IN THE

FOLLOWING STEPS REQUIRES PRIOR REMOVAL OF ALL

POWER AND GROUNDING OF ALL LOCATIONS WHERE TEST

LEADS ARE TO BE CONNECTED OR DISCONNECTED. THE

TEST METER IS TO BE LOCATED OUTSIDE THE ENCLOSURE

AND ALL DOORS OR PANELS ARE TO BE CLOSED PRIOR TO

APPLYING POWER.

a. Measure the open circuit voltage of the 3 phase power line, phase to phase that powers the line control cabinet. This should be 480 VAC.

10/26/99 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

Section V - Maintenance b. Select the desired output voltage using the Beam Supply selector switch located on the right of the oil tank as you are facing the access cover.

NOTE

The first time beam voltage is to be applied to a new tube or during initial transmitter checkout, the beam voltage should be set to produce the lowest beam voltage possible, then increased in steps to that voltage that yields proper performance.

5.14.3

BK Heater Voltage Adjustment

The BK Heater Voltage Adjustment is located on the contactor and circuit breaker control assembly in the front of the Amplifier

Cabinet. A meter is provided inside the amplifier cabinet which can be read through the window of the panel. Set the voltage to indicate 6.0 volts. When setting the heater voltage, be sure to consider any meter calibration correction. The procedure for checking heat meter accuracy and determining a calibration correction is given in the checkout procedures (Section II).

5.14.4

Heater Voltage Adjustment

The Heater Voltage adjustment is located on center wall of the amplifier cabinet. Monitor the heater meter located inside the amplifier cabinet. Consult the factory test data sheet provided by the tube manufacturer for the recommended voltage of each individual tube.

The IOT heater transformer in the rear IOT cabinet has a tap to select the higher or lower voltage range. (This transformer is item

AD of locator on back door of Transmitter, or see illustration in section VI.)

5.14.5

Magnet Current Adjustment

Magnet current adjustment is located on the Contactor and

Circuit Breaker Control Panel located on the front of the amplifier cabinet. A meter is provided on the switch metering panel.

Initially adjust the magnet current to the value specified on the tube data sheet (approximately 22A). Changing the magnet current has minimal effect on the IOT.

5.14.6

Heater Time Delay Adjustment

The pre-heating time during which the IOT and thyratron heaters are brought to the proper temperature for electron emission (IOT) and High Voltage Standoff (thyratron) is adjusted by switch setting in the heater 300/600 sec (5 min) timer, located on the amplifier Control Logic PCB assembly.

a. Set the beam supply CB1 to Off b. If IOT Heaters have/had been operating press the Off button and wait five (5) minutes.

c. Depress the Standby button and begin timing the warmup as soon as the Full Heaters On indicator illuminates. If the time until the Ready light illuminates is not five minutes the timer should be adjusted.

d. Depress Off button. Open the amplifier logic panel and adjust SW5 and SW6 switch settings for the proper time delay.

5-9

WARNING

ALL OVERLOAD/INTERLOCK ADJUSTMENTS SHOULD BE

MADE WITH THE LINE CONTROL CABINET BEAM SUPPLY CIR-

CUIT BREAKER CB1 OFF.

5.14.7

Focus Current Interlock Adjustments

The following procedure should be performed without beam voltage present. Set the Line Control Cabinet BEAM SUPPLY

POWER circuit breaker to OFF.

a. Energize the power amplifier cabinet to the FULL

HEATER ON stage. The FOCUS CURRENT indicator may or may not be illuminated, however the multimeter monitoring FOCUS CURRENT should indicate focus current flowing.

b. Using the FOCUS CURRENT adjustment and the cabinet multimeter, check and record the current levels at which the upperandlowerinterlocksettingsoperate.WatchtheFOCUS

CURRENT indicator and note when it extinguishes to make this determination. The trip points should occur at +/-2.2A

from current noted on tube data sheet.

c. Remove all power from the Transmitter and set the cabinet grounding lever to the EARTHED position. Open the

Control and Breaker Panel door to gain acess to focus supply shelf.

d. With both the lower and upper trip point adjustments, a clockwise (CW) adjustment of the potentiometer will raise the trip point, while a counter-clockwise (CCW) adjustment lowers the trip point. Refer to the trip point currents recorded earlier and carefully rotate the UNDER CUR-

RENT (lower trip point) or OVER CURRENT (upper trip point) or both to change the trip point setting(s). Only a slight rotation of the potentiometer will change the trip point several amperes.

e. Re-energize the cabinet to the FULL HEATER ON level and check the trip point settings. If necessary, repeat steps c. and d. until the trip point settings are properly adjusted.

5.14.8

Collector Current/Metering Calibration &

Overload Adjustments

A current source capable of producing 5 amps will be utilized.

Refer to Figure 5-7. For adjustment locations refer to Tables 5-4 and 5-5.

a. Assure that the beam supply breaker CB1 on the line control cabinet is off.

b. On the amplifier cabinet rear shorting switch panel rotate the cabinet isolator switch to off (0) and engage the short to earth switch.

c. Remove the center door of the three on the rear of the amplifier cabinet under test.

d. Locate the shorting stick and discharge the isolated supplies board, the AM meter assembly and the thyratron floating deck. Leave the shorting stick attached to the thyratron floating deck.

e. Remove the (4) 7/16" nuts holding the cover over the AM module.

f. Locate the collector current meter shunt located in the upper left hand corner of the AM board. Attach the current source leads through an external Amp meter to the shunt.

Ensure current source is set to off.

g. Replace the rear door ensuring the test lead remain connected.

h. Open short to earth switch and rotate cabinet isolator to the on (1) position.

i. Open the amplifier cabinet control panel and open the rear of the control panel door by loosening the two (2) captive thumb screws.

j. Locate R255 current metering null, R240 current metering calibrate, R241 current metering trip located on the digital to analog PCB.

k. Monitor the collector current meter on the switched meter panel. Rotate R255 collector current metering null to zero the meter.

l. Energize current source and adjust for 2.2 Amps using external meter. If amplifier collector current meter pegs negative, reverse the polarity of the current source.

m. Adjust R240 collector current calibrate pot to indicate 2.2

Amps on the collector current meter. This may trip the collector current overload.

n. Next, adjust the power supply and collector current trip overload R241 to illuminate the collector current overload

LED when collector current reaches 2.5 Amps. This may have to be repeated several times to ensure an accurate setting. Depress the overload indicator reset to clear the overload condition.

o. Rotate the cabinet isolator to the OFF (0) position. Remove test setup and re-install covers. Return transmitter to operating condition.

5.14.9

Body Current Metering Calibration & Overload Adjustments

A current source capable of producing 100 mA will be required.

a. Select off on the amp under test.

b. Turn beam supply CB1 to off c. Rotate cabinet isolator to off (0) position d. Engage short to earth switch on amp rear door e. Remove the center of three (3) rear doors.

f. Utilize shorting stick to ground isolated supplies, AM assembly, and thyratron deck assembly.

g. Hang ground stick from thyratron deck assembly h. Remove the (4) 7/16" nuts and cover of AM assembly i. Locate R1 and attach current source and external meter.

j. Replace rear door taking care not to disturb test set up.

k. Disengage short to earth switch and rotate cabinet isolator to on (1) position.

l. On the switch meter panel select body current

5-10 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

10/26/99

Section V - Maintenance

10/26/99

Figure 5-7. Equipment Connections for

Body/Collector Current Meter Calibration

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

5-11

m. Open the amp control panel and loosen the 2 captive thumb screws to obtain access to the digital/voltage PCB n. Locate Pots R253 meter null, R243 body current calibrate, and R242 body current trip.

o. Adjust R253 to zero body current meter p. Slowly increase current source to 100 mA as indicated on external meter ensuring meter is not pegging negative. If this occurs reverse polarity of current source q. Adjust R243 to a calibrate body current meter for 100 mA r. Adjust the current supplied and R242 Trip for a body current trip at 100 mA. This may need to be repeated several times to ensure accuracy.

s. Rotate cabinet isolator to OFF (0) position. Remove test equipment and return transmitter to normal condition.

5.14.9.1

Bias current overload

a. On the amplifier cabinet rotate the cabinet isolation switch to off. Engage the short to earth switch, and remove the center and left hand cabinet doors, utilizing the ground stick ground on all HV components. i.e.: Thyratron floating deck, Isolated supplies, etc.

b. Locate the grid current meter on the meter assembly. Just to the right of the meter is a Terminal Board with VI

Transorb attached. Attach a 1 k ohms for 80 mA or 400 ohms for 150 mA (This may be increased due to EEV specs) in parallel with VI.

c. Reinstall the rear covers. Rotate the short to earth switch to operate position. Rotate the cabinet isolator switch to the on (1) position.

d. Depress the BK heat command and slowly increase bias voltage adjust potentiometer located just below the metering window until bias current reads 80 mA or 150 mA. At this point a grid bias n0rmal led will extinguish. If not de-energize amplifier cabinet repeat procedure to gain access to the isolated supplies.

e. Remove 7 screws securing shielding cover for the isolated supplies board. Locate and adjust R37 CW to increase trip point (refer to Table 5-4). Reassemble shielding, replace all covers, and then test trip point. This procedure may require several attempts to set the trip accurately.

f. Remove test resistor and return transmitter to operational condition.

5.14.9.2

ION Pump Current Overload

To test the logic remove fiber optic cable #H15 on the Digital to

Analog Interface. This should illuminate the ion current fault indicator if beam voltage is present, and lockout the transmitter.

The logic should allow reapplication of beam voltage to pump the tube down.

To test the sensor, it will be necessary to connect 620 M ohms resistance from the ION current meters to the isolated supplies chassis. This will induce 5 mA indicated ion current.

5.14.9.3

VSWR Overload

This procedure consists of using RF power from the IPA FWD

PWR Directional Coupler UX3 connected to the Peak detector

VSWR Input to drive the VSWR Metering and the overload circuit.

NOTE

The CD-1A exciter can also be used to drive the VSWR metering and overload circuit.

The VSWR peak detector cable is accessible from the Break away assembly.

a. Remove reflected power sample from the break away directional coupler WW1.

b. Reattach cable to IPA directional coupler UX4.

c. Reduce exciter/drive power to minimum by rotating R19

Auto O/P Power pot on the IOT R.F. Corrector CCW.

d. Disable the IPA/Drive Mute by grounding X28 PIN 9 on the IOT LOGIC Interface Board.

e. Slowly rotate Power Control pot on the IOT AGC and UHF

Linearizer until the VSWR Meter indicates 1.4.

f. Adjust R47 VSWR TRIP on the digital and analog PC to illuminate VSWR Overload.

g. Check VSWR foldabck to activate at 1.35:1 VSWR.

h. Remove temporary cables/jumpers and reconnect VSWR sample cable to WW2 on RF break away.

i. Rotate R19 Auto O/P Power pot on the IOT RF Corrector to obtain 100% rated transmitter power.

5.14.9.4

ARC Overload

This procedure consists of temporarily substituting the Cavity

ARC Sensors with a known fixed resistance. The overload sensitivity, however, is fixed and cannot be adjusted without altering the resistance values of the appropriate overload input circuit.

a. Disconnect the Cavity ARC Sensor from the cavity under test.

b. Temporarily connect a 1M ohm resistor between PINS A-F of connector X13 or X14. (X13 for primary output cavity;

X14 for secondary cavity). The ARC OVLD LED should illuminate.

c. Remove the 1M ohm resistor and reconnect X13, X14 to appropriate cavities.

d. Depress output cavity Arc Test push button, the overload

LED should illuminate.

e. Depress secondary cavity Arc Test push button, the overload should illuminate.

5.14.9.5

Cabinet Overtemp

The 2 temperature cabinet sensors are located on the bulkhead of the upper left side of the tube cabinet and upper right side of the IPA cabinet. Remove one of the two spade lugs from the temperature sensors. The cabinet temp OVLD LED should illuminate. Reset indicator and test the second sensor. (Note: It is normal for metering panel lamps to extinguish during this test, as the 24 VAC is utilized for this interlock.).

5.14.9.6

HV second step fail

On the IOT Logic & Control PCB locate Jumper X26 strap a-b and the HV 2nd step fail LED will illuminate. Return jumper

X26 to b-c position for normal operation. Reset Faults.

5-12 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

10/26/99

5.14.9.7

Collector Over Temperature

Locate the Temp Sensor on the IOT collector cooling outlet.

Remove one of the spade lug connections. The collector over temp OVLD LED should illuminate. Reset Faults.

5.14.9.8

Crowbar Fired

On the Digital & Analogue PCB locate the crowbar test fire switch S-1 and depress. The crowbar will fire, LCC CB1 will trip and recycle and the Crowbar Fired OVLD LED will illuminate.

Reset Overload.

5.14.9.9

Motor O/L

The motor overload protection for the cavity fan consists of an overload sensor attached to contactor K1 in the Contactor and

Circuit Breaker Drawer assy.

a. Cavity blower trip - 2.5 Amps b. The transmitter should be switched off and isolated.

c. With an ohmmeter check that by depressing the test button on the motor overload breaker the logic output contacts from the breaker go from short circuit to open circuit.

d. Set cavity blower overload relay K1 to 2.5 Amps.

e. Set the motor overload breaker to auto and remove the logic output wire from the breaker trip connection.

f. Replace the safety cover and after reapplying power to the transmitter select standby.

g. The transmitter should not run up, but indicate motor overload on the amplifier control panel.

h. Switch the amplifier to off again and isolate.

i. Access the circuit breaker assy and replace wire removed in step e , replace the safety cover and after reapplying power to the transmitter select standby.

j. The transmitter should now run up without indicating motor overload on the amplifier control panel.

k. Reset Lock out and Overload faults.

5.14.10

Conditioning Procedure for a new IOT or spare IOT in or coming out of extended storage

a. Pretune the cavities or reinstall cavities after replacement of tube.

b. Assure the IOT is terminated in 50 Ohms.

c. Set Line Control Cabinet (LCC) Breakers to on (1) position.

d. Depress Standby command. Set heater, voltage, and magnet current to the values specified on the tube test data sheet. Increase bias voltage to 120 V to put the tube into cutoff.

Section V - Maintenance e. Observe the ION pump current when heaters are energized.

A new tube or a tube that has been in storage may draw ion current when heaters are energized. This should clear in a few minutes and should became shorter in duration each time the heaters are energized as the vacuum improves.

f. Tap beam supply for lowest voltage.

g. After 10 minutes of heater operation, depress beam on command. Collector current should be 0 Amps. After 30 minutes, adjust bias voltage for 0.2 Amps collector current.

h. In several steps gradually increase beam voltage until it equals the value given in the IOT test data sheet. Ensure that the collector current is 0.2 to 0.4 Amps quiescent at each beam tap. Readjust bias voltage as necessary.

i. Refer to tuning procedures and gradually bring up RF drive, tune the IOT and operate at full beam current for two hours.

5.14.11

IOT Beam Current Adj

The beam current in each IOT is determined by the bias voltage applied to the grid.

Increasing bias voltage (more negative) will decrease collector current while decreasing bias voltage (Less negative) will increase collector current.

5.15

Heat Exchanger Adjustments

a. Thermostat adjustments

Disconnect primary power to the heat exchanger. Loosen the three 7/16 inch bolts on the electrical panel access cover. The thermostats are located behind the panel on the bottom left side of the electrical panel. Set the thermostats to energize in ten degree increments starting at 90 degrees.

b. Circuit setters ( If utilized)

Using a Bell & Gossett Differential Pressure Meter measure across the circuit setter valve located near the pump modules. Convert the pressure difference using the circuit setter balance valve calculator to GPM and set recommended flow rate for the installed system. The specific system requirements are listed in the overall transmitter flow diagram.

c. Strainer removal and cleaning

Isolate the strainer using the supply and return pump isolation gate valves. Remove the strainer inspection cap. This will allow access to the strainer screen. Thoroughly clean the screen and reassemble the strainer assembly. Return isolation valves to open position.

10/26/99 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

5-13

Table 5-3. Digital & Analog Interface

X12 a-b spare inputs latching enable b-c spare inputs latching disable

X13 a-b spare inputs latching enable b-c spare inputs latching disable

X24

Link X24 when input cooling 2 not used

X25

Link X25 when input cooling 3 not used

X27

Tube over temp

X28 a-b latching disabled b-c latching enabled

X30 IPA Metering Port a-b for normal b-c for data stream

R-120

R- 38

Table 5-4. Isolated Supplies P.C.B.

Heater Volts Meter Cal

Grid Current Overload Set Point

R-239

R-240

R-255

R-241

R-243

R-253

R-242

P.C.B.

R-51

R-50

R-48

R-49

R-46

R-47

R-238

Table 5-5. Digital & Analogue Interface

Potentiometer Functions

Forward Power Meter Calibrate

Forward Power Status Trip Point

IPA Power Meter Calibrate

IPA Power Status Trip Point

VSWR Meter Calibration

VSWR Trip Point

Tube Overtemp Trip

High Voltage Meter Calibrate

Beam Current Meter Calibrate

Beam Current Meter Zero Set

Beam Current Overload Trip Point

Body Current Meter Calibrate

Body Current Meter Zero Set

Body Current Overload Trip Point

5-14 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

10/26/99

Section V - Maintenance

“N” = Amplifier Cabinet

Logic Board Jumpers and

DIP Switch Settings

NX1

a-b for background heat b-c for black heat

NX2

a-b to disable latching b-c to enable latching

NX3

a-b for normal b-c for ready

NX4

a-b for normal b-c for ready

NX8

a-b spare inputs latching enable b-c spare inputs latching disable

NX9

a-b spare inputs latching enable b-c spare inputs latching disable

Placement of the link in

X10, X11 and X12 a- determines the lockout status of the transmitter.

NX10

a — b OFF

NX11

a — b BK/HEAT

NX12

a — b STANDBY

NX13

a-b for all controls b-c for separate local

NX14

Remote Controls a-b Link high for O/C b-c Link low for TTL

NX15

Remote Controls

Link for 5V to 12V operation

Table 5-6

open for 24V operation

NX16

Remote Controls

Link for 5V to 12V operation open for 24V operation

NX17

Remote Controls

Link for 5V to 12V operation open for 24V operation

NX18

Remote Controls

Link for 5V to 12V operation open for 24v operation

NX19

Remote Controls

Link for 5V to 12V operation open for 24V operation

NX20

Selects 3 or 4 shot operation of all a-b 3 shot overloads linked for multiple b-c 4 shot Reset before lockout

NX21

Secondary cavity arc a-b 3 shot b-c single shot

NX22

VSWR trip a-b 3 shot b-c single shot

NX23

Spare overload input a-b 3 shot b-c single shot

NX24

Spare overload input a-b 3 shot b-c single shot

NX25

Primary cavity arc a-b 3 shot b-c single shot

NX26

a-b to test b-c normal operation

NX27

crowbar fired a-b 3 shot b-c singles shot

For 120 Seconds

SW1 - on/low

SW2 - on/low

SW3 - on/low

SW4 - off/high

SW5 - off/high

SW6 - off/high

SW7 - off/high

SW8 - on/low

For 300 Seconds

SW1 - on/low

SW2 - on/low

SW3 - off/high

SW4 - on/low

SW5 - off/high

SW6 - on/low

SW7 - off/high

SW8 - on/low

For 600 Seconds

SW1 - on/low

SW2 - off/high

SW3 - off/high

SW4 - on/low

SW5 - off/high

SW6 - on/low

SW7 - on/low

SW8 - off/high

S5 & S6

SW1 - on/low

SW2 - off/high

SW3 - off/high

SW4 - on/low

SW5 - off/high

SW6 - on/low

SW7 - on/low

SW8 - off/high

300 / 600

S7 & S8

SW1 - on/low

SW2 - off/high

SW3 - off/high

10/26/99 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

SW4 - on/low

SW5 - off/high

SW6 - on/low

SW7 - on/low

SW8 - off/high

SEC STAND BY TIMER

BKHEAT 300/600 B-

HEAT

S3 & S4

SW1 - on/low

SW2 - off/high

SW3 - off/high

SW4 - on/low

SW5 - off/high

SW6 - on/low

SW7 - on/low

SW8 - off/high

5-15

5-16 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

10/26/99

6.1

Introduction

In the event of a problem, the trouble area must first be isolated to a particular area such as an Exciter, IPA input, IPA Power

Supply, or a module of the RF component. Most troubleshooting consists of visual checks. The meters and indicator lamps will give immediate indication of many of the failures that will occur.

Once the trouble is isolated to a specific area, refer to the theory section of the appropriate technical manual for circuit discussion to aid in problem resolution. If parts are required, refer to Parts

List in appropriate technical manual.

6.2

Technical Assistance

See Technical Assistance clause on back of manual title page.

Section VI

Troubleshooting

ment point. Secure leads away from any circuit with voltages beyond the break down point of their insulation or the isolation rating of the measuring device. Do not hold any measuring device in your hand while the equipment is energized. Securely ground the chassis of any oscilloscope, analyser, or other test equipment.

Close cabinet doors and replace all panels before applying power and taking readings.

Do not attempt measurement of any circuits of transmitters sub-assembly with chassis floating at high voltage (i.e. DC filament assembly, rectifiers, Ion-Pump power supply, or Crowbar) while the Beam Supply is energized.

After taking a reading, use breakers or disconnect switches to again remove all primary power to the Transmitter and peripheral equipment before opening enclosure where test leads were routed or connected. Use grounding stick to discharge all high voltage points and points where test leads are attached before touching any points or removing test leads.

Do not work alone or when tired or otherwise incapacitated.

6.3

Safety Precautions to Observe While

Troubleshooting

Read safety warning and first aid information before proceeding.

WARNING

USE BREAKERS OR DISCONNECT SWITCHES TO REMOVE ALL

PRIMARY POWER TO THE TRANSMITTER AND PERIPHERAL

EQUIPMENT BEFORE OPENING ENCLOSURES, OR REMOVING

ANY PANEL OR SHIELD.

Do not rely on internal contactors, relays, interlocks, or switching devices to remove all dangerous voltages.

Use grounding stick to discharge high voltage points before touching any points within the enclosure.

If a voltage reading or waveform analysis is required, route test leads through an opening in the cabinet to the desired measure-

6.4

Cabinet Views

Figures 6-1 thru 6-4 show cabinet views of the IOT Transmitter.

Each subassembly is shown with a letter designation. The corresponding letter designations are used in the Cabinet Wiring

Diagrams.

6.5

Component Designators

See Table 6-1 for a listing of component designators as used in this manual.

07-13-98 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

6-1

6-2

Figure 6-1

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

07-13-98

Section VI - Troubleshooting

07-13-98

Figure 6-2

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

6-3

6-4

Figure 6-3

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

07-13-98

Section VI - Troubleshooting

07-13-98

Figure 6-4

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

6-5

Table 6-1. Component Designators

Q

R

H

K

L

M

P

S

T

U

V

E

F

G

Y

Z

W

X

C

D

Letter codes for the designation of kind of item:

Letter code Kind of item

A Assemblies, subassemblies

B Transducers, from non-electrical quantity to electrical quantity or vice-versa

Capacitors

Binary elements, delay devices, storage devices

Miscellaneous

Protective devices

Generators, supplies

Signalling devices

Relays, contactors

Inductors

Motors

Measuring equipment, testing equipment

Mechanical switching devices for power circuits

Resistors

Switches, selectors

Transformers

Modulators, changers

Tubes, semiconductors

Transmission paths, waveguides, aerials

Terminals, plugs, sockets

Electrical operated mechanical devices

Terminations, hybrid transformers, filters, equalizers, limiters

Examples

Amplifier with tubes or transistors, magnetic amplifier, laser, master.

Thermo-electric sensor, thermo cell, photo-electric cell, dynamometer, crystal transducer, microphone, pick-up, loudspeaker, synchros, resolvers.

Combinative elements, delay lines, bistable elements, monostable elements, core storage, register, magnetic tape recorder, disk recorder.

Lighting devices, heating devices, devices not specified elsewhere in this Table.

Fuse, over-voltage discharge device, arrester.

Rotating generator, rotating frequency converter, battery, supply device, oscillator, quartz-oscillator.

Optical and acoustical indicators.

Induction coil, line trap.

Indicating, recording and integrating measuring devices, signal generator, clocks.

Circuit-breaker, isolator.

Adjustable resistor, potentiometer, rheostat, shunt, thermistor.

Control switch, push-buttons, limit switch, selector switch, selector, dial contact, connecting stage.

Voltage transformer, current transformer.

Discriminator, demodulator, frequency changer, coder, inverter, converter, telegraph translator.

Electronic tube, gas-discharge tube, diode, transistor, thyristor.

Jumper wire, cable, busbar, waveguide, waveguide directional coupler, dipole, parabolic aerial.

Disconnecting plug and socket, test jack, terminal board, soldering terminal strip.

Brake, clutch, pneumatic valve.

Cable balancing network, compandor, crystal filter.

6-6 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

07-13-98

Section VII

Parts List

Table 7-19.

Table 7-20.

Table 7-21.

Table 7-22.

Table 7-23.

Table 7-24.

Table 7-25.

Table 7-26.

Table 7-27.

Table 7-28.

Table 7-29.

Table 7-30.

Table 7-31.

Table 7-32.

Table 7-33.

Table 7-1.

Table 7-2.

Table 7-3.

Table 7-4.

Table 7-5.

Table 7-6.

Table 7-7.

Table 7-8.

Table 7-9.

Table 7-10.

Table 7-11.

Table 7-12.

Table 7-13.

Table 7-14.

Table 7-15.

Table 7-16.

Table 7-17.

Table 7-18.

Table 7-34.

Table 7-35.

Table 7-36.

Table 7-37.

Table 7-38.

Table 7-39.

Table 7-40.

Table 7-41.

Table 7-42.

Table 7-43.

Table 7-44.

Table 7-45.

Table 7-46.

Table 7-47.

Table 7-48.

Replaceable Parts List Index

SYSTEM, CD70P1/CD100P1

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 994 9648 005

KIT, WATER PLUMBING 1 TUBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952 9211 100

GLYCOL PUMP MODULE, IOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 6742 005

INSTALL MATL, 1-TUBE IOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8723 001

KIT, LINEARIZER INP ATTENUATOR . . . . . . . . . . 992 9830 032

TERM ASSY, X3, 480V 60HZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 939 8205 045

BASIC LINE CONTROL CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8724 003

SOLID STATE RELAY ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8817 001

PC BD ASSY, SOLID STATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8818 001

PWA, REMOTE SHUNT RESET FOR . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9882 001

KIT, SPARES, LINE CONTROL CAB . . . . . . . . . . . 994 9797 013

CALORIMETRY ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8812 001

KIT, INSTALLATION, 4" LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9139 012

ASSY, AUTO-CHANGEOVER CTLR . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9508 001

XMTR-Q, CD70P1/CD100P1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 994 9648 004

CABINET, REAR, SIGMA+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9821 001

BODY CURRENT MONITORING . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8744 001

ASSY, CROWBAR, SIGMA+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9825 001

ASSEMBLY, SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9830 001

ASSY, HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9883 007

CABINET, FRONT, LINEAR, SIGMA+ . . . . . . . . . 992 9822 002

COOLING, IPA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9830 011

ASSY, CONTROL P/S UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9830 012

ASSY, BASIC FEED FWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9830 015

PWA, FEED FORWARD REF AMP . . . . . . . . . . 992 9800 001

PWA, FEED FORWARD AMP SMT . . . . . . . . . . 992 9800 002

KIT, BOOST AMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9830 019

ASSY, FOCUS POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9883 014

FOCUS CURRENT OVLD ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8800 001

ASSY, IPA POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9883 015

ASSY, TERM BLK, IPA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9883 020

CONTACTOR/CIRCUIT BREAKER DOOR . . . . . . 992 9883 016

ASSY, SW METER/LINEARIZER . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9883 017

*PWA, AGC & UHF LINEARIZER, . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9881 001

*PWA, AGC & UHF LINEARIZER,SMT . . . . . . . . 992 9881 002

CONTROL & MONITORING(SIGMA CD) . . . . . . . 992 9883 018

ASSY, TERM BLK CUSTOMER INTFC . . . . . . . . 992 9883 019

CABINET, CONTROL (CD1A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9824 002

PWA, MOV-AC 198-250 VAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8553 001

PANEL, SYSTEM CONTROL (CD) . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9830 006

ASSY, POWER SUPPLY DECK, . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9848 001

KIT, EEV FITTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9830 002

ASSY, INPUT, COLLECTOR, EEV . . . . . . . . . . . 943 5496 037

ASSY, OUTPUT COLLECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 943 5496 038

KIT, SINGLE IPA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9830 016

KIT, DUAL IPA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9830 017

KIT, 3RD POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9830 014

COOLING, IPA, LEFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9830 022

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-21

7-22

7-22

7-23

7-23

7-23

7-24

7-17

7-17

7-18

7-19

7-20

7-20

7-20

7-21

7-4

7-4

7-6

7-8

7-8

7-8

7-9

7-10

7-10

7-10

7-11

7-11

7-12

7-12

7-13

7-14

7-15

7-16

7-24

7-25

7-27

7-27

7-28

7-29

7-29

7-29

7-30

7-30

7-30

7-31

7-31

7-31

7-31

7-1

Table 7-49.

Table 7-50.

Table 7-51.

Table 7-52.

Table 7-53.

Table 7-54.

Table 7-55.

Table 7-56.

Table 7-57.

Table 7-58.

Table 7-59.

Table 7-60.

Table 7-61.

Table 7-62.

Table 7-63.

Table 7-64.

Table 7-65.

Table 7-66.

Table 7-67.

Table 7-68.

Table 7-69.

Table 7-70.

Table 7-71.

Table 7-72.

Table 7-73.

Table 7-74.

Table 7-75.

Table 7-76.

Table 7-77.

Table 7-78.

Table 7-79.

Table 7-80.

Table 7-81.

Table 7-82.

Table 7-83.

Table 7-84.

Table 7-85.

Table 7-86.

Table 7-87.

Table 7-88.

Table 7-89.

Table 7-90.

Table 7-91.

Table 7-92.

Table 7-93.

Table 7-94.

Table 7-95.

Table 7-96.

Table 7-97.

Table 7-98.

Table 7-99.

Table 7-100.

KIT, DUAL EXCITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 9830 020

SWITCHER, EXCITER, SIGMA UHF . . . . . . . . .

992 9843 005

PWA, EXCITER SWITCHER, DTV . . . . . . . . . . .

992 9843 006

KIT, SINGLE EXCITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 9830 021

KIT, CPI ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 9830 026

ASSY,CPI PLUMBING W/FLOW METER . . . . . . . . .

943 5496 072

METERS, ISO, CPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 9830 025

KIT, ASSY, EEV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 9830 027

ASSY, EEV PLUMBING W/FLOW MTR . . . . . . . . . .

943 5496 035

POWER SUPPLY, ISOLATED, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 9826 002

METERS, ISO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 9830 004

KIT, CPI FITTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 9830 030

ASSY, COLLECTOR COOLING, CPI . . . . . . . . . . .

943 5496 073

*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

994 9797 001

*KIT, SPARE, PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

994 9797 003

*KIT, SPARES, SEMICOND & FUSE . . . . . . . . . . .

994 9797 004

*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

994 9797 007

*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

994 9797 009

KIT, SPARES,AMP CAB COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . .

994 9797 012

*KIT, SPARES, 97KVA BEAM POWER . . . . . . . . . .

994 9797 015

KIT, SPARES,FLUID COOLER SIGMA . . . . . . . . . .

994 9797 016

KIT, SPARES, PUMP MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

994 9797 017

SYSTEM, CD140P2/CD200P2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

994 9649 005

KIT, WATER PLUMBING 2 TUBE . . . . . . . . . . . . .

952 9211 200

INSTALL MATL, 2-TUBE IOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 8807 001

KIT, INSTALLATION, 4" LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 9139 013

XMTR-Q, CD140P2/CD200P2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

994 9649 004

SYSTEM, CD210P3/CD300P3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

994 9650 005

KIT, WATER PLUMBING 3 TUBE . . . . . . . . . . . . .

952 9211 300

PUMP MODULE, 55 GAL TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 6742 008

INSTALL MATL, 3-TUBE IOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 8808 001

KIT, INSTALLATION, 4" LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 9139 014

XMTR-Q, CD210P3/CD300P3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

994 9650 004

KIT, PHASING, 3-AMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

917 2506 111

SYSTEM, CD280P4/CD400P4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

994 9651 005

KIT, WATER PLUMBING 4 TUBE . . . . . . . . . . . . .

952 9211 400

INSTALL MATL, 4-TUBE IOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 8809 001

KIT, INSTALLATION, 4" LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 9139 015

XMTR-Q, CD280P4/CD400P4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

994 9651 004

CONTACTOR DRIVER QSIG+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 9363 002

LED DISPLAY PCB ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 9737 043

ISO SUPPLY 3 ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 9737 092

ISO SUPPLIES 3 (CPI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 9737 105

ISO SUPPLY 3 PCB ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 9502 049

METER MULTIPLIER PCB ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 9087 001

8-WAY DUMP LOAD ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 9737 103

THYRATRON INTERFACE PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 8748 002

IOT FDU2 PCB ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 8815 002

IOT2 INTERFACE PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 9384 001

40W AMP ASSY SIGMA++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 9737 102

MOV ASSY 380/415V (CONTACTOR) . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 9502 017

FUSE PROTECTION PCB ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

992 9502 056

7-2 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-36

7-36

7-36

7-37

7-37

7-37

7-32

7-32

7-32

7-34

7-34

7-35

7-35

7-38

7-38

7-39

7-41

7-41

7-42

7-44

7-44

7-44

7-45

7-46

7-47

7-47

7-48

7-49

7-50

7-51

7-53

7-54

7-55

7-56

7-56

7-57

7-58

7-59

7-59

7-61

7-61

7-61

7-62

7-62

7-65

7-65

7-66

7-66

7-68

7-68

7-69

7-69

7/15/02

Table 7-101.

Table 7-102.

Table 7-103.

Table 7-104.

Table 7-105.

Table 7-106.

Table 7-107.

Table 7-108.

Table 7-109.

Table 7-110.

Table 7-111.

Table 7-112.

Table 7-113.

Table 7-114.

Table 7-115.

Table 7-116.

SWITCHED METER PCB ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9502 048

PSU DISTRIBUTION PCB ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8737 003

DIGITAL & ANALOGUE PCB ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8739 001

DIGITAL & ANALOG I/FACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8739 002

SIGMA+ LOGIC & CONT PCB ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9371 002

SIGMA+ LOGIC & CONT PCB ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9371 001

MOV PCB ASSY 198-250 VOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8553 001

MARSHALLING PCB ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9367 001

SYST INTERFACE CD MK2 PCB ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9502 067

PSU DIST PCB/HEATSINK ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9834 001

COMBINER 8 WAY SIGMA++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9737 097

LOAD ASSY 3 WAY SIGMA++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9737 098

ISOLATED SUPPLIES 2 PCB ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9080 001

MODE CONTROLLER ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8813 001

MODE CONTROLLER P.C.B. ASSY. . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8934 001

MODE CONTROLLER PCB LOCAL ASSY . . . . . . . . 992 8933 001

7-70

7-70

7-71

7-71

7-74

7-74

7-77

7-78

7-78

7-79

7-80

7-80

7-81

7-83

7-83

7-85

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-3

HARRIS P/N

051 1010 021

378 0170 000

378 0195 000

378 0197 000

378 0218 000

378 0219 000

432 0409 000

620 2950 000

620 3045 000

620 3046 000

620 3053 000

620 3054 000

620 3055 000

736 0322 000

952 9211 100

988 2414 100

988 8641 001

992 6742 005

992 8723 001

992 8724 001

992 8734 001

992 8812 001

992 9139 012

992 9508 001

992 9511 066

994 9648 001

994 9648 004

994 9797 001

994 9797 003

994 9797 004

994 9797 007

994 9797 009

994 9797 012

994 9797 013

994 9797 015

994 9797 016

994 9797 017

HEW8482H

HEWEPM-441A

Table 7-1. SYSTEM, CD70P1/CD100P1 - 994 9648 005

DESCRIPTION

UCARTHERM COOLING FLUID

THYRATRON, CERAMIC

TUBE, IOT 70KW, WATER COOLED

TUBE, IOT 110KW, WATER COOLED

KLYSTRODE, K2D75W

KLYSTRODE, K2D110W

FLUID COOLER 2 FAN

ADAPTER, DIELECTRIC TO MYAT

RF SYSTEM DTV 1-TUBE PASSIVE

RF SYSTEM DTV 1-TUBE PASSIVE

RF SYS DTV 1-TUBE DIELECTRIC

RF SYS DTV 1-TUBE DIELECTRIC

RF SYS DTV 1-TUBE DIELECTRIC

POWER SUPPLY BEAM 480VAC 96KVA

KIT, WATER PLUMBING 1 TUBE

DP, 1-TUBE, CD70P1/CD100P1

*DP, SIGMA+ IPA W/FEED FORWARD

GLYCOL PUMP MODULE, IOT

INSTALL MATL, 1-TUBE IOT

LINE CNTL CAB, 480V 60HZ

*MODULE, 1KW S.S. AMPLIFIER

CALORIMETRY ASSEMBLY

KIT, INSTALLATION, 4" LINE

ASSY, AUTO-CHANGEOVER CTLR

INTERCONNECT CABLES, 1-TUBE CD

*XMTR, 1-TUBE, SIGMA

XMTR-Q, CD70P1/CD100P1

*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD,

*KIT, SPARE, PARTS

*KIT, SPARES, SEMICOND & FUSE

*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD

*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD

KIT, SPARES,AMP CAB COMPONENTS

KIT, SPARES, LINE CONTROL CAB

*KIT, SPARES, 97KVA BEAM POWER

KIT, SPARES,FLUID COOLER SIGMA

KIT, SPARES, PUMP MODULE

HEWLETT PACKARD SENSOR PROBE

POWER METER, RF

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (m)

0.0 EA QTY AS ORDERED BY CUSTOMER.

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

LINE ITEM SPARE

LINE ITEM SPARE 70KW TUBE

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

LINE ITEM SPARE 100KW TUBE

LINE ITEM SPARE 75KW TUBE

LINE ITEM SPARE 110KW TUBE

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

ORDER QTY 1 FOR DIELECTRIC RF SYSTEM

PASSIVE POWER PROD, QTY 1 FOR CH 14-

40

PASSIVE POWER PROD, QTY 1 FOR CH 41-

69

DIELECTRIC, ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 14-17

DIELECTRIC,

ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 18-43

DIELECTRIC, ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 44-69

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

LINE ITEM SPARE

OPTION QRDER QTY 1

ORDER QTY 1 FOR AUTO PUMP CHANGE-

OVER

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA ORDER 1 FOR QUINCY BUILT, QUINCY WILL

FORMAT TO CHANNEL

OPTION ORDER QTY 1.

OPTION ORDER QTY 1.

HARRIS P/N

003 8020 040

003 8020 050

003 8020 060

086 0004 038

Table 7-2. KIT, WATER PLUMBING 1 TUBE - 952 9211 100

DESCRIPTION

CU, TBG 1.0 NOM DIA

CU, TBG 1.5 NOM DIA

CU, TBG 2.0 NOM DIA

SOLDER, SILVER SIZE 0.062

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (n)

0.0 FT 60 REQ’D

0.0 FT

0.0 FT

0.0 LB

80 REQ’D

20 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

7-4 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

359 0480 000

359 0514 000

359 0539 000

359 0594 000

359 0767 000

359 0829 000

359 0868 000

359 0883 000

359 0891 000

359 0955 000

359 0984 000

359 0997 000

359 1042 000

359 1075 000

359 1079 000

359 1083 000

359 1236 000

424 0469 000

432 0409 000

442 0108 000

629 0059 000

646 1488 000

852 9211 100

359 0250 000

359 0251 000

359 0252 000

359 0260 000

359 0272 000

359 0302 000

359 0321 000

359 0324 000

359 0355 000

359 0403 000

359 0418 000

359 0435 000

359 0454 000

359 0476 000

359 0477 000

359 0479 000

086 0004 040

086 0004 047

299 0018 000

358 1722 000

358 3038 000

358 3348 000

359 0085 000

359 0192 000

359 0193 000

359 0197 000

359 0199 000

359 0200 000

359 0225 000

359 0228 000

359 0230 000

359 0246 000

7/15/02

* STAY CLEAN FLUX

SOLDER, SILVER SIZE .125"

THREAD-TAPE, TEFLON

CLAMP, ADJ, SIZE 20

HOSE BARB 1" H X 1" MPT

HOSE CAP, 3/4 HOSE THD.

PLUG, PIPE BRASS

ELBOW, 90 DEG 1" CXC

TEE 1 IN

ADAPTER FEMALE FITTING

UNION, 1" CXC

ELBOW, 90 DEG STREET

ADAPTER 1" C X 1" M

ELBOW 45 DEG, 1" CXC

TEE 1.5"C X 1.5"C X 1.0"C

ELBOW, 90 DEG 1-1/2 CXC

ADAPTER, FEMALE

VALVE, GATE 1"CXC BRONZE

VALVE, GATE 1-1/2 CXC

ELBOW 45 DEG 2 IN

ELBOW, 90 DEG 2" CXC

ELBOW 90 DEG STREET

PLUG PIPE 1/8 NPT

VALVE GLOBE 1" CXC BRONZE

ADAPTOR 3/4 - 1/2

COUPLING 1" CXC

ELBOW 90 DEG STREET

UNION C X M 1-1/2 IN

COUPLING 1-1/2 X 1

ADAPTER 2" CXM

UNION, 2" CXC

VALVE, GATE 2" CXC

UNION 2 IN C X 2FPT

ADAPTER 2 IN

COUPLING 2 X 1-1/2

UNION, 3/4 CXM CAST

TEE 1-1/2 X 1-1/2 X 3/4

UNION 1" CXM

REDUCER FTG 2-1/2"X1-1/2"

ADPTR, FTG 1" FTG X 1/2"F

TEE, 1 X 1/8 X 1

VALVE, BALANCE/SETTER

REGULATOR, PRESS REDUCING

BOILER DRAIN, 1/2"

TEE 2"X2"X3/4" COPPER

ADAPTER FTG X M 1 X 3/4

TEE 1X1X 3/4 CXCXC

NIPPLE, 2" NPT X 6"L

ELBOW, 2" STREET45

HOSE SIL RUB 1" X 12’ LG

FLUID COOLER 2 FAN

THERMOSTAT 185 DEG F N.C.

FLOW MTR, 15GPM, 1" FNPT

LABEL, CAUTION

LAYOUT, WATER PLUMBING

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 LB

0.0 RL

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

8 REQ’D

4 REQ’D

5 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

12 REQ’D

2 REQ’D

4 REQ’D, #HOSE BARB

2 REQ’D, #AMPLIFIER CABINETS

(OPTIONAL)

3 REQ’D, #DIELECTRIC LOAD

4 REQ’D

2 REQ’D

15 REQ’D

4 REQ’D, #HOSE BARBS

2 REQ’D, #TOP OF AMPLIFIER CABINET.

1 REQ’D

2 REQ’D

5 REQ’D

2 REQ’D

2 REQ’D, (#CALORIMETRIC TEST LOAD)

2 REQ’D, TEST LOAD

5 REQ’D

4 REQ’D

(OPTIONAL)

2 REQ’D, #USED WITH BALANCE SETTER

2 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

3 REQ’D

2 REQ’D

2 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

2 REQ’D

3 REQ’D

4 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

2 REQ’D, (#CALORIMETRIC TEST LOAD)

1 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

5 REQ’D

2 REQ’D

2 REQ’D, #PASSIVE POWER LOAD

1 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

7-5

917 2336 066

917 2336 112

952 9211 103

992 6742 005

358 2426 000

358 2598 000

358 2635 000

358 3348 000

358 3456 000

358 3463 000

358 3612 000

358 3637 000

359 0495 000

359 1068 000

359 1122 000

359 1123 000

382 0296 000

384 0431 000

384 0694 000

384 0695 000

HARRIS P/N

003 8020 113

026 6010 001

041 1310 025

041 1310 030

055 0120 230

055 0120 232

055 0120 319

063 1030 021

335 0106 000

354 0197 000

357 0038 000

358 1316 000

358 1761 000

358 1823 000

358 1974 000

384 0702 000

384 0842 000

398 0324 000

398 0476 000

402 0024 000

402 0130 000

404 0578 000

404 0661 000

404 0695 000

410 0391 000

424 0033 000

424 0382 000

432 0316 000

442 0041 000

448 0224 000

472 0622 000

7-6

ADAPTER THERMOSTAT

LABEL INSTRUCTIONS,

KIT, SUB ASSY PLUMBING, 1 TUBE

GLYCOL PUMP MODULE, IOT

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA SEE NEXT LEVEL B/M

DESCRIPTION

TUBING POLYPROPYLENE

NYLON, PROFILE .500 WIDE

RUB SILICONE SPONGE

GASKET, RUBBER

CONDUIT 3/4 IN.

CONN, STRAIGHT 3/4

CONN 90 DEG INSULATED 3/4

* PIPE SEALANT “PST”

WASHER PLAIN .187 ID

CONNECTOR SET SCREW TYPE

BUSHING TEFLON

CLAMP, ADJ, SIZE 24

CLAMP ADJ.

CLAMP, ADJ, SIZE 48

SPEED NUT 10-32

PLUG, WHITE 2" HOLE

CABLE TIE MOUNT, 4-WAY

CABLE TIE, PUSH MOUNT SNAP IN

HOSE CAP, 3/4 HOSE THD.

CARTRIDGE FILTER 10MICRON

SEAL, TOGGLE SWITCH

PLATE, BARRIER (282, 2-COND)

PLATE, END STOP, DIN RAIL MTG

SNUBBER, PRESSURE

BULKHEAD FITTING 2"

CONNECTOR, FEMALE

ELBOW MALE SWIVEL 90 DEG

IC, LM340K-12 ESD

RECT. 1N4001 ESD

LED RED CART 12V

LED GREEN CART 12V ESD

RECT FW BRIDGE 600V 35A ESD

LED AMBER CART 12V

FUSE, 1.5A

FUSE, 5A, 600V

FUSE HOLDER

FUSE HOLDER, 3 POLE

SOCKET RELAY, 4PDT

SOCKET, TRANSISTOR TO-3

HEAT SINK FOR TO-3 CASE

INSULATOR TRANSISTOR T03

GROMMET 1-1/16 MTG D

WASHER, RUBBER

PUMP, WATER 60HZ 3 PH

THERMOMETER DIAL

HANDLE ALUM

XFMR CTL 115/230V 50/60HZ

Table 7-3. GLYCOL PUMP MODULE, IOT - 992 6742 005

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

23.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (ag)

7.0 FT

0.750 FT

0.1140 RL

10.670 FT #BETWEEN FRONT PANELS

6.670 FT

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

0.0 EA

4.0 EA

12.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

44.0 EA

#USE AS REQ

K007

#PUMPS

#U001

#PIPE MTG ANGLES

#PIPE MTG ANGLES

#PIPE MTG ANGLES

USED AS TIES FOR CABLE

#TB1

#TB1

#TANK OUTLET INLET

#M001

#M001

U001

CR002 CR003

DS005 DS006

DS001 DS002 DS003 DS004

CR001

DS007

F001

F002 F003 F004

XF001

XF002 3 4

XK003 XK004

XU001

#U001

#U001

#LEVEL SW

B001 B002

M002

T002

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

472 1047 000

522 0531 000

524 0147 000

524 0150 000

530 0088 000

530 0094 000

540 0287 000

540 0611 000

560 0035 000

570 0279 000

740 1059 000

817 2336 123

822 0218 001

822 0741 039

843 5396 221

852 9190 609

922 0965 152

922 0965 153

922 1295 019

922 1297 054

943 4578 001

952 9190 600

952 9190 607

952 9190 608

952 9190 610

952 9190 611

574 0156 000

582 0056 000

584 0273 000

604 1060 000

604 1129 000

604 1170 000

614 0048 000

614 0059 000

614 0132 000

614 0718 000

614 0915 000

614 0920 000

614 0921 010

620 2726 000

646 0665 000

646 1483 000

952 9190 612

952 9190 618

952 9190 619

952 9190 620

952 9190 627

952 9190 628

952 9190 630

994 9659 011

999 2418 001

999 2819 001

XFMR, CTL, STEP DOWN, 1 PHASE

CAP 1UF 50V 20%

CAP 2600UF 50V

CAP 6000 UF 50V

BRACKET, CAP, 2" ID

BRACKET, CAP, 1.375"ID

* RES 13 OHM 1W 5%

* RES 1K OHM 2W 5%

MOV 4500A 35J 130 VAC

CNTOR 40A 600V 3P

RELAY 12VDC 4PDT

RELAY, OVERLOAD 3P 600V

HEATER B55

SWITCH, TGL DP ON OFF ON

SWITCH, LIQUID LEVEL

SWITCH, DISCONNECT 480V

TERM BD 4 TERM

TERM BD 15 TERM

TERM STRIP 2 TERM

JUMPER MODEL 601-J/141J

TERM BLK, 2C MODULAR 282

JUMPER, 2-POLE ADJACENT 282

MARKER STRIP, TERM BLK, 1-10

GAUGE,PRESSURE 3.5IN DIAL

INSPECTION LABEL

HARRIS NAMEPLATE

MON, PH 430-480V 3PH

RUNNING SHT, PUMP MODULE

STRAP, GND

BRKT, U1 MTG

WIRING DIAG, PUMP MODULE,

OUTLINE DWG, IOT PUMP MOD

FITTING, LEVEL SWITCH

SHIELD, LEVEL SWITCH

SHIELD, DEFLECTOR

RAIL, 4"

PUMP DISCHARGE ASSY

CABINET ASSY

VORTEX PLATE 2" OUTLET

ENCLOSURE, TOP TANK

TANK RETURN ASSY

PUMP INLET ASSY

TANK, MODIFIED, 30 GAL

ANGLE PIPE SUPPORT

TOP ELECTRICAL PANEL

PANEL, LOWER ELECTRICAL

SIDE PANELS

BLANK PANEL

CABLE ASSY

KIT, ADVANCED SPARES PUMP

HARDWARE LIST, PUMP MODULE

WIRE/TUBING LIST

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

5.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

7.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

6.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

K007

#XU001

TB003

TB1

#TANK OUTLET

#PIPE SUPPORTS

T001

C003

C002

C001

#C001

#C002

R002

R001

RV001 RV002

K001

K002

K003 K004

K005 K006

HR001 HR002 HR003 HR004 HR005 HR006

S001

S002

TB003

TB002

TS001

#TB1

#TB1

#TB1

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-7

354 0338 000

354 0567 000

354 0700 000

358 3192 000

464 0242 000

464 0253 000

614 0842 000

614 0844 000

690 0016 000

917 2336 023

917 2336 024

917 2501 103

922 1311 003

992 3660 001

992 9830 032

994 8442 001

994 8442 006

HARRIS P/N

003 4010 050

296 0350 000

302 0532 000

308 0013 000

314 0015 000

354 0005 000

354 0006 000

354 0011 000

354 0015 000

354 0016 000

354 0017 000

354 0027 000

354 0245 000

354 0254 000

354 0325 000

HARRIS P/N

556 0046 000

556 0047 000

556 0048 000

556 0049 000

556 0051 000

HARRIS P/N

358 3000 000

358 3611 000

358 3612 000

614 0915 000

614 0916 000

614 0917 000

7-8

Table 7-4. INSTALL MATL, 1-TUBE IOT - 992 8723 001

DESCRIPTION

CU, STRAP .020 X 4"

TUBING, ZIPPER .625

SCR, 1/2-13 X 1-1/4

WASHER, FLAT 1/2

WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 1/2

TERM LUG RED SPADE 6

TERM LUG RED SPADE 8

LUG BLUE RING .25

LUG BLUE SPADE 6

LUG BLUE SPADE 8

LUG BLUE SPADE 10

TERM LUG YEL SPADE 8

TERM LUG YEL RING 10

LUG .25 RING YEL

LUG,.25 RING YEL 12-10AWG

LUG 4 RING RED

TERMINAL 3/8 RING

LUG 3/8 RING FOR 18-14AWG

EYEBOLT, 1/2-13 THDS.

CHAIN HOIST 10 FT, 1 TON

PLIERS, ZIPPER TUBING

TERM BLOCK 4POS 380V 8A

TERM BLOCK 10POS 380V 8A

DUCT SEALANT, PUTTY

CABINET CLAMP

CABINET CLAMP

INSTL, MTL, WIRE, USA 30/40KW

CLAMP, CABINET INSTALLATION,

KIT, HARDWARE

KIT, LINEARIZER INP ATTENUATOR

KIT, PROBE (1.50); 6-1/8 LINE

KIT, PROBE (1.25); 4-1/16 LINE

1.0 BX

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

50.0 EA

10.0 EA

10.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

6.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (u)

105.0 FT

100.0 FT

8.0 EA

8.0 EA

8.0 EA

50.0 EA

50.0 EA

50.0 EA

50.0 EA

50.0 EA

50.0 EA

50.0 EA

50.0 EA

10.0 EA

10.0 EA

# SIGMA CDII

Table 7-5. KIT, LINEARIZER INP ATTENUATOR - 992 9830 032

DESCRIPTION

PAD, FXD 50 OHM 2DB

PAD, FXD 50 OHM 3DB

PAD, FXD 50 OHM 5DB

PAD, FXD 50 OHM 6DB

PAD, FXD 50 OHM 10DB

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (a)

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

Table 7-6. TERM ASSY, X3, 480V 60HZ - 939 8205 045

DESCRIPTION

PLATE, END STOP, DIN RAIL MT

PLATE, END COVER (280, 3-COND)

PLATE, BARRIER (282, 2-COND)

TERM BLK, 2C MODULAR 282

TERM BLK, 2C MODULAR 280

TERM BLK, 3C MODULAR 280

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (a)

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

7.0 EA X3-012 X3-013 X3-014 X3-015A X3-016 X3-

017 X3-015B

3.0 EA

13.0 EA

X3-011A X3-011B X3-011C

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

614 0919 000

614 0920 000

614 0921 010

614 0921 020

614 0923 000

839 8205 045

922 1297 050

HARRIS P/N

358 2598 000

358 3611 000

358 3637 000

384 0859 000

384 0860 000

398 0368 000

402 0130 000

404 0848 000

404 0863 000

424 0011 000

442 0123 000

448 0983 000

472 1724 000

542 1006 000

560 0054 000

570 0345 000

570 0346 000

570 0347 000

574 0405 000

604 0991 000

604 1207 000

606 0953 000

606 0954 000

606 0955 000

606 0972 000

612 1406 000

614 0835 000

614 0836 000

614 0917 000

614 0921 010

817 2336 016

839 8205 044

917 2336 019

992 8724 004

992 8817 001

992 9882 001

999 2787 001

JUMPER, 2-POLE ADJACENT 280

JUMPER, 2-POLE ADJACENT 282

MARKER STRIP, TERM BLK, 1-10

MARKER STRIP, TERM BLK, 11-20

TERM BLK, 2C MODULAR 282

ASSY INSTR, X3, 480V 60HZ

RAIL, DIN MOUNTING

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.20 EA

0.30 EA

2.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

X3-001 X3-002 X3-003 X3-004 X3-005 X3-006

X3-007 X3-008 X3-009 X3-010A X3-019 X3-020

#X-010

#X-015

X3-018A X3-018B

Table 7-7. BASIC LINE CONTROL CAB - 992 8724 003

DESCRIPTION

CABLE TIE MOUNT, 4-WAY

PLATE, END COVER (280, 3-COND)

PLATE, END STOP, DIN RAIL MTG

LED RED CART 24V ESD

LED GREEN CART 24V ESD

FUSE, CART 2A 600V

FUSE HOLDER, 3 POLE

RELAY SOCKET MODULE

SOCKET, RELAY 11 PIN

GROMMET 1-1/4 MTG DI

THERMOSTAT 155 DEG F N.C.

*LOCK SPEC 822-1203-049

XFMR, PWR CNTL 24V SEC

RES 5.4 OHM 766W 10%

MOV 4500A 25J 95 VAC

CONTACTOR 3 POLE VACUUM

CONTACTOR, 3 POLE 190A

CONTACTOR, 3 POLE 65A

RELAY 3PDT 120VAC 50/60HZ

SW, PB, MOM, SPDT

SWITCH, DISCONNECT

CKT BREAKER 15A 3 POLE

CKT BREAKER 30A 3 POLE

OPERATOR, ELECT; CKT BREAKER

CKT BREAKER, MICRO CTLR, 3POLE

HOUSING, CAP 3 CKT

PWR DISTRIBUTION BLOCK

PWR DISTRIBUTION BLOCK

TERM BLK, 3C MODULAR 280

MARKER STRIP, TERM BLK, 1-10

RUNNING LIST,LINE CONTROL

SCH, MOTORIZED BREAKER CKT

CABLE W1 LINE CONTROL CAB

FAB PKG, LINE CONTROL CAB

SOLID STATE RELAY ASSY

PWA, REMOTE SHUNT RESET FOR

WIRE/TUBING LIST. BASIC

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

5.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (w)

20.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

#X006

#X006 #A001

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

H004

H001 H002 H003

F001 F002 F003

XF

XA001

#K004

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

S001 S002 S003

T001

R001 R002

R003

R010

K003

K002

K001

K004

S004

S005

Q003

Q002

M001 #Q001

Q001

#X007

X004

X001 X002

X6-1 X6-2 X6-3 X6-4 X6-5

#X006

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

A001

A3

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-9

HARRIS P/N

336 1198 000

610 1103 000

839 8121 030

922 1206 018

939 8121 063

992 8818 001

HARRIS P/N

354 0309 000

380 0805 000

382 0624 000

382 1359 000

384 0431 000

386 0082 000

386 0100 000

404 0673 000

516 0530 000

522 0531 000

540 0604 000

548 2400 201

548 2400 301

548 2400 401

839 8121 030

839 8121 031

HARRIS P/N

358 3383 000

380 0773 000

382 0626 000

382 0662 000

382 1070 000

382 1585 000

384 0597 000

384 0837 000

384 0903 000

384 0904 000

384 0967 000

404 0674 000

404 0675 000

516 0435 000

516 0453 000

516 0530 000

522 0548 000

522 0574 000

548 2400 269

548 2400 301

548 2400 368

7-10

Table 7-8. SOLID STATE RELAY ASSY - 992 8817 001

DESCRIPTION

SCREW 6-32 X 1/4

HEADER FOR OCTAL SOCKET

SCHEM, SOLID STATE RELAY

COVER, SS RELAY

CHASSIS, SS RELAY

PC BD ASSY, SOLID STATE

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (a)

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

X001

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

Table 7-9. PC BD ASSY, SOLID STATE - 992 8818 001

DESCRIPTION

TERM SOLDER

N-MOSFET IRFPC60 ESD

IC, CT6 ESD

IC TC4421CPA ESD

RECT. 1N4001 ESD

ZENER, 1N4744A 15V 1W 5% ESD

ZENER, 1N4747A 20V ESD

SOCKET 8 PIN DIP (DL)

CAP .01UF 10% 100V X7R

CAP 1UF 50V 20%

* RES 510 OHM 2W 5%

RES 100 OHM 1/2W 1%

RES 1K OHM 1/2W 1%

RES 10K OHM 1/2W 1%

SCHEM, SOLID STATE RELAY

PWB, SOLID STATE RELAY

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (e)

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

0.0 EA

A001

A002

V002

V003

V004

XA001 XA002

C001

C002

R002

R006

R001 R003

R004 R005

1.0 EA

Table 7-10. PWA, REMOTE SHUNT RESET FOR - 992 9882 001

DESCRIPTION

JUMPER, 0.1" LG, 0.125" H

XSTR FET BS170 N-CHL ESD

IC, 4093B/14093B ESD

IC, MC14013BCP CMOS ESD

IC, ILQ-1 OPTO-ISOLATOR ESD

IC, LM7812 ESD

RECT 1N4002 ESD

TRANSZORB 1N6376 12V 5W ESD

LED, RED, T-1 ESD

LED, GRN, T-1 ESD

TRANSZORB 33V DIRECTIONAL ESD

SOCKET 14 PIN DIP (D-L)

SOCKET IC 16 CONT

CAP .05UF 100V 20%

CAP .1UF 100V 20% X7R

CAP .01UF 10% 100V X7R

CAP 10UF 50V 20%

CAP 22UF 50V 20%

RES 511 OHM 1/2W 1%

RES 1K OHM 1/2W 1%

RES 4.99K OHM 1/2W 1%

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (e)

1.0 EA JP001: INSTALL POS 1—2

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

Q001 Q002

U004

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

11.0 EA

U003

U002

U001

CR003 CR004 CR005 CR006 CR007 CR008

CR009 CR010 CR011 CR013 CR014

CR012

DS002

DS001 DS003

CR001 CR002

XU003 XU004

XU002

C006

4.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

7.0 EA

5.0 EA

C002 C003 C004

C007 C008 C009 C010

C005 C011 C012

C001

R014 R015

R001 R002 R003 R004 R005 R006 R007

R009 R010 R011

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

548 2400 401

548 2400 468

548 2400 630

574 0497 000

614 0745 000

843 5466 771

843 5466 773

HARRIS P/N

384 0859 000

384 0860 000

398 0368 000

442 0123 000

472 1724 000

542 1006 000

560 0054 000

570 0345 000

570 0346 000

570 0347 000

574 0405 000

574 0498 000

604 0991 000

604 1207 000

606 0953 000

606 0954 000

606 0955 000

606 0972 000

992 8817 001

992 9882 001

HARRIS P/N

003 8020 040

003 8020 050

086 0004 038

086 0004 040

299 0018 000

358 2765 000

358 2766 000

358 2767 000

358 3348 000

359 0192 000

359 0230 000

359 0270 000

359 0324 000

359 0435 000

359 0890 000

359 0891 000

359 0999 000

359 1010 000

RES 10K OHM 1/2W 1%

RES 49.9K OHM 1/2W 1%

RES 2MEG OHM 1/2W 1%

RELAY 2PDT 24VDC 2AMP

TERM BD 12C 1ROW PC MT

SCH, REMOTE SHUNT RESET

PWB, REMOTE SHUNT RESET

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

R012 R013

R016 R017

R018 R019

R008

K001 K002

TB001

Table 7-11. KIT, SPARES, LINE CONTROL CAB - 994 9797 013

DESCRIPTION

LED RED CART 24V ESD

LED GREEN CART 24V ESD

FUSE, CART 2A 600V

THERMOSTAT 155 DEG F N.C.

XFMR, PWR CNTL 24V SEC

RES 5.4 OHM 766W 10%

MOV 4500A 25J 95 VAC

CONTACTOR 3 POLE VACUUM

CONTACTOR, 3 POLE 190A

CONTACTOR, 3 POLE 65A

RELAY 3PDT 120VAC 50/60HZ

RELAY, PHASE PROTECTION

SW, PB, MOM, SPDT

SWITCH, DISCONNECT

CKT BREAKER 15A 3 POLE

CKT BREAKER 30A 3 POLE

OPERATOR, ELECT; CKT BREAKER

CKT BREAKER, MICRO CTLR, 3POLE

SOLID STATE RELAY ASSY

PWA, REMOTE SHUNT RESET FOR

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (c)

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

3.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

Table 7-12. CALORIMETRY ASSEMBLY - 992 8812 001

DESCRIPTION

CU, TBG 1.0 NOM DIA

CU, TBG 1.5 NOM DIA

SOLDER, SILVER SIZE 0.062

* STAY CLEAN FLUX

THREAD-TAPE, TEFLON

HYDROMETER

HYDROMETER

CYLINDER,HYDROMETER

HOSE CAP, 3/4 HOSE THD.

ELBOW, 90 DEG 1" CXC

TEE 1.5"C X 1.5"C X 1.0"C

ADAPTER, FEMALE

VALVE GLOBE 1" CXC BRONZE

UNION C X M 1-1/2 IN

ELBOW 90 DEG 1-1/2 X 1

TEE, 1 X 1/8 X 1

BOILER DRAIN VALVE

TEE, 1-1/2 X 1-1/2 X 3/4

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

6.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (c)

21.0 FT

5.250 FT

1.0 LB

1.0 EA

1.0 RL

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-11

442 0092 000

442 0093 000

442 0109 000

629 0036 000

646 1488 000

843 5396 160

358 1131 000

358 1891 000

358 1895 000

358 1896 000

358 2160 000

358 2188 000

358 2202 000

358 2472 000

358 3038 000

358 3564 000

358 3598 000

358 3700 000

359 1049 000

359 1051 000

359 1053 000

359 1055 000

464 0055 000

464 0056 000

690 0017 000

HARRIS P/N

041 1310 013

086 0004 038

086 0004 040

086 0004 060

302 0318 000

302 0319 000

302 0320 000

302 0338 000

306 0034 000

306 0047 000

310 0011 000

310 0026 000

314 0011 000

314 0015 000

358 1127 000

HARRIS P/N

252 0003 000

398 0017 000

402 0024 000

439 0011 000

604 0395 000

614 0102 000

PROBE, TEMP 300 DEG F MAX

THERMISTOR CABLE EXT 50’

THERM DGTL -40 DEG F TO

ROTAMETER

LABEL, CAUTION

ASSY INSTR, CALORIMETRY

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

Table 7-13. KIT, INSTALLATION, 4" LINE - 992 9139 012

DESCRIPTION

RUBBER SPONGE 3/8

SOLDER, SILVER SIZE 0.062

* STAY CLEAN FLUX

SOLDER, HARD SILVER, 1/16DIA

SCR, 3/8-16 X 1.0

SCR, 3/8-16 X 1-1/4

SCR, 3/8-16 X 1-1/2

SCR, 1/2-13 X 1-1/2

NUT, HEX 1/2-13

NUT, HEX 3/8-16

WASHER, FLAT 3/8

WASHER, FLAT 1/2

WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 3/8

WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 1/2

ANGLE FITTING 90 DEG

NUT W/SPRING 3/8-16

ANCHOR SCREW 3/8-16

NUT W/SPRING 1/2-13

ROD 1/2-13 THREADED

CHANNEL 1-5/8 SQ 20 FT LG

FLAT PLATE FITTING

NUT COUPLER 3/8-16

FLAT PLATE FITTING

HOSE BARB 1" H X 1" MPT

CLAMP, PIPING, WITH CUSHION

ANGLE, UNISTRUT, 45 DEGREE

CLAMP, PIPING, WITH CUSHION

PIPE HANGER 2IN LAY-IN

PIPE HANGER 4IN LAY-IN

PIPE HANGER 2.0IN LAY-IN

PIPE HANGER 4.0IN LAY-IN

SETTING TOOL

DRILL MASONARY

PIPE JOINT COMPOUND

60.0 EA

0.0 EA

20.0 EA

12.0 EA

6.0 EA

40.0 EA

5.0 EA

10.0 EA

2.0 EA

14.0 EA

2.0 EA

8.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (g)

4.0 FT #PIPE HANGERS

1.0 LB

1.0 EA

1.80 TZ

100.0 EA

0.0 EA

100.0 EA

100.0 EA

130.0 EA

130.0 EA

150.0 EA

150.0 EA

150.0 EA

150.0 EA

15.0 EA

Table 7-14. ASSY, AUTO-CHANGEOVER CTLR - 992 9508 001

DESCRIPTION

WIRE, STRD 20AWG WHT

FUSE, FAST CART 1A 250V

FUSE HOLDER

CONTROLLER,AUTOCHANGEOVER

SW, TGL DPDT

TERM BD 12 TERM

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (d)

10.0 FT

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

F001

XF001

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

#MANUAL OVERRIDE

TB001

7-12 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

751 9621 000

822 1186 080

839 8106 078

922 1186 079

922 1186 081

939 8106 081

988 2394 001

JUNCTION BOX 10X8X4"

INSTR, MODIFIED BOX

WIRING DIAG, UNIT

COVER, FRONT, AUTOCHGOVER UNIT

HINGE AUTO/CHANGEOVER BOX

PLATE MTG AUTO/CHGOVER

DP, PUMP MODULE WITH AUTOMATIC

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

484 0462 000

620 2957 008

620 2957 009

620 2957 010

620 2957 011

620 2974 000

620 2975 000

620 2976 000

620 2977 000

917 2300 133

952 9215 136

992 9821 001

992 9822 002

992 9824 002

992 9830 002

992 9830 016

HARRIS P/N

378 0196 000

378 0198 000

378 0213 000

378 0214 000

3913-466-56810

3913-466-59680

432 0393 000

484 0441 000

484 0442 000

484 0443 000

484 0461 000

992 9830 017

992 9830 020

992 9830 021

Table 7-15. XMTR-Q, CD70P1/CD100P1 - 994 9648 004

DESCRIPTION

IOT AND CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 70KW

IOT AND CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 110KW

KLYSTRODE, CDK2750W3

KLYSTRODE, CDK2110W3

3DB COUPLER LO POWER BD5

*3DB COUPLER LO POWER BD4

BLOWER REGENERATIVE 2.5HP

BREAKAWAY/FILTER, 470-596 MHZ

BREAKAWAY/FILTER, 596-704 MHZ

BREAKAWAY/FILTER, 704-862 MHZ

FILTER, LOW PASS 700MHZ

FILTER, LOW PASS 1000MHZ

CIRCULATOR, UHF

CIRCULATOR, UHF

CIRCULATOR, UHF

CIRCULATOR, UHF

CIRCULATOR, 470-547 MHZ

*CIRCULATOR, 537-636 MHZ

*CIRCULATOR, 626-740 MHZ

*CIRCULATOR, 730-860 MHZ

NAMEPLATE, XMTR FCC SERIAL

BLANK PANEL, 6 RACK UNITS

CABINET, REAR, SIGMA+

CABINET, FRONT, LINEAR, SIGMA+

CABINET, CONTROL (CD1A)

KIT, EEV FITTINGS

KIT, SINGLE IPA

KIT, DUAL IPA

KIT, DUAL EXCITER

KIT, SINGLE EXCITER

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (w)

0.0 EA ORDER QTY 1 FOR CD70P1 OR DROP SHIP-

0.0 EA

MENTS. EEV

ORDER QTY 1 FOR CD100P1 OR DROP

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

SHIPMENTS. EEV

ORDER QTY 1 FOR CD70P1 OR DROP SHIP-

MENTS. CPI

ORDER QTY 1 FOR CD100P1 OR DROP

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

SHIPMENTS. CPI

SELECT ONE FOR 626-860 MHZ

SELECT ONE FOR 470-636 MHZ

CHOOSE 1 FOR HIGH ALT.

ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 14-34

ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 35-52

ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 53-69

ORDER QTY 1 FOR

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

CH 14 TO 43

ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 44 TO 78

ORDER QTY 2 FOR FEED FWD CH 14-26

ORDER QTY 2 FOR FEED FWD CH 27-44

ORDER QTY 2 FOR FEED FWD CH 45-69

ORDER QTY 2 FOR FEED FWD CH 70-77

ORDER QTY 4 FOR SINGLE IPA, 8 FOR

DUAL IPA CH 14-26

ORDER 4 FOR SINGLE IPA, 8 FOR DUAL

IPA, CH 27-40

ORDER 4 FOR SINGLE IPA, 8 FOR DUAL

IPA, CH 41-57

ORDER 4 FOR SINGLE IPA, 8 FOR DUAL

IPA, CH 58-77

1.0 EA

1.0 EA 1 USED IN CONTROL

CABINET WITHOUT MODE CONTROL

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

ORDER 1 FOR EEV TUBES

ORDER QTY 1 WHEN USED WITH EEV

70KW ALL CHANNELS, EEV 100KW CH 26 &

LOWER

ORDER QTY 1 WHEN USED WITH CPI ALL

POWERS & CHANNELS, EEV 100KW CH 27

& UP

ORDER QTY 1 FOR DUAL EXCITER

ORDER QTY 1 FOR SINGLE EXCITER

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-13

992 9830 026

992 9830 027

992 9830 030

994 9785 001

KIT, CPI ASSY

KIT, ASSY, EEV

KIT, CPI FITTINGS

EXCITER,CD-1A UHF OR VHF TUNED

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

ORDER 1 FOR CPI TUBES

ORDER 1 FOR EEV TUBES

ORDER 1 FOR CPI

TUBES

ORDER 1 FOR SINGLE EXCITER, ORDER 2

FOR DUAL EXCITERS QUINCY WILL FOR-

MAT TO CHANNEL

HARRIS P/N

026 6010 003

041 1310 030

041 6030 010

2422-137-00057

2422-137-00058

250 0508 000

296 0253 000

302 0141 100

302 0143 100

302 0144 100

302 0145 100

302 0213 100

302 0215 100

354 0658 000

354 0880 000

358 0473 000

358 2598 000

358 3434 000

359 1202 000

424 0003 000

424 0586 000

426 0077 000

432 0392 000

448 0986 000

472 1710 000

472 1711 000

472 1771 000

508 0581 000

540 1217 000

542 1656 000

552 0999 000

604 1044 000

650 0304 000

839 7900 073

913 5001 107

917 2462 054

917 2462 057

917 2506 014

917 2506 035

917 2506 050

917 2506 054

Table 7-16. CABINET, REAR, SIGMA+ - 992 9821 001

DESCRIPTION

GROMMET STRIP, 0.125

GASKET, RUBBER

RUBBER CHANNEL X650

MAGNET PROXIMITY

SWITCH PROXIMITY SPST N/O

CABLE FIBER OPTIC

TUBING, SHRINK 3/16 WHITE

SCR, 10-32 X 3/8

SCR, 10-32 X 1/2

SCR, 10-32 X 5/8

SCR, 10-32 X 3/4

SCR, 1/4-20 X 1/2

SCR, 1/4-20 X 3/4

TERMINAL PRESSURE

SPLICE, CAGE-CLAMP, 20-16AWG

CLAMP, HOSE

CABLE TIE MOUNT, 4-WAY

TY-RAP MTG BASE .316" TIE

NIPPLE 1.5 NPT X 2.5 L

GROMMET 1/2 MTG DIA

HOSE BLACK 2" ID

ISOLATION MOUNT

BLOWER REGENERATIVE 1HP

FILTER,HIGH EFF,STYLE 192

XFMR, FIL 8.9V 33A SEC

XFMR, FIL 6.4V 30A SEC

*XFMR, GRID BIAS & ION PUMP

CAP 0.05UF 2000A

RES 22.0 OHM 50W 10%

RES 4.7 OHM 12W 5%

RHEO, DUAL 50 OHM, 100W

SW, INTLK DPDT

LEVER, HANDLE BLACK 80MM

BRKT, INTERLOCK

STANDOFF HEX 1/4-20 X

SLUG, CORONA REDUCER

CABLE, GROUND

ADAPTOR

CABLE, PA REAR CABINET

STANDOFF

CONNECTOR, BACKPLANE

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

8.0 FT

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

6.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (ay)

3.730 FT

7.30 FT

1.050 FT

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

9.0 EA

1.50 FT

S011 S012

S011 S012

4.0 EA

13.0 EA

8.0 EA

4.0 EA

6.0 EA

INTERLOCK SWITCH COVER

(5) EARTH SUPPORT, (4) EARTHING ASSY

MTG, (4) SWITCH ASSY MTG

(4) 8-WAY DUMP LOAD, (4) 3-WAY DUMP

LOAD

C6 CLAMP

(2) MULTIPIER PWA MTG, (2) XFMR AD, (2)

XFMR AB

(6) ISO P/S MTG

S011 S012

S011 S012

INT AIR

INT AIR

INT AIR

INT AIR

C006

R011

R005

S001 S002 S003

CROWBAR

7-14 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

939 8205 036

943 5496 044

943 5496 045

943 5496 051

952 9215 002

952 9215 057

952 9215 067

952 9215 068

952 9215 069

952 9215 070

952 9215 071

952 9215 073

952 9215 074

952 9215 082

952 9215 083

952 9215 118

917 2506 084

917 2506 103

922 1297 022

922 1297 032

922 1297 033

922 1297 035

922 1297 044

922 1297 045

922 1297 056

939 8205 016

939 8205 017

939 8205 018

939 8205 021

939 8205 022

939 8205 025

939 8205 031

952 9215 175

992 8744 001

992 9087 001

992 9737 103

992 9825 001

992 9830 001

992 9883 004

992 9883 007

992 9883 008

992 9883 009

992 9883 010

HARRIS P/N

296 0253 000

296 0310 000

354 0050 000

354 0140 000

358 3134 000

358 3136 000

358 3434 000

384 0614 000

7/15/02

STANDOFF, HEATSINK MTG

CLIP, 1" RESISTOR, .25 DIA MTG

CLAMP

COVER, SWITCH HOUSING

SPACER

SEAL POT MTG

PILLAR EARTHING

PILLAR, ISOLATED

PLATE

SUPPORT

SEAL BOTTOM REAR

SEAL TOP REAR

TRANSIT BLOCK ISO PWR SUPPLY

COVER, BODY, CURRENT MONITOR

HOUSING, SWITCH

PLATE, SUPPORT

CLAMP

PLATE

CLAMP

ASSY, HOUSING

SYSTEM, INTERLOCK & EARTHING

ASSY, CAB, WELDMENT REAR

STRAP

STRAP

STRAP

PLATE EARTHING SUPPORT

PANEL RIGHT DIVIDE REAR

PANEL, RIGHT, REAR CABINET

PANEL, LEFT, REAR CABINET

STRAP

STRAP

FOAM, REAR CABINET

PANEL LEFT DIVIDE REAR

BODY CURRENT MONITORING

*PWA, METER MULTIPLYER

*ASSY, 8-WAY DUMP LOAD

ASSY, CROWBAR, SIGMA+

ASSEMBLY, SWITCH

KIT, EARTH WAND

ASSY, HOUSING

ASSY, REAR DOOR

ASSY, WINDOW

ASSY, REAR DOOR W/WINDOW

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

6.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

HEATSINK MTG

CROWBAR

INT AIR

INT AIR

INT AIR

OBTAIN B/M FROM CAMBRIDGE

Table 7-17. BODY CURRENT MONITORING - 992 8744 001

DESCRIPTION

TUBING, SHRINK 3/16 WHITE

TUBING TEFLON 20 AWG

LUG 10 MTG HOLE

LUG SLDR .25 HOLE

STUD, BRS 1/4-20 X 1-3/4

STUD, BRS 1/4-20 X 2-1/4

TY-RAP MTG BASE .316" TIE

RECT 70HF40

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (b)

0.130 FT

0.160 FT

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-15

384 0674 000

402 0001 000

506 0275 000

522 0326 000

522 0616 000

542 1628 000

638 0030 000

917 2506 048

917 2506 116

917 2506 117

939 8121 059

HARRIS P/N

302 0141 100

302 0143 100

302 0213 100

302 0214 100

302 0215 100

354 0002 000

354 0004 000

354 0140 000

354 0145 000

354 0146 000

354 0325 000

354 0669 000

354 0728 000

358 2598 000

358 3455 000

378 0170 000

402 0003 000

402 0200 000

424 0012 000

424 0023 000

430 0234 000

442 0132 000

472 1730 000

472 1738 000

516 0074 000

516 0562 000

516 0986 000

540 1541 000

540 1600 001

542 1636 000

542 1638 000

542 1645 000

542 1646 000

542 1648 000

546 0324 000

612 1451 000

612 1477 000

7-16

RECTIFIER 70A 400 PIV ESD

CLIP, FUSE 1.062 60A 600V

CAP 1UF 250V 20%

CAP 100UF 50V 20%

CAP 6800UF 50V ELECT

RES 1 OHM 10% 180W W/W

SHUNT 5A 75MV CLASS 1.0

STANDOFF, ISO PWR SUPPLY

STANDOFF, .75 DIA X 1.3L, G10

CABLE, BODY/COLLECTOR

PLATE

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

Table 7-18. ASSY, CROWBAR, SIGMA+ - 992 9825 001

DESCRIPTION

SCR, 10-32 X 3/8

SCR, 10-32 X 1/2

SCR, 1/4-20 X 1/2

SCR, 1/4-20 X 5/8

SCR, 1/4-20 X 3/4

LUG, #8 RING RED 22-18AWG

LUG .25 RING RED 22-18AWG

LUG SLDR .25 HOLE

LUG SHAKE .150 MTG

LUG SHAKE .176 MTG

LUG,.25 RING YEL 12-10AWG

TERM 250 FEM RED 22-18

TERM, 110 FEM RED 22-18

CABLE TIE MOUNT, 4-WAY

STANDOFFS, HEX, 3/8

THYRATRON, CERAMIC

CLIP, FUSE .562 30A 250V

CLIP FUSE 1 INCH

GROMMET 1/4 MTG DIA

GROMMET 1 IN MTG DIA

FAN 12VDC 80MM

SWITCH, THERMAL, NO

XFMR, CURRENT 60 TURN CT1

XFMR STEP-UP 50/60HZ

CAP, DISC .005UF 1KV 20%

CAP, 2200PF 6000V

CAP, 460PF 30KV +80/-20%

RES 40 OHM 75W 20% 8"X1"D

RES 1 OHM 3W 5%

RES 100 OHM 12W 5%

RES 470 OHM 12W 5%

RES 22 OHM 2.5W 5%

RES 33 OHM 2.5W 5%

RES 100 OHM 2.5W 5%

RES, 25 MEG 45KV 23W 10%

FEMALE CONNECTOR, 4C

CONNECTOR, FEMALE, 2C,

4.0 EA

5.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (t)

7.0 EA (3) CORONA SHIELD, (4) FDUZ SCREEN

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

THYRATRON/STANDOFF

(1) RESISTOR/ POST, (1) SHIELD MTG AN-

4.0 EA

GLE

(1) POST/MTG BRACKET, (1) XFMR/ANGLE,

(2) CATHODE

(1) HV-VE INPUT, (4) POST/MTG BRACKET 5.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

U001

S001

CT001

T002

C005 USED ON METER

C002 C003 C004

C001

R007 R008

R012

R009

R010

R005

R002

R001

R006

R003 R004

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

612 1528 000

614 0159 000

620 2973 000

632 1203 000

843 5496 039

917 2462 053

917 2462 055

917 2506 026

917 2506 027

917 2506 028

917 2506 030

917 2506 032

922 1297 039

922 1297 040

939 8205 032

939 8205 033

939 8205 034

939 8205 035

939 8205 038

943 5496 031

943 5496 032

943 5496 033

952 9202 160

992 8748 002

992 8815 002

999 2903 001

PLUG, FEMALE, 3C STRAIGHT

TERM STRIP 3 TERM

JACK, ISOLATED BULKHEAD, BNC

METER TO SPEC, 0-10V

SCHEMATIC, CROWBAR ASSEMBLY

DISC, CORONA REDUCER

ANGLE, CORONA SHIELD MTG

STUD

BUSHING

STUD

ANGLE TEMP SENSOR MTG

PLATE CORONA SHIELD

CORONA BUSTER CROWBAR

CORONA BUSTER

POST

POST

POST

ANGLE

POST

MTG BRACKET

SCREEN

PLINTH

BRACKET, RESISTOR MTG

*PWA, THYROTRON INTERFACE

*PWA, IOT FDU2

WIRE/TUBING LIST, CROWBAR,

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

2.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

M001

HARRIS P/N

302 0510 000

3913-463-13670

3913-467-02300

598 0461 000

604 1168 000

917 2506 051

917 2506 052

917 2506 053

939 8205 026

Table 7-19. ASSEMBLY, SWITCH - 992 9830 001

DESCRIPTION

SCR, 1/4-20 X 1-1/2

*SPRING, TENSION

*LOCK, MODIFIED

ACTUATOR MICRO/SW ROLLER

SW MICRO 1POL 10A

BAR, LOCKING, SWITCH ASSY

LEVER, SWTICH ASSY

PILLAR, SWITCH ASSY

SWITCH SUPPORT

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (f)

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

HARRIS P/N

350 0037 000

430 0241 000

430 0242 000

922 1297 041

939 8205 024

952 9215 077

952 9215 078

952 9215 079

952 9215 080

Table 7-20. ASSY, HOUSING - 992 9883 007

DESCRIPTION

RIVET POP .125X.265

FAN GUARD

FAN 230V A/C 50/60HZ

FILTER

SEAL REAR

MOUNT, FILTER HOUSING ASSY

GUARD, FILTER HOUSING ASSY

PLATE, FILTER HOUSING ASSY

PANEL, FILTER HOUSING ASSY

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (e)

20.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-17

614 0787 000

614 0789 000

614 0892 000

646 1253 201

646 1483 000

917 2413 350

917 2506 009

917 2506 010

917 2506 036

917 2506 039

917 2506 067

917 2506 068

922 1297 009

922 1297 021

939 8205 001

939 8205 006

939 8205 007

939 8205 008

939 8205 009

939 8205 010

939 8205 011

939 8205 012

396 0252 000

406 0525 000

424 0005 000

424 0006 000

424 0022 000

430 0031 000

430 0190 000

448 1026 000

448 1125 000

522 0529 000

548 2400 151

552 0999 000

552 1000 000

604 0447 000

604 1005 000

604 1154 000

HARRIS P/N

026 6010 003

041 1310 030

2413-015-11064

296 0344 000

357 0089 000

358 0473 000

358 2598 000

358 2628 000

358 2635 000

358 2995 000

358 2996 000

358 3385 000

358 3490 000

358 3491 000

359 0180 000

Table 7-21. CABINET, FRONT, LINEAR, SIGMA+ - 992 9822 002

DESCRIPTION

GROMMET STRIP, 0.125

GASKET, RUBBER

CLIP EARTH ADJ 12-32MM

TUBG, POLYETHYLENE 1/4 OD

GUIDE, MODULE

CLAMP, HOSE

CABLE TIE MOUNT, 4-WAY

CABLE PUSH MOUNT

CABLE TIE, PUSH MOUNT SNAP IN

END PLATE, 261 TERM BD

END PLATE, 262 TERM BD

PIN QUICK RELEASE 1/4X4.0

END STOP, 264 TERM BLOCK

END PLATE, 264 TERM BLOCK

ELBOW MALE 90 DEG

LAMP, 28V 0.17 AMP +/-10%

LAMPHOLDER, BAYONET BASE

GROMMET 3/4 MTG DIA

GROMMET 13/16 MTG DI

GROMMET 3/4 MTG DIA

FAN CARAVEL CL3T2/020191

FAN GUARD 10"

HINGE, METAL LIFT-OFF

LATCH, RAISED, ADJ LEVER

CAP 470UF 50V 20%

RES 33.2 OHM 1/2W 1%

RHEO, DUAL 50 OHM, 100W

RHEOSTAT, TANDEM 150 OHM

SW, PRESS.

SW, AIR PRESSURE

THERMOSWITCH NC 70 DEG C

TERM BD, 4C MODULAR 261

TERM BD, 4C MODULAR 262

TERM BLOCK, 4C RAIL MNT

LABEL, WARNING

HARRIS NAMEPLATE

CARRIER RAIL, 4.6"

SPACER FRONT

SPACER HU METERS

HANGER, INPUT BOX

CLAMP, PLUMBING

CABLE, AC DISTRIBUTION LINEAR

CABLE, PA FRONT LINEAR

BLOCK, DOOR PIVOT

ASSY, SPIGOT DOOR PIN

FOAM, SIDE PANELS

WASHER PLATE

WEDGE LOCATOR

BRACKET, LOCATOR

SEAL BTM RIGHT

SEAL BTM LEFT

SEAL TOP LEFT

SEAL TOP RIGHT

1.0 EA

8.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

8.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

6.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

6.0 EA

6.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (am)

4.0 FT

2.0 FT

3.0 EA

CUT 3 FOOT AND 1 FOOT 4.0 FT

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

#TB012

#TB012

ROOF FLUSHING

ROOF FLUSHING

R002, R003

R001

IOT AIR S007

IPA AIR S006

S004 S005

#TB012

#TB012

7-18 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

952 9215 054

952 9215 055

952 9215 153

952 9215 154

952 9215 155

952 9215 176

952 9215 179

992 8734 001

992 9384 001

992 9476 001

992 9478 119

992 9830 011

992 9830 012

992 9830 015

992 9830 019

992 9883 004

939 8205 040

939 8205 064

943 5496 019

943 5496 020

943 5496 022

943 5496 023

943 5496 036

943 5496 055

943 5496 056

943 5496 059

943 5496 060

952 9215 030

952 9215 040

952 9215 047

952 9215 049

952 9215 050

992 9883 005

992 9883 006

992 9883 014

992 9883 015

992 9883 016

992 9883 017

992 9883 018

992 9883 019

HARRIS P/N

041 1310 030

296 0262 000

358 3466 000

426 0081 000

430 0241 000

430 0251 000

614 0885 000

614 0886 000

646 0665 000

939 8121 928

939 8205 062

7/15/02

SUPPORT, MTG, PLUMBING

CLAMP, IPA

COVER HU METERS

WINDOW HU METERS

TRIM FRONT

TROLLY STOP FRONT

ASSY, PLUMBING W/GATE VALVES

SHIELD, POT

ENCLOSURE, I/O

COVER, I/O

CLOSE-OUT, I/O

BLANK PANEL, 4 RACK UNITS

ASSY, WELDMENT, FRONT CAB

PANEL RIGHT

SHELF LOWER

BOX HU METERS

STRAP

STRAP

ANGLE, LEFT

PANEL CENTER

PANEL, LEFT

SHELF UPPER, DUAL IPA

COVER, CB DOOR

*MODULE, 1KW S.S. AMPLIFIER

*PWA, IOT 2 INTERFACE

*EMI FILTER

*KIT,MOD RF MUTE RELAY(CFSB81)

COOLING, IPA

ASSY, CONTROL P/S UNIT

ASSY, BASIC FEED FWD

KIT, BOOST AMP

KIT, EARTH WAND

ASSY, DOOR RIGHT FRONT

ASSY, DOOR, LEFT FRONT

ASSY, FOCUS POWER SUPPLY

ASSY, IPA POWER SUPPLY

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

CONTACTOR/CIRCUIT BREAKER DOOR 1.0 EA

ASSY, SW METER/LINEARIZER 1.0 EA

CONTROL & MONITORING(SIGMA CD)

ASSY, TERM BLK CUSTOMER INTFC

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

MR

Table 7-22. COOLING, IPA - 992 9830 011

DESCRIPTION

GASKET, RUBBER

TUBING, SHRINK 1/4 WHITE

END PLATE W/FIXING FLANGE

MOUNT, ANTI-VIBRATION (METRIC)

FAN GUARD

FAN CENTRIFUGAL

MODULAR TERMINAL BLOCK

MODULAR TERMINAL BLOCK 4C

INSPECTION LABEL

BRACKET, FAN MOUNTING

SUPPORT, IPA COOLING

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (f)

3.1670 FT

0.1670 FT

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-19

952 9215 177

952 9215 178

999 2916 001

HARRIS P/N

254 0002 000

358 3466 000

560 0111 000

610 1248 000

614 0885 000

614 0886 000

736 0311 000

917 2506 080

943 5496 054

943 5496 057

HARRIS P/N

358 3434 000

618 0757 000

620 0118 000

620 0122 000

620 2868 000

646 0665 000

917 2506 042

917 2506 045

917 2506 105

939 8121 253

939 8205 071

939 8205 072

939 8205 073

939 8205 076

939 8205 078

943 5396 405

952 9215 189

992 9737 102

992 9800 001

999 2919 001

HARRIS P/N

007 4060 084

055 0100 005

086 0001 002

300 1537 000

302 0012 000

302 0105 000

302 0110 000

302 0441 000

310 0012 000

7-20

BOX, IPA COOLING

LID, IPA COOLING

HARDWARE LIST, COOLING IPA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

Table 7-23. ASSY, CONTROL P/S UNIT - 992 9830 012

DESCRIPTION

WIRE, BUS CU 20AWG

END PLATE W/FIXING FLANGE

VARISTOR 275VAC 140J 275VRMS

MALE CONNECTOR, 8C,

MODULAR TERMINAL BLOCK

MODULAR TERMINAL BLOCK 4C

POWER SUPPLY LINEAR

JUMPER PACKAGE, CTLR P/S

SHELF, CONTROL P/S UNIT

COVER, CONTROL P/S UNIT

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (c)

0.10 FT

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

Table 7-24. ASSY, BASIC FEED FWD - 992 9830 015

DESCRIPTION

TY-RAP MTG BASE .316" TIE

LINE STRETCHER 8" TRAVEL

ADAPTOR N UG57B/U

ADAPTER, N-PLUG/N-JACK, RT ANG

COUPLER DIRECTIONAL 450-860MHZ

INSPECTION LABEL

COAX PKG, FEED FORWARD

CLAMP, 3DB COUPLER

BRACKET, TUNER SUPPORT

*ASSY, DUAL PROBE, IOT

PLATE, CIRCULATOR MTG

PLATE, INNER MTG

SPACER, CIRCULATOR

PLATE, 6DB MOUNTING

ANGLE, COUPLER MTG

*SINGLE-PROBE IOT

SUPPORT BASE, FEED FORWARD

*ASSY, 40 WATT AMP, SIGMA++

PWA, FEED FORWARD REF AMP

HARDWARE LIST, BASIC FEED FWD

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (h)

1.0 EA TUNER SUPPORT

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

PH001, PH002

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

HB002

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

TUNER SUPPORT

U002

U001

OBTAIN B/M FROM CAMBRIDGE

Table 7-25. PWA, FEED FORWARD REF AMP - 992 9800 001

DESCRIPTION

BRZ, PH FGR STOCK

*THERMAL COMPOUND, 8OZ JAR

*SEALANT, MEDIUM STRENGTH

SCR, 6-32 X 5/16

SCR, 2-56 X 1/4

SCR, 6-32 X 5/16

SCR, 6-32 X 3/4

SCR, 4-40 X 3/8

WASHER FLAT 6

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (f)

2.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

6.0 EA

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

6.0 EA

R009 R011 R012 R014

2/J002 2/J003

2/PCB 4/COVER

2/U003 2/U004

2/J001

2/PCB

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

HARRIS P/N

382 1608 000

383 0313 000

496 0013 000

515 0046 000

515 0052 000

515 0084 000

515 0137 501

523 0003 101

545 0309 118

545 0309 201

545 0309 211

545 0309 218

545 0309 305

843 5466 531

843 5466 533

312 0047 000

314 0001 000

314 0003 000

314 0005 000

328 0033 000

358 1214 000

358 3406 000

382 1400 000

494 0218 000

544 1677 000

544 1678 000

544 1679 000

550 0932 000

610 1288 000

620 2944 000

646 0665 000

952 9202 139

952 9202 140

992 9800 002

HARRIS P/N

556 0051 000

620 3038 000

917 2506 088

952 9215 191

992 9800 001

WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 6

WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 2

WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 4

WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 6

WASHER FLAT STEEL

SCREWLOCK, FEMALE

STANDOFF, 6-32 X 7/8"

IC, CA5800 ESD

CHOKE WIDE BAND

RES, 270 OHM, 20W, 2%

RES, 90 OHM, 20W, 2%

RES, 5 OHM, 20W, 2%

POT 5K OHM 2W 10%

PLUG 9 PIN

RECEPTACLE, SMA FLANGE MOUNT

INSPECTION LABEL

BASE FEED FORWARD AMP

BOX FEED FORWARD AMP

PWA, FEED FORWARD AMP SMT

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

10.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

R009 R011 R012 R014

2/J002 2/J003

2/J001

2/PCB 4/COVER

2/U003 2/U004

4/PCB

U003 U004

RFC001 RFC002

R009

R011 R012

R014

R005

J001

J002 J003

Table 7-26. PWA, FEED FORWARD AMP SMT - 992 9800 002

DESCRIPTION

IC, ERA-5SM ESD

ATTENUATOR DC CONTROL ESD

IND CHIP .100 UH 10%

*CAP 100PF 50V 5% 1206 COG

*CAP 330PF 50V 5% 1206 COG

*CAP .01UF 50V 10% 1206 X7R

CAP 0.1UF 50V 10% 1206 X7R

CAP 10UF 35V 20% SMT

RES 51.1 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 100 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 267 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 511 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 1.5K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

SCH, FEED FORWARD REF AMP

PWB, FEED FORWARD REF AMP

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (c)

1.0 EA U002

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

U001

L001

6.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

C002 C004 C005 C006 C011 C012

C003

C014

C007 C008

C001 C009 C010 C013

R007

R010 R013

R006

R008

R001 R002 R003 R004

Table 7-27. KIT, BOOST AMP - 992 9830 019

DESCRIPTION

PAD, FXD 50 OHM 10DB

SPLITTER/COMBINER, 3-WAY

CABLES, COAX PKG BOOST AMP

PLATE, LINEARITY BOOST

PWA, FEED FORWARD REF AMP

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (a)

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-21

HARRIS P/N

296 0258 000

354 0003 000

356 0087 000

358 0002 000

358 2635 000

384 0761 000

404 0847 000

472 1715 000

524 0352 000

540 0593 000

542 1560 000

548 2400 193

638 0021 000

646 0665 000

917 2506 062

922 1206 020

922 1297 054

952 9202 175

952 9202 176

952 9202 177

952 9202 232

992 8800 001

992 9883 021

999 2906 001

HARRIS P/N

254 0002 000

304 0075 000

328 0033 000

354 0309 000

382 0452 000

384 0205 000

386 0082 000

386 0135 000

386 0181 000

404 0673 000

516 0375 000

522 0578 000

540 0356 000

548 2400 166

548 2400 281

548 2400 569

550 0067 000

578 0021 000

839 8121 028

839 8121 029

Table 7-28. ASSY, FOCUS POWER SUPPLY - 992 9883 014

DESCRIPTION

TUBING TEFLON 19AWG

LUG #10 RING RED 22-18AWG

CABLE TIE TY RAP

BRACKET RESISTOR MTG

CABLE TIE, PUSH MOUNT SNAP IN

BRIDGE, FW 100A 200V ESD

HEAT SINK, ALUMINUM

XFMR, PWR, 817-2336-013

CAP 37000UF 75WVDC

* RES 180 OHM 2W 5%

* RES 0.05 OHM 110W

RES 90.9 OHM 1/2W 1%

SH, 30A 100MV

INSPECTION LABEL

CABLE, FOCUS POWER SUPPLY

STRAP CONNECTION CAP

RAIL, 4"

SHELF, FOCUS SUPPLY

CLAMP, FOCUS SUPPLY

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

COVER, SAFETY, FOCUS SUPPLY

COVER, SAFETY, FOCUS XFMR

FOCUS CURRENT OVLD ASSY

ASSY, TERM BLK, FOCUS

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

HARDWARE LIST,FOCUS PWR SUPPLY 1.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (g)

0.1250 FT

7.0 EA

9.0 EA

R006 2.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

V001

V001

T001

C001 C002 C003

R001 R002 R003

R006

R005 1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

TRANSFORMER COVER

A001

Table 7-29. FOCUS CURRENT OVLD ASSY - 992 8800 001

DESCRIPTION

WIRE, BUS CU 20AWG

NUT, HEX THIN 3/8-32

WASHER FLAT STEEL

TERM SOLDER

IC, LM311/CA311 ESD

DIODE SILICON 1N914/4148 ESD

ZENER, 1N4744A 15V 1W 5% ESD

ZENER, 1N4733A 5.1V ESD

ZENER, 1N4739A 9.1V ESD

SOCKET 8 PIN DIP (DL)

CAP .01UF 50V -20/+80% Z5U

CAP 1.0UF 50V 20%

* RES 10K OHM 1W 5%

RES 47.5 OHM 1/2W 1%

RES 681 OHM 1/2W 1%

RES 511K OHM 1/2W 1%

POT 10K OHM 2W 10%

RELAY DPDT 12V

SCHEM, FOCUS CURRENT OVLD

PWB, FOCUS CURRENT OVLD

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (g)

0.50 FT

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

12.0 EA E001 E002 E003 E004 E005 E012 E013 E014

E015 E016 E017 E018

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

A001 A002

V006 V007

V001

V002 V003

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

6.0 EA

V004 V005

XA001 XA002

C001 C002

C003 C004 C005 C006

C007 C008

R004 R005

R006

R003 R007

R008 R009

R001 R002

K001 K002

7-22 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

HARRIS P/N

296 0372 000

307 0001 080

384 0966 000

736 0310 001

917 2413 503

917 2506 069

917 2506 073

922 1297 055

939 8205 060

952 9215 144

952 9215 145

952 9215 146

952 9215 147

952 9215 182

952 9215 200

992 9502 017

992 9502 056

992 9883 020

HARRIS P/N

358 3000 000

358 3668 000

358 3669 000

614 0795 000

614 0925 000

614 0926 000

614 0927 000

822 1297 059

HARRIS P/N

358 3000 000

358 3448 000

358 3466 000

358 3613 000

384 0702 000

404 0866 000

472 1784 000

542 0054 000

570 0353 000

574 0503 000

582 0064 000

584 0319 000

584 0331 000

584 0335 000

606 0876 000

606 0877 000

7/15/02

Table 7-30. ASSY, IPA POWER SUPPLY - 992 9883 015

DESCRIPTION

SLEEVE, HEATSHRINK BOOT

NUT, STD HEX M8, DIN 934

DIODE, SCHOTTKY 40V 100A ESD

PWR SUPPLY, SW, 32V 2700W

RAIL, CARRIER, 5.6"

CABLE, IPA POWER SUPPLY

SOCKET, MODIFIED

STANDOFF, IPA P/S, SIGMA+

HOUSING, IPA CONNECTIONS

DECK, IPA P/S, SIGMA+

PLATE, IPA P/S, SIGMA+

CLAMP, IPA P/S, SIGMA+

HEATSINK, IPA P/S, SIGMA+

COVER, IPA P/S DECK

COVER, SAFETY, IPA PS

*ASSY,MOV 380/415V(CONTACTOR)

*PWA, FUSE PROTECTION, 15 AMP

ASSY, TERM BLK, IPA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (j)

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

SOCKET ASSY

PS001, PS002 2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

PS003

PS001 PS002

OBTAIN B/M FROM CAMBRIDGE

Table 7-31. ASSY, TERM BLK, IPA - 992 9883 020

DESCRIPTION

PLATE, END STOP, DIN RAIL MT

PLATE, END COVER (280, 4-COND)

PLATE, SEPARATOR (281, 4-COND)

JUMPER, HORIZONTAL 281

BLOCK, TERM, FOUR POSITION

BLOCK, FOUR TERM GROUND

BLOCK, TERM, FOUR POSITION

ASSY INSTR, TERM BLK IPA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (c)

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

6.0 EA

2.0 EA

5.0 EA

0.0 EA

Table 7-32. CONTACTOR/CIRCUIT BREAKER DOOR - 992 9883 016

DESCRIPTION

PLATE, END STOP, DIN RAIL MT

CLIP, RELAY RETAINING

END PLATE W/FIXING FLANGE

PLATE, END COVER (282, 2-COND)

RECT FW BRIDGE 600V 35A ESD

SKT RELAY 14P PYF14A-E

XFMR CONTACTOR PANEL

RES 10 OHM 5% 12W

CNTOR 25A 600V 7.5HP 3PH

RELAY 110VAC COIL 5A 4PDT

RELAY, OVERLOAD 2.5-4 AMP

CONTACT AUXILIARY

CONTACT BLOCK, AUXILIARY

CONTACT, AUX DPST (NC/NO)

CONTACT AUXILIARY

CKT BREAKER 3A 240VAC

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (r)

2.0 EA TB021

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

TB021

V004

#K004

T001

1.0 EA

5.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

11.0 EA

R002

K001 K002 K003 K005 K006

K004

K001

K005

K002

K002

#Q001

6.0 EA

#Q002 #Q003 #Q004 #Q005 #Q006 #Q007

#Q008 #Q009 #Q010 #Q011

Q003 Q004 Q005 Q006 Q010 Q011

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-23

606 0879 000

606 0900 000

606 0957 000

606 0959 000

606 0962 000

614 0883 000

614 0884 000

614 0886 000

614 0915 000

614 0923 000

813 5012 053

917 2506 059

922 1297 003

922 1297 029

952 9215 149

992 9363 002

992 9737 043

999 2914 001

CKT BREAKER 6A 240VAC

CKT BREAKER 4A 415VAC

CKT BREAKER 0.25 AMP 1 POLE

CKT BREAKER 5 AMP 1 POLE

CIRCUIT BREAKER 1P 20AMP

MODULAR TERMINAL BLOCK

MODULAR TERMINAL BLOCK 2C

MODULAR TERMINAL BLOCK 4C

TERM BLK, 2C MODULAR 282

TERM BLK, 2C MODULAR 282

STDOFF 10-32X2-3/4 RD

CABLE PACKAGE, CENTER DOOR

PATCH CB

RAIL CB, FRONT PANEL

DOOR, C.B.

*CONTACTOR DRIVER

*PWA, LED DISPLAY

HARDWARE LIST, CNTOR/CIRCUIT

7.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

5.0 EA

4.0 EA

Q001

Q002

Q019

Q017 Q018

Q007 Q008 Q009

TB021

TB021

OBTAIN B/M FROM CAMBRIDGE

HARRIS P/N

007 4050 021

358 1214 000

358 3427 000

3913-070-51860

556 0051 000

636 0044 000

650 0305 000

917 2506 075

952 9202 181

952 9215 151

952 9215 152

992 9502 048

992 9881 001

999 2921 001

Table 7-33. ASSY, SW METER/LINEARIZER - 992 9883 017

DESCRIPTION

BRZ, FINGERS TWIST 97-555

SCREWLOCK, FEMALE

CAP, KNOB BLACK 15MM DIA

*METER TO SPEC

PAD, FXD 50 OHM 10DB

METER, ELAPSED TIME

KNOB, ROUND PLAIN BLACK

CABLE, SWITCH METER PANEL

COVER, RF CORRECTOR SIGMA PLUS

PANEL

BOX

*PWA, SWITCHED METER

*PWA, AGC & UHF LINEARIZER,

HARDWARE LIST, SW METER/

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (h)

4.020 FT

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

AT2 @ KX5

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

OBTAIN B/M FROM CAMBRIDGE

HARRIS P/N

055 0100 005

300 1485 000

304 0089 000

308 0005 000

312 0045 000

312 0047 000

382 0184 000

382 0605 000

404 0513 000

408 0332 000

492 0839 000

522 0588 000

522 0591 000

550 0622 000

Table 7-34. *PWA, AGC & UHF LINEARIZER, - 992 9881 001

DESCRIPTION

*THERMAL COMPOUND, 8OZ JAR

SCR, 4-40 X 5/16

NUT, HEX 6-32

NO 6 FLAT WASHER BRS

WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 4

WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 6

IC, 340T-5/7805 +5V REG ESD

IC 7905C ESD

HEAT SINK PA1-1CB

SHIELD, RF

IND 330 UH 10% 500MA

CAP 100UF 25V 20% NP

CAP 47UF 25V 20%

POT 1K OHM .5W 10%

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (j)

0.0 EA U019 U020

2.0 EA

6.0 EA

6.0 EA

2.0 EA

6.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

U020

U019

XU019 XU020

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

L029 L030

C122

C130 C132 C133 C134

R001 R003 R005 R007

7-24 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

Harris PN

000 0000 010

381 0003 001

381 0023 000

382 1608 000

383 0183 000

383 0253 000

383 0283 000

383 0315 000

383 0316 000

385 0001 000

385 0013 000

385 0018 000

385 0020 000

385 0027 000

387 0002 017

496 0015 000

496 0019 000

496 0047 000

515 0038 000

515 0052 000

550 0626 000

550 0760 000

550 0881 000

604 1192 000

610 0900 000

610 0933 000

610 1197 000

610 1198 000

612 1184 000

620 0515 000

646 0665 000

843 5502 001

952 9202 172

992 9881 002

515 0084 000

515 0134 011

515 0134 017

515 0134 117

515 0134 201

POT, 10K OHM .5W 10%

POT 20K OHM .5W 10%

POT 100K OHM .5W 10%

SWITCH TGL SPDT

HEADER 3 CKT STRAIGHT

JUMPER, PWB TEST POINT

HEADER, STRAIGHT 6C

HEADER, STRAIGHT 10C

SHUNT JUMPER 0.1" CENTERS

RECP, SCREW ON SMC

INSPECTION LABEL

SCH, AGC & UHF LINEARIZER

BOARD, BACKER

*PWA, AGC & UHF LINEARIZER,SMT

4.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

10.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

R002 R004 R006 R008

R009 R010 R011

R012

S001

JP001 JP002 JP003

TP001 TP002 TP003 TP004 TP005 TP006

TP007 TP008 TP009 TP010

J001

J002

JP001 JP002 JP003

J003

J004 J005 J006

Table 7-35. *PWA, AGC & UHF LINEARIZER,SMT - 992 9881 002

Description

B/M NOTE:

XSTR, NPN, 3904 (SMT) ESD

FET SST215 SMT ESD

IC, ERA-5SM

IC, MC14538

ESD

ESD

IC, LM358

IC, TL074 SMT

ESD

ESD

IC OP413 ESD

IC ERA-6SM SMT ESD

DIODE, RECT 4148 / 914 ESD

DIODE, PIN ESD

DIODE, SCHOTTKY

DIODE, HSMS2862

DIODE, 2800 SCHOTTKY SMT ESD

DIODE, TVS 15V 1500W ESD

IND, CHIP 0.150 UH 10%

ESD

ESD

IND, CHIP 0.330 UH 10%

IND CHIP .1UH 10%

*CAP 22PF 50V 5% 1206 COG

*CAP 330PF 50V 5% 1206 COG

*CAP .01UF 50V 10% 1206 X7R

CAP 2.7PF 100V +/-.25 0805 C0G

CAP 4.7PF 100V +/-.25 0805 C0G

CAP 47PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G

CAP 100PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G

QTY UM Reference Designators (S)

0.0 EA THESE PARTS NOT USED AT THIS LEVEL

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

3.0 EA

4.0 EA

5.0 EA

3.0 EA

16.0 EA

C094

Q001 Q004

Q002 Q003 Q005 Q006

U009 U015 U016

U006

U001 U017

U007 U008 U018

U002 U003 U004 U005

U010 U011 U012 U013 U014

CR012 CR037 CR038

CR002 CR004 CR006 CR008 CR015 CR019

CR021 CR022 CR023 CR024 CR025 CR026

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

5.0 EA

6.0 EA

23.0 EA

CR027 CR028 CR029 CR030

CR001 CR003 CR005 CR007

CR014 CR016 CR017 CR020

CR009 CR011 CR013 CR018 CR036

CR010 CR031 CR032 CR033 CR034 CR035

L001 L002 L003 L004 L005 L006 L007 L008

L009 L012 L013 L014 L015 L016 L017 L019

L020 L021 L022 L023 L024 L025 L028

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

39.0 EA

L010 L018 L026 L027

L011

C012 C013 C014 C017

C032 C037 C038 C040 C043 C044 C048 C052

C055 C057 C062 C063 C066 C067 C077 C078

C083 C092 C096 C097 C098 C099 C101 C102

C103 C104 C105 C106 C107 C108 C109 C110

C111 C112 C113 C114 C115 C118 C119

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

26.0 EA

C030 C124 C125 C135

C136 C137

C026

C061

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-25

515 0134 211

515 0135 301

515 0137 501

515 0138 501

515 0138 601

515 0181 000

518 0112 000

545 0121 000

545 0295 000

545 0309 015

545 0309 019

545 0309 023

545 0309 101

545 0309 104

545 0309 106

545 0309 107

545 0309 111

545 0309 116

545 0309 118

545 0309 119

545 0309 121

545 0309 122

545 0309 123

545 0309 201

545 0309 203

545 0309 204

545 0309 205

545 0309 209

545 0309 210

545 0309 211

545 0309 214

545 0309 216

545 0309 218

545 0309 224

545 0309 301

545 0309 303

545 0309 308

545 0309 310

545 0309 314

7-26

CAP 270PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G

CAP 1000PF 100V 5% 1206 C0G

CAP 0.1UF 50V 10% 1206 X7R

CAP 0.1UF 100V 10% 1812 X7R

CAP 1UF 50V 20% 1812 X7R

CAP 4.7UF 16V Y5V 1206

CAP, TRIM 2-10PF 50V

RES 1M OHM 1/4W 5% 1206

RES 10M OHM 1/4W 5% 1206

RES 3.92 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 5.62 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 8.25 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 10 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 13 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 16.2 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 18.2 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 26.7 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 43.2 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 51.1 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 56.2 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 68.1 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 75 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 82.5 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 100 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 121 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 130 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 150 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 221 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 237 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 267 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 357 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 432 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 511 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 909 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 1K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 1.21K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 2K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 2.37K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 3.57K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

2.0 EA

13.0 EA

21.0 EA

4.0 EA

8.0 EA

2.0 EA

3.0 EA

3.0 EA

5.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

16.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

10.0 EA

1.0 EA

5.0 EA

9.0 EA

32.0 EA

3.0 EA

9.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

9.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

16.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

C015 C021 C036 C041 C049 C050 C053 C054

C056 C058 C059 C064 C065 C069 C070 C071

C072 C073 C074 C075 C076 C079 C089 C090

C093 C120

C018 C020

C001 C022 C033 C068 C080 C081 C082 C084

C085 C086 C087 C095 C100

C002 C003 C004 C005 C006 C007 C008 C009

C010 C011 C016 C019 C023 C024 C025 C027

C029 C123 C126 C127 C128

C121 C129 C131

C028 C034 C035 C042 C045 C046 C047 C051

C060

C31 C39

C088 C091 C116 C117

R057 R063 R072

R079 R082

R162 R163 R193

R152 R153

R085 R095

R032 R086 R087 R114 R115 R124 R125 R157

R158

R148 R149 R150 R151

R107 R116 R131 R133 R154 R156 R208 R209

R134 R135

R159 R160 R161

R155 R164 R166

R080 R089 R093 R094 R097

R121

R103

R024

R167 R168

R025 R028 R029 R030 R033 R043 R047 R048

R049 R050 R106 R145 R172 R176 R197 R205

R090 R091

R170 R171

R013 R015 R017 R019 R088 R098 R128 R138

R142 R173

R169

R031 R035 R036 R037 R144

R014 R016 R018 R020 R023 R060 R084 R111

R140

R076 R078 R081 R083 R092 R096 R099 R100

R101 R102 R104 R105 R108 R109 R110 R112

R113 R117 R118 R119 R120 R122 R123 R126

R127 R129 R130 R132 R136 R137 R139 R141

R143

R038

R201

R021 R022 R045 R055 R061 R066 R073 R074

R075 R077 R185 R188 R191 R195 R202 R204

R179

R200 R207

R146 R147

R206

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

545 0309 317

545 0309 401

545 0309 409

545 0309 412

545 0309 418

545 0309 501

545 0309 508

620 2972 000

843 5502 001

843 5502 003

HARRIS P/N

041 1310 030

043 8030 010

335 0267 000

356 0239 000

358 0420 000

358 3386 000

358 3490 000

358 3491 000

424 0033 000

424 0360 000

448 1125 000

614 0892 000

632 1179 000

632 1180 000

917 2413 500

917 2506 074

939 8205 059

943 5496 065

952 9190 214

952 9215 160

952 9215 163

952 9215 180

992 8737 003

992 8739 001

992 9371 002

HARRIS P/N

358 3000 000

358 3611 000

358 3612 000

358 3669 000

358 3703 000

614 0795 000

614 0915 000

614 0917 000

614 0920 000

RES 4.75K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 10K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 22.1K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 30.1K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 51.1K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 100K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES 200K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

COUPLER, 3DB HYBRID SMT

SCH, AGC & UHF LINEARIZER

PWB, AGC & UHF LINEARIZER

2.0 EA

11.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

10.0 EA

11.0 EA

7.0 EA

4.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

R068 R180

R046 R054 R058 R064 R070 R071 R165 R175

R184 R190 R199

R059 R065

R198

R026 R027 R034 R040 R041 R042 R051 R052

R053 R069

R039 R044 R056 R062 R067 R181 R183 R186

R187 R194 R196

R174 R177 R178 R182 R189 R192 R203

HY001 HY002 HY003 HY004

Table 7-36. CONTROL & MONITORING(SIGMA CD) - 992 9883 018

DESCRIPTION

GASKET, RUBBER

PLASTIC CHAN NO 190

WASHER SHOULDER .266 ID

CLAMP, FLAT CABLE 3"

SPACER, ROLLED 1/4 L

SCREW, SHOULDER 10-32

END STOP, 264 TERM BLOCK

END PLATE, 264 TERM BLOCK

GROMMET 1-1/16 MTG D

GROMMET 1-3/4 MTG DIA

LATCH, RAISED, ADJ LEVER

TERM BLOCK, 4C RAIL MNT

MTR, % POWER, 90MM W

MTR, % POWER/VSWR 90MM W

RAIL, CARRIER, 3.0"

CABLE, CTLR & MONITOR DOOR

HINGE CONTROL & MONITORING

RIBBON CABLE, FRT CAB, DIGITAL

*OVERLAY SIGMA + CD

BOX CONTROL MONITORING

ASSY, FRAME CONTROL & MONITOR

LID CONTROL & MONITORING

*PWA, P/S UNIT DISTRIBUTION

*PWA, ANALOG/DIGITAL INTERFACE

*PWA, LOGIC & CONTROL

5.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (l)

6.40 FT

1.210 FT

1.0 EA

6.0 EA

10.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA #TB011

#TB011 1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

#TB011

#TB011

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

Table 7-37. ASSY, TERM BLK CUSTOMER INTFC - 992 9883 019

DESCRIPTION

PLATE, END STOP, DIN RAIL MT

PLATE, END COVER (280, 3-COND)

PLATE, BARRIER (282, 2-COND)

PLATE, SEPARATOR (281, 4-COND)

PLATE, STEP-DOWN (282, 2-COND)

JUMPER, HORIZONTAL 281

TERM BLK, 2C MODULAR 282

TERM BLK, 3C MODULAR 280

JUMPER, 2-POLE ADJACENT 282

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (f)

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

8.0 EA

19.0 EA

1.0 EA

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-27

614 0923 000

614 0927 000

614 0932 000

614 0935 000

822 1297 058

922 1297 061

614 0896 000

620 2109 000

620 3042 000

646 1483 000

736 0301 000

827 6893 001

843 5496 049

917 2413 350

917 2506 070

922 1297 009

922 1297 013

922 1297 014

922 1297 047

939 8205 052

939 8210 045

943 5496 009

HARRIS P/N

041 1310 030

358 0420 000

358 2995 000

358 3224 000

358 3385 000

358 3490 000

358 3491 000

398 0544 000

402 0113 000

402 0217 000

448 0319 000

448 0923 000

448 0999 000

614 0786 000

614 0892 000

943 5496 013

952 9202 156

952 9202 157

952 9215 016

952 9215 018

952 9215 019

952 9215 126

952 9215 131

952 9215 148

952 9215 202

952 9215 203

952 9215 204

952 9215 205

992 8553 001

7-28

TERM BLK, 2C MODULAR 282

BLOCK, TERM, FOUR POSITION

JUMPER, 2P ADJACENT STEP-DOWN

TERM BLK, 2C MODULAR 280

ASSY INSTR, TERM BLK

RAIL, DIN 11.2

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

DESCRIPTION

GASKET, RUBBER

SPACER, ROLLED 1/4 L

END PLATE, 261 TERM BD

BUSHING, NYLON 17/64 ID

PIN QUICK RELEASE 1/4X4.0

END STOP, 264 TERM BLOCK

END PLATE, 264 TERM BLOCK

FUSE 5X20 1.6A TIME DELAY

CLIP, FUSE 13/32 DIA

FUSEHOLDER 5X20MM QC TERM

CATCH MAGNETIC

LATCH, WINGHANDLE W/NUT

HINGE DOOR POSITIONING

TERM BD, 2C MODULAR 261

TERM BLOCK, 4C RAIL MNT

TERM BLOCK, 4C GND

JACK, BNC 75 OHM BULKHEAD

ADAPTER,SMA F/M TO N F/M BLKHD

HARRIS NAMEPLATE

PWR SUPPLY, LINEAR 12V 3.4AMP

PLATE

WIRING DIAG, CTLR/CD-1A EXC

CARRIER RAIL, 4.6"

CABLE PKG, CTLR CAB, LIN/DGTL

BLOCK, DOOR PIVOT

RAIL, CABLE SUPPORT

BRACKET, CABLE SUPPORT

BRACKET, LATCH MTG

ANGLE, I/O & PCB MTG

COVER, MOV BOARD

PANEL, BLANK FILLER

SEAL, GASKET

SUPPORT, EXC, SIGMA + CTLR CAB

SUPPORT, EXC/SW, CTLR CABINET

ASSY, WELDMENT, CONTROL CAB

PANEL, LEFT INNER

PANEL, RIGHT INNER

BLANK PNL, 8U, W/TOP FLANGE

BLANK PANEL, 1 RACK UNIT

CVR,SAFETY,MODE CTLR P/S UNIT

STRAP, GROUND

STRAP, GROUND

BRACKET, LINE STRETCHER MTG

INSULATOR, MOV

PWA, MOV-AC 198-250 VAC

Table 7-38. CABINET, CONTROL (CD1A) - 992 9824 002

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

0.0 EA

2.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (s)

13.750 FT

10.0 EA

1.0 EA TB-5

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

3.0 EA

TB002 TB004

(1) TB002, (2) TB004

1.0 EA

8.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

13.0 EA

STRETCHER MTG

(2) TB-5

(6) TB002 (7) TB004

(2) TB002 (1) TB004

SEMPTE 310M

RF SAMPLE

MODE CONTROL

TB002 TB004

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

EXC/SW, EXC A, EXC B

EXC/SW, EXC A, EXC B

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

992 8810 001

992 9367 001

992 9502 067

992 9830 006

992 9834 001

992 9848 001

992 9883 003

HARRIS P/N

296 0345 000

560 0111 000

610 1066 000

839 7900 606

839 7900 614

999 2710 001

HARRIS P/N

335 0267 000

358 0420 000

358 3386 000

448 0729 000

632 1180 000

632 1181 000

952 9190 673

952 9215 025

952 9215 026

992 9502 023

HARRIS P/N

254 0003 000

354 0003 000

358 3490 000

358 3491 000

384 0860 000

560 0036 000

606 0866 000

614 0892 000

736 0305 000

736 0306 000

736 0307 000

839 8203 022

917 2413 341

917 2462 121

917 2506 065

943 5285 156

952 9202 148

7/15/02

*ASSY, HANDHELD DIAGNOSTICS

*PWA, MARSHALLING

*SYS INTERFACE PCB ASSY (CD)

PANEL, SYSTEM CONTROL (CD)

*PWA, EXCITER P/S DISTRIBUTION

ASSY, POWER SUPPLY DECK,

ASSY, REAR DOOR, CONTROL CAB

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

Table 7-39. PWA, MOV-AC 198-250 VAC - 992 8553 001

DESCRIPTION

TUBING, SHRINKABLE 3/4

VARISTOR 275VAC 140J 275VRMS

CONN, .25 FASTON PC MOUNT

PWB, MOV-AC PROTECTOR

SCHEM, MOV-AC PROTECTOR

WIRE/TUBING LIST

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (e)

1.0 FT CUT 12 PIECES 1.0" EACH

12.0 EA CR001 CR002 CR003 CR004 CR005 CR006

CR007 CR008 CR009 CR010 CR011 CR012

A B C 3.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA QTY 1 NEEDED FOR SERVICEREPLACE-

MENT.

Table 7-40. PANEL, SYSTEM CONTROL (CD) - 992 9830 006

DESCRIPTION

WASHER SHOULDER .266 ID

SPACER, ROLLED 1/4 L

SCREW, SHOULDER 10-32

STRIKE MAGNETIC CATCH

MTR, % POWER/VSWR 90MM W

MTR, 0-50 SCL 120MM W

*SYS OVERLAY PNL SIGMA (CD)

FRAME, DOOR FRT, CTLR/MONITOR

DOOR, FRONT ASSY, CONTROL CAB

*SYS DISPLAY PCB ASSY (CD)

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (c)

1.0 EA

12.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

Table 7-41. ASSY, POWER SUPPLY DECK, - 992 9848 001

DESCRIPTION

WIRE, BUS CU 18AWG

LUG #10 RING RED 22-18AWG

END STOP, 264 TERM BLOCK

END PLATE, 264 TERM BLOCK

LED GREEN CART 24V ESD

MOV 6500A 80J 150 VAC

BREAKER, CIRCUIT 10A

TERM BLOCK, 4C RAIL MNT

POWER SUPPLY, 24V 3.6A

POWER SUPPLY, 15V 9A

POWER SUPPLY, 15V 3A

WIRING DIAG, PWR SUPPLY DECK

CARRIER RAIL - 6.3"

BRACKET, MOUNTING

CABLE, CTLR CABINET PWR SUPPLY

BRACKET, C.B. DOUBLE

BASE, POWER SUPPLY MOUNTING

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (e)

0.750 FT

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

6.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

12.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

#TB001

#TB001

DS001 DS002 DS003 DS004 DS005 DS006

CB001 CB002

CB001 CB002

#TB001

PS002A PS002B

PS001A PS001B

PS003A PS003B

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

10.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

#TB001

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-29

952 9202 149

952 9202 151

HARRIS P/N

252 0004 000

296 0253 000

296 0265 000

302 0057 000

303 4104 012

303 4105 012

306 0015 000

306 0034 000

310 0026 000

314 0015 000

354 0004 000

356 0005 000

359 1203 000

506 0250 000

843 5496 001

917 2506 018

917 2506 038

922 1297 028

922 1297 046

939 8121 251

943 5496 037

943 5496 038

HARRIS P/N

003 8020 030

358 0935 000

358 2718 000

358 3026 000

359 0150 000

359 0321 000

359 1071 000

359 1173 000

359 1174 000

424 0663 000

843 5496 037

HARRIS P/N

003 8020 030

358 0935 000

358 2718 000

358 3026 000

359 0592 000

359 1173 000

359 1174 000

7-30

COVER, SAFETY

COVER, SAFETY, CB

1.0 EA

1.0 EA #CB001 #CB002

Table 7-42. KIT, EEV FITTINGS - 992 9830 002

DESCRIPTION

WIRE, STRD 18AWG WHT/YEL

TUBING, SHRINK 3/16 WHITE

TUBING, SHRINK 1/16 WHITE

SCR, 4-40 X 5/8

SCREW, MACH M4-0.7 X 12

SCREW, MACH M5-0.8 X 12

NUT, HEX KEP 4-40

NUT, HEX 1/2-13

WASHER, FLAT 1/2

WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 1/2

LUG .25 RING RED 22-18AWG

CABLE CLAMP 5/16 D

COUPLING, FLEXIBLE, 2 X 1-1/2

CAP 1.0UF 250V 5%

INSTR, LOCATOR PIN & CONNECT

LOCATOR PIN

CABLE, TUBE EEV

MOUNT CONNECTOR

ASSY, INPUT/OUTPUT BODY

*LABEL, KLYSTON INSTN/REML.

ASSY, INPUT, COLLECTOR, EEV

ASSY, OUTPUT COLLECTOR

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (f)

1.0 FT

4.0 FT

0.50 FT

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

Table 7-43. ASSY, INPUT, COLLECTOR, EEV - 943 5496 037

DESCRIPTION

CU, TBG .75 NOM DIA

CLAMP, HOSE

SOCKET, FEMALE 6-HK

HOSE BARB 3/4 H X 3/4 MPT

ADAPTER FTG 3/4-3/4

PLUG PIPE 1/8 NPT

TEE 3/4 X 1/8 X 3/4 CXFXC

NUT, C-61 7/8"

SLEEVE, C-60 7/8"

HOSE 48 IN LG

ASSY INSTR,INPUT,COLLECTOR,EEV

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (a)

0.180 FT

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

Table 7-44. ASSY, OUTPUT COLLECTOR - 943 5496 038

DESCRIPTION

CU, TBG .75 NOM DIA

CLAMP, HOSE

SOCKET, FEMALE 6-HK

HOSE BARB 3/4 H X 3/4 MPT

ELBOW 3/4 IN 90 DEG

NUT, C-61 7/8"

SLEEVE, C-60 7/8"

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (a)

0.180 FT

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

424 0663 000

442 0123 000

843 5496 038

917 2506 041

HARRIS P/N

358 3434 000

358 3455 000

700 1377 000

917 2506 086

952 9215 199

992 8741 001

HARRIS P/N

296 0344 000

357 0109 000

917 2506 054

917 2506 084

917 2506 085

917 2506 104

917 2506 108

939 8205 016

992 8734 001

992 9737 097

992 9737 098

992 9830 014

992 9830 022

HARRIS P/N

296 0372 000

307 0001 080

384 0966 000

736 0310 001

917 2506 073

917 2506 090

939 8205 060

952 9215 145

952 9215 200

HARRIS P/N

041 1310 030

296 0262 000

358 3466 000

426 0081 000

430 0241 000

430 0251 000

7/15/02

HOSE 48 IN LG

THERMOSTAT 155 DEG F N.C.

ASSY INSTR, OUTPUT COLLECTOR

PLATE, TEMP SENSOR MTG

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

Table 7-45. KIT, SINGLE IPA - 992 9830 016

DESCRIPTION

TY-RAP MTG BASE .316" TIE

STANDOFFS, HEX, 3/8

TERMINATION, 50 OHM BNC

CABLES, COAX PKG SINGLE IPA

COVER, SAFETY, IPA CLOSEOUT

*COMBINER, IPA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (h)

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA SP001

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

L002, CLOSEOUT

Table 7-46. KIT, DUAL IPA - 992 9830 017

DESCRIPTION

TUBG, POLYETHYLENE 1/4 OD

TEE, HOSE BARB STYLE

CONNECTOR, BACKPLANE

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (m)

1.50 FT CUT 12" & 6"

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

IPA BLOWERS

STANDOFF, HEATSINK MTG

CABLES, COAX PKG DUAL IPA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

BRACKET,BNC,CAVITY PWR MONITOR 1.0 EA

CABLE, COAX W26 1.0 EA

CAVITY PWR MON

CAVITY PWR MON

SUPPORT

*MODULE, 1KW S.S. AMPLIFIER

*COMBINER, 8-WAY,

*ASSY, LOAD, 3-WAY,

KIT, 3RD POWER SUPPLY

COOLING, IPA, LEFT

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

IPA 2

PSU 3

IPA 2 BLOWER

Table 7-47. KIT, 3RD POWER SUPPLY - 992 9830 014

DESCRIPTION

SLEEVE, HEATSHRINK BOOT

NUT, STD HEX M8, DIN 934

DIODE, SCHOTTKY 40V 100A ESD

PWR SUPPLY, SW, 32V 2700W

SOCKET, MODIFIED

CABLE PKG, 3RD POWER SUPPLY

HOUSING, IPA CONNECTIONS

PLATE, IPA P/S, SIGMA+

COVER, SAFETY, IPA PS

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (b)

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

PS3 1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

825, 826

1.0 EA

1.0 EA PSU3

Table 7-48. COOLING, IPA, LEFT - 992 9830 022

DESCRIPTION

GASKET, RUBBER

TUBING, SHRINK 1/4 WHITE

END PLATE W/FIXING FLANGE

MOUNT, ANTI-VIBRATION (METRIC)

FAN GUARD

FAN CENTRIFUGAL

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (e)

3.1670 FT

0.1670 FT

1.0 EA TB15A

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-31

614 0885 000

614 0886 000

646 0665 000

939 8121 928

939 8205 062

952 9215 177

952 9215 178

999 2916 001

HARRIS P/N

620 2964 000

917 2506 089

992 9843 005

HARRIS P/N

296 0253 000

356 0208 000

358 2598 000

358 3223 000

358 3579 000

358 3625 000

448 1101 000

583 0152 000

598 0470 000

620 2965 000

646 0665 000

700 1404 000

700 1405 000

839 8203 018

839 8203 019

917 2510 016

939 8203 027

939 8203 032

939 8203 034

939 8203 035

939 8203 036

988 2426 001

992 9843 006

999 2900 001

HARRIS P/N

296 0310 000

358 1928 000

380 0773 000

382 0288 000

382 0302 000

382 0367 000

382 0414 000

7-32

MODULAR TERMINAL BLOCK

MODULAR TERMINAL BLOCK 4C

INSPECTION LABEL

BRACKET, FAN MOUNTING

SUPPORT, IPA COOLING

BOX, IPA COOLING

LID, IPA COOLING

HARDWARE LIST, COOLING IPA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

TB15A

TB15A

Table 7-49. KIT, DUAL EXCITER - 992 9830 020

DESCRIPTION

POWER SPLITTER, 2-WAY

CABLES, COAX PKG DUAL EXCITER

SWITCHER, EXCITER, SIGMA UHF

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (c)

1.0 EA SPL-1, RF SAMPLE

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

RF SAMPLE JUMPER I/O TO SPLITTER

Table 7-50. SWITCHER, EXCITER, SIGMA UHF - 992 9843 005

DESCRIPTION

TUBING, SHRINK 3/16 WHITE

CLAMP, FLAT CABLE 2"

CABLE TIE MOUNT, 4-WAY

FEMALE SCREWLOCK .56"4-40

SLIDES, DRAWER

SLIDES, DRAWER 1.38 X 14 LG

HANDLE, ALUMINUM

RELAY, COAX TRANSFER

FRAME, SNAP-IN, BLACK

POWER SPLITTER, 4-WAY

INSPECTION LABEL

TERMINATION, 50 OHM 0.25W BNC

TERMINATION, 50 OHMS 2W

BLOCK DIAG,EXC SWITCHER SYSTEM

WIRING DIAG, EXCITER SWITCHER

CABLE PKG, EXCITER SWITCHER

ANGLE, MINI CKT MTG.

COVER, REAR, SYNC-LO-SOUND

CHASSIS, EXC/SW, CA1/CD1 EXC

COVER, EXC/SW, (CA1/CD1 EXC)

PANEL, FRT, EXC/SW (CD1)

DP, EXCITER SWITCHER CD

PWA, EXCITER SWITCHER, DTV

HARDWARE LIST,EXCITER SWITCHER

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (j)

0.210 FT K001

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

6.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

2.0 EA

OPTIONAL

K001

#S001 #S002 #S003

SPL-1

R003 R004 R005

R001

Table 7-51. PWA, EXCITER SWITCHER, DTV - 992 9843 006

DESCRIPTION

TUBING TEFLON 20 AWG

JUMPER 1/4 LG 1/8H

XSTR FET BS170 N-CHL ESD

IC, 4011/14011 ESD

IC, 4023/14023 ESD

IC, 4049/14049 ESD

IC, CD4002/MC14002 ESD

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (h)

0.730 FT

4.0 EA

7.0 EA

JP019 JP020 JP021 JP022

Q001 Q002 Q003 Q004 Q005 Q006 Q007

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

U006

U002 U005

U009

U013 U014

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

384 0597 000

384 0660 000

384 0837 000

384 0903 000

384 0904 000

384 0961 000

404 0507 000

404 0674 000

404 0675 000

404 0824 000

404 0825 000

516 0453 000

516 0530 000

516 0736 000

522 0548 000

522 0550 000

522 0570 000

540 1372 000

540 1416 000

540 1430 000

540 1437 000

545 0309 118

548 2051 000

548 2400 156

548 2400 185

548 2400 269

548 2400 285

548 2400 301

7/15/02

382 0594 000

382 0618 000

382 0719 000

382 1070 000

382 1192 000

382 1210 000

382 1629 000

383 0302 000

384 0205 000

IC TL074ACN ESD

IC, 4081/14081 ESD

IC LM324AN ESD

IC, ILQ-1 OPTO-ISOLATOR ESD

IC, MC14584BCP ESD

IC CD4538B ESD

IC ULN2804 ESD

IC, LT1206CR ESD

DIODE SILICON 1N914/4148 ESD

RECT 1N4002 ESD

DIODE, REFERENCE ESD

TRANSZORB 1N6376 12V 5W ESD

LED, RED, T-1 ESD

LED, GRN, T-1 ESD

LED, YELLOW ESD

SOCKET IC 18 PIN

SOCKET 14 PIN DIP (D-L)

SOCKET IC 16 CONT

SOCKET, DIP14, LO PROFILE

SOCKET, DIP16, LO PROFILE

CAP .1UF 100V 20% X7R

CAP .01UF 10% 100V X7R

CAP .001UF 10% 100V X7R

CAP 10UF 50V 20%

CAP 100UF 25V 20%

CAP 2.2UF 50V 20%

RES NETWORK 680 OHM 2%

RES NETWORK 10K OHM 2%

RES NETWORK, 10K OHM 2%

RES NETWORK 2000 OHM 2%

RES 51.1 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206

RES ZERO OHM

RES 37.4 OHM 1/2W 1%

RES 75 OHM 1/2W 1%

RES 511 OHM 1/2W 1%

RES 750 OHM 1/2W 1%

RES 1K OHM 1/2W 1%

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

5.0 EA

2.0 EA

3.0 EA

6.0 EA

3.0 EA

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

6.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

15.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

3.0 EA

7.0 EA

7.0 EA

5.0 EA

11.0 EA

6.0 EA

8.0 EA

4.0 EA

13.0 EA

16.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

5.0 EA

2.0 EA

45.0 EA

18.0 EA

U011

U003 U010

U020

U007 U022 U023 U024

U004 U018

U012

U001 U008 U017 U019 U021

U015 U016

CR001 CR002 CR003 CR004 CR005 CR010

CR011 CR012 CR013 CR014 CR015 CR016

CR017 CR018 CR019 CR020 CR021 CR022

CR023 CR024 CR025 CR026 CR027 CR028

CR029 CR030 CR031

CR032 CR033 CR034 CR035 CR036 CR051

CR052 CR053 CR054 CR055 CR056 CR057

CR059 CR060 CR061 CR062 CR063 CR064

CR006 CR007 CR008 CR009 CR037 CR038

CR039 CR040 CR041 CR042 CR043 CR044

CR045 CR046 CR047 CR048 CR049 CR050

CR058

CR065 CR066

DS010 DS016 DS027

DS001 DS004 DS006 DS009 DS024 DS025

DS026

DS002 DS003 DS005 DS007 DS008 DS022

DS023

XU001 XU008 XU017 XU019 XU021

XU002 XU003 XU004 XU005 XU006 XU010

XU011 XU013 XU014 XU018 XU020

XU007 XU009

XU012 XU022 XU023 XU024

XK007A XK007B XK008A XK008B XK009A

XK009B XK010A XK010B

XK003 XK004 XK005 XK006

C006 C008 C009 C011 C012 C013 C014 C017

C018 C019 C020 C028 C032

C001 C002 C003 C004 C016 C021 C023 C024

C025

C026 C027 C029 C030 C031 C033 C034

C037 C038

C035

C005 C007 C010 C036 C039

C015 C022

R047 R048 R049

R021 R023 R064 R066 R068 R072

R012 R017 R092

R028

R065 R071

R001 R002

R039 R052

R032 R033

R029 R030 R031 R036 R046 R054

R087

R037 R038 R050 R051

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-33

548 2400 330

548 2400 342

548 2400 368

548 2400 380

548 2400 401

548 2400 701

550 0913 000

574 0477 000

574 0485 000

578 0026 000

578 0029 000

604 1147 000

604 1205 000

610 0827 000

610 0828 000

610 0830 000

610 0855 000

610 0900 000

610 0933 000

610 0950 000

610 1304 000

612 1184 000

620 0700 000

839 8203 001

839 8203 002

839 8203 003

HARRIS P/N

620 2833 000

700 1404 000

952 9215 132

952 9215 134

HARRIS P/N

055 0120 538

296 0394 026

RES 2K OHM 1/2W 1%

RES 2.67K OHM 1/2W 1%

RES 4.99K OHM 1/2W 1%

RES 6.65K OHM 1/2W 1%

RES 10K OHM 1/2W 1%

RES 10MEG OHM 1/2W 1%

POT, 5K OHM

RELAY 4 PDT 12VDC 2 AMP

RELAY DPDT 12VDC 2 AMP

RELAY DPDT 12VDC 2 AMP

RELAY 12V SPCO RF SW PCB

SW PB SPST-N.O. MOM

SW, SPDT MOMENTARY

HEADER, 20 PIN PC RIBBON

HEADER, 26 PIN PC RIBBON

HEADER, 10 PIN PC RIBBON

HEADER 34 PIN PC RIBBON

HEADER 3 CKT STRAIGHT

JUMPER, PWB TEST POINT

PIN HEADER 6 PIN

HEADER, 16 PIN PC RIBBON

SHUNT JUMPER 0.1" CENTERS

*RECPT, MALE SMB,PC MOUNT

SCH, EXCITER SWITCHER PWB

LAYOUT, COMPONENT,

PWB, EXCITER SWITCHER

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

18.0 EA

5.0 EA

1.0 EA

8.0 EA

2.0 EA

19.0 EA

10.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

18.0 EA

9.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

R003 R004 R005 R006 R007 R008 R009 R011

R024 R041 R042 R053 R059

R075 R091

R076 R077 R078 R079 R080

R067

R013 R014 R015 R016 R026 R027 R040 R043

R018 R020

R010 R025 R034 R035 R044 R045 R056 R057

R060 R062 R081 R082 R083 R084 R085 R086

R088 R089

R090

R055 R058 R061 R063

R069 R070 R073 R074

K007 K008 K009 K010

K003 K004 K005

K006

K001 K002

S004

S001 S002 S003

J004

J001 J002

J003 J008

J007

J010 J010A

JP001 JP002 JP003 JP004 JP005 JP006

JP007 JP008 JP009 JP010 JP011 JP012

JP013 JP014 JP015 JP016 JP017 JP018

TP001 TP002 TP003 TP004 TP005 TP006

TP007 TP008 TP009 TP010

J009

J005 J006

XJP001 XJP002 XJP003 XJP004 XJP005

XJP006 XJP007 XJP008 XJP009 XJP010

XJP011 XJP012 XJP013 XJP014 XJP015

XJP016 XJP017 XJP018

J030 J031 J032 J033 J034 J035 J038 J039

J040

Table 7-52. KIT, SINGLE EXCITER - 992 9830 021

DESCRIPTION

SPLITTER/COMBINER, 4-WAY

TERMINATION, 50 OHM 0.25W BNC

BLANK PANEL, 2 RACK UNITS

BLANK PANEL, 4 RACK UNITS

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (c)

1.0 EA SPL-2

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

USE AS REQUIRED

EX/SW CLOSEOUT

EXCITER B CLOSEOUT

Table 7-53. KIT, CPI ASSY - 992 9830 026

DESCRIPTION

CONDUIT FITTING 45 DEG ELBOW

TUBING, RF/EMI SHIELD 1.250 ID

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (f)

1.0 EA UMBILICAL

0.750 FT UMBILICAL

7-34 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

356 0253 000

358 1315 000

612 1562 000

839 8121 926

843 5496 075

917 2506 115

939 8121 251

943 5479 016

943 5496 072

952 9215 208

992 9737 105

992 9830 025

HARRIS P/N

003 8020 040

358 3040 000

358 3459 000

359 0228 000

359 0269 000

359 0660 000

359 0975 000

604 1206 000

629 0085 000

629 0087 000

843 5496 072

Harris PN

335 0012 000

354 0146 000

354 0890 000

357 0071 000

358 0960 000

384 0888 000

384 0968 000

410 0022 000

516 0968 000

540 1600 322

552 0997 000

560 0095 000

632 1175 000

632 1176 000

632 1193 000

632 1204 000

632 1205 000

917 2501 035

917 2506 016

922 1297 048

922 1297 049

952 9202 170

CABLE CLAMP, SIZE 22 SHELL

CLAMP, ADJ, SIZE 16

PLUG, CIRCULAR, 4 PIN FEMALE

*SCH, ISO SUPPLIES 3 (EEV)

SCH, FRT/REAR CAB (CPI)

CABLE, BODY CURRENT

*LABEL, KLYSTON INSTN/REML.

CABLE, HV UMBILICAL EIMAC K2

ASSY,CPI PLUMBING W/FLOW METER

CONDUIT, UMBILICAL, CPI

*SUPPLIES, ISO, 3 (CPI)

METERS, ISO, CPI

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

YX007

UMBILICAL

YX007

UMBILICAL

Table 7-54. ASSY,CPI PLUMBING W/FLOW METER - 943 5496 072

DESCRIPTION

CU, TBG 1.0 NOM DIA

PLUG, FEMALE 6-HK

PLUG, FEMALE 4-HK

ELBOW 45 DEG, 1" CXC

ADAPTER, MALE

Y 45 DEG 1 IN.

ADAPTER, MALE

SWITCH, LIMIT

FLOW METER, HEDLAND 620-604

FLOW METER, HEDLAND 620-628

ASSY INSTR,CPI PLUMBING W/FLOW

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (b)

3.10 FT

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

Table 7-55. METERS, ISO, CPI - 992 9830 025

Description

WASHER NYLON .195 ID

LUG SHAKE .176 MTG

TERM, MALE 250 TAB, #6 HOLE

SCREW 10-32 X 1/2

CPLR, 1/4"X1/4" SHAFT

RECT BYW96E 1000V 3A ESD

DIODE, BAW62 ESD

INSULATOR ROUND NS5W0332

CAP 4700PF 5% 100V C0G

RES 7.5K OHM 3W 5%

POT 1K OHM 2W 5% 10 TURN

MOV, 130WVAC, 70J, 20MM DISC

MTR, 0-50UA, 90MM W

MTR, 0-150V, 90MM W

MTR 0-12V HEATER V 90MM W

METER TO SPEC, 0-20A

METER, BIAS CURRENT

JUMPER PKG, METER, ISO

SHAFT BIAS ADJUST

BIAS, POT MTG BRKT

ELECTROSTATIC SCREEN BLANK

BOARD, 5 HV METERS SIGMA PLUS

2.0 EA

5.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

QTY UM Reference Designators (H)

4.0 EA

13.0 EA

11.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA V001 V002

C001 C002 C003 C004 C005

R002

R001

RV001

ION PUMP P002

BIAS VOLTS P003

HEATER VOLTS P001

HEATER CURRENT P005

BIAS CURRENT P004

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA USED ON HEATER VOLTS & ION PUMP ME-

TERS #P001 P002

1.0 EA

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-35

HARRIS P/N

2400-016-00013

2400-016-00015

424 0586 000

843 5496 074

943 5479 015

943 5496 035

952 9215 170

992 9826 002

992 9830 004

Table 7-56. KIT, ASSY, EEV - 992 9830 027

DESCRIPTION

GLAND RING 32MM

GLAND LOCKNUT 32MM

HOSE BLACK 2" ID

SCH, FRT/REAR CAB (EEV)

CABLE, HV UMBILICAL SIGMA PLUS

ASSY, EEV PLUMBING W/FLOW MTR

UMBILICAL CONDUIT

POWER SUPPLY, ISOLATED, 4

METERS, ISO

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (d)

1.0 EA UMBILICAL

1.0 EA

4.80 FT

UMBILICAL

CUT 14" & 43"

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

HARRIS P/N

003 8020 040

358 3040 000

358 3459 000

359 0228 000

359 0269 000

359 0660 000

359 0975 000

604 1206 000

629 0085 000

629 0086 000

843 5496 035

Table 7-57. ASSY, EEV PLUMBING W/FLOW MTR - 943 5496 035

DESCRIPTION

CU, TBG 1.0 NOM DIA

PLUG, FEMALE 6-HK

PLUG, FEMALE 4-HK

ELBOW 45 DEG, 1" CXC

ADAPTER, MALE

Y 45 DEG 1 IN.

ADAPTER, MALE

SWITCH, LIMIT

FLOW METER, HEDLAND 620-604

FLOW METER, HEDLAND 620-616

ASSY INSTR, EEV PLUMBING

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (c)

3.10 FT

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

HARRIS P/N

041 6030 010

2422-487-89512

302 0144 100

354 0032 000

356 0004 000

358 2209 000

358 2635 000

358 3006 000

358 3132 000

380 0795 000

380 0796 000

384 0911 000

404 0854 000

472 1737 000

510 0760 000

524 0377 000

530 0088 000

542 1654 000

839 8121 956

917 2462 053

917 2462 058

917 2506 023

917 2506 034

917 2506 048

Table 7-58. POWER SUPPLY, ISOLATED, 4 - 992 9826 002

DESCRIPTION

RUBBER CHANNEL X650

*SIL PAD TO-3 X 0.177M

SCR, 10-32 X 5/8

SOLDER LUG 10 MTG HOLE

CABLE CLAMP 1/4 D

U BOLT

CABLE TIE, PUSH MOUNT SNAP IN

STANDOFF, 6-32 X .875

STUD, BRS 1/4-20 1-1/4

TRANSISTOR, POWER, ESD

TRANSISTOR, POWER, ESD

RECT, BRIDGE SKB60/04 ESD

HEAT SINK BLACK

XFMR, 12VA 20V SEC

CAPACITOR .5MFD -0/+20%

CAP 33000UF 25V -10%/+50%

BRACKET, CAP, 2" ID

RES 150 OHM 6W 5%

SCH, ISO SUPPLY 4 (EEV/CPI)

DISC, CORONA REDUCER

SHIELD, ISOLATED SUPPLIES

MODIFIED CORE ISOLATED P/S

SHIELD, FIBER OPTIC

STANDOFF, ISO PWR SUPPLY

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (h)

2.0 FT

6.0 EA

2.0 EA C203/C204 BRACKET

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

V010 V011

V014 V015 V033 V034

C202

C203 C204

R215

7-36 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

Harris PN

335 0012 000

354 0146 000

354 0890 000

357 0071 000

358 0960 000

384 0888 000

384 0968 000

410 0022 000

516 0968 000

540 1600 322

552 0997 000

560 0095 000

632 1175 000

632 1176 000

632 1203 000

632 1205 000

917 2501 035

917 2506 016

922 1297 048

922 1297 049

952 9215 116

999 2912 001

917 2506 126

922 1297 038

922 1297 063

9390-269-10112

943 5496 029

943 5496 070

992 9502 071

CABLES, ISO POWER SUPPLY

CORONA BUSTER ISOLATED P/S

COVER, ISOLATED SUPPLIES 3

*BUSH 56201J (TO-3) INSULA

COVER, ISOLATED P/S

MTG PLATE ISOLATED P/S, 4

*ASSY, 4-PCB, ISO SUPPLY

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

12.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

Table 7-59. METERS, ISO - 992 9830 004

Description

WASHER NYLON .195 ID

LUG SHAKE .176 MTG

TERM, MALE 250 TAB, #6 HOLE

SCREW 10-32 X 1/2

CPLR, 1/4"X1/4" SHAFT

RECT BYW96E 1000V 3A ESD

DIODE, BAW62 ESD

INSULATOR ROUND NS5W0332

CAP 4700PF 5% 100V C0G

RES 7.5K OHM 3W 5%

POT 1K OHM 2W 5% 10 TURN

MOV, 130WVAC, 70J, 20MM DISC

MTR, 0-50UA, 90MM W

MTR, 0-150V, 90MM W

METER TO SPEC, 0-10V

METER, BIAS CURRENT

JUMPER PKG, METER, ISO

SHAFT BIAS ADJUST

BIAS, POT MTG BRKT

ELECTROSTATIC SCREEN BLANK

BOARD, HV METERS

HARDWARE LIST, METERS, ISO

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

QTY UM Reference Designators (P)

4.0 EA

11.0 EA

9.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

R002

USED ON HEATER VOLTS & ION PUMP ME-

TERS #P001 P002

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

HARRIS P/N

358 0935 000

359 1216 000

424 0586 000

442 0123 000

943 5496 073

HARRIS P/N

358 0935 000

358 2718 000

358 3026 000

424 0663 000

843 5496 073

Table 7-60. KIT, CPI FITTINGS - 992 9830 030

DESCRIPTION

CLAMP, HOSE

COUPLING, FLEXIBLE, 2 X 2

HOSE BLACK 2" ID

THERMOSTAT 155 DEG F N.C.

ASSY, COLLECTOR COOLING, CPI

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (c)

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

7.0 FT

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

Table 7-61. ASSY, COLLECTOR COOLING, CPI - 943 5496 073

DESCRIPTION

CLAMP, HOSE

SOCKET, FEMALE 6-HK

HOSE BARB 3/4 H X 3/4 MPT

HOSE 48 IN LG

ASSY INSTR, COLLECTOR COOLING

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (b)

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-37

HARRIS P/N

992 8739 001

992 9371 002

992 9502 071

992 9881 001

570 0345 000

570 0346 000

570 0347 000

570 0353 000

574 0405 000

574 0498 000

574 0503 000

578 0028 000

578 0029 000

582 0064 000

584 0318 000

584 0319 000

584 0331 000

604 0447 000

604 0991 000

604 1005 000

HARRIS P/N

396 0251 000

404 0866 000

424 0664 000

430 0031 000

430 0189 000

430 0239 000

430 0242 000

430 0249 000

430 0251 000

442 0123 000

448 0963 000

448 0986 000

560 0054 000

560 0095 000

560 0111 000

604 1044 000

604 1141 000

604 1150 000

604 1153 000

604 1157 000

604 1160 000

604 1206 000

604 1207 000

606 0876 000

606 0877 000

606 0878 000

606 0879 000

606 0880 000

Table 7-62. *KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD, - 994 9797 001

DESCRIPTION

*PWA, ANALOG/DIGITAL INTERFACE

*PWA, LOGIC & CONTROL

*ASSY, 4-PCB, ISO SUPPLY

*PWA, AGC & UHF LINEARIZER,

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (b)

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

Table 7-63. *KIT, SPARE, PARTS - 994 9797 003

DESCRIPTION

LAMP WEDGE BASE 24V 2W

SKT RELAY 14P PYF14A-E

O-RING,

FAN CARAVEL CL3T2/020191

FAN 24VDC 106CFM

FAN, 24VDC 35.8-49.4 CFM

FAN 230V A/C 50/60HZ

FAN CENTRIFUGAL

FAN CENTRIFUGAL

THERMOSTAT 155 DEG F N.C.

FLTR MEDIA 25" W X 1" THK

FILTER,HIGH EFF,STYLE 192

MOV 4500A 25J 95 VAC

MOV 6000A 50J 130 VAC

VARISTOR 275VAC 140J 275VRMS

CONTACTOR 3 POLE VACUUM

CONTACTOR, 3 POLE 190A

CONTACTOR, 3 POLE 65A

CNTOR 25A 600V 7.5HP 3PH

RELAY 3PDT 120VAC 50/60HZ

RELAY, PHASE PROTECTION

RELAY 110VAC COIL 5A 4PDT

RELAY, CHANGEOVER DPCO

RELAY 12V SPCO RF SW PCB

RELAY, OVERLOAD 2.5-4 AMP

COIL, FOR CA3-12 50/60HZ

CONTACT AUXILIARY

CONTACT BLOCK, AUXILIARY

SW, PRESS.

SW, PB, MOM, SPDT

SW, AIR PRESSURE

SW, INTLK DPDT

SW, PB MEMBRANE SPST

SW SPDT LEVER, GRAY

SWITCH PUSH BUTTON MOM 2P

SW ROTARY 2P 6 POS

SWITCH SQ PUSHBUTTON 1PNO

SWITCH, LIMIT

SWITCH, DISCONNECT

CONTACT AUXILIARY

CKT BREAKER 3A 240VAC

CKT BREAKER 4A 240VAC

CKT BREAKER 6A 240VAC

CKT BREAKER 3A 240VAC

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

5.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (c)

5.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

85.0 FT

10.0 EA

3.0 EA

3.0 EA

3.0 EA

7-38 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

606 0900 000

606 0911 000

606 0953 000

606 0954 000

606 0957 000

606 0958 000

606 0959 000

606 0962 000

606 0972 000

629 0085 000

629 0086 000

382 0770 000

382 0771 000

382 0772 000

382 0774 000

382 0777 000

382 0778 000

382 0785 000

382 0791 000

382 0793 000

382 0797 000

382 0798 000

382 0813 000

382 0854 000

382 0856 000

382 0865 000

382 0882 000

HARRIS P/N

380 0189 000

380 0190 000

380 0560 000

380 0747 000

380 0770 000

380 0773 000

382 0184 000

382 0371 000

382 0406 000

382 0415 000

382 0452 000

382 0593 000

382 0594 000

382 0734 000

382 0769 000

382 0897 000

382 0899 000

382 1045 000

382 1081 000

382 1160 000

382 1171 000

382 1191 000

382 1244 000

382 1320 000

7/15/02

CKT BREAKER 4A 415VAC

CKT BREAKER 20A 240VAC 3P

CKT BREAKER 15A 3 POLE

CKT BREAKER 30A 3 POLE

CKT BREAKER 0.25 AMP 1 POLE

CKT BREAKER 2 AMP 1 POLE

CKT BREAKER 5 AMP 1 POLE

CIRCUIT BREAKER 1P 20AMP

CKT BREAKER, MICRO CTLR, 3POLE

FLOW METER, HEDLAND 620-604

FLOW METER, HEDLAND 620-616

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

Table 7-64. *KIT, SPARES, SEMICOND & FUSE - 994 9797 004

DESCRIPTION

XSTR, NPN 2N3904 ESD

XSTR, PNP 2N3906 ESD

TRANSISTOR MPS-A06 ESD

XSTR MPSA42 NPN ESD

XSTR BC547 NPN ESD

XSTR FET BS170 N-CHL ESD

IC, 340T-5/7805 +5V REG ESD

IC, MC7912CT ESD

IC, MC7812CT ESD

IC, 324 ESD

IC, LM311/CA311 ESD

IC TL072ACP ESD

IC TL074ACN ESD

*IC, CA2830C/MHW592 ESD

IC 74HC02 ESD

IC, 74HC04 ESD

IC 74HC08 ESD

IC 74HC10 ESD

IC 74HC14 ESD

IC, 74HC30 ESD

IC, 74HC32 ESD

IC, 74HC86 ESD

IC, 74HC138 ESD

IC, 74HC147 ESD

IC, 74HC157 ESD

IC, 74HC158

IC 74HC240 ESD

IC 74HC4060 ESD

IC 74HC4078 ESD

IC, 74HC4538 ESD

IC, 78L05A ESD

IC ULN2803 ESD

IC, CDP1855CE ESD

IC, 74HC541 ESD

IC 74HC126 ESD

IC 74HC27 (ESD)

IC 74HC540 (ESD)

IC 74HC283 4BIT ADDER ESD

IC CD4043B ESD

IC 79L15AC ESD

6.0 EA

2.0 EA

6.0 EA

6.0 EA

6.0 EA

6.0 EA

6.0 EA

6.0 EA

6.0 EA

12.0 EA

12.0 EA

12.0 EA

12.0 EA

12.0 EA

12.0 EA

12.0 EA

12.0 EA

6.0 EA

6.0 EA

6.0 EA

12.0 EA

12.0 EA

12.0 EA

12.0 EA

12.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (f)

12.0 EA

12.0 EA

6.0 EA

6.0 EA

6.0 EA

6.0 EA

12.0 EA

6.0 EA

6.0 EA

12.0 EA

8.0 EA

6.0 EA

12.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-39

384 0895 000

384 0897 000

384 0899 000

384 0904 000

384 0911 000

384 0920 000

384 0931 000

384 0966 000

384 0968 000

385 0001 000

385 0027 000

385 0042 000

386 0082 000

386 0135 000

386 0181 000

386 0298 000

386 0342 000

386 0399 000

386 0401 000

386 0403 000

386 0440 000

386 0442 000

386 0447 000

384 0205 000

384 0268 000

384 0307 000

384 0431 000

384 0694 000

384 0695 000

384 0702 000

384 0761 000

384 0789 000

384 0793 000

384 0842 000

384 0880 000

384 0888 000

384 0889 000

384 0891 000

384 0894 000

382 1347 000

382 1348 000

382 1350 000

382 1360 000

382 1362 000

382 1365 000

382 1383 000

382 1395 000

382 1400 000

382 1407 000

382 1408 000

382 1410 000

382 1608 000

382 1633 000

382 1634 000

384 0020 000

7-40

IC LP311 ESD

IC ICL7665S CMOS ESD

IC 74HC4051 CMOS ESD

IC 7667 MOSFET DRIVER ESD

IC SFH610-2 ESD

IC, FIBER OPTIC RCVR ESD

IC, FIBER OPTIC XMTR ESD

IC, UCN5801A ESD

IC, CA5800 ESD

IC, ICL7673 ESD

IC, X9103P ESD

IC, RC4558 ESD

IC, ERA-5SM ESD

IC, LM333 ESD

IC, LT1083CP-12 ESD

RECTIFIER IN4005 ESD

DIODE SILICON 1N914/4148 ESD

RECT 7.5KV PIV 500MA 2W ESD

DIODE 1N916 ESD

RECT. 1N4001 ESD

LED RED CART 12V

LED GREEN CART 12V ESD

RECT FW BRIDGE 600V 35A ESD

BRIDGE, FW 100A 200V ESD

DIODE, 5V 500W ESD

DIODE, TVS 15V 500W SA15A ESD

LED AMBER CART 12V

LED, GREEN, RT ANGLE MTG ESD

RECT BYW96E 1000V 3A ESD

* RECT 2KBP08 800V 2A ESD

LED 10 SEG BARGRAPH, GRN ESD

DIODE 1N4003G 200V 1A ESD

DIODE 1N4007G 1000V 1A ESD

RECTIFIER BYW56 1000V 2A ESD

RECT 30V .2A BAT85 ESD

LED, GRN, T-1 ESD

RECT, BRIDGE SKB60/04 ESD

RECT, BRIDGE 1A 100V SO ESD

RECT, 90SQ045 45V 9A ESD

DIODE, SCHOTTKY 40V 100A ESD

DIODE, BAW62 ESD

DIODE, RECT 4148 / 914 ESD

DIODE, 2800 SCHOTTKY SMT ESD

RECT BAT 17 4V 30MA ESD

ZENER, 1N4744A 15V 1W 5% ESD

ZENER, 1N4733A 5.1V ESD

ZENER, 1N4739A 9.1V ESD

ZENER, 1N5352B 15V ESD

ZENER, 1N5333 3.3V ESD

ZENER, 1N5231B 5.1V ESD

ZENER, 1N5347B 10V ESD

ZENER, 1N5257B 33V ESD

ZENER, 1N5339B 5.6V 5W 5% ESD

ZENER 1N5237B 8.2V 5% ESD

TRANSIENT ABSORBER SA28 ESD

6.0 EA

12.0 EA

6.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

6.0 EA

3.0 EA

12.0 EA

12.0 EA

6.0 EA

12.0 EA

12.0 EA

6.0 EA

12.0 EA

12.0 EA

12.0 EA

12.0 EA

12.0 EA

12.0 EA

6.0 EA

12.0 EA

12.0 EA

12.0 EA

2.0 EA

12.0 EA

12.0 EA

3.0 EA

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

6.0 EA

6.0 EA

3.0 EA

6.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

12.0 EA

6.0 EA

6.0 EA

6.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

6.0 EA

2.0 EA

6.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

12.0 EA

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

386 0452 000

386 0454 000

386 0459 000

386 1448 000

387 0010 017

398 0054 000

398 0324 000

398 0368 000

398 0372 000

398 0476 000

398 0485 000

398 0486 000

398 0487 000

398 0488 000

398 0490 000

398 0491 000

398 0492 000

398 0493 000

398 0494 000

398 0553 000

HARRIS P/N

992 8737 003

992 8739 002

992 8748 002

992 8815 002

992 9087 001

992 9363 002

992 9371 002

992 9384 001

992 9502 048

992 9502 056

992 9502 071

992 9737 043

992 9737 102

992 9800 001

992 9881 001

HARRIS P/N

736 0301 000

736 0305 000

736 0306 000

736 0307 000

992 9367 001

992 9502 023

992 9502 067

992 9834 001

ZENER, BZX79C3V6 3.6V ESD

ZENER, BZX85C15 15V ESD

TRANSZORB BZW50-150 150V ESD

DIODE, TVS SA18 18V 500W

DIODE, TVS 15V 1500W ESD

FUSE, SLOW CART 1A 250V

FUSE, 1.5A

FUSE, CART 2A 600V

FUSE, 1A 600V

FUSE, 5A, 600V

FUSE, SLOW CART .1A 250V

FUSE, SLOW CART .25A 250V

FUSE, SLOW CART .5A 250V

FUSE, SLOW CART 1A 250V

FUSE, SLOW CART 5A 250V

FUSE, FAST 1A 32V

FUSE, FAST 7.5A 32V

FUSE, FAST 10A 32V

FUSE, FAST CART .25A 250V

FUSE, 5 X 30 8A 500V

5.0 EA

3.0 EA

5.0 EA

5.0 EA

5.0 EA

5.0 EA

5.0 EA

5.0 EA

12.0 EA

12.0 EA

6.0 EA

4.0 EA

12.0 EA

5.0 EA

5.0 EA

3.0 EA

5.0 EA

5.0 EA

5.0 EA

3.0 EA

Table 7-65. *KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD - 994 9797 007

DESCRIPTION

*PWA, P/S UNIT DISTRIBUTION

*PWA, DIGITAL & ANALOG INTFC

*PWA, THYROTRON INTERFACE

*PWA, IOT FDU2

*PWA, METER MULTIPLYER

*CONTACTOR DRIVER

*PWA, LOGIC & CONTROL

*PWA, IOT 2 INTERFACE

*PWA, SWITCHED METER

*PWA, FUSE PROTECTION, 15 AMP

*ASSY, 4-PCB, ISO SUPPLY

*PWA, LED DISPLAY

*ASSY, 40 WATT AMP, SIGMA++

PWA, FEED FORWARD REF AMP

*PWA, AGC & UHF LINEARIZER,

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (e)

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

Table 7-66. *KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD - 994 9797 009

DESCRIPTION

PWR SUPPLY, LINEAR 12V 3.4AMP

POWER SUPPLY, 24V 3.6A

POWER SUPPLY, 15V 9A

POWER SUPPLY, 15V 3A

*PWA, MARSHALLING

*SYS DISPLAY PCB ASSY (CD)

*SYS INTERFACE PCB ASSY (CD)

*PWA, EXCITER P/S DISTRIBUTION

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (b)

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-41

506 0269 000

506 0270 000

506 0271 000

506 0272 000

506 0275 000

506 0278 000

508 0581 000

510 0760 000

516 0985 000

516 0986 000

522 0602 000

522 0616 000

524 0349 000

524 0363 000

524 0364 000

524 0372 000

540 1217 000

540 1541 000

542 0377 000

542 1006 000

542 1628 000

542 1635 000

430 0239 000

430 0242 000

430 0249 000

430 0251 000

432 0392 000

442 0123 000

442 0132 000

448 0963 000

448 0986 000

472 1710 000

472 1711 000

472 1715 000

472 1725 000

472 1771 000

506 0266 000

506 0268 000

HARRIS P/N

358 2718 000

358 3040 000

358 3459 000

358 3460 000

378 0180 000

3913-070-51860

396 0251 000

398 0495 000

404 0866 000

424 0662 000

424 0663 000

424 0664 000

430 0031 000

430 0189 000

430 0234 000

Table 7-67. KIT, SPARES,AMP CAB COMPONENTS - 994 9797 012

DESCRIPTION

SOCKET, FEMALE 6-HK

PLUG, FEMALE 6-HK

PLUG, FEMALE 4-HK

SOCKET, FEMALE 4-HK

DETECTOR, EEV ARC FOR

*METER TO SPEC

LAMP WEDGE BASE 24V 2W

FUSE, SLOW CART .2A 250V

SKT RELAY 14P PYF14A-E

HOSE, BODY, EEV MA726B

HOSE 48 IN LG

O-RING,

FAN CARAVEL CL3T2/020191

FAN 24VDC 106CFM

FAN 12VDC 80MM

FAN, 24VDC 35.8-49.4 CFM

FAN 230V A/C 50/60HZ

FAN CENTRIFUGAL

FAN CENTRIFUGAL

BLOWER REGENERATIVE 1HP

THERMOSTAT 155 DEG F N.C.

SWITCH, THERMAL, NO

FLTR MEDIA 25" W X 1" THK

FILTER,HIGH EFF,STYLE 192

XFMR, FIL 8.9V 33A SEC

XFMR, FIL 6.4V 30A SEC

XFMR, PWR, 817-2336-013

XFMR, CNTL, TOROIDAL

*XFMR, GRID BIAS & ION PUMP

CAP 1.0UF 250VAC 10%

CAP, 0.1UF 1600VDC 5%

CAP .1UF 100V 10%

CAP 1UF 400V 10%

CAP .1UF 400V 10%

CAP 2.2UF 100V 10%

CAP 1UF 250V 20%

CAP 0.1UF 1000V 20%

CAP 0.05UF 2000A

CAPACITOR .5MFD -0/+20%

CAP, 100PF 3000V 20%

CAP, 460PF 30KV +80/-20%

CAP 3300UF 25V

CAP 6800UF 50V ELECT

CAP, 880UF 350V

CAP 100UF 385V 20%

CAP 470UF 385V 20%

CAP 220UF 200V +/-20%

RES 22.0 OHM 50W 10%

RES 40 OHM 75W 20% 8"X1"D

RES 60K OHM 5% 225W

RES 5.4 OHM 766W 10%

RES 1 OHM 10% 180W W/W

RES 8.2 OHM 6W 5%

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

85.0 FT

10.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

8.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (c)

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

5.0 EA

7-42 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

604 0851 000

604 1005 000

604 1044 000

604 1141 000

604 1150 000

604 1153 000

604 1154 000

604 1157 000

604 1160 000

604 1167 000

604 1168 000

604 1206 000

606 0876 000

606 0877 000

606 0878 000

606 0879 000

606 0880 000

606 0900 000

606 0911 000

606 0957 000

606 0958 000

606 0959 000

606 0962 000

552 1000 000

560 0059 000

560 0095 000

560 0111 000

570 0353 000

574 0502 000

574 0503 000

578 0021 000

578 0028 000

578 0029 000

582 0064 000

584 0318 000

584 0319 000

584 0331 000

584 0335 000

604 0447 000

542 1636 000

542 1638 000

542 1639 000

542 1640 000

542 1641 000

542 1644 000

542 1645 000

542 1648 000

542 1649 000

542 1651 000

542 1652 000

542 1659 000

544 1668 000

546 0324 000

548 2339 000

552 0999 000

7/15/02

RES 100 OHM 12W 5%

RES 470 OHM 12W 5%

RES 2.2K OHM 12W 5%

RES 3.3K OHM 12W 5%

RES 10K OHM 12W 5%

RES 10 OHM 2.5W 5%

RES 22 OHM 2.5W 5%

RES 100 OHM 2.5W 5%

RES 4.7K OHM 2.5W 5%

RES 4.7K OHM 6W 5%

RES 10K OHM 2.5W 5%

RES, 0.02 OHM 5% 50W

RES 10M OHM 1/4W 5%

RES, 25 MEG 45KV 23W 10%

RES 15M 1W 1% GC70 SERIES

RHEO, DUAL 50 OHM, 100W

RHEOSTAT, TANDEM 150 OHM

MOV 510VAC 700J 40KA

MOV 6000A 50J 130 VAC

VARISTOR 275VAC 140J 275VRMS

CNTOR 25A 600V 7.5HP 3PH

RELAY, SOLID STATE

RELAY 110VAC COIL 5A 4PDT

RELAY DPDT 12V

RELAY, CHANGEOVER DPCO

RELAY 12V SPCO RF SW PCB

RELAY, OVERLOAD 2.5-4 AMP

COIL, FOR CA3-12 50/60HZ

CONTACT AUXILIARY

CONTACT BLOCK, AUXILIARY

CONTACT, AUX DPST (NC/NO)

SW, PRESS.

SW, RKR 8PST DIP

SW, AIR PRESSURE

SW, INTLK DPDT

SW, PB MEMBRANE SPST

SW SPDT LEVER, GRAY

SWITCH PUSH BUTTON MOM 2P

THERMOSWITCH NC 70 DEG C

SW ROTARY 2P 6 POS

SWITCH SQ PUSHBUTTON 1PNO

SW THERMAL NC 150 DEG C

SW MICRO 1POL 10A

SWITCH, LIMIT

CONTACT AUXILIARY

CKT BREAKER 3A 240VAC

CKT BREAKER 4A 240VAC

CKT BREAKER 6A 240VAC

CKT BREAKER 3A 240VAC

CKT BREAKER 4A 415VAC

CKT BREAKER 20A 240VAC 3P

CKT BREAKER 0.25 AMP 1 POLE

CKT BREAKER 2 AMP 1 POLE

CKT BREAKER 5 AMP 1 POLE

CIRCUIT BREAKER 1P 20AMP

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

6.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

5.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

5.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

7-43

614 0864 000

614 0865 000

614 0867 000

620 0907 000

629 0062 000

629 0063 000

629 0085 000

629 0086 000

632 1174 000

632 1175 000

632 1176 000

632 1177 000

632 1179 000

632 1180 000

632 1181 000

632 1203 000

636 0044 000

736 0310 001

736 0311 000

917 2506 054

943 5479 015

HARRIS P/N

384 0945 000

560 0098 000

735 0010 000

735 0011 000

735 0012 000

HARRIS P/N

430 0244 000

430 0246 000

442 0130 000

472 1758 000

570 0357 000

HARRIS P/N

358 3456 000

384 0694 000

384 0695 000

384 0702 000

384 0842 000

398 0324 000

398 0476 000

432 0316 000

442 0041 000

472 0622 000

472 1047 000

7-44

TERM BLOCK 10POS 750V 26A

TERM BLOCK 10POS 750V 34A

TERM BLOCK 10POS 750V 34A

GAUGE, PRESSURE

*FLOW METER, FLOW RANGE

*FLOWMETER .5 TO 4.0 GPM

FLOW METER, HEDLAND 620-604

FLOW METER, HEDLAND 620-616

MTR 150-0-150MA 90MM W

MTR, 0-50UA, 90MM W

MTR, 0-150V, 90MM W

MTR, 0-10V, 90MM W

MTR, % POWER, 90MM W

MTR, % POWER/VSWR 90MM W

MTR, 0-50 SCL 120MM W

METER TO SPEC, 0-10V

METER, ELAPSED TIME

PWR SUPPLY, SW, 32V 2700W

POWER SUPPLY LINEAR

CONNECTOR, BACKPLANE

CABLE, HV UMBILICAL SIGMA PLUS

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

Table 7-68. *KIT, SPARES, 97KVA BEAM POWER - 994 9797 015

DESCRIPTION

TRANS-PAK FULLWAVE 6P ESD

SURGE ARRESTER 6KV

ASSY, RESISTOR BD, 60 OHM 225W

BD, INPUT PRIMARY SNUBBER

ASSY, RESISTOR BOARD 20 OHM

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (a)

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

Table 7-69. KIT, SPARES,FLUID COOLER SIGMA - 994 9797 016

DESCRIPTION

*FAN BLADES USED ON LIEBERT

FAN MOTOR ASSEMBLY

THERMOSTAT SPDT 55-175F

TRANSFORMER, CONTROL

CONTACTORS, FAN CONTROL

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (a)

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

Table 7-70. KIT, SPARES, PUMP MODULE - 994 9797 017

DESCRIPTION

CARTRIDGE FILTER 10MICRON

LED RED CART 12V

LED GREEN CART 12V ESD

RECT FW BRIDGE 600V 35A ESD

LED AMBER CART 12V

FUSE, 1.5A

FUSE, 5A, 600V

PUMP, WATER 60HZ 3 PH

THERMOMETER DIAL

XFMR CTL 115/230V 50/60HZ

XFMR, CTL, STEP DOWN, 1 PHASE

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (a)

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

560 0035 000

570 0279 000

574 0156 000

582 0056 000

584 0273 000

604 1060 000

604 1129 000

604 1170 000

620 2726 000

740 1059 000

HARRIS P/N

051 1010 021

378 0170 000

378 0195 000

378 0197 000

378 0218 000

378 0219 000

432 0410 000

620 2817 000

620 2950 000

620 3047 000

620 3048 000

620 3056 000

620 3057 000

620 3058 000

736 0322 000

952 9211 200

988 2414 200

988 8641 001

992 6742 005

992 8724 001

992 8734 001

992 8807 001

992 8812 001

992 9139 013

992 9508 001

992 9511 067

994 9649 001

994 9649 004

994 9797 001

994 9797 003

994 9797 004

994 9797 007

994 9797 009

994 9797 012

994 9797 013

994 9797 015

7/15/02

MOV 4500A 35J 130 VAC

CNTOR 40A 600V 3P

RELAY 12VDC 4PDT

RELAY, OVERLOAD 3P 600V

HEATER B55

SWITCH, TGL DP ON OFF ON

SWITCH, LIQUID LEVEL

SWITCH, DISCONNECT 480V

GAUGE,PRESSURE 3.5IN DIAL

MON, PH 430-480V 3PH

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

Table 7-71. SYSTEM, CD140P2/CD200P2 - 994 9649 005

DESCRIPTION

UCARTHERM COOLING FLUID

THYRATRON, CERAMIC

TUBE, IOT 70KW, WATER COOLED

TUBE, IOT 110KW, WATER COOLED

KLYSTRODE, K2D75W

KLYSTRODE, K2D110W

FLUID COOLER 3 FAN

MOTORIZED SWITCH OPTION

ADAPTER, DIELECTRIC TO MYAT

RF SYSTEM DTV 2-TUBE PASSIVE

RF SYSTEM DTV 2-TUBE PASSIVE

RF SYS DTV 2-TUBE DIELECTRIC

RF SYS DTV 2-TUBE DIELECTRIC

RF SYS DTV 2-TUBE DIELECTRIC

POWER SUPPLY BEAM 480VAC 96KVA

KIT, WATER PLUMBING 2 TUBE

DP, 2-TUBE, CD140P2/CD200P2

*DP, SIGMA+ IPA W/FEED FORWARD

GLYCOL PUMP MODULE, IOT

LINE CNTL CAB, 480V 60HZ

*MODULE, 1KW S.S. AMPLIFIER

INSTALL MATL, 2-TUBE IOT

CALORIMETRY ASSEMBLY

KIT, INSTALLATION, 4" LINE

ASSY, AUTO-CHANGEOVER CTLR

INTERCONNECT CABLES, 2-TUBE CD

*XMTR, 2-TUBE, SIGMA

XMTR-Q, CD140P2/CD200P2

*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD,

*KIT, SPARE, PARTS

*KIT, SPARES, SEMICOND & FUSE

*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD

*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD

KIT, SPARES,AMP CAB COMPONENTS

KIT, SPARES, LINE CONTROL CAB

*KIT, SPARES, 97KVA BEAM POWER

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (m)

0.0 EA QTY AS ORDERED BY CUSTOMER.

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

LINE ITEM SPARE

LINE ITEM SPARE 70KW TUBE

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

LINE ITEM SPARE 100KW TUBE

LINE ITEM SPARE 75KW TUBE

LINE ITEM SPARE 110KW TUBE

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

OPTION ORDER QTY 1

ORDER QTY 2 FOR DIELECTRIC RF SYSTEM

PASSIVE POWER PROD, QTY 1 FOR CH 14-

40

PASSIVE POWER PROD, QTY 1 FOR CH 41-

69

DIELECTRIC, ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 14-17

DIELECTRIC, ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 18-43

DIELECTRIC, ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 44-69

2.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

LINE ITEM SPARE

#OPTION, ORDER QTY 1

ORDER QTY 1 FOR AUTO PUMP CHANGE-

OVER

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA ORDER 1 FOR QUINCY BUILT, QUINCY WILL

FORMAT

TO CHANNEL

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-45

HARRIS P/N

003 8020 040

003 8020 060

086 0004 038

086 0004 040

086 0004 047

299 0018 000

358 1722 000

358 3038 000

358 3348 000

359 0085 000

359 0192 000

359 0193 000

359 0197 000

359 0199 000

359 0200 000

359 0225 000

359 0228 000

359 0250 000

359 0251 000

359 0260 000

359 0272 000

359 0302 000

359 0321 000

359 0324 000

359 0355 000

359 0434 000

359 0476 000

359 0477 000

359 0479 000

359 0480 000

359 0514 000

359 0594 000

359 0829 000

359 0869 000

359 0883 000

359 0884 000

359 0891 000

359 0923 000

359 0942 000

359 0962 000

359 0984 000

359 0997 000

359 1042 000

359 1075 000

359 1079 000

359 1083 000

994 9797 016

994 9797 017

HEW8482H

HEWEPM-441A

KIT, SPARES,FLUID COOLER SIGMA

KIT, SPARES, PUMP MODULE

HEWLETT PACKARD SENSOR PROBE

POWER METER, RF

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

OPTION ORDER QTY 1.

OPTION ORDER QTY 1.

Table 7-72. KIT, WATER PLUMBING 2 TUBE - 952 9211 200

DESCRIPTION

CU, TBG 1.0 NOM DIA

CU, TBG 2.0 NOM DIA

SOLDER, SILVER SIZE 0.062

* STAY CLEAN FLUX

SOLDER, SILVER SIZE .125"

THREAD-TAPE, TEFLON

CLAMP, ADJ, SIZE 20

HOSE BARB 1" H X 1" MPT

HOSE CAP, 3/4 HOSE THD.

PLUG, PIPE BRASS

ELBOW, 90 DEG 1" CXC

TEE 1 IN

ADAPTER FEMALE FITTING

UNION, 1" CXC

ELBOW, 90 DEG STREET

ADAPTER 1" C X 1" M

ELBOW 45 DEG, 1" CXC

ADAPTER, FEMALE

VALVE, GATE 1"CXC BRONZE

ELBOW 45 DEG 2 IN

ELBOW, 90 DEG 2" CXC

ELBOW 90 DEG STREET

PLUG PIPE 1/8 NPT

VALVE GLOBE 1" CXC BRONZE

ADAPTOR 3/4 - 1/2

UNION C X M 2 IN

ADAPTER 2" CXM

UNION, 2" CXC

VALVE, GATE 2" CXC

UNION 2 IN C X 2FPT

ADAPTER 2 IN

UNION, 3/4 CXM CAST

UNION 1" CXM

REDUCER FTG 2-1/2" X 2"

ADPTR, FTG 1" FTG X 1/2"F

TEE, 2"CX2"CX1"C

TEE, 1 X 1/8 X 1

ELBOW 90 DEG 2 X 1 CXC

VALVE, BALANCE/SETTER 2"

REDUCER, 2" FTG X 1" C

REGULATOR, PRESS REDUCING

BOILER DRAIN, 1/2"

TEE 2"X2"X3/4" COPPER

ADAPTER FTG X M 1 X 3/4

TEE 1X1X 3/4 CXCXC

NIPPLE, 2" NPT X 6"L

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (n)

0.0 FT 80 REQ’D

0.0 FT

0.0 LB

120 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

0.0 EA

0.0 LB

0.0 RL

0.0 EA

1 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

16 REQ’D

8 REQ’D

5 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

16 REQ’D

4 REQ’D

8 REQ’D, #HOSE BARBS

4 REQ’D, #AMPLIFIER CABINETS

(OPTIONAL)

4 REQ’D, #DIELECTRIC LOADS

8 REQ’D

10 REQ’D, #HOSE BARBS

4 REQ’D, #TOP OF AMPLIFIER CABINETS

2 REQ’D

20 REQ’D

2 REQ’D

(#CALORIMETRIC TEST LOAD)

4 REQ’D, #TEST/REJECT LOADS

5 REQ’D

2 REQ’D, #USED WITH BALANCE SETTER

VALVE.

1 REQ’D

2 REQ’D

3 REQ’D

2 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

4 REQ’D

10 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

2 REQ’D

6 REQ’D

2 REQ’D, (#CALORIMETRIC TEST LOAD)

2 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

2 REQ’D

2 REQ’D

5 REQ’D

5 REQ’D

4 REQ’D, #PASSIVE PWR LOAD

2 REQ’D, #TEST/REJECT LOADS

1 REQ’D

7-46 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

359 1128 000

359 1236 000

424 0469 000

432 0410 000

442 0108 000

629 0059 000

646 1488 000

852 9211 200

917 2336 066

917 2336 112

952 9211 203

992 6742 005

354 0338 000

354 0700 000

358 3192 000

464 0242 000

464 0253 000

614 0842 000

614 0844 000

690 0016 000

917 2336 023

917 2336 024

917 2501 102

922 1311 003

992 3660 001

992 9830 032

994 8442 001

994 8442 006

HARRIS P/N

003 4010 050

296 0350 000

302 0532 000

308 0013 000

314 0015 000

354 0005 000

354 0006 000

354 0011 000

354 0015 000

354 0016 000

354 0017 000

354 0027 000

354 0245 000

354 0254 000

354 0325 000

HARRIS P/N

041 1310 013

086 0004 038

086 0004 040

ADAPTER 3/4 X 1 C X F

ELBOW, 2" STREET45

HOSE SIL RUB 1" X 12’ LG

FLUID COOLER 3 FAN

THERMOSTAT 185 DEG F N.C.

FLOW MTR, 15GPM, 1" FNPT

LABEL, CAUTION

LAYOUT, WATER PLUMBING

ADAPTER THERMOSTAT

LABEL INSTRUCTIONS,

KIT, SUB ASSY PLUMBING, 2 TUBE

GLYCOL PUMP MODULE, IOT

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

0.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

4 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

SEE NEXT LEVEL B/M

SEE NEXT LEVEL B/M

Table 7-73. INSTALL MATL, 2-TUBE IOT - 992 8807 001

DESCRIPTION

CU, STRAP .020 X 4"

TUBING, ZIPPER .625

SCR, 1/2-13 X 1-1/4

WASHER, FLAT 1/2

WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 1/2

TERM LUG RED SPADE 6

TERM LUG RED SPADE 8

LUG BLUE RING .25

LUG BLUE SPADE 6

LUG BLUE SPADE 8

LUG BLUE SPADE 10

TERM LUG YEL SPADE 8

TERM LUG YEL RING 10

LUG .25 RING YEL

LUG,.25 RING YEL 12-10AWG

LUG 4 RING RED

LUG 3/8 RING FOR 18-14AWG

EYEBOLT, 1/2-13 THDS.

CHAIN HOIST 10 FT, 1 TON

PLIERS, ZIPPER TUBING

TERM BLOCK 4POS 380V 8A

TERM BLOCK 10POS 380V 8A

DUCT SEALANT, PUTTY

CABINET CLAMP

CABINET CLAMP

INSTL MTL, WIRE, USA 60/80KW

CLAMP, CABINET INSTALLATION,

KIT, HARDWARE

KIT, LINEARIZER INP ATTENUATOR

KIT, PROBE (1.50); 6-1/8 LINE

KIT, PROBE (1.25); 4-1/16 LINE

6.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

50.0 EA

10.0 EA

8.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

7.0 EA

1.0 BX

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (u)

157.50 FT

200.0 FT

16.0 EA

16.0 EA

16.0 EA

50.0 EA

50.0 EA

50.0 EA

50.0 EA

50.0 EA

50.0 EA

50.0 EA

50.0 EA

10.0 EA

10.0 EA

# SIGMA CDII

Table 7-74. KIT, INSTALLATION, 4" LINE - 992 9139 013

DESCRIPTION

RUBBER SPONGE 3/8

SOLDER, SILVER SIZE 0.062

* STAY CLEAN FLUX

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (g)

10.0 FT #PIPE HANGERS

2.0 LB

1.0 EA

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-47

086 0004 060

302 0318 000

302 0319 000

302 0320 000

302 0338 000

306 0034 000

306 0047 000

310 0011 000

310 0026 000

314 0011 000

314 0015 000

358 1127 000

358 1131 000

358 1891 000

358 1895 000

358 1896 000

358 2160 000

358 2188 000

358 2202 000

358 2472 000

358 3038 000

358 3565 000

358 3598 000

358 3700 000

359 1049 000

359 1051 000

359 1053 000

359 1055 000

464 0055 000

464 0056 000

690 0017 000

SOLDER, HARD SILVER, 1/16DIA

SCR, 3/8-16 X 1.0

SCR, 3/8-16 X 1-1/4

SCR, 3/8-16 X 1-1/2

SCR, 1/2-13 X 1-1/2

NUT, HEX 1/2-13

NUT, HEX 3/8-16

WASHER, FLAT 3/8

WASHER, FLAT 1/2

WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 3/8

WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 1/2

ANGLE FITTING 90 DEG

NUT W/SPRING 3/8-16

ANCHOR SCREW 3/8-16

NUT W/SPRING 1/2-13

ROD 1/2-13 THREADED

CHANNEL 1-5/8 SQ 20 FT LG

FLAT PLATE FITTING

NUT COUPLER 3/8-16

FLAT PLATE FITTING

HOSE BARB 1" H X 1" MPT

CLAMP, PIPING, WITH CUSHION

ANGLE, UNISTRUT, 45 DEGREE

CLAMP, PIPING, WITH CUSHION

PIPE HANGER 2IN LAY-IN

PIPE HANGER 4IN LAY-IN

PIPE HANGER 2.0IN LAY-IN

PIPE HANGER 4.0IN LAY-IN

SETTING TOOL

DRILL MASONARY

PIPE JOINT COMPOUND

10.0 EA

50.0 EA

10.0 EA

10.0 EA

2.0 EA

14.0 EA

2.0 EA

10.0 EA

4.0 EA

10.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.80 TZ

120.0 EA

0.0 EA

120.0 EA

120.0 EA

180.0 EA

180.0 EA

180.0 EA

180.0 EA

180.0 EA

180.0 EA

23.0 EA

60.0 EA

0.0 EA

20.0 EA

20.0 EA

HARRIS P/N

378 0196 000

378 0198 000

378 0213 000

378 0214 000

3913-466-56810

3913-466-59680

432 0393 000

484 0441 000

484 0442 000

484 0443 000

484 0461 000

484 0462 000

618 0731 000

620 2957 008

620 2957 009

620 2957 010

Table 7-75. XMTR-Q, CD140P2/CD200P2 - 994 9649 004

DESCRIPTION

IOT AND CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 70KW

IOT AND CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 110KW

KLYSTRODE, CDK2750W3

KLYSTRODE, CDK2110W3

3DB COUPLER LO POWER BD5

*3DB COUPLER LO POWER BD4

BLOWER REGENERATIVE 2.5HP

BREAKAWAY/FILTER, 470-596 MHZ

BREAKAWAY/FILTER, 596-704 MHZ

BREAKAWAY/FILTER, 704-862 MHZ

FILTER, LOW PASS 700MHZ

FILTER, LOW PASS 1000MHZ

LINE, ADJ CONSTANT Z

CIRCULATOR, UHF

CIRCULATOR, UHF

CIRCULATOR, UHF

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (ak)

0.0 EA ORDER QTY 2 FOR CD140P2 OR DROP

0.0 EA

SHIPMENTS. EEV

ORDER QTY 2 FOR CD200P2 OR DROP

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

SHIPMENTS. EEV

ORDER QTY 2 FOR CD140P2 OR DROP

SHIPMENTS. CPI

ORDER QTY 2 FOR CD200P2 OR DROP

SHIPMENTS. CPI

SELECT TWO FOR 626-860 MHZ

SELECT TWO FOR 470-636 MHZ

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

ORDER QTY 2 FOR CH 14-34

ORDER QTY 2 FOR CH 35-52

ORDER QTY 2 FOR CH 53-69

ORDER QTY 2 FOR CH 14 TO 43

ORDER QTY 2 FOR CH 44 TO 78

FOR CONTROL CABINET PH ADJ 1

ORDER QTY 4 FOR FEED FWD CH 14-26

ORDER QTY 4 FOR FEED FWD CH 27-44

ORDER QTY 4 FOR FEED FWD CH 45-69

7-48 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

620 2957 011

620 2974 000

620 2975 000

620 2976 000

620 2977 000

917 2300 133

992 8813 001

992 9821 001

992 9822 002

992 9824 002

992 9830 002

992 9830 016

992 9830 017

992 9830 020

992 9830 021

992 9830 026

992 9830 027

992 9830 030

994 9785 001

HARRIS P/N

051 1010 021

378 0170 000

378 0195 000

378 0197 000

378 0218 000

378 0219 000

432 0445 000

620 2817 000

620 2950 000

620 3049 000

620 3050 000

620 3059 000

620 3060 000

620 3061 000

736 0322 000

952 9211 300

988 2414 300

988 8641 001

992 6742 008

992 8724 001

7/15/02

CIRCULATOR, UHF

CIRCULATOR, 470-547 MHZ

*CIRCULATOR, 537-636 MHZ

*CIRCULATOR, 626-740 MHZ

*CIRCULATOR, 730-860 MHZ

NAMEPLATE, XMTR FCC SERIAL

*ASSY, MODE CONTROLLER

CABINET, REAR, SIGMA+

CABINET, FRONT, LINEAR, SIGMA+

CABINET, CONTROL (CD1A)

KIT, EEV FITTINGS

KIT, SINGLE IPA

KIT, DUAL IPA

KIT, DUAL EXCITER

KIT, SINGLE EXCITER

KIT, CPI ASSY

KIT, ASSY, EEV

KIT, CPI FITTINGS

EXCITER,CD-1A UHF OR VHF TUNED

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

ORDER QTY 4 FOR FEED FWD CH 70-77

ORDER QTY: 8 FOR SINGLE IPA, 16 FOR

DUAL IPA, CH 14-26

ORDER 8 FOR SINGLE IPA, 16 FOR DUAL

IPA CH 27-40

ORDER 8 FOR SINGLE IPA, 16 FOR DUAL

IPA, CH 41-57

ORDER 8 FOR SINGLE IPA, 16 FOR DUAL

IPA, CH 58-77

ORDER 2 FOR EEV TUBES

ORDER QTY 2 WHEN USED WITH EEV

70KW ALL CHANNELS, EEV 100KW CH-26

AND LOWER

ORDER QTY 2 WHEN USED WITH CPI ALL

POWERS & CHANNELS EEV 100KW CH 27

AND UP

ORDER QTY 1 FOR DUAL EXCITER

ORDER QTY 1 FOR SINGLE EXCITER

ORDER 2 FOR CPI TUBES

ORDER 2 FOR EEV TUBES

ORDER 2 FOR CPI TUBES

ORDER 1 FOR SINGLE EXCITER, ORDER 2

FOR DUAL EXCITERS, QUINCY WILL FOR-

MAT TO CHANNEL

Table 7-76. SYSTEM, CD210P3/CD300P3 - 994 9650 005

DESCRIPTION

UCARTHERM COOLING FLUID

THYRATRON, CERAMIC

TUBE, IOT 70KW, WATER COOLED

TUBE, IOT 110KW, WATER COOLED

KLYSTRODE, K2D75W

KLYSTRODE, K2D110W

FLUID COOLER 4-FAN LO-FLOW

MOTORIZED SWITCH OPTION

ADAPTER, DIELECTRIC TO MYAT

RF SYSTEM DTV 3-TUBE PASSIVE

RF SYSTEM DTV 3-TUBE PASSIVE

RF SYS DTV 3-TUBE DIELECTRIC

RF SYS DTV 3-TUBE DIELECTRIC

RF SYS DTV 3-TUBE DIELECTRIC

POWER SUPPLY BEAM 480VAC 96KVA

KIT, WATER PLUMBING 3 TUBE

DP, 3-TUBE, CD210P3/CD300P3

*DP, SIGMA+ IPA W/FEED FORWARD

PUMP MODULE, 55 GAL TANK

LINE CNTL CAB, 480V 60HZ

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (m)

0.0 EA QTY AS ORDERED BY CUSTOMER.

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

LINE ITEM SPARE

LINE ITEM SPARE 70KW TUBE

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

LINE ITEM SPARE 100KW TUBE

LINE ITEM SPARE 75KW TUBE

LINE ITEM SPARE 110KW TUBE

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

OPTION ORDER QTY 1

ORDER QTY 3 FOR DIELECTRIC RF SYSTEM

PASSIVE POWER PROD, QTY 1 FOR CH 14-

40

PASSIVE POWER PROD, QTY 1 FOR CH 41-

69

DIELECTRIC, ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 14-17

DIELECTRIC, ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 18-43

DIELECTRIC, ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 44-69

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-49

HARRIS P/N

003 8020 040

003 8020 060

003 8020 065

086 0004 038

086 0004 040

086 0004 047

299 0018 000

358 1722 000

358 3038 000

358 3348 000

359 0085 000

359 0192 000

359 0193 000

359 0197 000

359 0199 000

359 0200 000

359 0206 000

359 0225 000

359 0228 000

359 0250 000

359 0251 000

359 0272 000

359 0302 000

359 0321 000

359 0324 000

359 0355 000

359 0419 000

359 0420 000

992 8734 001

992 8808 001

992 8812 001

992 9139 014

992 9508 001

992 9511 068

994 9650 001

994 9650 004

994 9797 001

994 9797 003

994 9797 004

994 9797 007

994 9797 009

994 9797 012

994 9797 013

994 9797 015

994 9797 016

994 9797 017

HEW8482H

HEWEPM-441A

*MODULE, 1KW S.S. AMPLIFIER

INSTALL MATL, 3-TUBE IOT

CALORIMETRY ASSEMBLY

KIT, INSTALLATION, 4" LINE

ASSY, AUTO-CHANGEOVER CTLR

INTERCONNECT CABLES, 3-TUBE CD

*XMTR, 3-TUBE, SIGMA

XMTR-Q, CD210P3/CD300P3

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

LINE ITEM SPARE

#OPTION, ORDER QTY 1

ORDER QTY 1 FOR AUTO PUMP CHANGE-

OVER

ORDER 1 FOR QUINCY BUILT, QUINCY WILL

FORMAT

TO CHANNEL

*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD,

*KIT, SPARE, PARTS

*KIT, SPARES, SEMICOND & FUSE

*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD

*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD

KIT, SPARES,AMP CAB COMPONENTS

KIT, SPARES, LINE CONTROL CAB

*KIT, SPARES, 97KVA BEAM POWER

KIT, SPARES,FLUID COOLER SIGMA

KIT, SPARES, PUMP MODULE

HEWLETT PACKARD SENSOR PROBE

POWER METER, RF

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

OPTION ORDER QTY 1.

OPTION ORDER QTY 1.

Table 7-77. KIT, WATER PLUMBING 3 TUBE - 952 9211 300

DESCRIPTION

CU, TBG 1.0 NOM DIA

CU, TBG 2.0 NOM DIA

CU, TBG 2.5 NOM DIA

SOLDER, SILVER SIZE 0.062

* STAY CLEAN FLUX

SOLDER, SILVER SIZE .125"

THREAD-TAPE, TEFLON

CLAMP, ADJ, SIZE 20

HOSE BARB 1" H X 1" MPT

HOSE CAP, 3/4 HOSE THD.

PLUG, PIPE BRASS

ELBOW, 90 DEG 1" CXC

TEE 1 IN

ADAPTER FEMALE FITTING

UNION, 1" CXC

ELBOW, 90 DEG STREET

ELBOW, 90 DEG 2-1/2"

ADAPTER 1" C X 1" M

ELBOW 45 DEG, 1" CXC

ADAPTER, FEMALE

VALVE, GATE 1"CXC BRONZE

ELBOW, 90 DEG 2" CXC

ELBOW 90 DEG STREET

PLUG PIPE 1/8 NPT

VALVE GLOBE 1" CXC BRONZE

ADAPTOR 3/4 - 1/2

ELBOW 90 DEG 2-1/2

ELBOW 45 DEG 2-1/2

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (q)

0.0 FT 90 FT REQ’D

0.0 FT

0.0 FT

20 REQ’D

200 FT REQ’D

0.0 LB

0.0 EA

0.0 LB

0.0 RL

1# REQ’D

1 REQ’D

1# REQ’D

1 REQ’D

24 REQ’D

12 REQ’D

5 REQ’D

2 REQ’D

26 REQ’D

6 REQ’D

12 REQ’D, #HOSE BARBS

6 REQ’D, #AMPLIFIER CABINETS

OPTIONAL

OPTIONAL

6 REQ’D, #DIELECTRIC LOADS

12 REQ’D

12 REQ’D, #HOSE BARBS

6 REQ’D, #TOP OF AMPLIFIER CABINET

4 REQ’D

2 REQ’D

(#CALORIMETRIC TEST LOAD)

6 REQ’D, #TEST, REJECT LOADS

5 REQ’D

20 REQ’D

2 REQ’D

7-50 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

359 0422 000

359 0433 000

359 0475 000

359 0477 000

359 0479 000

359 0480 000

359 0532 000

359 0574 000

359 0594 000

359 0658 000

359 0829 000

359 0869 000

359 0891 000

359 0935 000

359 0939 000

359 0984 000

359 0997 000

359 1042 000

359 1075 000

359 1079 000

359 1084 000

359 1117 000

359 1128 000

359 1138 000

359 1236 000

424 0469 000

432 0445 000

442 0108 000

629 0059 000

629 0069 000

646 1488 000

852 9211 300

917 2336 066

917 2336 112

952 9211 303

992 6742 005

992 8812 001

HARRIS P/N

003 8020 113

026 6010 001

041 1310 025

041 1310 030

055 0120 230

055 0120 232

055 0120 319

063 1030 021

335 0106 000

354 0197 000

357 0038 000

358 1316 000

358 1761 000

7/15/02

ADAPTER 2-1/2

UNION C X C 2-1/2 IN

VALVE, GATE

UNION, 2" CXC

VALVE, GATE 2" CXC

UNION 2 IN C X 2FPT

COUPLING 2-1/2 X 1

TEE 2-1/2C x 2-1/2C x 1C

UNION, 3/4 CXM CAST

COUPLING 2-1/2 IN.

UNION 1" CXM

REDUCER FTG 2-1/2" X 2"

TEE, 1 X 1/8 X 1

UNION 2-1/2 CXM

TEE, 2-1/2CX2-1/2CX3/4C

REGULATOR, PRESS REDUCING

BOILER DRAIN, 1/2"

TEE 2"X2"X3/4" COPPER

ADAPTER FTG X M 1 X 3/4

TEE 1X1X 3/4 CXCXC

NIPPLE 2 1/2" NPT X 6"

ADAPTOR 2-1/2 IN CXF (CAST)

ADAPTER 3/4 X 1 C X F

VALVE, BALANCE/SETTER 2-1/2"

ELBOW, 2" STREET45

HOSE SIL RUB 1" X 12’ LG

FLUID COOLER 4-FAN LO-FLOW

THERMOSTAT 185 DEG F N.C.

FLOW MTR, 15GPM, 1" FNPT

FLOW MTR, 30GPM, 1" FNPT

LABEL, CAUTION

LAYOUT, WATER PLUMBING

ADAPTER THERMOSTAT

LABEL INSTRUCTIONS,

KIT, SUB ASSY PLUMBING, 3 TUBE

GLYCOL PUMP MODULE, IOT

CALORIMETRY ASSEMBLY

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

2.0 EA

0.0 EA

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

3.0 EA

0.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

2 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

2 REQ’D

2 REQ’D

10 REQ’D

6 REQ’D

6 REQ’D

14 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

(#CALORIMETRIC TEST LOAD)

2 REQ’D, #USE WITH BALANCE SETTER

VALVE.

4 REQ’D

3 REQ’D

5 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

6 REQ’D, #PASSIVE PWR LOADS

3 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

6 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

1 REQ’D

OPTION

Table 7-78. PUMP MODULE, 55 GAL TANK - 992 6742 008

DESCRIPTION

TUBING POLYPROPYLENE

NYLON, PROFILE .500 WIDE

RUB SILICONE SPONGE

GASKET, RUBBER

CONDUIT 3/4 IN.

CONN, STRAIGHT 3/4

CONN 90 DEG INSULATED 3/4

* PIPE SEALANT “PST”

WASHER PLAIN .187 ID

CONNECTOR SET SCREW TYPE

BUSHING TEFLON

CLAMP, ADJ, SIZE 24

CLAMP ADJ.

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (g)

7.0 FT

0.750 FT

0.1140 RL

10.670 FT #BETWEEN FRONT PANELS

6.0 FT

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

0.0 EA

4.0 EA

12.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

#USE AS REQ

K007

#PUMPS

#U001

#PIPE MTG ANGLES

#PIPE MTG ANGLES

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-51

384 0695 000

384 0702 000

384 0842 000

398 0324 000

398 0476 000

402 0024 000

402 0130 000

404 0578 000

404 0661 000

404 0695 000

410 0391 000

424 0033 000

424 0382 000

432 0316 000

442 0041 000

448 0224 000

358 1823 000

358 1974 000

358 2426 000

358 2635 000

358 3348 000

358 3456 000

358 3463 000

358 3612 000

358 3637 000

359 0495 000

359 1068 000

359 1122 000

359 1123 000

382 0296 000

384 0431 000

384 0694 000

472 0622 000

472 1047 000

522 0531 000

524 0147 000

524 0150 000

530 0088 000

530 0094 000

540 0287 000

540 0611 000

560 0035 000

570 0279 000

574 0156 000

582 0056 000

584 0273 000

604 1060 000

604 1129 000

604 1170 000

614 0048 000

614 0059 000

614 0132 000

614 0718 000

614 0915 000

7-52

CLAMP, ADJ, SIZE 48

SPEED NUT 10-32

PLUG, WHITE 2" HOLE

CABLE TIE, PUSH MOUNT SNAP IN

HOSE CAP, 3/4 HOSE THD.

CARTRIDGE FILTER 10MICRON

SEAL, TOGGLE SWITCH

PLATE, BARRIER (282, 2-COND)

PLATE, END STOP, DIN RAIL MTG

SNUBBER, PRESSURE

BULKHEAD FITTING 2"

CONNECTOR, FEMALE

ELBOW MALE SWIVEL 90 DEG

IC, LM340K-12 ESD

RECT. 1N4001 ESD

LED RED CART 12V

LED GREEN CART 12V ESD

RECT FW BRIDGE 600V 35A ESD

LED AMBER CART 12V

FUSE, 1.5A

FUSE, 5A, 600V

FUSE HOLDER

FUSE HOLDER, 3 POLE

SOCKET RELAY, 4PDT

SOCKET, TRANSISTOR TO-3

HEAT SINK FOR TO-3 CASE

INSULATOR TRANSISTOR T03

GROMMET 1-1/16 MTG D

WASHER, RUBBER

PUMP, WATER 60HZ 3 PH

THERMOMETER DIAL

HANDLE ALUM

XFMR CTL 115/230V 50/60HZ

XFMR, CTL, STEP DOWN, 1 PHASE

CAP 1UF 50V 20%

CAP 2600UF 50V

CAP 6000 UF 50V

BRACKET, CAP, 2" ID

BRACKET, CAP, 1.375"ID

* RES 13 OHM 1W 5%

* RES 1K OHM 2W 5%

MOV 4500A 35J 130 VAC

CNTOR 40A 600V 3P

RELAY 12VDC 4PDT

RELAY, OVERLOAD 3P 600V

HEATER B55

SWITCH, TGL DP ON OFF ON

SWITCH, LIQUID LEVEL

SWITCH, DISCONNECT 480V

TERM BD 4 TERM

TERM BD 15 TERM

TERM STRIP 2 TERM

JUMPER MODEL 601-J/141J

TERM BLK, 2C MODULAR 282

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

44.0 EA

4.0 EA

23.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

6.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

7.0 EA

#PIPE MTG ANGLES

USED AS TIES FOR CABLE

#TB001

#TB001

#TANK OUTLET INLET

#M001

#M001

U001

CR002 CR003

DS005 DS006

DS001 DS002 DS003 DS004

CR001

DS007

F001

F002 F003 F004

XF001

XF002 3 4

XK003 XK004

XU001

#U001

#U001

#LEVEL SW

B001 B002

M002

T002

T001

C003

C002

C001

#C001

#C002

R002

R001

RV001 RV002

K001 K002

K003

K004

K005 K006

HR001 HR002 HR003 HR004 HR005 HR006

S001

S002

TB003

TB002

TS001

#TB001

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

614 0920 000

614 0921 010

620 2726 000

646 0665 000

646 1483 000

740 1059 000

817 2336 123

822 0218 001

822 0741 039

843 5396 221

852 9188 101

922 0965 152

922 0965 153

922 1295 019

922 1297 054

943 4578 001

952 9188 098

952 9188 100

952 9190 600

952 9190 607

952 9190 608

952 9190 611

952 9190 618

952 9190 619

952 9190 620

952 9190 627

952 9190 628

952 9190 630

994 9659 011

999 2418 001

999 2819 001

HARRIS P/N

003 4010 050

296 0350 000

302 0532 000

308 0013 000

314 0015 000

354 0005 000

354 0006 000

354 0011 000

354 0015 000

354 0016 000

354 0017 000

354 0027 000

354 0245 000

354 0254 000

354 0325 000

354 0338 000

354 0567 000

354 0700 000

358 3192 000

464 0242 000

7/15/02

JUMPER, 2-POLE ADJACENT 282

MARKER STRIP, TERM BLK, 1-10

GAUGE,PRESSURE 3.5IN DIAL

INSPECTION LABEL

HARRIS NAMEPLATE

MON, PH 430-480V 3PH

RUNNING SHT, PUMP MODULE

STRAP, GND

BRKT, U1 MTG

WIRING DIAG, PUMP MODULE,

OUTLINE, PUMP MODULE, 55 GAL

FITTING, LEVEL SWITCH

SHIELD, LEVEL SWITCH

SHIELD, DEFLECTOR

RAIL, 4"

PUMP DISCHARGE ASSY

TANK, MODIFIED, 55 GAL

ASSY, TANK RETURN, 55 GAL TANK

CABINET ASSY

VORTEX PLATE 2" OUTLET

ENCLOSURE, TOP TANK

PUMP INLET ASSY

ANGLE PIPE SUPPORT

TOP ELECTRICAL PANEL

PANEL, LOWER ELECTRICAL

SIDE PANELS

BLANK PANEL

CABLE ASSY

KIT, ADVANCED SPARES PUMP

HARDWARE LIST, PUMP MODULE

WIRE/TUBING LIST

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

5.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

#TB001

#TB001

M001

K007

#XU001

TB003

#TB001

#TANK OUTLET

#PIPE SUPPORTS

Table 7-79. INSTALL MATL, 3-TUBE IOT - 992 8808 001

DESCRIPTION

CU, STRAP .020 X 4"

TUBING, ZIPPER .625

SCR, 1/2-13 X 1-1/4

WASHER, FLAT 1/2

WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 1/2

TERM LUG RED SPADE 6

TERM LUG RED SPADE 8

LUG BLUE RING .25

LUG BLUE SPADE 6

LUG BLUE SPADE 8

LUG BLUE SPADE 10

TERM LUG YEL SPADE 8

TERM LUG YEL RING 10

LUG .25 RING YEL

LUG,.25 RING YEL 12-10AWG

LUG 4 RING RED

TERMINAL 3/8 RING

LUG 3/8 RING FOR 18-14AWG

EYEBOLT, 1/2-13 THDS.

CHAIN HOIST 10 FT, 1 TON

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (s)

210.0 FT

300.0 FT

24.0 EA

24.0 EA

24.0 EA

75.0 EA

75.0 EA

75.0 EA

75.0 EA

75.0 EA

75.0 EA

75.0 EA

75.0 EA

15.0 EA

15.0 EA

75.0 EA

15.0 EA

15.0 EA

12.0 EA

1.0 EA

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-53

464 0253 000

614 0842 000

614 0844 000

690 0016 000

917 2336 023

917 2336 024

917 2501 101

922 1311 003

992 3660 001

992 9830 032

994 8442 001

994 8442 006

358 1131 000

358 1891 000

358 1895 000

358 1896 000

358 2160 000

358 2188 000

358 2202 000

358 2472 000

358 3038 000

358 3570 000

358 3598 000

358 3700 000

359 1049 000

359 1051 000

359 1053 000

359 1055 000

464 0055 000

464 0056 000

690 0017 000

HARRIS P/N

041 1310 013

086 0004 038

086 0004 040

086 0004 060

302 0318 000

302 0319 000

302 0320 000

302 0338 000

306 0034 000

306 0047 000

310 0011 000

310 0026 000

314 0011 000

314 0015 000

358 1127 000

PLIERS, ZIPPER TUBING

TERM BLOCK 4POS 380V 8A

TERM BLOCK 10POS 380V 8A

DUCT SEALANT, PUTTY

CABINET CLAMP

CABINET CLAMP

INSTL MTL, WIRE, USA 90/120KW

CLAMP, CABINET INSTALLATION,

KIT, HARDWARE

KIT, LINEARIZER INP ATTENUATOR

KIT, PROBE (1.50); 6-1/8 LINE

KIT, PROBE (1.25); 4-1/16 LINE

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

8.0 EA

1.0 BX

9.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

3.0 EA

3.0 EA

# SIGMA CDII

Table 7-80. KIT, INSTALLATION, 4" LINE - 992 9139 014

DESCRIPTION

RUBBER SPONGE 3/8

SOLDER, SILVER SIZE 0.062

* STAY CLEAN FLUX

SOLDER, HARD SILVER, 1/16DIA

SCR, 3/8-16 X 1.0

SCR, 3/8-16 X 1-1/4

SCR, 3/8-16 X 1-1/2

SCR, 1/2-13 X 1-1/2

NUT, HEX 1/2-13

NUT, HEX 3/8-16

WASHER, FLAT 3/8

WASHER, FLAT 1/2

WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 3/8

WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 1/2

ANGLE FITTING 90 DEG

NUT W/SPRING 3/8-16

ANCHOR SCREW 3/8-16

NUT W/SPRING 1/2-13

ROD 1/2-13 THREADED

CHANNEL 1-5/8 SQ 20 FT LG

FLAT PLATE FITTING

NUT COUPLER 3/8-16

FLAT PLATE FITTING

HOSE BARB 1" H X 1" MPT

PIPE CLAMP WITH CUSHION

ANGLE, UNISTRUT, 45 DEGREE

CLAMP, PIPING, WITH CUSHION

PIPE HANGER 2IN LAY-IN

PIPE HANGER 4IN LAY-IN

PIPE HANGER 2.0IN LAY-IN

PIPE HANGER 4.0IN LAY-IN

SETTING TOOL

DRILL MASONARY

PIPE JOINT COMPOUND

90.0 EA

0.0 EA

25.0 EA

25.0 EA

12.0 EA

50.0 EA

15.0 EA

15.0 EA

2.0 EA

15.0 EA

2.0 EA

15.0 EA

6.0 EA

12.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (g)

10.0 FT

3.0 LB

2.0 EA

2.70 TZ

120.0 EA

120.0 EA

120.0 EA

120.0 EA

250.0 EA

250.0 EA

250.0 EA

250.0 EA

250.0 EA

250.0 EA

30.0 EA

7-54 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

484 0462 000

620 2957 008

620 2957 009

620 2957 010

620 2957 011

620 2974 000

620 2975 000

620 2976 000

620 2977 000

917 2300 133

917 2506 111

992 8813 001

992 9821 001

992 9822 002

992 9824 002

992 9830 002

992 9830 016

HARRIS P/N

378 0196 000

378 0198 000

378 0213 000

378 0214 000

3913-466-56810

3913-466-59680

432 0393 000

484 0441 000

484 0442 000

484 0443 000

484 0461 000

992 9830 017

992 9830 020

992 9830 021

992 9830 026

992 9830 027

992 9830 030

994 9785 001

Table 7-81. XMTR-Q, CD210P3/CD300P3 - 994 9650 004

DESCRIPTION

IOT AND CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 70KW

IOT AND CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 110KW

KLYSTRODE, CDK2750W3

KLYSTRODE, CDK2110W3

3DB COUPLER LO POWER BD5

*3DB COUPLER LO POWER BD4

BLOWER REGENERATIVE 2.5HP

BREAKAWAY/FILTER, 470-596 MHZ

BREAKAWAY/FILTER, 596-704 MHZ

BREAKAWAY/FILTER, 704-862 MHZ

FILTER, LOW PASS 700MHZ

FILTER, LOW PASS 1000MHZ

CIRCULATOR, UHF

CIRCULATOR, UHF

CIRCULATOR, UHF

CIRCULATOR, UHF

CIRCULATOR, 470-547 MHZ

*CIRCULATOR, 537-636 MHZ

*CIRCULATOR, 626-740 MHZ

*CIRCULATOR, 730-860 MHZ

NAMEPLATE, XMTR FCC SERIAL

KIT, PHASING, 3-AMP

*ASSY, MODE CONTROLLER

CABINET, REAR, SIGMA+

CABINET, FRONT, LINEAR, SIGMA+

CABINET, CONTROL (CD1A)

KIT, EEV FITTINGS

KIT, SINGLE IPA

KIT, DUAL IPA

KIT, DUAL EXCITER

KIT, SINGLE EXCITER

KIT, CPI ASSY

KIT, ASSY, EEV

KIT, CPI FITTINGS

EXCITER,CD-1A UHF OR VHF TUNED

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (y)

0.0 EA ORDER QTY 3 FOR CD210P3 OR DROP

0.0 EA

SHIPMENTS. EEV

ORDER QTY 3 FOR CD300P3 OR DROP

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

SHIPMENTS. EEV

ORDER QTY 3 FOR CD210P3 OR DROP

SHIPMENTS. CPI

ORDER QTY 3 FOR CD300P3 OR DROP

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

SHIPMENTS. CPI

SELECT THREE FOR 626-860 MHZ

SELECT THREE FOR 470-636 MHZ

CHOOSE 3 FOR HIGH ALT.

ORDER QTY 3 FOR CH 14-34

ORDER QTY 3 FOR CH 35-52

ORDER QTY 3 FOR CH 53-69

ORDER QTY 3 FOR

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

CH 14 TO 43

ORDER QTY 3 FOR CH 44 TO 78

ORDER QTY 6 FOR FEED FWD CH 14-26

ORDER QTY 6 FOR FEED FWD CH 27-44

ORDER QTY 6 FOR FEED FWD CH 45-69

ORDER QTY 6 FOR FEED FWD CH 70-77

ORDER QTY 12 FOR SINGLE IPA, 24 FOR

DUAL IPA, CH 14-26

ORDER 12 FOR SINGLE IPA, 24 FOR DUAL

IPA, CH 27-40

ORDER 12 FOR SINGLE IPA, 24 FOR DUAL

IPA CH 41-57

ORDER 12 FOR SINGLE IPA, 24 FOR DUAL

IPA, CH 58-77

1.0 EA

1.0 EA USED IN CONTROL

CABINET

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

ORDER 3 FOR EEV TUBES

ORDER QTY 3 WHEN USED WITH EEV

70KW ALL CHANNELS, EEV 100KW CH 26

AND LOWER

ORDER QTY 3 WHEN USED WITH CPI ALL

POWERS & CHANNELS EEV 100KW CH 27

AND UP

ORDER QTY 1 FOR DUAL EXCITER

ORDER QTY 1 FOR SINGLE EXCITER

ORDER 3 FOR CPI TUBES

ORDER 3 FOR EEV TUBES

ORDER 3 FOR CPI TUBES

ORDER 1 FOR SINGLE EXCITER, ORDER 2

FOR DUAL EXCITERS, QUINCY WILL FOR-

MAT TO CHANNEL

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-55

HARRIS P/N

051 1010 021

378 0170 000

378 0195 000

378 0197 000

378 0218 000

378 0219 000

432 0410 000

620 2817 000

620 2950 000

620 3051 000

620 3052 000

620 3062 000

620 3063 000

620 3064 000

736 0322 000

952 9211 400

988 2414 400

988 8641 001

992 6742 005

992 8724 001

992 8734 001

992 8809 001

992 8812 001

992 9139 015

992 9508 001

992 9511 069

994 9651 001

994 9651 004

994 9797 001

994 9797 003

994 9797 004

994 9797 007

994 9797 009

994 9797 012

994 9797 013

994 9797 015

HARRIS P/N

2411-027-07102

2413-031-10255

2432-020-00237

384 0307 000

3913-009-00920

618 0731 000

620 2966 000

917 2506 113

Table 7-82. KIT, PHASING, 3-AMP - 917 2506 111

DESCRIPTION

PLUG RF INC CBL SCR RG223

ADPT RF INC F-F FREE 50R

ADPT RF INC M-M FREE 50R

DIODE 1N916 ESD

RELAY 12 VOLT

LINE, ADJ CONSTANT Z

PLUG, TNC, RG223 CRIMP

CABLE, COAX JUMPER PACKAGE

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (a)

3.0 EA W062 W063

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

K001 K002

PH ADJ 1, PH ADJ 2

W062 W063 PHASE CABLES AS REQUIRED

W060 W061 W062 W063 W064

Table 7-83. SYSTEM, CD280P4/CD400P4 - 994 9651 005

DESCRIPTION

UCARTHERM COOLING FLUID

THYRATRON, CERAMIC

TUBE, IOT 70KW, WATER COOLED

TUBE, IOT 110KW, WATER COOLED

KLYSTRODE, K2D75W

KLYSTRODE, K2D110W

FLUID COOLER 3 FAN

MOTORIZED SWITCH OPTION

ADAPTER, DIELECTRIC TO MYAT

RF SYSTEM DTV 4-TUBE PASSIVE

RF SYSTEM DTV 4-TUBE PASSIVE

RF SYS DTV 4-TUBE DIELECTRIC

RF SYS DTV 4-TUBE DIELECTRIC

RF SYS DTV 4-TUBE DIELECTRIC

POWER SUPPLY BEAM 480VAC 96KVA

KIT, WATER PLUMBING 4 TUBE

DP, 4-TUBE, CD280P4/CD400P4

*DP, SIGMA+ IPA W/FEED FORWARD

GLYCOL PUMP MODULE, IOT

LINE CNTL CAB, 480V 60HZ

*MODULE, 1KW S.S. AMPLIFIER

INSTALL MATL, 4-TUBE IOT

CALORIMETRY ASSEMBLY

KIT, INSTALLATION, 4" LINE

ASSY, AUTO-CHANGEOVER CTLR

INTERCONNECT CABLES, 4-TUBE CD

*XMTR, 4-TUBE, SIGMA

XMTR-Q, CD280P4/CD400P4

*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD,

*KIT, SPARE, PARTS

*KIT, SPARES, SEMICOND & FUSE

*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD

*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD

KIT, SPARES,AMP CAB COMPONENTS

KIT, SPARES, LINE CONTROL CAB

*KIT, SPARES, 97KVA BEAM POWER

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (l)

0.0 EA QTY AS ORDERED BY CUSTOMER.

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

LINE ITEM SPARE

LINE ITEM SPARE 70KW TUBE

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

2.0 EA

LINE ITEM SPARE 100KW TUBE

LINE ITEM SPARE 75KW TUBE

LINE ITEM SPARE 110KW TUBE

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

OPTION ORDER QTY 1

ORDER QTY 4 FOR DIELECTRIC RF SYSTEM

PASSIVE POWER PROD, QTY 1 FOR CH 14-

40

PASSIVE POWER PROD, QTY 1 FOR CH 41-

69

DIELECTRIC, ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 14-17

DIELECTRIC, ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 18-43

DIELECTRIC, ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 44-69

4.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

LINE ITEM SPARE

ORDER QTY 1 FOR AUTO PUMP CHANGE-

OVER

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA ORDER 1 FOR QUINCY BUILT, QUINCY WILL

FORMAT TO CHANNEL

7-56 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

359 0199 000

359 0200 000

359 0206 000

359 0213 000

359 0225 000

359 0226 000

359 0228 000

359 0246 000

359 0250 000

359 0251 000

359 0260 000

359 0272 000

359 0302 000

359 0321 000

359 0324 000

359 0355 000

359 0403 000

359 0419 000

359 0435 000

359 0475 000

359 0476 000

359 0477 000

359 0479 000

359 0480 000

359 0514 000

359 0531 000

359 0532 000

359 0574 000

359 0594 000

359 0829 000

359 0860 000

HARRIS P/N

003 8020 040

003 8020 050

003 8020 060

003 8020 065

086 0004 038

086 0004 040

086 0004 047

299 0018 000

358 1722 000

358 3038 000

358 3348 000

359 0085 000

359 0192 000

359 0193 000

359 0197 000

994 9797 016

994 9797 017

HEW8482H

HEWEPM-441A

KIT, SPARES,FLUID COOLER SIGMA

KIT, SPARES, PUMP MODULE

HEWLETT PACKARD SENSOR PROBE

POWER METER, RF

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

OPTION ORDER QTY 1.

OPTION ORDER QTY 1.

Table 7-84. KIT, WATER PLUMBING 4 TUBE - 952 9211 400

DESCRIPTION

CU, TBG 1.0 NOM DIA

CU, TBG 1.5 NOM DIA

CU, TBG 2.0 NOM DIA

CU, TBG 2.5 NOM DIA

SOLDER, SILVER SIZE 0.062

* STAY CLEAN FLUX

SOLDER, SILVER SIZE .125"

THREAD-TAPE, TEFLON

CLAMP, ADJ, SIZE 20

HOSE BARB 1" H X 1" MPT

HOSE CAP, 3/4 HOSE THD.

PLUG, PIPE BRASS

ELBOW, 90 DEG 1" CXC

TEE 1 IN

ADAPTER FEMALE FITTING

UNION, 1" CXC

ELBOW, 90 DEG STREET

ELBOW, 90 DEG 2-1/2"

TEE, 1 X 1 X 1-1/2

ADAPTER 1" C X 1" M

ADAPTER 1-1/2 CXM

ELBOW 45 DEG, 1" CXC

ELBOW, 90 DEG 1-1/2 CXC

ADAPTER, FEMALE

VALVE, GATE 1"CXC BRONZE

ELBOW 45 DEG 2 IN

ELBOW, 90 DEG 2" CXC

ELBOW 90 DEG STREET

PLUG PIPE 1/8 NPT

VALVE GLOBE 1" CXC BRONZE

ADAPTOR 3/4 - 1/2

COUPLING 1" CXC

ELBOW 90 DEG 2-1/2

UNION C X M 1-1/2 IN

VALVE, GATE

ADAPTER 2" CXM

UNION, 2" CXC

VALVE, GATE 2" CXC

UNION 2 IN C X 2FPT

ADAPTER 2 IN

TEE 2.5 X 2.5 X 1.5

COUPLING 2-1/2 X 1

TEE 2-1/2C x 2-1/2C x 1C

UNION, 3/4 CXM CAST

UNION 1" CXM

VALVE,3-WAY BALL 1-1/2NPT

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 RL

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (j)

0.0 FT 80 REQ

0.0 FT

0.0 FT

10 REQ, #3-WAY VALVE

40 REQ

0.0 FT

0.0 LB

0.0 EA

0.0 LB

250 REQ

1 REQ

1 REQ

2 REQ’D

2 REQ’D

32 REQ

16 REQ

10 REQ, #BOILER DRAIN VALVE

4 REQ’D

40 REQ

8 REQ, #REJECT/TEST LOAD

16 REQ’D,

#REJECT/TEST LOAD

8 REQ’D, 2 PER AMPLIFIER CABINETS

OPTIONAL

OPTIONAL

2 REQ

9 REQ, #REJECT/TEST LOAD

2 REQ, #3-WAY VALVE

32 REQ’D, #TOP OF AMPLIFIER CABINET

3 REQ

16 REQ, #USED WITH HOSE BARBS

8 REQ, #TOP OF AMPLIFIER CABINET

4 REQ

10 REQ

2 REQ’D

(#CALORIMETRIC TEST LOAD)

8 REQ, #REJECT/TEST LOADS

10 REQ

8 REQ

34 REQ

4 REQ, #3-WAY VALVE

2 REQ

2 REQ

6 REQ’D

4 REQ

2 REQ’D

2 REQ

4 REQ, #3-WAY VALVE

4 REQ

8 REQ

8 REQ, #REJECT/TEST LOADS

18 REQ

2 REQ

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-57

359 0891 000

359 0905 000

359 0935 000

359 0939 000

359 0984 000

359 0997 000

359 1042 000

359 1075 000

359 1083 000

359 1128 000

359 1138 000

359 1236 000

424 0469 000

432 0410 000

442 0108 000

629 0059 000

629 0069 000

646 1488 000

852 9211 400

917 2336 066

917 2336 112

952 9211 403

992 6742 005

HARRIS P/N

003 4010 050

296 0350 000

302 0532 000

308 0013 000

314 0015 000

354 0005 000

354 0006 000

354 0011 000

354 0015 000

354 0016 000

354 0017 000

354 0027 000

354 0245 000

354 0254 000

354 0325 000

354 0338 000

354 0567 000

354 0700 000

358 3192 000

464 0242 000

464 0253 000

614 0842 000

614 0844 000

690 0016 000

917 2336 023

917 2336 024

7-58

TEE, 1 X 1/8 X 1

COUPLING,2-1/2 X 2 W/STOP

UNION 2-1/2 CXM

TEE, 2-1/2CX2-1/2CX3/4C

REGULATOR, PRESS REDUCING

BOILER DRAIN, 1/2"

TEE 2"X2"X3/4" COPPER

ADAPTER FTG X M 1 X 3/4

NIPPLE, 2" NPT X 6"L

ADAPTER 3/4 X 1 C X F

VALVE, BALANCE/SETTER 2-1/2"

ELBOW, 2" STREET45

HOSE SIL RUB 1" X 12’ LG

FLUID COOLER 3 FAN

THERMOSTAT 185 DEG F N.C.

FLOW MTR, 15GPM, 1" FNPT

FLOW MTR, 30GPM, 1" FNPT

LABEL, CAUTION

LAYOUT, WATER PLUMBING

ADAPTER THERMOSTAT

LABEL INSTRUCTIONS,

KIT, SUB ASSY PLUMBING, 4 TUBE

GLYCOL PUMP MODULE, IOT

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

3.0 EA

0.0 EA

4.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

0.0 EA

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

(#CALORIMETRIC TEST LOAD)

2 REQ’D

4 REQ’D, #USED WITH BALANCE SETTER

VALVE

6 REQ’D

4 REQ, #REJECT/TEST LOADS

10 REQ

4 REQ’D

8 REQ, #USED WITH PASSIVE POWER

LOADS

2 REQ

8 REQ, #REJECT/TEST LOADS

2 REQ’D, #MAY OR MAY NOT BE USED

1 REQ’D

SEE NEXT LEVEL B/M

#REJECT/TEST LOAD

#REJECT LOADS

#TEST LOADS

#REJECT/TEST LOAD

SEE NEXT LEVEL B/M

Table 7-85. INSTALL MATL, 4-TUBE IOT - 992 8809 001

DESCRIPTION

CU, STRAP .020 X 4"

TUBING, ZIPPER .625

SCR, 1/2-13 X 1-1/4

WASHER, FLAT 1/2

WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 1/2

TERM LUG RED SPADE 6

TERM LUG RED SPADE 8

LUG BLUE RING .25

LUG BLUE SPADE 6

LUG BLUE SPADE 8

LUG BLUE SPADE 10

TERM LUG YEL SPADE 8

TERM LUG YEL RING 10

LUG .25 RING YEL

LUG,.25 RING YEL 12-10AWG

LUG 4 RING RED

TERMINAL 3/8 RING

LUG 3/8 RING FOR 18-14AWG

EYEBOLT, 1/2-13 THDS.

CHAIN HOIST 10 FT, 1 TON

PLIERS, ZIPPER TUBING

TERM BLOCK 4POS 380V 8A

TERM BLOCK 10POS 380V 8A

DUCT SEALANT, PUTTY

CABINET CLAMP

CABINET CLAMP

100.0 EA

20.0 EA

20.0 EA

16.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

9.0 EA

1.0 BX

12.0 EA

4.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (r)

262.50 FT

400.0 FT

32.0 EA

32.0 EA

32.0 EA

100.0 EA

100.0 EA

100.0 EA

100.0 EA

100.0 EA

100.0 EA

100.0 EA

100.0 EA

20.0 EA

20.0 EA

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

917 2501 100

922 1311 003

943 5396 105

992 3660 001

992 9830 032

994 8442 001

994 8442 006

358 1131 000

358 1891 000

358 1895 000

358 1896 000

358 2160 000

358 2188 000

358 2202 000

358 2472 000

358 3038 000

358 3570 000

358 3598 000

358 3700 000

359 1049 000

359 1051 000

359 1053 000

359 1055 000

464 0055 000

464 0056 000

690 0017 000

HARRIS P/N

041 1310 013

086 0004 038

086 0004 040

086 0004 060

302 0318 000

302 0319 000

302 0320 000

302 0338 000

306 0034 000

306 0047 000

310 0011 000

310 0026 000

314 0011 000

314 0015 000

358 1127 000

HARRIS P/N

378 0196 000

378 0198 000

378 0213 000

INSTL MTL, WIRE, USA 120/160KW

CLAMP, CABINET INSTALLATION,

*KIT OF CABLES RF & CONTROL

KIT, HARDWARE

KIT, LINEARIZER INP ATTENUATOR

KIT, PROBE (1.50); 6-1/8 LINE

KIT, PROBE (1.25); 4-1/16 LINE

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

# SIGMA CDII

Table 7-86. KIT, INSTALLATION, 4" LINE - 992 9139 015

DESCRIPTION

RUBBER SPONGE 3/8

SOLDER, SILVER SIZE 0.062

* STAY CLEAN FLUX

SOLDER, HARD SILVER, 1/16DIA

SCR, 3/8-16 X 1.0

SCR, 3/8-16 X 1-1/4

SCR, 3/8-16 X 1-1/2

SCR, 1/2-13 X 1-1/2

NUT, HEX 1/2-13

NUT, HEX 3/8-16

WASHER, FLAT 3/8

WASHER, FLAT 1/2

WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 3/8

WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 1/2

ANGLE FITTING 90 DEG

NUT W/SPRING 3/8-16

ANCHOR SCREW 3/8-16

NUT W/SPRING 1/2-13

ROD 1/2-13 THREADED

CHANNEL 1-5/8 SQ 20 FT LG

FLAT PLATE FITTING

NUT COUPLER 3/8-16

FLAT PLATE FITTING

HOSE BARB 1" H X 1" MPT

PIPE CLAMP WITH CUSHION

ANGLE, UNISTRUT, 45 DEGREE

CLAMP, PIPING, WITH CUSHION

PIPE HANGER 2IN LAY-IN

PIPE HANGER 4IN LAY-IN

PIPE HANGER 2.0IN LAY-IN

PIPE HANGER 4.0IN LAY-IN

SETTING TOOL

DRILL MASONARY

PIPE JOINT COMPOUND

120.0 EA

0.0 EA

25.0 EA

30.0 EA

15.0 EA

60.0 EA

15.0 EA

20.0 EA

2.0 EA

25.0 EA

2.0 EA

12.0 EA

8.0 EA

12.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (g)

10.0 FT

4.0 LB

2.0 EA

2.70 TZ

150.0 EA

0.0 EA

150.0 EA

150.0 EA

250.0 EA

250.0 EA

250.0 EA

250.0 EA

250.0 EA

250.0 EA

35.0 EA

Table 7-87. XMTR-Q, CD280P4/CD400P4 - 994 9651 004

DESCRIPTION

IOT AND CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 70KW

IOT AND CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 110KW

KLYSTRODE, CDK2750W3

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (z)

0.0 EA ORDER QTY 4 FOR CD280P4 OR DROP

0.0 EA

SHIPMENTS. EEV

ORDER QTY 4 FOR CD400P4 OR DROP

SHIPMENTS. EEV

0.0 EA

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-59

378 0214 000

3913-466-56810

3913-466-59680

432 0393 000

484 0441 000

484 0442 000

484 0443 000

484 0461 000

484 0462 000

618 0731 000

620 2957 008

620 2957 009

620 2957 010

620 2957 011

620 2974 000

620 2975 000

620 2976 000

620 2977 000

917 2300 133

917 2506 112

992 8813 001

992 9821 001

992 9822 002

992 9824 002

992 9830 002

992 9830 016

992 9830 017

992 9830 020

992 9830 021

992 9830 026

992 9830 027

992 9830 030

994 9785 001

KLYSTRODE, CDK2110W3

3DB COUPLER LO POWER BD5

*3DB COUPLER LO POWER BD4

BLOWER REGENERATIVE 2.5HP

BREAKAWAY/FILTER, 470-596 MHZ

BREAKAWAY/FILTER, 596-704 MHZ

BREAKAWAY/FILTER, 704-862 MHZ

FILTER, LOW PASS 700MHZ

FILTER, LOW PASS 1000MHZ

LINE, ADJ CONSTANT Z

CIRCULATOR, UHF

CIRCULATOR, UHF

CIRCULATOR, UHF

CIRCULATOR, UHF

CIRCULATOR, 470-547 MHZ

*CIRCULATOR, 537-636 MHZ

*CIRCULATOR, 626-740 MHZ

*CIRCULATOR, 730-860 MHZ

NAMEPLATE, XMTR FCC SERIAL

CABLE, COAX, W65

*ASSY, MODE CONTROLLER

CABINET, REAR, SIGMA+

CABINET, FRONT, LINEAR, SIGMA+

CABINET, CONTROL (CD1A)

KIT, EEV FITTINGS

KIT, SINGLE IPA

KIT, DUAL IPA

KIT, DUAL EXCITER

KIT, SINGLE EXCITER

KIT, CPI ASSY

KIT, ASSY, EEV

KIT, CPI FITTINGS

EXCITER,CD-1A UHF OR VHF TUNED

0.0 EA

3.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

ORDER QTY 4 FOR CD280P4 OR DROP

SHIPMENTS. CPI

ORDER QTY 4 FOR CD400P4 OR DROP

SHIPMENTS. CPI

SELECT FOUR FOR 626-860 MHZ

SELECT FOUR FOR 470-636 MHZ

CHOOSE 4 FOR HIGH ALT.

ORDER QTY 4 FOR CH 14-34

ORDER QTY 4 FOR CH 35-52

ORDER QTY 4 FOR CH 53-69

ORDER QTY 4 FOR

CH 14 TO 43

ORDER QTY 4 FOR CH 44 TO 78

FOR CONTROL CABINET PH ADJ 1, PH ADJ

2, PH ADJ 3

ORDER QTY 8 FOR FEED FWD CH 14-26

ORDER QTY 8 FOR FEED FWD CH 27-44

ORDER QTY 8 FOR FEED FWD CH 45-69

ORDER QTY 8 FOR FEED FWD CH 70-77

ORDER QTY 16 FOR SINGLE IPA, 32 FOR

DUAL IPA, CH 14-26

ORDER 16 FOR SINGLE IPA, 32 FOR DUAL

IPA, CH 27-40

ORDER 16 FOR SINGLE IPA, 32 FOR DUAL

IPA, CH 41-57

ORDER 16 FOR SINGLE IPA, 32 FOR DUAL

IPA, CH 58-77

USED IN CONTROL CABINET PH ADJ 2

ORDER 4 FOR EEV TUBES

ORDER QTY 4 WHEN USED WITH EEV

70KW ALL CHANNELS, EEV 100KW CH 26

AND LOWER

ORDER QTY 4 WHEN USED WITH CPI ALL

POWER & CHANNELS EEV 100KW CH 27

AND UP

ORDER QTY 1 FOR DUAL EXCITER

ORDER QTY 1 FOR SINGLE EXCITER

ORDER 4 FOR CPI

TUBES

ORDER 4 FOR EEV TUBES

ORDER 4 FOR CPI TUBES

ORDER 1 FOR SINGLE EXCITER, ORDER 2

FOR DUAL EXCITERS, QUINCY WILL FOR-

MAT TO CHANNEL

7-60 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

HARRIS P/N

839 8121 451

843 5469 516

992 9363 000

2400 086 00016

Table 7-88. CONTACTOR DRIVER QSIG+ - 992 9363 002

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAGRAM CONTACTOR

ASSY DWG PCB CONT DRVR SIGMA+

CONTACTOR DRIVER PCB

FUSE 10A T 5X20 HRC CER

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA F001:F002:F003:F004

HARRIS P/N

839 8121 851

843 5469 074

9336 774 30682

0722 206 09005

3913 240 10015

3913 240 10004

Table 7-89. LED DISPLAY PCB ASSY - 992 9737 043

DESCRIPTION

SCHEM FUSE PROT/LED DISPLAY

PCB LED DISPLAY

LED 3MM MV5774C RED

CBL RIBBON 16WAY GREY

HEADER 16 WAY LTCH STRGHT STD

SKT 16 WAY LTCH IDC STD P/FL

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

7.0 EA H001:H002:H003:H004: H005:H006:H007

1.30 FT

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

X006

HARRIS P/N

839 8121 926

992 9415 039

992 9502 049

952 9190 380

9338 827 61682

2400 490 01564

917 2506 048

2413 531 00179

2222 114 16333

8213 268 82046

4322 043 04281

2113 256 02316

380 0795 000

380 0796 000

2422 487 89512

335 0288 000

302 0292 000

302 0106 000

302 0109 000

302 0110 000

2522 178 15106

2522 401 50013

314 0009 000

314 0005 000

310 0009 000

310 0038 000

2522 600 79147

2513 712 02006

2513 712 02007

358 3006 000

2413 015 00141

1312 501 29501

2513 712 02005

2413 015 00144

DESCRIPTION

SCHEM ISO SUPPLIES 3 (EEV)

ISO SUPPLY 3 ASSY MECH KIT

ISO SUPPLY 3 PCB ASSY

CABLE ISOLATED SUPPLIES 3

RECTFR SKB60/04 or /08 (60Amp)

HEATSINK 120 X 120 X 120MM BLK

STANDOFF

TRANSFORMER 12VA 20V

CAP 33000U 25V ELECT

CAP 500N 4KV TO SPEC

CLIP CAP 51MM

RES 150R 5% 6W W/W

TRANSISTOR, POWER ESD

TRANSISTOR, POWER, ESD

SIL-PAD TO-3 X 0.177mm

BUSHING, INSULATING, TO-3

SCR HEX HD 1/4-20 X 3/4 SST

SCR PAN PHIL 6-32 X 3/8 SST

SCR PAN PHIL 6-32 X 5/8 SST

SCR PAN PHIL 6-32 X 3/4 SST

SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M5X12

NUT FULLHEX ST18-8 M6

SPLIT LOCK WASHER 1/4 SST

SPLIT LOCK WASHER No;6 SST

WASHER PLAIN 1/4" SST

WASHER PLAIN No;6 SST

WSH PLN A ST18-8 M6

WSH CRKL ST18-8 M5

WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M6

STANDOFF 6-32x0.875" M/F ALUM

CLIP CABLE P NY M6.4

HEATSINK COMPOUND DC340

WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M4

CLIP CABLE P NY M9.5

Table 7-90. ISO SUPPLY 3 ASSY - 992 9737 092

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

6.0 PK

0010

0015

050

060

070

0080

0000 C203 C204

C202

110

R215

V010:V011

V014:V015:V033:V034

12.0 EA

5.0 EA 200

31.0 EA 203

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

204

205

2.0 EA

3.0 EA

0230

0310

13.0 EA 405

40.0 EA 410

5.0 EA 415

40.0 EA 420

9.0 EA

2.0 EA

0425

0430

7.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

0440

0470

0475

USE AS REQUIRED

0530

0540

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-61

917 2336 154

358 2209 000

358 3134 000

0813 026 98327

306 0007 000

306 0004 000

2422 016 05019

302 0143 000

306 0006 000

314 0007 000

304 0045 000

304 0039 000

304 0038 000

310 0041 000

314 0010 000

307 0012 000

310 0040 000

302 0303 000

302 0054 000

2422 015 01003

310 0056 000

314 0003 000

302 0056 000

302 0290 000

304 0009 000

308 0056 000

4322 020 02060

MODIDFIED CORE EC70

U BOLT FOR EC70 CORE

STUD, BRS 1/4-20x1-3/4

TRIM EDGE-PVC 5/16 X 3/8"

NUT FULL 1/4-20 SST

NUT FULL 6-32 SST

SADDLE FOR 7.9MM TY-RAP

SCR PAN PHIL 10-32 X 1/2 SST

NUT FULL 10-32 SST

SPLIT LOCK WASHER No;10 SST

NUT CAP, 10-32 BRS

NUT CAP, 5/16-18 BRS

NUT CAP 1/4-20 BRS

WASHER PLAIN 5/16 SST

SPLIT LOCK WASHER 5/16 SST

NUT, DOME M6 ST ST 18-8 A2

WASHER PLAIN No;10 SST

SCR, 5/16-18 X 5/8 HEX

SCR PAN PHIL 4-40 X 3/8 SST

SOLDERTAG M4 SNGL BR SN

WASHER #4 NARROW

SPLIT LOCK WASHER No;4 SST

SCR, 4-40x1/2 PHIL PAN ST/ST

SCR HEX HD 1/4-20 X 1/2 SST

NUT FULL 1/4-20 BRSS

WASHER PLAIN 1/4" BRSS

SPACER CER 7.00 X 1.3MM *

3.0 EA

7.0 EA

6.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

2.0 BX

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

3.0 EA

0.70 ME

5.0 EA

6.0 EA

3.0 EA

3.0 EA

555

560

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

6.0 EA

6.0 EA

12.0 EA

12.0 EA

6.0 EA

3.0 EA

7.0 EA

840

850

11.0 EA 860

12.0 EA

HARRIS P/N

992 9737 092

542 1663 000

952 9190 744

302 0054 000

314 0003 000

310 0037 000

1312 501 29501

Table 7-91. ISO SUPPLIES 3 (CPI) - 992 9737 105

DESCRIPTION

ISO SUPPLY 3 ASSY

RES 0.15 OHM 50W 5% W/W

KIT CBLS ISO SUPPLIES 3 (CPI)

SCR PAN PHIL 4-40 X 3/8 SST

SPLIT LOCK WASHER No;4 SST

WASHER PLAIN No;4 SST

HEATSINK COMPOUND DC340

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

0.0 EA AS REQUIRED

HARRIS P/N

839 8121 915

839 8121 926

843 5469 576

843 5469 076

4322 020 02060

2413 490 01046

2422 016 05019

402 0201 000

2422 015 05069

2432 020 00048

610 1235 000

610 1306 000

Table 7-92. ISO SUPPLY 3 PCB ASSY - 992 9502 049

DESCRIPTION

SCHEM ISO SUPPLIES 3 (CPI)

SCHEM ISO SUPPLIES 3 (EEV)

DWG ISO SUPPLY 3 PCB

PCB ISO SUPPLY 3

SPACER CER 7.00 X 1.3MM *

HEATSINK TV-5

SADDLE FOR 7.9MM TY-RAP

HOLDER FUSE CLIP DUAL SIZE

TIE CABLE 3.5 X 150 NYLON NAT

SKT RF BNC PCB MGT 50R

HEADER, STRAIGHT 4 PIN

HDR, 18PIN 1ROW STRAIGHT

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

60.0 EA 015

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

020

025

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

030

035

X011:

X001:

X018

7-62 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

3913 935 00045

9335 613 10682

3913 935 00007

9334 636 90742

382 1347 000

506 0266 000

2000 101 06478

524 0364 000

2000 003 08229

524 0363 000

2013 751 15198

506 0271 000

2000 301 03223

2012 310 03124

2222 030 27109

2012 310 03162

522 0602 000

2012 310 00318

2012 310 03125

2222 683 34151

3913 200 10052

2222 030 36109

2013 017 01543

8213 268 75169

2422 086 01015

9338 827 15682

9332 897 10682

2413 535 00708

2122 550 00035

2113 256 02641

2113 256 02255

2113 256 02399

2322 156 12701

2122 362 00154

560 0092 000

2113 256 02902

2113 256 01041

2113 256 02336

638 0036 000

2322 156 11502

2113 256 02161

2322 156 13901

2322 156 11808

2113 256 02335

2113 256 02262

2322 156 18202

2322 156 13001

2322 156 11002

2322 156 19101

2113 111 22473

2322 156 13301

2322 156 12002

2113 111 25133

REG 79L15 -15V 0.1A TO92

IC RC4558P-00

REG 7812 +12V 1.5A TO-220

IC LM7912CT

IC LP311N (DIL-8)

CAP 1U 20% 250V PP

CAP 4U7 25V ELSOL RAD/WIRE

CAP 470U 385V ELECT

CAP 22U 63V ELEC AX 105deg

CAP 100U 385V ELECT

CAP 47P +-1PF 350/400V MICA

CAP 100N 10% 400V PETP 15MM

CAP 22N 10% 400V PETP 10MM

CAP 330N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2" P

CAP 10U 40V ELECT

CAP 1U0 10% 50V PSTR 0.2" P

CAP 3300U 25V ELECT PCB MGT

CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"

CAP 470N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2" P

CAP 150P 2% 100V N150 0.2"

CAP 100N -20+80 50V CER

CAP 10U 25V ELECT

CAP 10U 20% 16V TANT

CAP 47N 3KV +-5% PAPER

FUSE 500MA T 5X20 LBC IEC127-3

OPTO/TX HFBR-1522

LED 5MM HLMP-3507 GRN

CHOKE 100UH 0W33 BS9751-N001-B

RES VD 220V 0.8W 24MM DIA

RES 0R47 5% 2W5 W/W

RES 4R7 5% 2W5 W/W

RES 22R 5% 9W W/W

RES 270R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

POT 200R 10% LIN W5 TOP ADJ

RES VD 14V RMS 100J 20MM DIA

RES 3K9 5% 2W5 W/W

RES 20K 5% 6W W/W

RES 4K7 5% 6W W/W

METER SHUNT, DIGITAL 200MV 20A

RES 1K5 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 1K0 5% 12W W/W

RES 390R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 1R8 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 3K9 5% 6W W/W

RES 47R 5% 2W5 W/W

RES 8K2 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 300R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 1K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 910R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 47K 2% 2W0 MTLOX

RES 330R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 2K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 12K 2% 1W0 MTLOX

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

6.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

A001:

A002:A110

A101:

A102:

0000 A103:A104:

0000 C001:C002:

C205

C003:

C014:C015

C004:

C018

C005:C009:C119

C017

C006

C127

C008:C110;C111:C010: C011:C126

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

5.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA C101:C102:

11.0 EA C007:C012:C013: C114:C115:C116:C117:

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

6.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

C118:C120:C129:C128

C016

C123:C124:C125

0000 C103:C104:C109:

0000 C105:C106:

0000 C107:C108:C121:C122

C201:

F001:

0000 H001:H101;H102;H103: H104:H107

0000 H105:H106:

L001

R042:R043

0000 R001:R002:

R023:R128:R129

R003:

R007

R217

R124:R127:R134:R215

R006

R044

R004:R207:

R216

R130: AOT 1K5 FOR EEV TUBES 1K8 FOR

CPI TUBES

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

R045:R046

R111:R115:

R047

R005

R051

R136

R137

0000 R011:R025:R026:R050: R107

R131

R009:

R010:R027:R028:R041

R012:R109:

R013

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-63

2322 156 11003

2322 156 12003

2113 111 25103

2122 362 00159

2113 111 00265

2113 256 02257

2113 256 02275

2322 156 11001

2322 156 11009

2322 156 16801

2322 156 15603

2322 156 14704

2322 156 11005

2322 156 11004

2322 156 11004

2322 156 11504

2322 156 12203

2322 156 13002

2322 156 14302

2322 156 19109

2322 156 12001

2322 156 14701

2322 156 16202

548 2343 000

2322 241 13106

2122 362 00158

2322 156 17502

9338 828 06682

9338 828 28682

380 0746 000

384 0789 000

9330 473 10112

380 0747 000

386 0459 000

9338 820 00682

9331 176 70112

9331 177 70112

9331 178 10112

9330 791 70702

9336 508 70682

9331 177 20112

384 0793 000

9330 745 40702

384 0020 000

9331 176 80112

384 0268 000

384 0268 000

2413 015 14086

2422 015 12168

2422 015 12808

RES 10K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 20K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 10K 2% 1W0 MTLOX

POT 10K 10% LIN W5 TOP ADJ

RES 6K8 2% 1W0 MTLOX

RES 10R 5% 2W5 W/W

RES 4K7 5% 2W5 W/W

RES 100R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 10R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 680R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 56K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 470K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 1M 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

8.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

R029:R036:R037:R121: R122:R123:R110:

R135

R030

R015:

R038:

R014:

0000 R016:R017:R018:R019:

R133

0000 R022:R024:

R101:R102:R125:R126

R040:

R031:

0000 R032:R033:R034:R035:

R039

RES 100K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 100K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 150K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 22K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 3K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 4K3 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 91R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 200R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 470R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 6K2 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

R213:

R103:

R104:

R214

R105

0000 R106:R108:R132

0000 R112:R113:

0000 R116:R117:

R201:

RES 500K 1W3 1 1.9397E-320C70 SERIES 10.0 EA 0000

RES 10M 5% 0W25 MTLGLZ

POT 5K0 10% LIN W5 TOP ADJ

RES 7K5 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RECTFR 1B08 (800V-1A)

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

R118:R119

R049:R120

R114

V002:

DIODE 1.5KE200A TRANS O/VOLT

TRANS MPSA92

TRANSZORB SA5.0 5V

DIODE 1N916

TRANS MPSA42

DIODE BZW50-150

RECTFR 1B01 (100V 1Amp)

DIODE BZX79C3V3

DIODE BZX79C8V2

DIODE BZX79C12

TRANS 2N3906 (TO-92)

TRANS BS170 (TO-92)

DIODE BZX79C5V1

TRANSZORB SA15 15V

TRANS 2N3904 (TO-92)

DIODE 1N4004

DIODE BZX79C3V6

RECT 7.5KV PIV

RECT 7.5KV PIV

TAB 6.3mm Vertical PCB MTG

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

V038:V039:V040:V041

0000 V003:V004:V009:V042

2.0 EA V036:V119

14.0 EA V005:V006: V020:V021:

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

5.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

V022:V023:V025:V206: V110:V111

V112:V113:V114:V115

0000 V013:V017:V018:V019:

0000 V024:V027

V101:

V106:V116

0000 V102

V105

V103:

V026

0000 V104:V204:

V031:V108:V109

V107:V117

V028:V029:V030:V032 V035

V205:

0000

2.0 EA V202:V203:

23.0 EA 0000 X007:X008:X012:X013: X4/1:X4/2:X4/3;

TERM INSULUG M5 RED

TERM PUSH-ON 6.3 x 0.5MM RED

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

X006:X005:X010:X009: X002:X003:X015:X016:

X017

120

130

7-64 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

2522 178 15105

2522 178 15059

2522 401 50012

2522 401 50008

2513 712 02006

2513 712 02004

2522 600 79029

2522 600 79017

2413 015 14168

917 2336 078

3913 445 50110

2422 015 12167

2522 178 15064

3913 080 52250

0722 186 00033

SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M5X10

SCR PNPZ ST 18-8 M3X8

NUT FULLHEX ST18-8 M5

NUT FULLHEX ST18-8 M3

WSH CRKL ST18-8 M5

WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M3

WSH PLN A ST 18-8 M5

WSH PLN A ST18-8 M3

TAG SOLDER PCB TAIL 2.5 X 0.9M

LABEL - ISOL.P/S. FUSE VALUES

HEADER 1 X 2

TERM INSULUG M4 RED

SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M3X16

SPCR RND THRU M3 X 6 BRASS NI

CBL 1.5MM2 (30/0.25) WHT

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

6.0 EA

040

080

070

090

2.0 EA

6.0 EA

8.0 EA

1.0 EA

050

110

2.0 EA 060

10.0 EA 100

101

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 PK

LK01

180

190

200

0.40 ME 210

HARRIS P/N

817 2336 371

3913 461 74900

4322 020 02060

2422 015 01002

2522 178 15062

2522 401 50008

2522 600 79017

2513 712 02004

2422 015 01005

2522 032 26231

2522 401 50013

2522 600 79147

2513 712 02007

548 2339 000

548 2339 000

2113 116 13007

Table 7-93. METER MULTIPLIER PCB ASSY - 992 9087 001

DESCRIPTION

SCHEM METER MULTIPLIER PCB

PCB - METER MULTIPLIER

SPACER CER 7.00 X 1.3MM *

SOLDERTAG M3 SNGL BR SN

SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M3X12

NUT FULLHEX ST18-8 M3

WSH PLN A ST18-8 M3

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

0.0 EA

1.0 EA 001

24.0 EA 005

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

8.0 EA

006

007

008

009

WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M3

SOLDERTAG M6 SNGL BR SN

SCR HEX ST18-8 M6X20

NUT FULLHEX ST18-8 M6

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

010

012

015

020

WSH PLN A ST18-8 M6

WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M6

8.0 EA

2.0 EA

025

026

RES 15M 1W3 1 1.9397E-320C70 SERIES 12.0 EA 0000 R001 R002 R003 R004 R005 R006 R007

R008 R009 R010

RES 15M 1W3 1 1.9397E-320C70 SERIES 12.0 EA R011 R012

RES 25K 1% 0W5 MTLFLM 1.0 EA 0000 R013

HARRIS P/N

3913 468 13270

952 9190 382

3913 461 45540

3913 081 65300

3913 465 53790

3913 464 15880

3913 464 17450

3913 461 77440

3913 464 19480

2522 178 15059

2522 178 15058

2513 712 02004

2122 900 00171

2522 615 04005

Table 7-94. 8-WAY DUMP LOAD ASSY - 992 9737 103

DESCRIPTION

CABLE ASSY (570MM) STRAIGHT

CABLE ASSEMBLY 1200MM STRAIGHT

LABEL BERYLLIA WARNING 15 X 30

LABEL 15MM HAZARD-TOXIC

HEATSINK - DUMP LOAD

SPACER DUMP LOAD

SCREEN

PCB DUMP LOAD

CABLE SUPPORT

SCR PNPZ ST 18-8 M3X8

SCR PNPZ ST 18-8 M3X6

WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M3

RES 50R 5% 250W B/OXIDE (TERM

WSH LOCK INT 18-8 M3

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

4.0 EA 010

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

8.0 EA

8.0 EA

8.0 EA

1.0 EA

420

430

020

030

050

060

090

16.0 EA 100

64.0 EA 110

80.0 EA 300

8.0 EA 400

16.0 EA 095

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-65

2522 178 15061

2522 187 02044

2522 401 60064

2513 712 02003

2422 015 05024

SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M3X10

SCR CSKSL 18-8 M2.5X6

NUT FULHEX ST18-8 M2.5

WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M2.5

TIE CABLE 2.5 X 100 NYLON NAT

16.0 EA 125

32.0 EA 120

32.0 EA 210

32.0 EA 310

8.0 EA

HARRIS P/N

839 8121 745

843 5469 052

506 0268 000

516 0985 000

472 1731 000

2422 086 01136

2113 256 02147

402 0201 000

2413 015 14086

2422 015 01005

300 1653 000

308 0009 000

2513 712 02007

304 0009 000

4322 020 02060

9338 827 27682

2000 010 04222

2413 015 14085

9338 820 00682

2322 156 14708

2322 156 14302

2122 362 00153

917 2462 071

504 0532 000

9330 619 30752

384 0789 000

9338 827 15682

2322 156 11001

Table 7-95. THYRATRON INTERFACE PCB - 992 8748 002

DESCRIPTION

SCHEM CROWBAR ASSEMBLY

PCB THYRATRON INTERFACE

CAP 100N 5% 1600V PPS

CAP 100P 20% 3KV X5F CER

XFMR CURRENT 20 TURN CT2 TOR

FUSE 6A3 T 5X20 LBC IEC127-3

RES 330R 5% 12W W/W

HOLDER FUSE CLIP DUAL SIZE

TAB 6.3mm Vertical PCB MTG

SOLDERTAG M6 SNGL BR SN

SCR 1/4-20 X 1-1/4 BRASS PHIL

WASHER PLAIN 1/4" BRSS

WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M6

NUT FULL 1/4-20 BRSS

SPACER CER 7.00 X 1.3MM *

DIODE BAT48 (DO-35)

CAP 2200U 25V ELEC RAD PCB

TAB 2.8MM PCB MTG

RECTFR 1B01 (100V 1Amp)

RES 4R7 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 4K3 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

POT 100R 10% LIN W5 TOP ADJ

COIL 100UH

CAP 2200PF 20% 5KV

DIODE 1N4003

TRANSZORB SA5.0 5V

OPTO/TX HFBR-1522

RES 100R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

3.0 EA

3.0 EA

3.0 EA

CAP 100N 5% 1600V PP C001

CAP 100P 20% 3KV X5F C002

0020 CT2

F001

RES 300R 5% 12W W/W R002

0045

0050 X004:X005:X006

055

060

18.0 EA 065

9.0 EA

8.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

070

075

080

V001:V002

3.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

C005:C006:C007

X007:X008 CT2/1:CT2/2

VC03

R004

R005

R006

L002

C003

V004

V005

H101

R042

HARRIS P/N

843 5469 551

839 8121 744

943 5469 051

382 0882 000

382 1360 000

524 0372 000

506 0269 000

506 0271 000

2012 310 03165

2013 017 01587

506 0272 000

506 0270 000

2012 310 00318

Table 7-96. IOT FDU2 PCB ASSY - 992 8815 002

DESCRIPTION

ASSY DWG PCB FDU 2

SCHEM. IOT FDU2 PCB ASSY

PCB FLOATING DECK 2

REG 78L05 +5V 0.1A TO-92

IC ICL7667CPA

CAP 220U 200V ELECT

CAP 100N 10% 100V PETP 10MM

CAP 100N 10% 400V PETP 15MM

CAP 100N 20% 1KV

CAP 10U 20% 35V TANT

CAP 2U2 10% 100V PETP 22.5MM

CAP 1U 10% 400V PETP 27.5MM

CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

0010

A003

A002

C001:C002

0000 C003 C006

C005

C011

C017

C007

C010

C012:C013:C014:C018

7-66 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

382 1365 000

382 1366 000

9337 437 90682

2113 256 02169

2113 256 02174

2113 256 02294

2113 256 02187

2113 256 02264

2322 156 11005

2113 256 02626

2322 156 11003

2113 256 02266

2113 256 02275

2322 156 11009

2322 156 11004

2322 156 12201

2113 256 01018

2113 256 02336

2113 256 02152

2322 156 13902

3913 469 06640

384 0889 000

9336 705 40682

9330 635 30112

380 0753 000

9333 636 30112

384 0888 000

382 1362 000

386 0469 000

9336 706 00682

9332 848 30702

9334 982 50113

386 0459 000

9331 976 10112

9331 177 70112

386 0440 000

386 0401 000

386 0342 000

2413 015 00864

2413 015 00885

2413 015 00874

4322 020 02060

2413 015 14168

3913 445 50120

2422 549 26016

302 0106 000

306 0004 000

310 0038 000

314 0005 000

2422 015 01003

OPTO/RX HFBR-2532

OPTO/TX HFBR-1532

LED 3MM MV5474C GRN

RES 2K2 5% 12W W/W

RES 3K3 5% 12W W/W

RES 82R 5% 2W5 W/W

RES 10K 5% 12W W/W

RES 100R 5% 2W5 W/W

RES 1M 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 10K 5% 2W5 W/W

RES 10K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 220R 5% 2W5 W/W

RES 4K7 5% 2W5 W/W

RES 10R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 100K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 220R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 8R2 5% 6W W/W

RES 4K7 5% 6W W/W

RES 470R 5% 12W W/W

RES 3K9 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

PULSE TRANSFORMER 1:4

RECTFR 2KBP08

DIODE BZX85-C15

DIODE 1N4001

TRANS IRF450 (TO-3)

DIODE BYW56 SOD-57

DIODE BYW96E (SOD-64)

IC SFH610-A-2

ZENER, BZX85C30 30V 1.3W ESD

DIODE BZX85-C18

DIODE 1N5352B

DIODE 1N4007G

DIODE BZW50-150

TRANS BC547

DIODE BZX79C8V2

DIODE 1N5339B

DIODE 1N5347B

DIODE 1N5333

TERM SL4-V

TERM SL2-V

TERM SL3-V

SPACER CER 7.00 X 1.3MM *

TAG SOLDER PCB TAIL 2.5 X 0.9M

HEADER 1 X 3

SKT 2 WAY 2.54MM PITCH

SCR PAN PHIL 6-32 X 3/8 SST

NUT FULL 6-32 SST

WASHER PLAIN No;6 SST

SPLIT LOCK WASHER No;6 SST

SOLDERTAG M4 SNGL BR SN

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

H001

H002

H003:H004

R003

R026:R027

R004

R005

R006

R008:R029

R009:R019:R021:R028

R010:R023

R024

R013

R014

R001:R002

R020:R022

R016

R017

R018

R025

T003

V001

V004

V003:V018

V005

V006:V007

V008

V011

V021

V002

V009

V012

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

V019:V022

V014:V020

V010:V017

V013

V016

V015:V023

X001

X002

1.0 EA X003

30.0 EA 0255

9.0 EA

1.0 EA

TP01:TP02:TP03:TP04: TP05:TP06:X4: TP07

LINK1

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-67

HARRIS P/N

817 2336 190

843 5469 520

843 5469 020

3913 240 00017

3913 240 00021

3913 240 00013

3913 240 00018

3913 240 00019

3913 240 00015

2413 015 14086

3913 080 52250

2413 040 00809

2432 020 00048

2413 015 00864

2413 015 00867

2413 015 00893

2400 025 00013

2400 025 00008

2413 015 00863

Table 7-97. IOT2 INTERFACE PCB - 992 9384 001

DESCRIPTION

SCHEM IOT2 INTERFACE PCB

ASSY DWG IOT2 INTERFACE

PCB IOT2 INTERFACE

SKT 9 WAY D TYP PCB MTG

SKT 37WAY D TYP PCB MTG

PLUG 15WAY D TYP PCB MTG

SKT 15WAY D TYP PCB MTG

SKT 25WAY D TYP PCB MTG

PLUG 37WAY D TYP PCB MTG

TAB 6.3mm Vertical PCB MTG

SPCR RND THRU M3 X 6 BRASS NI

JACKSOCKET D TYP (PAIR)

SKT RF BNC PCB MGT 50R

TERM SL4-V

TERM SL10-V

TERM SL15-V

HEADER 40 WAY LTCH STRGHT L/PF

HEADER 16 WAY LTCH STRGHT L/PF

TERM BL10

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

0010

0000 X001

X002

0000 X003:X004:X008:X030

X029

X007

X005:X006:X009:X032

X035:X036

24.0 PK 080

12.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

X025

X026

0000 X027:X028

125 X023:X037 2.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

0000 X010:X011:X012:

X053

X027:X028

HARRIS P/N

992 9415 037

839 8121 923

992 9502 055

3913 461 45560

3913 081 65320

952 9215 192

430 0250 000

2413 015 06312

610 1247 000

2100 265 20228

2100 265 10398

952 9190 742

430 0233 000

992 9095 001

336 1137 000

2413 015 01017

0300 062 00002

2522 178 15059

2522 177 04039

302 0052 000

302 0106 000

302 0108 000

2513 712 02002

2513 712 02003

2513 712 02004

314 0005 000

2522 600 79017

310 0038 000

9390 238 60112

Table 7-98. 40W AMP ASSY SIGMA++ - 992 9737 102

DESCRIPTION

40W AMP ASSY SIG MECH KIT

SCHEM 40WATT AMP ASSY

40W AMP PCB ASSY

LABEL BERYLLIA WARNING 25 X 50

LABEL 25MM HAZARD-TOXIC

HEATSINK, 40W AMP

FAN GUARD FOR W2E143 FAN

GROMMET PVC 9.5X3.2X 7.9

MALE CONNECTOR, 4C

RES 2R2 5% 25W W/W ALUM CASE

RES 3R9 5% 15W W/W ALUM CASE

40W AMP KIT OF CABLES

FAN AXIAL 48V 235CFM

CA5800 AMPLIFIER PCB ASSY

PIN SPRING 1/8 X 3/4" BER CU

TERM INSUL DBLE M3 NUT

FINGER CNCT STRP 8.6x1.6mm S/A

SCR PNPZ ST 18-8 M3X8

SCR PNSL 18-8 M2.5X8

SCR PAN PHIL 4-40 X 1/4 SST

SCR PAN PHIL 6-32 X 3/8 SST

SCR PAN PHIL 6-32 X 1/2 SST

WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M2

WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M2.5

WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M3

SPLIT LOCK WASHER No;6 SST

WSH PLN A ST18-8 M3

WASHER PLAIN No;6 SST

WASHER 56326 (TO-126) LOAD

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

10

12

15

30

70

90

X003

R025:R065

R016:R056

150

160

180

220

230

0.180 EA 240

15.0 EA 260

8.0 EA 290

4.0 EA 300

40.0 EA 310

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

320

340

8.0 EA 350

14.0 EA 360

40.0 EA 380

14.0 EA 400

40.0 EA 420

8.0 EA 450

7-68 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

2400 490 01565

9390 289 10112

2522 006 01003

302 0110 000

9338 824 60682

9338 824 40682

9338 824 50682

9330 912 30112

9330 912 20112

3913 935 00007

1312 501 29501

550 1094 000

3913 081 65220

302 0285 000

310 0039 000

314 0006 000

306 0005 000

302 0012 000

314 0003 000

2522 401 60008

3913 464 17180

302 0132 000

2522 178 15064

2422 015 09508

SIL-PAD TO-126 X 0.177mm

BUSH 56387B (TO-126) INSUL

SCR SKT CAP 18-8 M3X8

SCR PAN PHIL 6-32 X 3/4 SST

IC CA5800C

TRANS TPV695A

TRANS TPV7025

TRANS BD140

TRANS BD139

REG 7812 +12V 1.5A TO-220

HEATSINK COMPOUND DC340

POT 2K5 +-10% 1W CERMET

LABEL 25MM NON-IONIZING RADIAT

SCR PAN PHIL 8-32 X 1/2 SST

WASHER PLAIN No;8 SST

SPLIT LOCK WASHER No;8 SST

NUT FULL 8-32 SST

SCR, 2-56x1/4

SPLIT LOCK WASHER No;4 SST

NUT FULLHEX ST18-8 M3

M/F PILLAR

SCR PAN PHIL 8-32 X 5/8 SST

SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M3X16

PLUG HOLE 12.7x3.2MM NYL BLK

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

8.0 EA

8.0 EA

8.0 EA

2.0 EA

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

690

700

710

720

730

750

760

460

470

490

510

A002:A002:A003

V001:V007

V002:V008

V004:V006:V010:V012

V003:V005:V009:V011

A001

USE AS REQUIRED

R002

650

660

670

680

HARRIS P/N

843 5469 058

614 0914 000

560 0111 000

2522 178 15062

2522 600 79017

2513 712 02004

2522 401 50008

Table 7-99. MOV ASSY 380/415V (CONTACTOR) - 992 9502 017

DESCRIPTION

PCB-MOV (3 PHASE)

TERM BLOCK SCREW TO TAG

VARISTOR 275VAC 140J 369VDC

SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M3X12

WSH PLN A ST18-8 M3

WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M3

NUT FULLHEX ST18-8 M3

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

7.0 EA R004:R005:R006:R007: R008:R009:R010

4.0 EA

8.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

HARRIS P/N

839 8121 927

843 5469 593

843 5469 093

9334 907 80682

382 1070 000

3913 935 12028

2012 310 00312

2012 310 00318

2000 301 01105

2413 086 01013

2400 086 00002

9338 827 16682

2422 025 02884

2422 549 26016

2322 156 16801

Table 7-100. FUSE PROTECTION PCB ASSY - 992 9502 056

DESCRIPTION

SCHEM FUSE PROT/LED DISPLAY

ASSY DWG PCB FUSE PROTECT

PCB, FUSE PROTECTION (15A)

IC ULN2803A

OPTO COUPLER ILQ-1

IC 74HC32 4X 2 I/P OR (DIL-14

CAP 10N 20% 100V PSTR 0.2" P

CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"

CAP 1U 10% 100V PETP 15MM

FUSE 5A T 6.3X32

FUSE 15A F 6.3X32 CERAMIC

OPTO/RX HFBR-2522

HEADER 3 WAY 0.1" PITCH

SKT 2 WAY 2.54MM PITCH

RES 680R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

A001

A002

A003

C001:C002:C003

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

3.0 EA

3.0 EA

6.0 EA

C006

C004:C005

F002:F003

F001

H008:H009

LK01:LK02:LK03

LK01:LK02:LK03

R002:R003:R005:R006: R008:R009

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-69

2322 156 11009

2322 156 13301

2322 156 11002

2322 156 12202

2322 156 11003

2322 156 14702

2322 156 13001

2113 256 02299

9330 619 30752

9336 247 60112

9336 508 70682

2422 015 01005

610 1306 000

3913 240 10015

3913 240 10015

402 0129 000

610 1236 000

2522 178 15135

2522 600 79147

2513 712 02007

2522 401 50013

4322 020 02060

RES 10R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 330R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 1K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 2K2 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 10K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 4K7 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 300R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 1K2 5% 2W5 W/W

DIODE 1N4003

DIODE BAT85

TRANS BS170 (TO-92)

SOLDERTAG M6 SNGL BR SN

HDR, 18PIN 1ROW STRAIGHT

HEADER 16 WAY LTCH STRGHT STD

HEADER 16 WAY LTCH STRGHT STD

CLIP, 1/4 DIA FUSE

HEADER, STRAIGHT 8 PIN

SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M6X25

WSH PLN A ST18-8 M6

WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M6

NUT FULLHEX ST18-8 M6

SPACER CER 7.00 X 1.3MM *

1.0 EA

7.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

5.0 EA

2.0 EA

3.0 EA

3.0 EA

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

6.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

8.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

6.0 EA

R28

R010:R011:R012:R013: R018:R019:R020

R014:R016

R015:R017

R029

R021:R022:R023:R026: R027

R024:R025

R001:R004:R007

V004:V005:V006

V001:V002:V003

V007:V008

0V IN:+32V IN USE 14SWG TCW TO CON-

NECT

X002

X004

X003

HARRIS P/N

3913 461 78160

2422 025 02795

2422 025 02931

2422 021 98412

3913 465 54210

Table 7-101. SWITCHED METER PCB ASSY - 992 9502 048

DESCRIPTION

PCB COLLECTOR BODY FOCUS MONIT

HEADER 4 WAY 0.1" PITCH

HEADER 2 WAY 0.1" PITCH

HEADER 10 WAY 0.1" PITCH

MODIFIED SWITCH

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

X002

X003

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

X001

HARRIS P/N

843 5469 073

614 0833 000

2400 015 00068

9336 508 80682

9336 774 30682

2012 310 00318

2322 156 13301

2322 156 11003

2422 086 01021

2422 086 01133

402 0201 000

Table 7-102. PSU DISTRIBUTION PCB ASSY - 992 8737 003

DESCRIPTION

PCB PSU DISTRIBUTION

TERM STRIP 4 WAY PCB 5mm PITCH

TERM BLOCK 6 WAY PCB 5mm Pin

TRANS BS250 (TO-92)

LED 3MM MV5774C RED

CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"

RES 330R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 10K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

FUSE 1A T 5X20 LBC IEC127-3

FUSE 3A15 T 5X20 LBC IEC127-3

HOLDER FUSE CLIP DUAL SIZE

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

0000 X001 X003 X004

0000 X002 X005

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

V001:V002

H001:H002

C001:C002

R001:R003

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

R002::R004

F002

F001

7-70 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

HARRIS P/N

992 8739 002

2322 156 11003

9336 247 60112

Table 7-103. DIGITAL & ANALOGUE PCB ASSY - 992 8739 001

DESCRIPTION

DIGITAL & ANALOG I/FACE

RES 10K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

DIODE BAT85

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

R43

V005:V008

HARRIS P/N

839 8121 151

3913 461 78140

9333 297 90682

382 0594 000

3913 935 12051

3913 935 12013

382 0865 000

9338 827 28682

3913 935 12033

382 1081 000

3913 935 35041

9338 816 40682

382 1348 000

3913 935 12012

9335 327 60682

3913 935 12026

3913 935 12096

2012 310 03125

2222 683 09398

2222 683 10129

2222 683 34229

2222 630 19102

526 0351 000

2222 683 34479

2222 683 34279

2012 310 03162

516 0760 000

2012 310 00314

2222 629 19103

2012 310 00312

2222 123 17109

2013 017 01548

2020 021 90009

2012 310 00318

Table 7-104. DIGITAL & ANALOG I/FACE - 992 8739 002

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAG ANALOG &

PCB DIGITAL & ANALOGUE I/F

OPTO COUPLER ILQ-74

IC TL074ACN

IC 74HC04 HEX INV (DIL-14

IC 74HC08 2 I/P AND (DIL-14

IC 74HC4538 MONSTBL (DIL-16

IC UCN5801A DIL-22

IC 74HC541 B/DRIVR (DIL-20

IC 74HC126 QUAD BUF (DIL-14)

IC 4043 4X R/S LATCH DIL-16

IC ICL7673CPA

IC ICL7665 (DIL-8)

IC 74HC02 2 I/P NOR (DIL-14

IC TL072CP (DIL-8)

IC 74HC27 3 I/P NOR (DIL-14

IC 74HC10 3 I/P NAND (DIL-14

CAP 470N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2" P

CAP 3P9 0.25PF 100V NPO 0.2"

CAP 12P 2% 100V NPO 0.2"

CAP 22P 2% 100V N150 0.2"

CAP 1N0 10% 100V MED-K 0.2"

CAP 6U8 50V 20%

CAP 47P 2% 100V N150 0.2"

CAP 27P 2% 100V N150 0.2"

CAP 1U0 10% 50V PSTR 0.2" P

CAP 100N 20% 50/63V X7R SIP8

CAP 22N 20% 100V PSTR 0.2" P

CAP 10N -20+80 63V HI-K 0.2"

CAP 10N 20% 100V PSTR 0.2" P

CAP 10U 40V ELSOL

CAP 3U3 20% 16V TANT

CAP 47U 25V ELECT

CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

6.0 EA

010

0000 A001:A039:A040:A041: A042:A043

6.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

5.0 EA

0000 A002:A003:A004:A045: A046:A047

0000 A005:A032:A037:A038

A006:A033:A048:A051:

A007:A008:A031:A044: A035

6.0 EA

6.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0000 A009:A012:A014:A016: A020:A025

0000 A010:A013:A015:A017: A021:A026

0000 A011:A022

0000 A018:A019:A023:A024

A029

A030

A034

A050:

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

A036

A049:

C001:C002

C003

C004

C005:C071:C073:

C006:C072:C074:

C078

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

8.0 EA

C007: FOR USE AT 45. 75MHZ

C007: FOR USE AT 38. 9MHZ

0000 C008:C009:C010:C014: C060:C061

C062:C063:

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

C080:C081

C011

2.0 EA C079:C083:

26.0 EA 0000 C016:C017:C028:C029: C030:C031

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

73.0 EA

C032:C033:C034:C035: C036:C037

C038:C039:C040:C041: C042:C043

C044:C045:C046:C047: C048:C050

C052:C054:

C025:

C013:

C086

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-71

2012 310 00318 CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"

2222 630 19472

2000 101 03229

2222 630 19332

2000 101 04109

2000 003 04221

2412 526 01041

9338 827 16682

9338 827 15682

9337 437 90682

9336 774 30682

2400 545 10026

3913 469 50410

2413 535 00708

2322 156 12203

2322 156 11804

2322 156 12201

2100 700 02101

2322 156 17502

2322 156 11001

2322 156 11503

2322 156 15603

2322 156 12702

2322 156 12704

2322 156 14702

CAP 4N7 10% 100V MED-K 0.2"

CAP 22U 10V ELSOL RAD/WIRE

CAP 3N3 10% 100V MED-K 0.2"

CAP 10U 16V ELSOL RAD/WIRE

CAP 220U 25V ELEC AX 105deg

BATTERY 3.6V POLARIZED

OPTO/RX HFBR-2522

OPTO/TX HFBR-1522

LED 3MM MV5474C GRN

LED 3MM MV5774C RED

BEAD FXD 3.5X1.2X3MM F14

COIL 0.58-1.04UH

CHOKE 100UH 0W33 BS9751-N001-B

RES 22K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 180K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 220R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 100R 2% 0.25W Size 1206

RES 7K5 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 100R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 15K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 56K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 2K7 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 270K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 4K7 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

2322 156 11002

2322 156 11002

2322 156 14704

2322 156 18202

2322 156 13003

2322 156 12703

2322 242 13106

2322 156 11003

RES 1K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 1K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 470K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 8K2 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 30K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 27K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 10M 5% 0W5 MTLGLZ

RES 10K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

C020:C022:C024:C026: C027:C049

C051:C053:C055:C056: C057:C058

C059:C064:C066:C102: C103:C104

C105:C106:C107:C108: C109:C110

C111:C112:C113:C114: C115:C116

C117:C118:C119:C120: C121:C122

C123:C124:C125:C126: C129:C130

C131:C132:C133:C134: C135:C136

C137:C138:C144:C145: C146:C147

73.0 EA C148:C202:C203:C204: C245:C246:C247:

C069:C070: C149:C012:

C150:C250:C075:C151: C068:C091:C065:C015

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

C067:C084:C085:

C018

0000 C077:

0000 C019:C021:C023:C082

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

6.0 EA

1.0 EA

9.0 EA

C076

G001

0000 H001:H012:H013:H014: H015:H016

H002

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

6.0 EA

7.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

6.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

6.0 EA

7.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

0000 H003:H004:H005:H006: H007:H008

H017:H018:H019

0000 H009:H010:H011

L001

L002

0000 L003:L004:L005:L006: L007:L008

0000 R001:R002:R003:R004: R009:R020 R037

R104:

R005

0000 R006:R007:R017:R018: R028:R029

0000 R206:

0000 R063:

0000 R008:R019:R030:R031 R263:R267:

R016:R027:R036:R192: R200:R211: R234:AOT

0000 R011:R022

0000 R062:

21.0 EA 0000 R012:R023:R093:R100: R114

R116:R117:R118: R123:R124

R139:R146:R147 R148:R152:R154:R159:

R168:R169 R177:R205:

22.0 EA 0000 R013:R024:R040:R096:

22.0 EA R097:R098 R099:R178:R251:R262:

R274:R276: R223:R224:R228: R232:R233:

R042:R053:R054:R252: R254:

14.0 EA 0000 R014:R025:R041:R173: R174:R179

R183:R193:R201:R212: R221:R245:

7.0 EA

2.0 EA

3.0 EA

6.0 EA

44.0 EA

R281:R288

0000 R015:R026:R035:R191: R199:R210:

R244:

R264:R268:

R033:R265:R269:

R034:R266:R271:R272: R270:R273:

7-72 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

2113 391 00577 POT 10K 10% LIN 0W5 CER M/T

2322 156 14703

2322 156 13304

2322 156 16202

2322 156 11004

RES 47K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 330K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 6K2 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 100K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

2113 253 02515

2322 156 12202

3913 017 00130

3913 017 00210

2322 156 11202

2322 156 13301

2322 156 13301

2322 156 12204

2322 156 11005

2322 156 15103

2322 156 18203

2322 156 16801

2322 156 18201

2322 156 15601

2322 242 13335

2322 156 11802

RES 0R22 1% 3W W/W

RES 2K2 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES NWORK 10K X8 SIL9

RES NWORK 47K X8 DIL16

RES 1K2 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 330R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 330R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 220K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 1M 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 51K 1% OW6 MTLFLM

RES 82K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 680R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 820R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 560R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 3M3 5% 0W5 MTLGLZ

RES 1K8 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

2322 156 15102

2322 156 11501

2322 156 11801

2322 156 13903

2322 156 13902

2322 156 11302

2322 156 16802

3913 050 52750

9331 976 10112

9330 635 30112

9334 989 80702

9330 473 10112

9336 247 60112

RES 5K1 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 150R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 180R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 39K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 3K9 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 1K3 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 6K8 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

SWITCH P/B 2P MOM GOLD

TRANS BC547

DIODE 1N4001

TRANS MPSA06

DIODE 1N916

DIODE BAT85

7/15/02

0000 R044:R045:R055: R059:R065

R067:R068:R071:R072: R075:R076

R079:R080:R083:R084: R087:R088

R095:R102:R120:R121: R156:R157

R175:R180:R190:R284: R287:

R189:R196:R202: R285: R213:R218:

R225:R229:R230: R231:R235

R248:R249:R250 R246:R247

14.0 EA 0000 R046:R047:R048:R049: R050:R051

R238:R239:R240:R241: R242:R243

6.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

R253:R255:

0000 R056:R119:R155:R171: R172 R195:

R058

0000 R032:

20.0 EA 0000 R060:R103:R107:R109

R176:R181:R184:R194: R203:R204

R214:R215:R219:R222: R226:R227

R280:R186:R187: R101:

R278:R279 2.0 EA

9.0 EA R064:R094:R275:R277: R010:R052:

R021:R038:R283:

12.0 EA R069:R070:R073:R074: R077:R078

R081:R082:R085:R086: R089:R090

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

R289

R286:

0000

R092:

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

8.0 EA

0000 R182:R220:

R105

R185:R188:R256:R257:

R106:R207

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

0000 R160:R161:R162:R163: R164:R165:

R166:R167:

0000 R110:R111:

0000 R091:

1.0 EA R113

23.0 EA 0000 R112:R125:R126:R127: R128:R129

8.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

6.0 EA

46.0 EA

R130:R131:R132:R133: R136:R137

R138:R140:R143:R144: R145:R149

R150:R151:R153:R158: R039

R197:R198:R208:R209: R258:R259:

R260:R261:

R170

R237:

R282

R216:

R236

R217:

S001

0000 V001:V015:V023:V024

V002

V003:V089:

V004:V080:V081:V084: V085:V086:

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-73

9340 002 80682

9331 177 10112

386 1448 000

386 0447 000

9331 177 80112

384 0789 000

9331 977 20112

384 0793 000

9331 178 50112

2400 025 00013

2422 025 02931

2400 031 00011

2413 015 00867

3913 445 50120

2413 015 02201

2413 015 02201

4322 020 02060

2422 025 02795

3913 445 50110

2422 549 26016

2432 490 00005

2432 490 00003

HARRIS P/N

992 9371 001

DIODE HSMS-2820 (MARK-C0

DIODE BZX79C4V7

TRANSZORB SA18 18V

TRANSZORB SA28 28V

DIODE BZX79C9V1

TRANSZORB SA5.0 5V

TRANS BC557A

TRANSZORB SA15 15V

DIODE BZX79C18

HEADER 40 WAY LTCH STRGHT L/PF

HEADER 2 WAY 0.1" PITCH

SKT RF SMC 50R PCB MTG STRGHT

TERM SL10-V

HEADER 1 X 3

PIN TEST 1.3 X 1.02MM PCB

PIN TEST 1.3 X 1.02MM PCB

SPACER CER 7.00 X 1.3MM *

HEADER 4 WAY 0.1" PITCH

HEADER 1 X 2

SKT 2 WAY 2.54MM PITCH

SKT DIL 22WAY x 0.4" FL/FRAME

SKT DIL 16WAY x 0.3" FL/FRAME

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

8.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

9.0 EA

1.0 EA

5.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

7.0 EA

7.0 PK

7.0 PK

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

9.0 EA

6.0 EA

7.0 EA

0000 V006:V007: V009:V010

V022:V033:V034:V035: V036

V037:V038:V039:V040: V041:V042

V043:V044:V045:V046: V047:V048

V049:V050:V051:V052: V053:V055

V056:V057:V058:V059: V060:V061

V062:V063:V064:V065: V066:V067

V078:V079:V068:V088: V082:V083:V032

0000 V011:V012:V013:

V014

0000 V028:V029:

0000 V016:V017:V018:V019: V020:V021

V031:V054

V025:V026

V030:V087

V027

0000 V069:V070:V071:V072: V073:V074

V075:V076:V077

0000 V090:

0000 X001:X006:X007:X008: X009

X002

0000 X003:X004:X005:X029

X010

0000 X011:X012:X013:X027: X028:X030:X036

0000 X014:X015:X016:X017: X018:X019

X020

X031

0000 X024:X025

910

FOR:A009:A012:A014: A016:A020:A025

FOR:A001:A039:A040: A041:A042:A043:R289

Table 7-105. SIGMA+ LOGIC & CONT PCB ASSY - 992 9371 002

DESCRIPTION

SIGMA+ LOGIC & CONT PCB ASSY

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

1.0 EA

HARRIS P/N

817 2336 172

843 5396 576

843 5469 517

843 5469 017

3913 935 12016

3913 935 12013

382 0774 000

3913 935 12012

382 0882 000

3913 935 12051

3913 935 12051

382 1070 000

382 0773 000

Table 7-106. SIGMA+ LOGIC & CONT PCB ASSY - 992 9371 001

DESCRIPTION

SCHEM IOT2 LOGIC & CONTROL

MOD INFO SIGMA+ CD LOGIC PCB

ASSY DWG PCB LOGIC & CONTROL

PCB LOGIC & CONTROL (IOT2)

IC 74HC133 13I/P NAND (DIL-16

IC 74HC08 2 I/P AND (DIL-14

IC 74HC14 HEX SCHMIDT (DIL-14

IC 74HC02 2 I/P NOR (DIL-14

REG 78L05 +5V 0.1A TO-92

IC 74HC04 HEX INV (DIL-14

IC 74HC04 HEX INV (DIL-14

OPTO COUPLER ILQ-1

IC 74HC11 3I/P & GATE (DIL-14

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

010

A001

11.0 EA 0000 A002:A008:A020:A042: A063:A070:A100:

A076:A085:A088:A092

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

5.0 EA

5.0 EA

4.0 EA

3.0 EA

A096:A112

A003

A097

0000 A004 A041 A071 A087

A093

A098:A055:A056:A057

0000 A005:A043:A090

7-74 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

3913 935 12047

3913 935 12018

3913 935 12096

382 0865 000

9338 822 70682

3913 935 12094

9335 004 40749

9335 004 40749

9338 827 28682

3913 935 12048

3913 935 12033

3913 935 12079

382 1081 000

382 0594 000

3913 935 35041

3913 935 12035

3913 935 12011

3913 935 12028

382 0856 000

382 0793 000

382 0793 000

3913 935 12097

3913 935 12032

382 1351 000

3913 935 12116

382 0851 000

382 0782 000

444 2987 000

2012 310 00318

2012 310 00318

516 0760 000

2000 003 03102

2012 310 03124

7/15/02

IC 74HC86 8X 2 I/P OR (DIL-14

IC 74HC161 B/CONNTR (DIL-16

IC 74HC10 3 I/P NAND (DIL-14

IC 74HC4538 MONSTBL (DIL-16

IC X9C103P (DIL-8

IC 74HC688 CMPRTR (DIL-20

IC LM324N (DIL-14

IC LM324N (DIL-14

IC UCN5801A DIL-22

IC 74HC157 2 I/P MUX (DIL-16

IC 74HC541 B/DRIVR (DIL-20

IC 74HC4053 MUX/DEMUX (DIL-14

IC 74HC126 QUAD BUF (DIL-14)

IC TL074ACN

IC 4043 4X R/S LATCH DIL-16

IC 74HC74 2X D F/F (DIL-14

IC 74HC00 2 I/P NAND (DIL-14

IC 74HC32 4X 2 I/P OR (DIL-14

IC 74HC4078 NOR/OR (DIL-14)

IC 74HC147 10-4 ENCDR (DIL-16

IC 74HC147 10-4 ENCDR (DIL-16

IC 74HC20 4 I/P NAND (DIL-14

IC 74HC540 B/DRIVR (DIL-20

IC 74HC4066 SWTCH (DIL-14)

IC 74HC4060 CNTR (DIL-16

IC 74HC4040 COUNTER (DIL-16)

IC 74HC75 B/STBL LTCH (DIL-16)

CRYSTAL 32.7680MHZ

CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"

CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"

CAP 100N 20% 50/63V X7R SIP8

CAP 1000U 16V ELEC AX 105deg

CAP 330N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2" P

1.0 EA A101

16.0 EA 0000 A006 A007 A029 A030 A031 A037 A038

A039 A059 A060 A061 A066 A067 A068 A083

A084

1.0 EA

5.0 EA

1.0 EA

6.0 EA

A102

A009:A040:A080:A089: A091

A103

0000 A010 A028 A036 A058 A065 A082

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

6.0 EA

1.0 EA

A104

0000 A011 A014 A016 A018 A024 A086

A106

0000 A012 A015 A017 A019 A025 5.0 EA

1.0 EA

5.0 EA

2.0 EA

A108

0000 A013:A023:A035:A048: A072

A109:A113

0000 A021:AA22:A026:A027: A047:A081 6.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

A110:A111

A032

0000 A033:A064:A077:A099

0000 A074 A075 A079 3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

A044

A045

A046

0000 A050 A051 A052

A073:A095:

A078

A094

B001

121.0 EA C001:C007:C101:C102: C103

C104:C105:C106:C107: C108:C109

C110:C111:C112:C113: C114:C115

C116:C117:C118:C119: C120:C121

C122:C123:C124:C125: C126:C127

C128:C129:C130:C131: C132:C133

C135:C136:C137:C138: C139:C140

C141:C142:C143:C144: C145:C146

C147:C148:C150:C151: C152:C158

C159:C160:C161:C163: C164:C165

C166:C167:C168:C170: C171:C172

C173:C174:C175:C176: C177:C178

C179:C180:C181:C182: C183:C184

121.0 EA C185:C186:C187:C188: C189:C190

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

C191:C192:C193: C194:C195:

C028:C030:C038:C039: C040:C037 C045

C196:C197:C202:C205:

C206:C207:C209:C210:

C212:C214:C215:C216:

C217:C218:C219:C225:

C226:C227:C228:C229:

C230:C231:C232:C233 C211:C235

C031:C032

C198

C199

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-75

2012 310 03162

2000 101 04478

2000 101 02479

2013 017 01584

2013 017 01522

2222 683 10109

2222 809 07008

2000 101 03229

2012 310 00312

2012 310 00312

2000 003 04221

2000 101 04109

2222 630 19472

384 0891 000

9337 437 90682

9335 467 80723

9336 966 20682

9335 110 70723

3913 017 00410

2322 156 14702

2322 156 17502

2322 156 12202

2113 391 00577

2322 156 11003

CAP 1U0 10% 50V PSTR 0.2" P

CAP 4U7 16V ELSOL RAD/WIRE

CAP 47U 6V3 ELSOL RAD/WIRE

CAP 1U0 20% 35V TANT

CAP 10U 20% 10V TANT

CAP 10P 2% 100V NPO 0.2"

CAP 4P0 - 40P TRIM (40E)

CAP 22U 10V ELSOL RAD/WIRE

CAP 10N 20% 100V PSTR 0.2" P

CAP 10N 20% 100V PSTR 0.2" P

CAP 220U 25V ELEC AX 105deg

CAP 10U 16V ELSOL RAD/WIRE

CAP 4N7 10% 100V MED-K 0.2"

LED 10 SEG BARGRAPH.GRN 8.0mm

LED 3MM MV5474C GRN

LED 10 SEG BARGRAPH.RED 8.0mm

LED MV54124 GRN

LED MV57124 RED

RES NWORK 100K X8 SIL9

RES 4K7 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 7K5 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 2K2 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

POT 10K 10% LIN 0W5 CER M/T

RES 10K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

2322 156 13003

2322 156 13301

2322 156 18202

2322 156 11801

2322 156 13902

2322 156 14704

2322 156 14704

2322 156 16204

2113 253 02515

2322 156 13304

2322 156 14703

3913 017 00130

2322 156 12001

2322 156 11005

RES 30K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 330R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 8K2 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 180R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 3K9 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 470K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 470K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 620K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 0R22 1% 3W W/W

RES 330K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 47K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES NWORK 10K X8 SIL9

RES 200R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 1M 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

7.0 EA

7.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

7.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

3.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

0000 C002:C004:C026:

C213

0000 C003:C005:C006:C015

C220:C221:C222:C324

C024:

C013

C014

0000 C20:C22:

0000 C021:C023:C025:C018:

C041:C042:C200

C29:

0000 C19:

0000 C033:C034:C035:C036: C016:C027:C043:

360 H002 H003 H004 H005

0000 H001 H014 H015 H016

0000 H006 H007 H008

11.0 EA 0000 H009:H010:H011:H012:

H013:H018:H019:H020: H021:H022:H023

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

H017

0000 R165:

11.0 EA R167:R168:R182:R191: R193:R237

R047:R048:R049:R050 R051

2.0 EA R245:R246

12.0 EA 0000 R002:R026:R028:R034:

4.0 EA

R036:R043:R222:R248: R138:R142:R146:R150

R183:R192:R196:R240

40.0 EA 0000 R003:R005:R011:R012:

R014:R015:R017:R018 R020:R021:R023:R024

R029:R037:R046:R072 R073:R086:R091:R092

R093:R094:R154:R155

R159:R160:R169:R186:

R187:R198:R199:R202:

R204:R206:R209:R233: R234,R242,R247,R161

1.0 EA R085

18.0 EA 0000 R004:R120:R121:R122:

R123:R124:R125:R126:

R127:R128:R129:R130:

1.0 EA

R131:R132:R134:R172: R173:R236

R207

26.0 EA 0000 R095:R096:R097:R098: R099:R100

R101:R102:R103:R104: R105:R106

R107:R108:R109:R110: R111:R112

4.0 EA

8.0 EA

8.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

R113:R114:R115:R116: R117:R118 R119:R133

R208:R213:R214:R215

R006:R030:

R157:R158:R184:R189: R195:R239

0000 R039:FOR EEV TUBES

R162:R163

R007

R166:R219:R220:R226

14.0 EA 0000 R009:R010:R013:R016: R019:R022

R032:R033:R040:R041: R045

R082:R090:R025:

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

R216:R223:R224

0000 R148:R203 R039:FOR CPI TUBES

7-76 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

2322 241 13106

2322 156 11002

2322 156 14701

2322 156 18201

2322 156 18201

2322 156 16804

2322 156 11802

2322 156 11004

2322 156 12203

2422 128 02074

604 1141 000

598 0450 000

2413 127 00071

9336 247 60112

9336 247 60112

384 0020 000

384 0789 000

9336 508 70682

386 0447 000

9334 989 80702

3913 445 50120

RES 10M 5% 0W25 MTLGLZ

RES 1K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 470R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 820R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 820R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 680K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 1K8 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 100K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 22K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

SWITCH P/B SPDT 0.4A

SWITCH P/B MEMBRANE

CAP SPACING W/ 2 HOLES

SWITCH DIL 8 POLE SPST

DIODE BAT85

DIODE BAT85

DIODE 1N4004

TRANSZORB SA5.0 5V

TRANS BS170 (TO-92)

TRANSZORB SA28 28V

TRANS MPSA06

HEADER 1 X 3

2400 025 00008

2400 025 00013

2413 015 00867

3913 445 50110

3913 445 50110

2422 549 26016

4322 020 02060

2432 490 00003

2432 490 00005

2413 015 14085

2413 015 14168

HEADER 16 WAY LTCH STRGHT L/PF

HEADER 40 WAY LTCH STRGHT L/PF

TERM SL10-V

HEADER 1 X 2

HEADER 1 X 2

SKT 2 WAY 2.54MM PITCH

SPACER CER 7.00 X 1.3MM *

SKT DIL 16WAY x 0.3" FL/FRAME

SKT DIL 22WAY x 0.4" FL/FRAME

TAB 2.8MM PCB MTG

TAG SOLDER PCB TAIL 2.5 X 0.9M

1.0 EA R084:

25.0 EA 0000 R001:R038:R042:

R052:R053:R054:R055: R056:R156:R181:

R185:R188:R190:R194:

R197:R212:R218:R221:

R225:R231:R235:R238: R241:R244: R211

4.0 EA R227:R228:R229:R230

10.0 EA 0000 R057 R058

10.0 EA R059 R060 R061 R062 R063 R064 R065 R066

2.0 EA R027:R035

5.0 EA 0000 R067 R068 R069 R070 R071

13.0 EA 0000 R006,R008,R031,R074

6.0 EA

1.0 EA

R136,R140,R144,R164,

R200:R201:R210:R217 R243

0000 R137:R141:R145:R149: R176:R205

S001

12.0 EA 0000 S002:S009:S010:S011:

S012:S013:S014:S015: S016:S017:S018:S019

12.0 EA 575

6.0 EA 0000 S003 S004 S005 S006 S007 S008

24.0 EA 0000

24.0 EA V001:V002:V008:V009: V010:V011:V012:V015:

V016:V017:V018:V024:

V027:VO28:V029:V030: V031:V032:V033:V034

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

5.0 EA

4.0 EA

V036:V037:V038:V039

V025

V019:V020

V026

0000 V003 V004 V005 V006 V007

V021:V022:V023:V035

21.0 EA 0000 X001:X002:X003:X004: X008:X009

X010:X011:X012:X013: X014:X020

X021:X022:X023:X024: X025:X026

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

5.0 EA

5.0 EA

X027:X028:X039

X029

0000 X005:X006:X036

X007

0000 X015 X016 X017 X018

X019

27.0 EA 650

4.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

8.0 EA

6.0 EA

660

FOR A055:A056:A057

FOR A086

X030:X031:X032:X033: X034:X035:X037:X038

R234:R244:V039

HARRIS P/N

560 0111 000

610 1066 000

839 7900 606

839 7900 614

999 2710 001

Table 7-107. MOV PCB ASSY 198-250 VOLT - 992 8553 001

DESCRIPTION

VARISTOR 275VAC 140J 369VDC

CONN, 0.25 FASTON PC MOUNT

PWB, MOV-AC PROTECTOR

SCHEM, MOV-AC PROTECTOR

WIRE/TUBING LIST

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

12.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-77

HARRIS P/N

84354690151

2413 015 00889

2012 310 00318

2413 535 00419

9334 982 00112

9330 473 10112

2413 015 00881

2400 131 00051

3913 240 10012

Table 7-108. MARSHALLING PCB ASSEMBLY - 992 9367 001

DESCRIPTION

MARSHALLING PCB

TERM SL12-V

CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"

CHOKE 100UH 0W33 BS9751-N001-D

DIODE 1N4002G

DIODE 1N916

TERM BL12

RELAY 5V.dc 2P C/O PCB MTG

HEADER 10 WAY LTCH STRGHT STD

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

1.0 EA

9.0 EA X001:X002:X003:X004 X005:X006:X007:X008

X009

7.0 EA

7.0 EA

C001:C002:C003:C004 C005:C006:C007

L001:L002:L003:L004 L005:L006:L007

10.0 EA V001:V002:V003:V004 V005:V006:V007:V008

V009:V010

1.0 EA

9.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

V011

X001:X002:X003:X004 X005:X006:X007:X008

X009

K001

X010

HARRIS P/N

839 8121 799

843 5469 096

2413 015 00861

9334 907 80682

382 0594 000

382 0856 000

382 0813 000

3913 935 12047

3913 935 12028

2012 310 00318

2012 310 00325

2222 630 19102

2012 310 03125

2222 683 34229

516 0760 000

2322 156 11503

2413 015 14168

2322 156 11004

2322 156 14702

2322 156 11002

2322 156 18202

2322 156 14704

2113 391 00589

3913 017 00270

Table 7-109. SYST INTERFACE CD MK2 PCB ASSY - 992 9502 067

DESCRIPTION

SCHEM SYSTEM INTERFACE (CD)

PCB-SYSTEM INTERFACE (CD)

TERM BL6

IC ULN2803A

IC TL074ACN

IC 74HC4078 NOR/OR (DIL-14)

IC 74HC240 OCTAL BUF (DIL-20)

IC 74HC86 8X 2 I/P OR (DIL-14

IC 74HC32 4X 2 I/P OR (DIL-14

CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"

CAP 1U0 20% 63V PSTR 0.2" P

CAP 1N0 10% 100V MED-K 0.2"

CAP 470N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2" P

CAP 22P 2% 100V N150 0.2"

CAP 100N 20% 50/63V X7R SIP8

RES 15K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

TAG SOLDER PCB TAIL 2.5 X 0.9M

RES 100K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 4K7 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 1K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 8K2 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 470K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

POT 1M 10% LIN 0W5 CER M/T

RES NWORK 22K X8 SIL9

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

010

X028

10.0 EA 0000 A001:A002:A003:A004:

A005:A014:A016:A020: A022:A028

5.0 EA

1.0 EA

0000 A006:A007:A008:A009: A010

A011

5.0 EA

1.0 EA

0000 A015:A021:A024:A025: A027

A030

1.0 EA A023

19.0 EA 0000 C001:C002:C004:C005:

C008:C009:C010:C011:

C014:C015:C032:C033:

5.0 EA

5.0 EA

5.0 EA

5.0 EA

5.0 EA

C040:C041:C044:C046: C047:C049:C050

0000 C003:C006:C007:C012: C013

C016:C017:C020:C023: C024

C026:C027:C028:C029: C030

C018:C019:C021:C022: C031

0000 C034:C035:C042:C043: C045

20.0 EA 0000 R001:R003:R012:R015:

R031:R033:R034:R036:

R053:R055:R057:R065: R062:R072:R078:

R056:R063:R069:R074: R080: A.O.T.

12.0 EA

10.0 EA 0000 R002:R014:R030:R037:

R052:R064:R068:R071: R077:R082

15.0 EA 0000 R004:R007:R016:R020:

R026:R029:R038:R041:

R046:R051:R009:R013: R032:R035:R054

10.0 EA 0000 R005:R010:R017:R021:

R024:R028:R039:R043: R048:R050

5.0 EA 0000 R006:R019:R027:R040: R047

10.0 EA 0000 R008:R018:R025:R042:

5.0 EA

1.0 EA

R049:R139:R141:R143: R145:R147

0000 R140:R142:R144:R146: R148

R130

7-78 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

2322 156 11003

2322 241 13105

2113 391 00577

2100 700 02101

3913 017 00390

3913 017 00960

3913 017 00180

3913 017 00130

3913 017 01100

9336 247 60112

9340 002 80682

9330 473 10112

RES 10K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 1M 5% 0W25 MTLGLZ

POT 10K 10% LIN 0W5 CER M/T

RES 100R 2% 0.25W Size 1206

RES NWORK 22K X8 DIL16

RES NWORK 1K0 X8 DIL16

RES NWORK 1K0 X8 SIL9

RES NWORK 10K X8 SIL9

RES NWORK 390R X8 SIL9

DIODE BAT85

DIODE HSMS-2820 (MARK-C0

DIODE 1N916

2413 015 00864

3913 240 10015

3913 240 10021

3913 240 00015

2413 015 00865

2400 031 00029

3913 240 00021

3913 240 00013

3913 240 00012

2422 549 26016

2413 040 00809

3913 080 52250

3913 445 50110

2432 490 00002

2432 490 00032

2432 490 00004

TERM SL4-V

HEADER 16 WAY LTCH STRGHT STD

HEADER 50 WAY LTCH STRGHT STD

PLUG 37WAY D TYP PCB MTG

TERM SL6-V

SKT RF BNC PCB 50R 16mm High

SKT 37WAY D TYP PCB MTG

PLUG 15WAY D TYP PCB MTG

PLUG 9 WAY D TYP PCB MTG

SKT 2 WAY 2.54MM PITCH

JACKSOCKET D TYP (PAIR)

SPCR RND THRU M3 X 6 BRASS NI

HEADER 1 X 2

SKT DIL 14WAY x 0.3" FL/FRAME

SKT DIL 20WAY x 0.3" FL/FRAME

SKT DIL 18WAY x 0.3" FL/FRAME

10.0 EA 0000 R011:R022:R023:R044:

R045:R137:R138: R070:R075:R081

5.0 EA 0000 R058:R059:R060:R061: R076

10.0 EA 0000 R088:R089:R090:R091:

R092:R093:R094:R095: R096:R097

10.0 EA 0000 R102:R103:R104:R105:

5.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

R106:R107:R108:R109: R110:R111

0000 R114:R115:R122:R123: R126

R128

R116:R117:R124:R125

0000 R127

R135

10.0 EA 0000 V001:V002:V004:V005:

5.0 EA

V006:V007:V010:V011: V012:V013

0000 V003:V008:V009:V014: V015

15.0 EA 0000 V016:V017:V018:V019:

V020:V021:V022:V023: V024:V025:V026:V027:

V028:V029:V030

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

X002

X003

X004

0000 X005:X006:X015

1.0 EA

5.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

X028

0000 X009:X010:X011:X012: X013

X007

0000 X016:X017:X020:X021

1.0 EA

5.0 EA

X022

X023:X024:X025:X030: X031 X032:X033

11.0 EA 255

22.0 PK 260

7.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

0265 X023:X024:X025:X030: X031 X032:X033

FOR A023

FOR A027

FOR A001:A002:A003 A004

HARRIS P/N

839 8121 787

992 9502 050

382 1634 000

382 1633 000

9338 818 20682

3913 935 00001

9390 280 70112

9390 272 20112

943 5396 721

3913 080 52310

2522 178 15085

2522 600 17026

2513 712 02005

2522 178 15062

2513 712 02004

410 0414 000

2413 490 90116

Table 7-110. PSU DIST PCB/HEATSINK ASSY - 992 9834 001

DESCRIPTION

SCHEM EXC CUB DIST PCB

CONT CAB PSU DIST PCB ASSY

IC, LT1083CP-12 ESD

IC, LM333 ESD

IC MC78T12CT

REG 7805 +5V 1.5A TO-220

WASHER 56359D (TO-220) INSUL

WASHER 56360A (TO-220) LOAD

HEATSINK

SPCR RND THRU M4 X 6 BRASS NI

SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M4X16

WSH PLN FRM A 18-8 M4

WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M4

SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M3X12

WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M3

THERMAL PAD 1"X0.8"X0.006"

SIL-PAD TO-220 X 0.012"

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

8.0 EA

A001:A008

A002:A007

A003:A005

A004:A006

8.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

4.0 EA

6.0 EA

8.0 EA

2.0 EA

6.0 EA

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-79

2522 178 15064 SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M3X16 2.0 EA

HARRIS P/N

992 9415 040

2413 031 00351

2513 706 07121

2513 706 07113

2513 658 15118

2513 658 05116

2522 178 15135

2522 178 15133

2522 178 15057

2522 006 01209

2522 179 64178

2522 613 06104

2513 712 02007

1322 511 41801

2513 712 02004

0613 163 01001

2522 401 50013

Table 7-111. COMBINER 8 WAY SIGMA++ - 992 9737 097

DESCRIPTION

COMBINER 8 WAY SIG (MECH KIT)

SKT RF N PANEL 50R

CLIP HOSE ST ST 35-50MM

CLIP HOSE ST ST 90-120MM

PIN SPIRL STNI M2X10

PIN SPIRL ST/ST CHR M1X6

SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M6X25

SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M6X16

SCR PNPZ ST 18-8 M3X5

SCR SKTCAP 18-8 M5X16

SCR CSKPZ 18-8 M5X10

WSH S/COIL TYPE-B M5

WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M6

LOCTITE STUDLOCK 270

WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M3

SOLDER 3MM DIA PLUMBSOL

NUT FULLHEX ST18-8 M6

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

1.0 EA

8.0 EA

2.0 EA

130

470

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

191

195

196

140

12.0 EA 150

32.0 EA 160

1.0 EA

6.0 EA

230

240

1.0 EA 200

12.0 EA 180

0.0 EA AS REQUIRED

32.0 EA 190

0.0 RL

4.0 EA

AS REQUIRED

HARRIS P/N

3913 468 13280

3913 461 45540

3913 081 65300

943 5396 728

3913 464 15880

700 1416 000

3913 464 17450

3913 461 77440

2522 178 15067

3913 464 19480

2522 615 04005

2522 178 15059

2522 178 15058

2522 187 02044

2522 401 60064

2513 712 02004

2513 712 02003

2122 900 00171

2522 178 15061

2422 015 05024

2522 600 17017

Table 7-112. LOAD ASSY 3 WAY SIGMA++ - 992 9737 098

DESCRIPTION

CABLE ASSY (990MM STRAIGHT

LABEL BERYLLIA WARNING 15 X 30

LABEL 15MM HAZARD-TOXIC

HEATSINK-DUMP LOAD

SPACER DUMP LOAD

ATTENUATOR 40DB, 1KW

SCREEN

PCB DUMP LOAD

SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M3X30

CABLE SUPPORT

WSH LOCK INT 18-8 M3

SCR PNPZ ST 18-8 M3X8

SCR PNPZ ST 18-8 M3X6

SCR CSKSL 18-8 M2.5X6

NUT FULHEX ST18-8 M2.5

WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M3

WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M2.5

RES 50R 5% 250W B/OXIDE (TERM

SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M3X10

TIE CABLE 2.5 X 100 NYLON NAT

WSH PLN FRM A 18-8 M3

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

2.0 EA 015

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

420

430

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

020

030

040

050

2.0 EA 060

10.0 EA 460

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

090

095

4.0 EA 100

16.0 EA 110

8.0 EA

8.0 EA

120

210

30.0 EA 300

8.0 EA 310

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

400

410

2.0 EA

10.0 EA 440

7-80 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

2222 683 34151

3913 200 10052

2222 030 36109

2013 017 01543

8213 268 75169

2422 086 01015

2422 086 01005

2422 086 00013

9338 827 15682

9332 897 10682

2122 550 00035

2113 256 02641

2113 256 02255

2113 256 01466

2322 156 12701

560 0092 000

2322 156 13902

2113 256 01041

2113 256 02336

2113 256 02152

2322 156 11502

2113 256 02147

2322 156 13901

2322 156 17508

2113 256 02335

2322 156 11002

HARRIS P/N

839 8121 288

839 8121 805

3913 461 78760

4322 020 02060

2413 490 01046

2413 490 01094

2422 016 05019

402 0201 000

2422 015 05069

2432 020 00048

2413 015 00864

3913 935 00045

9335 613 10682

3913 935 00007

9334 636 90742

382 1347 000

506 0266 000

2000 101 06478

524 0364 000

524 0363 000

506 0271 000

2012 310 03124

2012 310 03162

522 0602 000

2012 310 00318

Table 7-113. ISOLATED SUPPLIES 2 PCB ASSY - 992 9080 001

DESCRIPTION

SCHEM ISOLATED SUPPLIES 2

SCHEM ISOLATED SUPPLIES 2 (K2)

PCB ISOLATED SUPPLIES 2

SPACER CER 7.00 X 1.3MM *

HEATSINK TV-5

HEATSINK TV-21 FOR TO-220

SADDLE FOR 7.9MM TY-RAP

HOLDER FUSE CLIP DUAL SIZE

TIE CABLE 3.5 X 150 NYLON NAT

SKT RF BNC PCB MGT 50R

TERM SL4-V

REG 79L15 -15V 0.1A TO92

IC RC4558P-00

REG 7812 +12V 1.5A TO-220

IC LM7912CT

IC LP311N (DIL-8)

CAP 1U 20% 250V PP

CAP 4U7 25V ELSOL RAD/WIRE

CAP 470U 385V ELECT

CAP 100U 385V ELECT

CAP 100N 10% 400V PETP 15MM

CAP 330N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2" P

CAP 1U0 10% 50V PSTR 0.2" P

CAP 3300U 25V ELECT PCB MGT

CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"

CAP 150P 2% 100V N150 0.2"

CAP 100N -20+80 50V CER

CAP 10U 25V ELECT

CAP 10U 20% 16V TANT

CAP 47N 3KV +-5% PAPER

FUSE 500MA T 5X20 LBC IEC127-3

FUSE 100MA T 5X20 LBC IEC127-3

FUSE 160MA F 5X20 LBC IEC127-2

OPTO/TX HFBR-1522

LED 5MM HLMP-3507 GRN

RES VD 220V 0.8W 24MM DIA

RES 0R47 5% 2W5 W/W

RES 4R7 5% 2W5 W/W

RES 47R 5% 9W W/W

RES 270R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES VD 14V RMS 100J 20MM DIA

RES 3K9 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 20K 5% 6W W/W

RES 4K7 5% 6W W/W

RES 470R 5% 12W W/W

RES 1K5 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 330R 5% 12W W/W

RES 390R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 7R5 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 3K9 5% 6W W/W

RES 1K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

5.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

3.0 EA

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 PK

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

5.0 EA

2.0 EA

9.0 EA

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

0.0 EA EEV TUBES

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

CPI TUBES

010

64.0 EA 015

3.0 EA 020

7.0 EA

2.0 EA

160 170

025

6.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

030

035

X011:

X001:

A001:

A002:

A101:

A102:

0000 A103:A104:

0000 C001:C002:

C205

C003:

C004:

C005:C009:C119

C006

C008:C110;C111:C010: C011:

C101:C102:

C007:C012:C013: C114:C115:C116:C117:

C118:C120

C123:C124:C125

0000 C103:C104:C109:

0000 C105:C106:

0000 C107:C108:C121:C122

C201:

F001:

F002:

0000 F003:

0000 H001:H101;H102;H103: H104

0000 H105:H106:

R042:R043

0000 R001:R002:

R128:R129

R003:

R007

R124:R127:R215

R006

R044

R004:R207:

R045

R130: AOT 1K5 FOR EEV TUBES 1K8 FOR

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

CPI TUBES

R046

R111:R115:

R047

R005

0000 R011:R025:R026:R107

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-81

2322 156 19101

2113 111 22473

2322 156 13301

2322 156 12002

2113 111 25133

2322 156 11003

2322 156 12003

2113 111 25103

2122 362 00159

2113 111 00265

2113 256 02265

2322 156 11001

2322 156 11009

2113 256 02257

2322 156 16801

2322 156 15603

2322 156 14704

2322 156 11005

2322 156 11004

2322 156 11504

2322 156 12203

2322 156 13002

2322 156 14302

2322 156 19109

2322 156 12001

2322 156 14701

2322 156 16202

548 2343 000

2322 241 13106

2122 362 00158

2322 156 19102

9338 828 06682

380 0746 000

9330 473 10112

9338 828 08682

380 0747 000

9338 828 07682

9338 828 07682

386 0459 000

9338 820 00682

9331 176 70112

9331 177 70112

9331 178 10112

9330 791 70702

9336 508 70682

9331 177 20112

384 0793 000

9330 745 40702

384 0020 000

9331 177 00112

9331 176 80112

RES 910R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 47K 2% 2W0 MTLOX

RES 330R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 2K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 12K 2% 1W0 MTLOX

RES 10K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 20K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 10K 2% 1W0 MTLOX

POT 10K 10% LIN W5 TOP ADJ

RES 6K8 2% 1W0 MTLOX

RES 150R 5% 2W5 W/W

RES 100R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 10R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 10R 5% 2W5 W/W

RES 680R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 56K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 470K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 1M 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 100K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 150K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 22K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 3K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 4K3 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 91R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 200R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 470R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 6K2 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

7.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

6.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

R131: AOT 910R FOR EEV TUBES 390R FOR

CPI TUBES

R009:

R010:R027:R028:R041

R012:R109:

R013

R029:R036: R037:R121 R122:R123:R110:

R030

R015:

R038:

R014:

0000 R016:R017:R018:R019: R020:R021:

0000 R022:R024:

R101:R102:R125:R126

R023:

R040:

R031:

0000 R032:R033:R034:R035:

R039

R213:

R103:

R104:

R214

R105

0000 R106:R108:R132

0000 R112:R113:

0000 R116:R117:

R201:

RES 500K 1W3 1 1.9397E-320C70 SERIES 10.0 EA 0000

RES 10M 5% 0W25 MTLGLZ 2.0 EA R118:R119

POT 5K0 10% LIN W5 TOP ADJ

RES 9K1 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RECTFR 1B08 (800V-1A)

TRANS MPSA92

DIODE 1N916

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

R120

R114: AOT 9K1 FOR EEV IOT 12K FOR CPI

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

KLYSTRD

V002:

0000 V003:V004:V009:

16.0 EA V005:V006:V007:V008: V020:V021:

TRANS MJE5731 (PNP) (TO-220)

TRANS MPSA42

TRANS TIP49 (NPN) (TO-220)

TRANS TIP49 (NPN) (TO-220)

DIODE BZW50-150

RECTFR 1B01 (100V 1Amp)

DIODE BZX79C3V3

DIODE BZX79C8V2

3.0 EA

4.0 EA

5.0 EA

5.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

V022:V023:V025:V206: V110:V111

V112:V113:V114:V115

0000 V010:V011:V012:

0000 V013:V017:V018:V019:

0000

V014:V015:V016: V033:V034

0000 V024:V027

V101:

DIODE BZX79C12

TRANS 2N3906 (TO-92)

TRANS BS170 (TO-92)

DIODE BZX79C5V1

TRANSZORB SA15 15V

TRANS 2N3904 (TO-92)

DIODE 1N4004

DIODE BZX79C4V3

DIODE BZX79C3V6

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

V116

0000 V102

V105

V103:

V026

0000 V104:V204:

V031:V108:V109

V107:V117

V028:V029:V030:V032

V106

V205:

7-82 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

384 0268 000

2413 015 14086

2413 015 14086

2422 015 12168

2422 015 12808

2522 178 15105

2522 178 15059

2522 401 50012

2522 401 50008

2513 712 02006

2513 712 02004

2522 600 79029

2522 600 79017

2413 015 14168

2522 178 13059

2522 178 15062

917 2336 078

RECT 7.5KV PIV

TAB 6.3mm Vertical PCB MTG

TAB 6.3mm Vertical PCB MTG

TERM INSULUG M5 RED

TERM PUSH-ON 6.3 x 0.5MM RED

SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M5X10

SCR PNPZ ST 18-8 M3X8

NUT FULLHEX ST18-8 M5

NUT FULLHEX ST18-8 M3

WSH CRKL ST18-8 M5

WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M3

WSH PLN A ST 18-8 M5

WSH PLN A ST18-8 M3

TAG SOLDER PCB TAIL 2.5 X 0.9M

SCR PNPZ ST 18-8 M3X8

SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M3X12

LABEL - ISOL.P/S. FUSE VALUES

2.0 EA 0000 V202:V203:

20.0 EA 0000 X007:X008:X012:X013: X4/1:X4/2:X4/3;

20.0 EA X006:X005:X010:X009: X002:X003:

2.0 EA 120

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

130

040

080

070

15.0 EA 090

4.0 EA 050

15.0 EA 110

2.0 EA 060

21.0 EA 100

14.0 EA 101

6.0 EA

6.0 EA

1.0 EA

HARRIS P/N

817 2336 125

817 2336 126

817 2336 127

817 2336 128

817 2336 160

817 2336 161

839 8121 161

839 8121 169

992 8933 001

992 8934 001

943 5396 137

646 1537 000

943 5396 711

306 0004 000

310 0038 000

314 0005 000

3913 080 52310

Table 7-114. MODE CONTROLLER ASSY - 992 8813 001

DESCRIPTION

MODE CONTRLLR 2 TUBE CONFIGURA

MODE CONTRLLR 3 TUBE CONFIGURA

MODE CONTRLLR 2 TUBE+STANDBY

MODE CONTRLLR 4 TUBE CONFIGURA

MODE CONTRLLR DH120 E3 CONFIGU

MODE CONTRLLR HD240 E5 CONFIGU

SCHEM MODE CONTROLLER

SCHEM MODE CONTROLLER

MODE CONTROLLER PCB LOCAL ASSY

MODE CONTROLLER P.C.B. ASSY.

SET OF RIBBON CABLES MODE CONT

PANEL-MODE CONTROL OVERLAY

SUPPORT - MODE CONTROL

NUT FULL 6-32 SST

WASHER PLAIN No;6 SST

SPLIT LOCK WASHER No;6 SST

SPCR RND THRU M4 X 6 BRASS NI

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

10.0 EA

10.0 EA

10.0 EA

10.0 EA

0010

0015

0020

0025

HARRIS P/N

839 8121 161

3913 461 78560

382 0774 000

382 1070 000

382 0771 000

382 0778 000

382 0865 000

382 0798 000

3913 935 12117

3913 935 12118

Table 7-115. MODE CONTROLLER P.C.B. ASSY. - 992 8934 001

DESCRIPTION

SCHEM MODE CONTROLLER

PCB MODE CONTROLLER

IC 74HC14 HEX SCHMIDT (DIL-14

OPTO COUPLER ILQ-1

IC 74HC08 2 I/P AND (DIL-14

IC 74HC32 4X 2 I/P OR (DIL-14

IC 74HC4538 MONSTBL (DIL-16

IC 74HC158 2I/P M/INV (DIL-16

IC 74HC148 ENCODEER (DIL-16)

IC 74HC237 DCODER (DIL-16)

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

0.0 EA

1.0 EA

8.0 EA

010

0000 A001:A002:A019:A027:

5.0 EA

A036:A039:A046:A068:

0000 A003:A004:A024:A025: A026:

10.0 EA 0000 A005:A006:A007:A018: A031:A032:

5.0 EA

2.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

A037:A044:A060:A069:

0000 A008:A009:A010:A033: A035:

0000 A011:A063:

0000 A012:A013:A014:

0000 A015:

0000 A017:

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-83

382 0897 000

382 0832 000

382 0854 000

382 0777 000

614 0844 000

516 0760 000

614 0842 000

506 0233 000

506 0233 000

2000 101 06228

2013 017 01607

2000 101 03229

506 0277 000

506 0232 000

2400 086 00016

402 0201 000

384 0610 000

2400 131 00022

2400 131 00015

540 1534 000

3913 017 01430

3913 017 01420

548 2309 000

2322 156 14709

548 0483 000

2322 241 13225

548 2303 000

2322 156 12004

548 1121 000

548 2291 000

548 2286 000

548 2310 000

548 2294 000

540 1542 000

540 1538 000

7-84

IC ULN2803A

IC 74HC373 OCTAL LTCH (DIL-16

IC 74HC4060 CNTR (DIL-16

IC 74HC30 8I/P NAND (DIL-14)

TERM BL10

CAP 100N 20% 50/63V X7R SIP8

TERM BL4

CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"

CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"

CAP 2U2 25V ELSOL RAD/WIRE

CAP 10U 20% 50V TANT

CAP 22U 10V ELSOL RAD/WIRE

CAP 1U0 20% 63V PSTR 0.2" P

CAP 10N 20% 100V PSTR 0.2" P

FUSE 10A T 5X20 HRC CER

HOLDER FUSE CLIP DUAL SIZE

LED 5MM HLMP-3507 GRN

RELAY 24V 2 CO 2A BISTBL PCB M

RELAY 24VDC 1P C/O 16AMP (5mm

RES NWORK 4K7 X8 SIL9

RES NWORK 100K X8 DIL16

RES NWORK 330R X8 DIL16

RES 4K7 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 47R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 100K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 2M2 5% 0W25 MTLGLZ

RES 330R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 200K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 10K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 220R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 1K2 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 470K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES 220K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES NWORK 47K X8 SIL9

RES NWORK 10K X8 SIL9

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

5.0 EA

3.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

6.0 EA

2.0 EA

0000 A020:A023:A034:A042: A064:A065:

0000 A021:A022:

1.0 EA 0000 A028:

21.0 EA 0000 A016:A038:A040:A041:

A043:A045:A047:A048: A049:A050:A051:A052:

A053:A054:A055:A056: A057:A058:A059:A066:

5.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

A067:

X014:X013:X011:X006 X007

0000 C001:

X009:X004 X012:X016

65.0 EA 0000 C005:C010:C011:C012:

C013:C014:C015:C016:

C017:C018:C020:C022:

C024:C025:C026:C027:

C028:C030:C032:C033:

C034:C035:C036:C038:

C039:C040:C041:C042:

C043:C044:C045:C046:

C047:C048:C049:C050:

C051:C052:C053:C054:

C055:C056:C057:C058:

C059:C060:C061:C062:

65.0 EA C063:C064:C065:C066:

C067:C068:C069:C070:

C072:C075:C076:C081:

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

3.0 EA

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

8.0 EA

4.0 EA

2.0 EA

C077:C078:C079:C080: C082:

0000 C083:

0000 C019:C021:

0000 C029:C071:C074:

0000 C023:C031:

0000 C037:

F001:F002:F003:F004

0000 F001:F002:F003:F004:

0000 H001:H002:H003:H004:

0000 K001:K011:

13.0 EA 0000 K002:K003:K004:K005:

2.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

6.0 EA

1.0 EA

9.0 EA

K006:K007:K008:K009: K010:K014:K015:K016:

K013:

0000 R001:R023:

0000 R002:

0000 R003:R004:

0000 R009:R011:R024:R062: R073:R048:

0000 R079:

0000 R010:R012:R030:R033:

R047:R075:R076:R028: R046:

0000 R083:

0000 R016:R042:R055:R056:

0000 R080:R081:

0000 R022:

0000 R025:R035:

0000 R026:R036:R029:R034: R082:

0000 R027:R031:R059

0000 R032:

0000 R084:

0000 R057:

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

3913 017 01080

2322 156 17504

3913 017 00220

RES NWORK 10K X5 SIL6

RES 750K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

RES NWORK 470K X8 SIL9

2322 156 16804

604 1153 000

2400 127 00005

604 0851 000

RES 680K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

SWITCH P/B 2P MOM GOLD

SWITCH DIL 8 POLE C/O SPDT

SWITCH DIL 8 POLE SPST

384 0789 000

9338 827 87682

9338 827 39682

384 0307 000

612 1419 000

610 0900 000

614 0849 000

3913 240 10017

614 0852 000

614 0852 000

610 1070 000

610 1192 000

610 1215 000

612 1184 000

2432 490 00004

404 0675 000

358 1214 000

3913 080 52250

TRANSZORB SA5.0 5V

DIODE 31DQ06 (C-16)

TRANSZORB SA24 24V

DIODE 1N916

SKT 37WAY D TYP PCB MTG

HEADER 1 X 3

TERM SL4-V

HEADER 26 WAY LTCH STRGHT STD

TERM SL10-V

TERM SL10-V

HEADER 2 X 3

PLUG 37WAY D TYP PCB MTG

HEADER 10 WAY LTCH STRGHT STD

SKT 2 WAY 2.54MM PITCH

SKT DIL 18WAY x 0.3" FL/FRAME

SKT DIL 16WAY x 0.3" FL/FRAME

JACKSOCKET D TYP (PAIR)

SPCR RND THRU M3 X 6 BRASS NI

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

5.0 EA

1.0 EA

5.0 EA

5.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

2.0 EA

5.0 EA

2.0 EA

4.0 PK

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

0000 R058:

0000 R049:

13.0 EA 0000 R060:R063:R064:R065:

R066:R067:R068:R069:

1.0 EA

1.0 EA

8.0 EA

R070:R071:R074:R077: R078:

0000 R061:

0000 S001:

0000 S002:S003:S004:S005:

S006:S007:S008:S009:

13.0 EA 0000 S010:S011:S012:S013:

S014:S015:S016:S017: S018:S019:S020:S021:

S022:

1.0 EA

4.0 EA

1.0 EA

3.0 EA

0000 V001:

0000 V002:V003:V005:V006:

0000 V004:

0000 V007:V008:V009:

0000 X001:

0000 X002:

0000 X003:X004:X009:X012: X016:

0000 X005:

0000

X006:X007:X011:X013: X014:

0000 X008:

0000 X010:

0000 X015:

520

FOR A020:A042

FOR A003:A004:A024 A025:A026

530

540

HARRIS P/N

839 8121 162

3913 461 78570

384 0906 000

540 1536 000

548 2291 000

604 1141 000

3913 240 10017

598 0450 000

Table 7-116. MODE CONTROLLER PCB LOCAL ASSY - 992 8933 001

DESCRIPTION

WIRING DIAG LOCAL CTRL

PCB MODE CONTROLLER LOCAL

LED MV54124 GRN

RES NWORK 220R X8 SIL9

RES 220R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM

SWITCH P/B MEMBRANE

HEADER 26 WAY LTCH STRGHT STD

CAP SPACING W/ 2 HOLES

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

0.0 EA

1.0 EA 010

10.0 EA 0000 H001:H002:H003:H004:

1.0 EA

2.0 EA

H005:H006:H007:H008: H009:H010:

0000 R001:

0000 R002:R003:

10.0 EA 0000 S001:S002:S003:S004:

1.0 EA

10.0 EA

S005:S006:S007:S008: S009:S010:

0000 X001

7/15/02 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7-85

7-86 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

7/15/02

a.1

Suggested Procedure For Cutting

And Soldering Transmission Line

The purpose for this procedure is to provide guidelines for field cutting and soldering of RF transmission line used to interconnect the transmitter to the RF system.

Try to cut and flange the longest pieces first. Complete one run at a time in order to avoid accumulated errors. (i.e.: Cut, solder, and hang line from antenna port of Bandpass filter to patch panel.

Then cut, solder, and hang line from the Amplifier output to the input port of the bandpasss filter.)

Listed in Table a-1 are some tools and materials that have proven effective for RF Feed Line Construction.

Table a-1. Installation Tools

and Materials

Welding Torch Set

Oxygen and Acetylene Tanks

Welder’s Mask or Goggles

Power Band Saw (can be rented) and Extra Blades

Silver Solder 1/16 inch diameter, 30%-45%, Hard Stay-

Silv #45, Aladdin #45, HARRIS part number 099 0002 238

Paste flux (Engelhard Ultra-Flux 1 lb jar) HARRIS part number 099 0002 241

(HARRIS part number 086 0004 040, 16 oz bottle)

Muriatic Acid (quart)

Baking Soda (two 1-pound boxes)

Three plastic 5-gallon buckets or containers with open tops

Scotch Brite

Steel Wool

Emery Cloth (roll type like plumber uses)

Carpenters Square

Level

Plumb Bob

Chalk Line

Hacksaw and Extra Blades

Wrenches

Crowbar

Rope

Saw Horses or Cutting Table

Come-along or Chain-Fall Hoist

Ladders

Files

Garden Hose

25-Ft Tape Measure

Hole Saw, 1-7/8 inches, for installing directional couplers

Rubber Hammer

Claw Hammer

Gloves

Safety Glasses

NOTE: All-thread rod, hangers, angle iron or channel will be needed to support the transmission line, dummy load, etc.

Appendix A

Cutting and Soldering Transmission Line

a.2

Transmission Line Cutting and

Flange Soldering Procedure

a. Determine the flange-face to flange-face length of the transmission line run needed. (If the run includes an elbow, see Figure a-2 to determine the elbow length.) b. Subtract twice the cutback dimension of the flange. This dimension varies with flange manufacturer. See Figure a-1.

Using the suggested methods for cutting the line given in paragraph a.3, cut the outer conductor to the length just calculated.

c. If holes in the outer conductor are needed for directional couplers, tuning paddles, etc. they should be added now with the holes properly deburred.

d. Using the suggested techniques for installing the flanges given in paragraph a.4, solder a flange to each end of the outer conductor.

e. Measure the flange-face to flange-face dimension after soldering to confirm the proper length and to determine the initial length of the inner conductor.

f. Determine the length of the inner conductor by using the flange-face to flange-face dimension of the outer conductor and subtracting the dimension of the anchor connector

(bullet) shown in Figure a-3. This dimension determines the proper cutback of the inner conductor for BOTH ENDS

OF THE LINE AT THE SAME TIME. DO NOT DOUBLE

THIS DIMENSION WHEN SUBTRACTING FROM

THE OUTER CONDUCTOR LENGTH.

g. Cut the inner conductor and deburr the cut edges.

h. Ensure the inside of the outer conductor is clean; then insert the inner conductor. The line is ready to install.

a.3

Cutting The Transmission Line

A square smooth cut is required. Several methods may be used with the choice depending on tools and labor available.

a. METHOD #1. A hand hack saw and cast iron cutting guide are a good combination for making a cut with a minimum of tools for one or two pieces, but can be very labor intensive for putting up an entire system. See Figure a-4.

b. METHOD #2. Hand Band Saw. These popular saws can be rented or purchased. See Figure a-5.

c. METHOD #3. Swing Arm Band Saw. This is a good way to go if one can be rented or borrowed. Many pipe fitters and electrical contractors own them. If the saw has an automatic feed, cut slowly. It is critical that the support saw horses be made level with the saw. Test cuts should first be made using scrap pipe or a wood 4x4 to verify that the blade is not creeping and the saw is in alignment. See

Figure a-6.

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

a-1

Figure a-4.Guide For Use With Hand Hack Saw

Figure a-1. Outer Conductor Measurements

Figure a-2. Measurements When Elbows Are Used

Figure a-5. Cutting with Hand Band Saw

a-2

Figure a-3. Measurements for Cutback of Inner Conductor

Figure a-6. Swing Arm Band Saw Cutting Tips

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

C

Appendix A

Cutting and Soldering Transmission Lines e. METHOD #5. Cut Off Saw. These saws are similar to radial arm saws. It is rare to find one big enough to cut

6-1/8" line. The set up is similar to the swing arm band saw.

See Figure a-6.

Figure a-7.

Crimped Cut (Exaggerated)

a.4

Soldering Transmission Line Flanges

Transmission line flanges that are supplied with the optional transmission line kit are the silver solder type. Although the attachment of this type of flange may require more care and skill than the soft solder type, it has been found that the silver soldered flange provides much greater reliability. The services of a steam fitter or plumber may be helpful if personnel are not available that are experienced with silver soldering.

a.4.1

Soldering Procedure

a. The line should be free of burrs. The outer corner may be beveled slightly to make assembly of flange easier. See

Figure a-8.

b. Emery cloth should be used to clean the outside of the line where it will meet the flange. Also clean the inner surface of the flange with emery cloth.

c. Insert the solder ring into the groove on the flange. If solder rings are not included with the flange, they can be made from .062-inch diameter silver solder wire (30-45% silver).

d. Apply a thin coat of flux to the line and to the flange.

e. Slide the flange onto the end of the outer conductor.

Figure a-8.

Bevel and Remove Burrs

Figure a-9.

Torch Aiming Location

AUTION

DO NOT OVER TIGHTEN THE VISE USED WITH THESE SAWS. IT

WILL BE DIFFICULT TO PUT THE FLANGE ON AN OUT OF

ROUND PIPE.

d. METHOD #4. Tubing Cutter. This is generally not recommended. Many cuts end up with crimped ends due to dull cutters or trying to cut too fast. Use with caution. Avoid if possible unless someone is available that has had a lot of experience using a tubing cutter on this type of installation.

See Figure a-7.

WARNING

SKIN BURN HAZARD. TEMPERATURE OF THE HEATED LINE IN

THE FOLLOWING STEPS IS QUITE HIGH AND PRECAUTIONS

MUST BE TAKEN TO AVOID CONTACT WITH EXPOSED SKIN.

f. Stand the line on end (vertical) for soldering (flange to be soldered pointing down). Ensure that the flange remains square with the outer conductor.

g. Using a #3 or #4 torch tip, heat the entire circumference of the line and flange. Keep the torch moving and heat 2 or 3 inches of the line/flange at a time. Aim the torch at the copper just above the crack between the flange and the line.

This will minimize the need for fill solder. If the brass flange is heated more than the copper line, the flange will expand and create an unnecessary gap to fill with solder.

Use caution. There is a fine line between melting the solder and melting the brass flange or burning a hole in the copper.

The solder will pull up into the joint from the solder ring by capillary action. Once it starts to flow, do not stop until the entire circumference of the joint has solder appearing in it. If the solder from the internal solder ring does not

“wick up” and become visible at the joint after a few minutes, a small amount of solder can be applied to the joint to enhance the heat transfer. See Figure a-9.

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

a-3

a.5

Cleaning The Soldered Joint

Vigorous scrubbing with a wire brush and steel wool will remove torch black with good results. In addition, cleaning with an acid solution can make this job easier. The procedure is as follows:

WARNING

MURIATIC ACID USED IN THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE IS

HAZARDOUS. USE EYE AND SKIN PROTECTION WHEN HAN-

DLING OR MIXING. KEEP AN EXTRA BOX OF BAKING SODA

HANDY FOR FIRST AID OR TO NEUTRALIZE SPILLS. PERFORM

THE PROCEDURES OUTDOORS IF POSSIBLE. IF THE WORK

MUST BE DONE INDOORS, WORK ONLY IN WELL VENTILATED

AREA.

WARNING

IN THE FOLLOWING MIXING PROCEDURE, ALWAYS PUT WATER

IN THE CONTAINER FIRST AND THEN ADD ACID TO THE WATER.

ADDING WATER TO A CONTAINER OF ACID MAY RESULT IN A

VIOLENT & DANGEROUS REACTION.

a. Prepare three plastic 5 gallon buckets as follows:

1. Bucket #1 - Water

2. Bucket #2 - One quart muriatic acid in four gallons of water (SEE WARNINGS ABOVE)

3. Bucket #3 - One pound baking soda in five gallons of water b. After soldering is finished, dip the end of the line in the water to cool.

c. Set the cooled end of the line into the acid-water mixture for 5-10 minutes. This will loosen the film and brighten the silver.

d. Immerse the end of the line into the soda solution. This will stop the action of the acid.

e. Use a Scotch Bright pad or steel wool to scrub off the remaining torch black.

f. If the flux scale is particularly stubborn repeat the process.

g. Rinse thoroughly when done with water and dry line before assembling.

a.5.1

Alternate Cleaning Method

The following is an alternate procedure to clean the soldered transmission line. The following materials are needed.

• Water and Hose

Small Paint Brush

• Rubber Gloves

Scotch Brite Pad or BBQ Grill Cleaning Pad With Handle

Naval Jelly (or equivalent rust remover)

WARNING

NAVAL JELLY CONTAINS PHOSPHORIC ACID AND CAN BE DAN-

GEROUS IF IT COMES IN CONTACT WITH SKIN OR EYES OR IF IT

IS SWALLOWED. READ AND FOLLOW THE PRECAUTIONS AND

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ON THE NAVAL JELLY CONTAINER

BEFORE USING.

a. After soldering the flange, dip the end of the line into water or spray it with a hose until it is cool.

b. Using a small paint brush, apply a coating of Naval Jelly to the torch black and flux scale on the outside and inside of the line. Let the Naval Jelly set from 10 to 20 minutes.

c. Scrub the line with Scotch Brite or the BBQ Grill pad to loosen the torch black and flux scale.

d. Flush with water until the Naval Jelly residue is gone.

e. Repeat the process until all the torch black and flux scale is removed.

The first application of the Naval Jelly will remove the torch black and some of the flux scale. Normally, if vigorous scrubbing is done, repeating the process a second time will completely clean the line.

a-4 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

b.1.

Introduction

What do you do with a 2 million volt pulse pushing 220,000 amps of current into your transmitting plant? Like the 500 pound gorilla you let it do what ever it wants to. There is not much that can be done to protect against a major direct lightning strike. This is called a significant impulse lightning stroke. It usually lasts less than 100 microseconds and is most destructive to electronic equipment because it contains huge amounts of high frequency energy.

Here are some examples of this damage:

• Melted ball and horn gaps.

• Ground straps burned loose.

• H.V. rectifier stacks shorted.

• Massive arc marks in the output circuit of AM transmitters.

• Ball lightning traveling into building on outer conductor of transmission line.

Figure b-1 is a map of the United States that shows the number of lightning days you can expect in any year. You fellas in Colorado, New Mexico, and Florida need lightning rods on your hats.

Figure b-2 shows the incidents to tall structures. A triggered event is one that happens because the tower was present.

Without the tower the strike would not have occurred.

b.2.

Enviornmental Hazards

There are devices and procedures that do offer protection from lessor environmental

Appendix B

Lightning Protection Recommendation

hazards than lightning. Some of these anomalies are listed and defined: a. Over voltage/under voltage (brownout).

Where the lines voltage differs from the nominal RMS for longer than one cycle.

• Remedy - Automatic voltage regulators, preferably individual regulators on each phase. This can only be accomplished when the power feed line is delta or

4/wire wye connected. (See Figure b-3.) b. Single phasing. This is where one leg of the three phase service is open.

• Remedy - Protection afforded by a loss of phase detector. Without protection power transformers and 3 phase motors over heat.

c. Radio frequency interference (RFI). This is somethingwe must design into all ofour transmitters, however, you may purchase equipment that is susceptible, is not protected, and develop problems.

• Remedy - RFI filters on the ac lines and control lines are sometimes effective.

Sometimes the entire device must be enclosed in an RF free space.

d. Electromagnetic pulse (EMP). This is a interfering signal pulse that enters the system by magnetic coupling (transformer). Generally caused by lightning.

• Lightning from cloud to cloud produces horizontally polarized waves while lightning from cloud to earth produce vertically polarized waves. The waves couple into the power lines and transmission lines causing large induced voltage that destroy high voltage rectifier stacks and output circuit faults. High frequency energy is coupled back into the transmitter causing VSWR overloads. (See Figures b-4 & b-5.)

• Remedy - Ball or horn gaps at the base of the antenna prevent the voltage from exceeding some high potential. Transient suppressor devices on the input power lines remove excessive voltage spikes. Buried power and transmission lines will reduce the amount of coupled energy to a great extent. This does not totally eliminate the problem because there are currents traveling in the earth when lightning strikes close to the station which prefer to travel on the metal conductors.

e. Surge. A rapid increase in voltage on the power lines usually caused by lightning.

The duration is less than 1/2 cycle and can be very destructive.

• Remedy - Transient protectors are very effective in preventing damage to the equipment when properly designed and installed. (See Figure b-7.)

Significant Lightning Stroke Characteristics

Charge Range

Peak Currents

2 to 200 coulombs

2,000 to 400,000

Amperes

Rise Time to 90% 300 Nanoseconds to

10 Microseconds

Duration to 50% 100 Microseconds

Potential Energy at

99% to 10 Milliseconds

1010 Joules*

* Only a small portion is manifested in a surge, usually less than 10,000 Joules.

b.3.

What Can Be Done?

Installation of the transmitter building, antenna tuning unit if applicable, and antenna should be done so that the risk of destruction due to lightning is minimal and the efficiency of the over all system is maximized.

To do this, separate ground systems should be installed for the building and antenna.

This forces all of the RF return currents to flow in the transmission line shield. The coax can be buried below the antenna ground plane to still further reduce the RF current coupled to it.

Figure b-1. Isokeraunic Map of the United States

Showing Lightning Days Per Year

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

b-1

In medium and short wave installations the antenna ground plane is very important as it is

1

2 of the radiating element. RF current leaving the antenna must return via the ground path (ground wave). For this reason the “antenna coupling unit” must be close to the base of the tower and securely connected to the ground plane.

Figure b-6 shows the basic elements of a properly designed antenna system.

• Good ground plane.

• Ball gap on tower.

• Series inductor in tower feeder.

• Antenna coupling unit connected to antenna ground.

The

π circuit is equivalent to the normal

Tee used by Harris.

• Underground coax.

• Guy wire length broken by insulators and grounded at the bottom end.

The transmitter building must be given extra protection to insure reliable equipment operation. A low impedance safety ground system must be installed using 3 inch wide copper strap hard soldered at all joints and connected to multiple ground rods located at the perimeter of the building.

The ground rods should be wet to make good connection to the earth water table. All equipment cabinets within the building must be connected to the ground straps for safety reasons.

b.4.

AC Service Protection

See Figure b-7. All incoming ac lines should have a choke connected in series to limit the high frequency surges on the lines followed by a surge protector. The surge protector must be connected to the building ground system by short direct connections.

A surge protector is a solid state device that is a high impedance until the voltage across it reaches its rated clamping voltage at which time the impedance suddenly decreases. The protector will then conduct hundreds to thousands of amperes to ground. All protectors are rated for maximum voltage and maximum surge energy.

If the surge energy exceeds rating of the device it will normally short and for this reason must be fused so it will disconnect itself from the line being protected. When this happens all protection is lost so some warning system must be used to tell the operators that a new protector should be installed.

Speed is essential to protect equipment from current surges with rates of rise exceeding 10,000 amps per microsecond and pulses that last no longer than 100 microseconds. Very short, low inductance ground

Figure b-2. Lightning Incidents to Tall Structures

Figure b-3. Regulators in Delta and 4/Wire WYE Systems

straps are required to pass surges of this type.

The surge protectors must be selected for the line to ground voltage and the maximum energy to be diverted. Bigger is always better in this case. There are several manufacturers of surge protectors:

• Lightning Elimination Assoc., Inc.

• Current Technology

• Control Concept

b-2 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

• MCG Electronics, Inc.

• EFI Corp.

• General Electric

All of these vendors provide parts and systems to protect broadcast transmitters.

All audio and control lines should be protected the same as described for ac lines with components sized accordingly.

All coaxial lines should have the shield connected to the system ground at the point of entrance and in addition have a ferrite choke around it located between the entrance point and the equipment rack. This will provide a high impedance for current flowing in the shield but does not affect the signal currents.

b.5.

Conclusion

The 1% chance of a major lightning strike probably can not be protected against but the other 99% can be controlled and damage

Appendix B

Lightning Protection Recomendations prevented. Install surge protection on all incoming and outgoing lines at the wall of the building connected to a well designed ground system. Properly install the antenna ground system with spark gap adjusted correctly and maintained. With this done you can sleep peacefully at night if your bed isn’t under the feed line.

Figure b-4. EM Flux Field

Figure b-5. Sample Surge Voltage as a Function of

Distance from Stroke to Line

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

b-3

Figure b-6. Basic Elements of a Properly Designed

Antenna System

Figure b-7. Surge Protectors and Ferrite Choke

b-4 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

Appendix C

Surge and Lightning Protection and Grounding Considerations

c.1

Surge and Lightning Protection

A lightning storm can cause transients in excess of 2 kV to appear on power or field signal lines. The duration of these transients varies from a few hundred nanoseconds to a few microseconds. Power distribution system transient protectors can efficiently protect the transmitter from transients of this magnitude. Transients are shunted to ground through the protection devices and do not appear on the output. To protect the transmitter from high transients on field cables, electronic surge protectors are recommended.

All lightning protection is defensive in nature, that is, reacting to a lightning strike that has already occurred; therefore, its effectiveness is limited. Nothing can provide total immunity from damage in the case of a direct lightning strike. However, surge protectors installed immediately after the main power disconnect switch in the power distribution panel will afford some protection from electrical surges induced in the power lines.

Surge protection devices are designed to operate and recover automatically. When operated within specifications, a surge protector does not require testing, adjustment, or replacement.

All parts are permanently enclosed to provide maximum safety and flexibility of installation.

To assure the safety of equipment and personnel, primary power line transformers must be protected by lightning arrestors at the service entrance to the building. This will reduce the possibility that excessive voltage and current due to lightning will seek some low impedance path to ground such as the building metallic structure or an equipment cabinet. The most effective type of power line lightning protection is the one in which a spark gap is connected to each primary, secondary, and the case of the power line transformer. Each spark gap is then independently connected to earth ground. In cases where driven ground rods are used for building ground, the primary and secondary neutrals must be separated by a spark gap. If two separate ground rods are used, the rods must be at least 20 feet apart. All connections between lightning arrestors, line connections, and ground must be made as short and straight as possible, with no sharp bends.

c.2

System Grounding

Signals employed in transmitter control systems are on the order of a few microseconds in duration, which translates to frequencies in the megahertz region. They are therefore radio-frequency signals, and may be at levels less than 500 microvolts, making them susceptible to noise appearing on ground wires or adjacent wiring. Thus, all ground wiring must be low in impedance as well as low in resistance, without splices, and as direct as possible. Four basic grounds are required: a. AC ground b. DC ground c. Earth ground d. RF ground

c.2.1

Ground Wires

Ground wires should be at least as large as specified by the local electrical code. These leads must be low impedance direct runs, as short as possible without splices. In addition, ground conductors should be insulated to prevent intermittent or unwanted grounding points.

Connection to the earth ground connection must be made with copper clamps which have been chemically treated to resist corrosion. Care must be taken to prevent inadvertent grounding of system cabinets by any means other than the ground wire.

Cabinets must be mounted on a support insulated from ground.

c.2.2

AC Ground

The suggested grounding method consists of two separately structured ground wires which are physically separated from each other but terminate at earth ground. The green ground wire from the AC power input must connect to the power panel and the ground straps of the equipment cabinets.

The primary electrostatic shield of the isolation transformer, if used, connects to the AC neutral wire (white) so that in the event of a transformer primary fault, fault current is returned directly to the AC source rather than through a common ground system.

The AC neutral is connected to earth ground at the service entry.

Use of separate grounds prevents cross-coupling of power and signal currents as a result of any impedance that may be common to the separate systems. It is especially important in low-level systems that noise-producing and noise-sensitive circuits be isolated from each other; separating the grounding paths is one step.

Noise Grounding Plate. Where excessive high-frequency noise on the AC ground is a problem, a metal plate having an area of at least 10 square feet embedded in concrete and connected to the AC ground will assist in noise suppression. The connection to AC ground should be shorter than 5 feet, as direct as possible, and without splices. Local wiring codes will dictate the minimum wire size to be used.

Peripheral Equipment Grounds. All peripherals are supplied with a separate grounding wire or strap. All branch circuit receptacles must permit connection to this ground. This service ground must be connected through the branch circuit to a common grounding electrode by the shortest and most direct path possible. This is a safety ground connection, not a neutral.

Often, circuit common in test equipment is connected to power ground and chassis. In these cases, isolated AC power must be provided from a separate isolation transformer to avoid a ground loop.

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

c-1

c.2.3

DC Ground

DC grounds in the transmitter are connected to a ground bus, which in turn is routed to a common cabinet ground and then connected to an earth ground. The use of separate ground busses is a suggested method of isolation used to prevent cross-coupling of signals. These ground buses are then routed to the cabinet ground and to earth ground.

c.2.4

Earth Ground

The transmitter must be connected to earth ground. The connection must have an impedance of 5 ohms or less. For example, a one-inch metal rod driven 20 feet into moist earth will have a resistance of approximately 20 ohms, and a large ground counterpoise buried in moist earth will exhibit a resistance on the order of 1 to 5 ohms.

The resistance of an electrode to ground is a function of soil resistivity, soil chemistry and moisture content. Typical resistivities of unprepared soil can vary from approximately 500 ohms to 50 k ohms per square centimeter.

The resistance of the earth ground should be periodically measured to ensure that the resistance remains within installation requirements.

c.2.5

RF Ground

Electrical and electronic equipment must be effectively grounded, bonded, and shielded to achieve reliable equipment operation. The facility ground system forms a direct path of low impedance of approximately 10 ohms between earth and various power and communications equipment. This effectively minimizes voltage differentials on the ground plane to below levels which will produce noise or interference to communication circuits.

The basic earth electrode subsystem consist of driven ground rods uniformly spaced around the facility, interconnected with a minimum of 1/0 AWG bare copper cable. The cable and rods should be placed approximately 40 inches (1 meter) outside the roof drip line of the structure, and the cable buried at least 20 inches (0.5 meters). The ground rods should be copper-clad steel, a minimum of eight feet (2.5 meters) in length and spaced apart not more than twice the rod length. Brazing or welding should be used for permanent connections between these items.

Where a resistance of 10 ohms cannot be obtained with the above configuration, alternate methods must be considered.

Ideally, the best building ground plane is an equipotential ground system. Such a plane exists in a building with a concrete floor if a ground grid, connected to the facility ground system at multiple points, is embedded in the floor.

The plane may be either a solid sheet or wire mesh. A mesh will act electrically as a solid sheet as long as the mesh openings are less than 1/8 wavelength at the highest frequencies of concern.

When it is not feasible to install a fine mesh, copper-clad steel meshes and wires are available. Each crossover point must be brazed to ensure good electrical continuity. Equipotential planes for existing facilities may be installed at or near the ceiling above the equipment.

Each individual piece of equipment must be bonded to its rack or cabinet, or have its case or chassis bonded to the nearest point of the equipotential plane. Racks and cabinets should also be grounded to the equipotential plane with a copper strap.

RF transmission line from the antenna must be grounded at the entry point to the building with copper wire or strap equivalent to at least no. 6 AWG. Wire braid or fine-stranded wire must not be used.

All building main metallic structural members such as columns, wall frames, roof trusses, and other metal structures must be made electrically continuous and grounded to the facility ground system at multiple points. Rebar, cross over points, and vertical runs should also be made electrically continuous and grounded.

Conduit and power cable shields that enter the building must be bonded at each end to the facility ground system at each termination.

c-2 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

d.1

General Description

d.1.1

Introduction

This Appendix contains the information necessary to install, operate, maintain and service the Heat Exchanger System. The parts listing for the Heat Exchanger System (Fluid Cooler, Pump

Module and Kit of Interconnecting Piping, Flow Control Valves and Flow Monitoring Devices) will be found in Section 7 of the manual.

d.1.2

Equipment Purpose

The Heat Exchanger System transfers the heat generated by each tube and from each water cooled test and reject RF Loads to the atmosphere outside the building.

d.1.3

General Description

See Figure d-1. The Heat Exchanger System consists of a one stage heat transfer cooling system to cool the tube and RF Loads.

The Heat Transfer System circulates water directly in contact with the tube collector; absorbing that heat. The Heat Transfer

System uses a 50% mixture of water and ethylene glycol as a coolant. This permits a liquid to air heat exchanger to be located outside the building to transfer heat from the coolant to the atmosphere without the danger of the coolant freezing

d.1.4

Major Hardware

The major pieces of hardware that make up the heat exchanger system are:

Fluid Cooler (liquid to air heat exchanger)

Pump Module

Kit of Interconnecting Piping, Flow Control Valves and

Flow Monitoring Devices

Calorimeter Hardware and Digital Thermometer (for meas-

Appendix D

Heat Exchanger System

uring transmitter power) - OPTION See Appendix E

d.1.5

Equipment Characteristics

d.1.5.1

Electrical Requirements

Table d-1 lists the electrical requirements of the Heat Exchanger

System.

d.1.5.2

Mechanical/Environmental Characteristics

Table d-2 lists the physical/environmental characteristics of the major parts of the Heat Exchanger System.

NOTE

Specifications subject to change without notice.

d.1.6

Recommended Coolants

d.1.6.1

During Checkout and Flushing

Tap water may be used during initial checkout of the system and for flushing and cleaning the loop.

CAUTION

IF FREEZING CONDITIONS EXIST DURING THE CHECKOUT

AND FLUSHING PROCEDURES, THE FLUSHING PROCEDURE

AND SUBSEQUENT FILL WITH THE FINAL GLYCOL/WATER

MUST BE FINISHED BEFORE STILL WATER IS ALLOWED TO

REMAIN IN THE FLUID COOLER. IF THE PROCEDURE CANNOT

BE FINISHED, CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO PREVENT THE WATER

FROM FREEZING IN THE OUTSIDE FLUID COOLER. IF WATER

REMAINS IN THE COOLER LONG ENOUGH TO FREEZE, THE

UNIT WILL BE DAMAGED. PUMP A MIXTURE OF GLYCOL/WATER

INTO THE COOLER TO PREVENT DAMAGE.

d.1.6.2

During Operation

The Cooling Loop uses a 50% mixture of deionized water and industrial grade ethylene glycol. The recommended ethylene glycol is a product of Union Carbide Company called

“Ucartherm”. See appendix for information on the product.

Equivalent ethylene glycol from another manufacturer may be

Figure d-1. Block Diagram Heat Exchanger System

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

d-1

used as long as it’s inhibitors are similar. Also, information on the properties of the product must be obtained from the manufacturer in order to calculate the transmitter power output calorimetrically. The information needed is the same information given in the back of this manual for Ucartherm.

CAUTION

DO NOT USE AUTOMOTIVE GRADE ANTI-FREEZE AS A SUBSTI-

TUTION FOR INDUSTRIAL GRADE ETHYLENE GLYCOL. IT DOES

NOT CONTAIN THE PROPER INHIBITORS FOR THIS APPLICA-

TION AND WILL LEAD TO EVENTUAL DAMAGE OF THE SYSTEM.

Coolant Part Numbers

Description

Ucartherm Cooling Fluid,

Hazardous Material, 55 Gal.

Drum Concentrate Solution

Ucartherm Cooling Fluid,

Hazardous Material, 55 Gal.

Drum 50/50 Solution

Part Numbers

Harris: 0511010001

Union PM6141

Carbide

Harris: 0511010021

Union PM6171

Carbide

Since the water used to mix with the glycol will affect the corrosivity of the mixture, the water used should be de-ionized water with chloride and sulfate concentrations less than 100 ppm of each substance.

d.2

d.2.1

Installation

Introduction

This section contains information for installing the Heat Exchanger System and performing preoperational checks.

d.2.2

Unpacking

Carefully unpack the Heat Exchanger System components and perform a visual inspection to determine that no apparent damage was incurred during shipment. Retain the shipping materials

Table d-2. Physical/Environmental Characteristics

Height

Width

Depth

Weight (No Coolant)

Mechanical: Pump Module

65.25"

36.0"

55.0"

Glycol Coolant Tank

Glycol Coolant Pressure

800 lbs

30 Gal./113 liters

70 PSIG - 105 PSIG

Environmental

0 o

C to +45 o

Ambient Temp.

Ambient Humidity Range

Altitude

* Max Temp is 45

25 o

C at 6,360 ft.

o

C

0 to 95% Relative Humidity

Sea Level to 6,500 Ft.

(2,000 Meters)

C up to 1,640 ft and derates linearly to

Mechanical: Fluid Cooler

Ambient Temp

Ambient Humidity

Altitude

Height

Width

Depth

Weight

2 Fans, 3 Fans, 4 Fans

115

3.5

o o

F @ sea level, Deviated

F/100 ft

0 - 95% Relative Humidity

Sea Level to 6,500 Ft

(2,000 Meters)

2 Fan

s

43.125"

43.19"

84.0"

685 lbs

Height

Width

Depth

Weight

Height

Width

Depth

Weight

3 Fans

43.125

43.19"

164.00"

886 lbs

4 Fans

3.6 Ft

3.6 Ft

11.0 Ft

1340 lbs

Table d-1. Electrical Characteristics

Power Consumption

Pump Module 10 KVA Max @ 0.8 Power Factor

460 VAC @ 60 Hz *

380 VAC @ 50 Hz *

Fluid Cooler

2 Fan

3 Fan

4 Fan

2 KVA Max @ 0.8 Power Factor

3 KVA Max @ 0.8 Power Factor

4 KVA Max @ 0.8 Power Factor

* Voltage & Frequency specified at time of purchase.

d-2

until it has been determined that the unit is not damaged. The contents of the shipment should be as indicated on the packing list. If the contents are incomplete or if the unit is damaged electrically or mechanically, notify the carrier and HARRIS

CORPORATION, Broadcast Transmission Division.

d.2.3

Installation

Individual systems vary greatly dependent upon equipment type, power output and building layout. Only general installation recommendations will be presented. See Drawings 852-9211-

100 through 400 and the main portion of this technical manual for a typical installation. If a typical system layout is not utilized,

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

a consulting engineering firm should be contracted to analyze flow losses to insure the flow rates can be maintained.

d.2.4

Location

The pump module should be located in a manner which will provide access to all sides for ease of maintenance. A minimum of 36 inches clearance must be provided on all sides of the module for maintenance access.

SigmaCD

Pipes must be sized no smaller than shown on the typical plumbing layout. Their routing should minimize turns and long runs.

Typical flow losses for cooling circuit components are shown in

Table d-3. These values can be converted to feet of water column head loss by using the following formulas:

Head Loss (ft. H

2

O)=Flow Loss (psi) X .432

d.2.5

Installation of Externally Mounted Fluid Cooler

The system cooling coil assembly should be located outside the building on a level concrete pad and securely fastened with anchor bolts. The cooler should be oriented so that plumbing connections to the cooler minimize plumbing elbows and complex plumbing assemblies. In addition, the cooler should be oriented so access to the fans and fan motors can be accomplished. Refer to the appropriate manufacturer’s guidelines in the back of this manual.

d.2.8

Plumbing System Installation

The plumbing lines must be type “M” hard drawn copper with soft silver soldered joints (96.5% Tin, 3.5% Silver; Aladdin #450 silver solder or equivalent). An adequate amount of soft silver solder (Harris part 086-0004-038) is supplied with the plumbing kit. Good silver brazed joints are acceptable but not required. A poorly done brazed joint is much harder to repair than a soft silver solder joint.

d.2.9

Reserve Coolant Supply

A sufficient reserve supply of coolant should be kept on hand to refill the entire system in the event of a major leak.

CAUTION

THE 2 FAN FLUID COOLER’S WEIGHT IS 685 LBS. THE 4 FAN

FLUID COOLER WEIGHS 1150 LBS. ENSURE THE PROPER EQUIP-

MENT IS AVAILABLE TO SAFELY INSTALL THE UNIT. REFER TO

THE APPROPRIATE MANUFACTURER’S GUIDELINES IN THE

BACK OF THIS MANUAL.

Extreme care should be exercised during the following steps to avoid equipment damage or personnel injury.

a. Lift the unit into a horizontal position using manufacturer’s recommended lifting points.

b. Install the leg channels and brace angles.

c. Carefully place assembled unit onto concrete pad.

d. Fasten unit to the concrete pad.

d.2.10

A plan for containment and spill clean-up acceptable to local environmental regulations should be considered.

d.3

Clean-Up Plan

Operation

This section contains information pertaining to identification, location and function of the controls and indicators on the Heat

Exchanger system. Table d-4 lists controls and indicators on the

Pump Module. Figure d-2 (sheets 1, 2 and 3) show component location.

d.2.6

Ice/Sun Shield

The fluid cooler must be protected from large pieces of falling ice. A non-air restricting structure, installed well above the cooler, that breaks up large pieces of ice before they reach the cooler is needed. Often a 2x8 or 2x10 wood planks installed vertically and spaced several inches apart have been used as an effective ice shield.

If the cooler will be exposed to strong sunlight in hot weather, the efficiency of the fluid cooler may be adversely affected. In this case, a sun shield that reduces the full effect of the sun should be considered. The ice shield covering, described above, can reduce the full effect of the sun and yet allow free movement of exhaust air from the fluid cooler.

d.3.1

Controls and Indicators

Check the Phase Loss Monitor for an indication of proper phase presence (an illuminated LED indicates that all 3 phases of power are present AND in the proper phase relationship). If this LED is not illuminated, remove power from the Pump Module and swap two input phases at TB-1.

d.3.1.1

Pump Rotation

Check pumps for correct direction of rotation. The pump must operate clockwise when viewed from the motor end. The pump casing is marked with an arrow indicating correct direction of rotation.

CAUTION

PUMP MUST NOT BE OPERATED MORE THAN 5 SECONDS DRY

TO CHECK ROTATION.

d.2.7

Pipe Sizing and Routing

If a typical system layout is not used, the typical plumbing layout should still be consulted for pipe size information and connection details and techniques at the amplifier cabinets, RF Loads, pump module and outside fluid cooler. A custom plumbing installation must not unduly restrict flow rates or change the design of the cooling system. Locate the plumbing so that access to transmitter system components is not restricted.

WARNING

DISCONNECT PRIMARY POWER AT SOURCE BEFORE

INTERCHANGING WIRES.

• If rotation direction is incorrect, interchange any two of the three phase input wires at TB1-1, 2 and 3 and recheck rotation.

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

d-3

Table d-3. Controls and Indicators

1

2

3

4

REF.

CONTROL/INDICATOR

FAHRENHEIT

TEMPERATURE gauge

FUNCTION

Indicates temperature of coolant to transmitter from 30 o

F (-1.1

o

C) to 220 o

F (104.4

o

C)

PRESSURE gauge Indicates pressure of coolant to transmitter from 0 to 100 PSI.

PUMP A/OFF/B switch (S1) Selects between a primary or secondary pump and removes pump power from pump A or pump B to enable maintenance to be performed.

5

6

8

STATUS INDICATORS

(green)

AC POWER PRESENT

CONTROL VOLTAGE

PRESENT

PUMP A ON

PUMP B ON

FAULT INDICATORS (RED)

Indicates A/C power present

Indicates Control voltage present

Indicates Pump A is operating

Indicates Pump B is operating

COOLANT LEVEL LOW Indicates a low level of coolant

COOLANT TANK EMPTY Indicated the coolant tank is empty

WARNING INDICATOR

(RED)

ALTERNATE PUMP MODE Indicates a remote switching of pump A/B has been done

FUSES

115V

12V

Protects wiring for 115V power supply

Protects wiring for 12V power supply

d.3.1.2

Fan Rotation

The fans on the cooling coil should blow upwards. If a fan motor is rotating in the wrong direction, reverse two of the phases at the input to the Cooling Unit.

d.3.2

Start Up Procedure

WARNING

DUE TO THE HIGH PRESSURES INVOLVED, DO NOT OPERATE

THE PUMP MODULE WITHOUT THE SIDE PANELS INSTALLED

CAUTION

UNDER NO CONDITION SHOULD THE PUMPS BE OPERATED

DRY OR WITH SUCTION LINES PARTIALLY CLOSED. PUMPS MAY

BE OPERATED ONLY BRIEFLY (LESS THAN 3 MINUTES) WITH

DISCHARGE CLOSED. IMPELLERS, SEALS AND BEARINGS WILL

BE DAMAGED IF PUMPS ARE OPERATED IMPROPERLY.

Table d-4. System Coolant Capacities

d-4

System Type

1 Tube

2 Tube

3 Tube

4 Tube

d.3.3

Glycol Cooling System

For initial cooling system flush or cleanout of an existing system, proceed to steps l. through r., using tap water.

a. Close pump B service valves on suction and discharge sides.

b. Open pump A service valves on suction and discharge sides.

c. Depending on system plumbing layout, open any valves external to the pump module so that air can vent during system fill, also any flow control valves to transmitter and load.

d. Fill the system with tap water. Pump module tank capacity is 30 gallons (113.55 liters). Capacity will vary with individual system size and layout. Refer to Table d-4 for systems capacities. Check the system and repair any leaks.

NOTE

The system cannot be filled to capacity at this time. Water must be added as pipes and equipment complete fill up at initial pump turn on. The reservoir tank is equipped with a level switch which will shut the pump off if a low water level occurs.

e. Close all flow control valves in the transmitter system.

Coolant Capacity

(gallons)

60

80

100

160

Coolant Capacity

(liters)

227.1

302.8

378.5

605.6

WARNING

ENSURE PRIMARY POWER IS OFF BEFORE JUMPER IS IN-

STALLED IN STEP f.

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

f. Install a jumper wire across terminals 1 to 10 of TB2 to allow pump turn on independent of transmitter. Turn on primary power.

g. Set S1 to OFF prior to applying pump power.

h. Jog the toggle switch from OFF to A to check and verify direction of rotation. If the direction is wrong see paragraph D.3.1, if correct proceed to step i.

i. Allow pump to operate for approximately 30 seconds. At this time, the pressure gauge should rise to 70 to 90 psi. If pressure does not rise, shut off pump and vent air from

SigmaCD

pump casing by removing seal flushing fitting at top of pump casing. Replace fitting after air vents.

CAUTION

PUMPS THAT ARE USED IN THE HEAT EXCHANGER WILL DE-

LIVER TO THE POINT WHERE MOTOR OVERLOAD OCCURS. IN

NO CASE SHOULD THE FLOW REQUIRED FROM A SINGLE PUMP

EXCEED 100 GPM. ON PARALLEL UNITS, FLOW MUST NOT EX-

CEED THE NUMBER OF PUMPS TIMES 100 GPM OR 100 GPM PER

PUMP.

j. When the pump operates within 70 to 90 PSI, the flow control valves to the transmitter are adjusted to the correct

Figure d-2. Pump Performance Parameters

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

d-5

flow rates. Refer to the schematic package OVERALL

TRANSMITTER COOLING FLOW DIAGRAM:

CD 50 P1

CD 100 P2

CD 150 P3

CD 200 P4

839-8201-100

839-8201-200

839-8201-300

839-8201-400 k. In a 2 pump system, open service valves (suction and discharge) to pump B, set S1 to B position and repeat steps i. and j.

l. On the rear of the pump module locate the Teel scrubbing filter. Ensure a filter cartridge has been installed. (The filter is utilized for initial system cleaning only. A flow of 12 gpm is available through the filter.) m. Locate the tank return isolation gate valve. Close the tank return valve and open the two 3/4 inch gate valves which will allow coolant system flow to be routed through the filter cartridge. After the initial flush the filter should be bypassed and the coolant return gate valve should be fully opened.

n. After the pump module and water circuit have been tested and flows are correctly adjusted per the transmitter cool-

ing section,

open all output, inlet and balance valves.

Allow water to circulate 30 minutes with the pump operating.

o. Shut off the pumps. Drain tap water from the system and clean any strainers installed in the system.

p. Repeat flushes until cooling fluid appears to be clean.

q. For systems which are excessively dirty, flush using a mixture of 4 cups of a non-sudsing detergent (such as

Cascade) in 2 gallons of water. Strain mixture into tank through a fine filter. Fill tank with hot tap water. Operate pumps for 30 minutes, drain the system and reflush with clean tap water.

r. Refill the system with a 50% glycol/water mixture. Refer to Appendix E for mixture concentrations.

WARNING

ENSURE PRIMARY POWER IS OFF BEFORE JUMPER IS RE-

MOVED IN STEP t.

s. Shut off primary power and remove jumper wire installed in step f.

t. Turn on primary power. Set pump switch (S1) to OFF. The heat exchanger system is now operational.

d.3.4

Pump Performance Parameter.

Correct operation of the pump module can be verified by reading the pump module pressure gauge and referring to Figure d-2.

Reading the gauge pressure horizontally across to the pump discharge curve and down to the flow rate axis will give the actual system flow rate. If the flow rate is grossly different than expected, the system plumbing is not performing as expected. The reason should be located and corrected.

Table d-5. Cooling System Scheduled Maintenance

CHECK

Glycol basket strainers

Clean RF Load(s) particle filter(s)

Check pump pressures

Check plumbing system and tubes for leaks

Check water and glycol reservoir levels

Check fluid cooler fan operation

FREQUENCY

30 hours 1st week; then monthly

30 hours 1st week; then semi-annually

Weekly

Weekly

Weekly

Monthly

RESULTS/NOTES

Note any unusual contents.

Note any unusual contents.

Approximately 90 PSI. Compare with previous readings

Repair leaks around tubes immediately.

Compare with previous reservoir levels.

Use fan test buttons. Check for unusual noises. Make sure fans are tight on motor shafts.

Check for unusual noises. Look for leakage around pump shaft.

Check pumps for excess noise and seal leaks

Check alternate pump operation

Clean dirt from fluid cooler coils;

Monthly

Monthly

Semi-annually fans

Check condition of glycol solution Annually

Check pressures; quiet operation. Check for seal leaks.

Use air conditioner cleaning solution and high pressure hose.

Lubricate glycol pump (Do not over lubricate)

Annually

Use hydrometer to check freezing point. Check clarity of the solution. Be aware of increased granular particles in filters.

Use Chevron SR1 grease (1/2 oz tube available from Burks

Pumps; order #9199)

d-6 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

SigmaCD

d.4

d.4.1

Description of Operation

Temperature Control

Temperature control of the transmitter is accomplished by pumping a water/glycol fluid from the pump(s) through the tube collector and the RF Load(s), where the fluid absorbs heat. The coolant is then directed to the External Fluid Cooler. The output temperature of the fluid after it has gone through the cooler is used as a reference temperature. If the temperature of the outlet coolant is less than 90 ture reaches 90 o o

F, no fans are running. When the tempera-

F half the fans activate. Should the outlet coolant temperature rise above 100 o

F the remaining fans will activate.

This 3 speed cooling will keep the coolant temperature in the normal operating range of 90 to 100 o

F.

Table d-6. Pump Troubleshooting

TROUBLE SYMPTOM

PRESSURE ERRATIC,

SOUNDS LIKE PUMP-

ING GRAVEL (CAVITA-

TION)

PUMP LEAKS

PUMP LOCKED - DOES

NOT TURN

PUMP SHUTS OFF

PRESSURE BELOW

SPECIFICATION

PROBABLE CAUSE

Clogged suction line

Closed discharge valve

Check valve on pump discharge stuck closed

System flow rate too high; pressure too low

System filter screens clogged

Seal broken or worn

Casing gasket broken

Bearings frozen

Foreign object lodged in impeller casing

Low coolant level

Incorrect heaters in overload protectors

Motor overloaded (Flow too high)

Blown fuse

Worn impeller or casing rings

Flow too high.

CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clear suction line

Open discharge valve

Replace check valve

Raise system pressure by adding fluid, adjusting system valves; check for leaks.

Clean screens.

Replace seal

Replace gasket

Replace pump, motor or bearings

Disassemble pump and remove object replace damaged parts

Add Water/glycol

Replace heaters with correct units

Reduce flow

Set flow control valves correctly

Replace impeller or casing rings.

Reduce flow

Table d-7. Fan Troubleshooting

TROUBLE SYMPTOM

EXCESSIVE VIBRATION

OR NOISE

FAN WON’T RUN

FAN WON’T RUN WHEN

COOLANT IS HOT OR

FAN SHUTS OFF TOO

SOON

PROBABLE CAUSE

Damaged fan

Loose or broken motor mount

Motor rain shield loose or damaged

Fan safety guards loose or damaged

Blown Fuse

One or more power input phases low or not present

Motor overloaded

Thermostat set wrong or is defective

Thermostat sensor monitoring air temperature rather than coolant temperature.

LOW AIR FLOW Restricted inlet. (Bottom of cooler).

Clogged coil fins

Fan loose on motor shaft

CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace fan

Tighten or repair/replace

Tighten or replace

Tighten, repair or replace

Replace fuse

Check indicator on phase loss monitor. Check power line voltage. Reverse any two of 3 phase input wires.

Check for free rotation

Check thermostat

If sensor is the type that measures temperature on outside of pipe, make sure the sensor is tightly pressed against the pipe with straps and/or thermally insulated tape.

Remove restriction

Clean coils

Tighten

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

d-7

d.4.2

External Fluid Cooler

The fluid cooler is a weatherproof unit designed to be mounted outdoors. The unit is equipped with finned coils through which the hot coolant passes. The finned coils transfer heat from the hot coolant to the air. Cool air is drawn from the bottom of the cooler by fans mounted above the coils, through the coils, and is exhausted from the top of the cooler.

The fans, driven directly from the motor shafts, are cycled on as a function of the liquid temperature leaving the cooler. Temperature sensors, attached to the coil outlet header, operate thermostats that energize half of the fans when the coolant temperature reaches 90 o

F. If the ambient temperature is particularly warm, the operation of only half the available fans may be insufficient to properly cool the fluid. In this case, when the coolant temperature reaches 100 o

F, the remaining fan(s) energize providing the needed air flow. The fluid cooler supplied with the transmitter has been chosen to provide sufficient transmitter cooling under worst case ambient and heat load conditions.

Because the fans operate strictly as a function of exiting fluid temperature, during cold weather the fans may not run at all.

d.4.3

Coolant System

d.5

Maintenance

d.5.1

Preventative Maintenance

The following information is intended to provide guidelines in establishing a regular maintenance program that will minimize downtime. Preventative maintenance should be performed as shown in Table d-5.

d.6

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting is separated into pump troubleshooting (Table d-6), fan troubleshooting (Table d-7), and thermal problems

(Table d-8). Refer by symptom to the applicable table and follow the corrective action indicated.

Prior to starting a troubleshooting procedure check all switches, power cord connections, connecting cables and power fuses.

TROUBLE SYMPTOM

COOLANT OVERHEATS

Table d-8. Thermal Troubleshooting

PROBABLE CAUSE

Fluid cooler coil fins dirty

Fluid cooler fans not running

CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean coils with industrial air conditioner cleaner and high pressure spray

Troubleshoot fan operation

d-8 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

Harris P/N

570 0357 000

430 0246 000

472 1758 000

430 0244 000

430 0245 000

442 0137 000

442 0130 000

SigmaCD

Description

Contactor

Fan Motor

Control Transformer

Fan Blade

Fan Guard

Table d-9. IOT Fluid Cooler 60Hz - 2, 3, 4, Fan Units

2

2

2

1

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

2 K1, K2

FA1, FA2

T1

N/A

N/A

Thermostat -30 o

Thermostat +55 o

F to +90 o

F to +175

F o

F

Harris P/N

570 0356 000

430 0243 000

472 1759 000

430 0244 000

430 0245 000

442 0137 000

442 0130 000

Description

Contactor

Fan Motor

Control Transformer

Fan Blade

Fan Guard

Table d-10. IOT Fluid Cooler 50Hz - 2, 3, 4, Fan Units

2

2

2

1

QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS

2 K1, K2

FA1, FA2

T1

N/A

N/A

Thermostat -30 o

Thermostat +55 o

F to +90 o

F to +175

F o

F

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

d-9

d-10 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

e.1

General Introduction

The power output of a transmitter can be accurately verified by calorimetric measurement of the coolant passing through a reject load. The calculation of this power can be made by using the following formula.

Q

= 146.54

×

Where

IndicatedFlowRate

×

S

.G.

√

S

F

F

F

×

C p

×∆

T

Appendix E

Calorimetric Measurement (OPTION)

across the load seem to vary, take several readings over time and average them before applying them to the formula.

The same averaging technique should be applied to reading the flow measurement if it varies during the data taking period.

The formula given alone holds true for both water calculations and for ethylene-glycol mixtures. The various correction factors have been added to compensate for both the water specific gravity changes due to temperature changes as well as the glycol mixtures.

Q

I n d i c a t e d

Flow Rate

S.G.

F

= Power in Watts

= Visually indicated flow in the flow meter in

GPM

= Specific Gravity of the coolant at the flow meter temperature

C p

= Specific heat of the coolant passing through the load

∆ T

= Temperature rise of the coolant across the load in o

F

Errors in measurement of the flow, ∆ T and S.G. can cause dramatic changes in the calculated result. Therefore, the more accurate the measurement, the more consistent the result.

To minimize these errors, run the transmitter power under evaluation into the load for an extended period to allow the system to become thermally stable. When temperature measurements

e.2

Measuring the Temperature

The steps required to perform the data gathering process will be explained in the following example. In order to perform the calculation, you must measure flow, the temperature into the load, and the temperature out of the load. Proper calorimetric setup is shown in Figure e-1. Once the data has been gathered, you will have the following formula entries.

Indicated flow - An average reading in GPM over the test period

∆ T = An average temperature rise across the reject load in o

F

T

Ave

= The average temperature of the coolant passing through the reject load in o

F (T

ave

=

AveT out

AveT

2

in

)

Figure e-1. Simplified Calorimetric Setup

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

e-1

Temp. deg C

4

6

0

2

8

20

22

24

26

28

10

12

14

16

18

30

32

34

36

38

e.3

Specific Gravity

The next step is to determine the coolant specific gravity. This is accomplished by using the hydrometer and cylinder supplied with the installation.

Extract a sample of the coolant being used and cool it to 60 calibrated.) o

F

(Note: this is the temperature to which your hydrometer has been

Read the specific gravity as accurately as possible. With this number we can determine the concentration or per cent of glycol in the solution. Let us assume the S.G. reads 1.060 on the hydrometer scale.

Refer to Figure e-2 at the 60 o

F curve (interpolation will be required). Reading across the 1.06 S.G. line to the intersection of the 60 o

F curve (Point A) and then vertically down to the % of

UCARTHEM in the solution, shows that this particular sample is a 40% glycol mixture.

Now we are ready to fill in the formula based on our data gathered. Assume our data reads as follows:

S.G. at 60 o

F = 1.060

Ave Temp into the load = 120 o

F

Ave Temp out of the load = 180 o

F

The Ave indicated flow on the flow meter = 10 GPM

∆ T = 180 - 120 = 60 o

F

T

Ave

=

180 + 120

2

= 150

o

F

Ave

through the load

Temperature of the coolant at the flow meter = 120 o as the temperature into the load.)

F (the same

Q

= 146.54

×

IndicatedFlow o

10GPM

√

S

F

F

×

S

.G.

L

×

C p

×∆

T

We need to now find S.G.

F or specific gravity of the 40% glycol at the flow meter temperature.

Again refer to Figure e-2. From the bottom scale and 40% solution, run vertically until the fluid temperature curve you desire crosses the 40% solution line. In our case, the temperature at the flow measure is 120 left and this will be the S.G. for the fluid at the flow meter. In our case,

S.G.

F

= 1.046.

o

F (Point B). Now read across to the

Table e-1. Specific Gravity and Density of Water at Atmospheric Pressure

(Weights are in vacuo)

Specific gravity Density lb per cu ft

0.99987

0.99997

1.00000

0.99997

0.99988

62.4183

62.4246

62.4266

62.4246

62.4189

0.99973

0.99952

0.99927

0.99897

0.99862

0.99823

0.99780

0.99732

0.99681

0.99626

0.99567

0.99505

0.99440

0.99371

0.99299

62.4096

62.3969

62.3811

62.3623

62.3407

62.3164

62.2894

62.2598

62.2278

62.1934

62.1568

62.1179

62.0770

62.0341

61.9893

Temp. deg C

40

42

44

46

48

50

52

54

56

58

60

62

64

66

68

70

72

74

76

78

Table e-2. Specific Heat of Water at 1 Atm (I.C.T)

Specific gravity Density lb per cu ft

0.99224

0.99147

0.99066

0.98982

0.98896

61.9428

61.894

61.844

61.791

61.737

0.98807

0.98715

0.98621

0.98524

0.98425

0.98324

0.98220

0.98113

0.98005

0.97894

0.97781

0.97666

0.97548

0.97428

0.97307

61.682

61.624

61.566

61.505

61.443

61.380

61.315

61.249

61.181

61.112

61.041

60.970

60.896

60.821

60.745

e-2

Temperature in degrees F.

C p

32

1.001

50

1.002

100

1.004

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

150

1.009

212

1.021

This step is required to correct the indicated flow reading at the meter into the actual flow being measured. This is due to the flow meter being calibrated to a S.G. of 1.0.

Next, we must determine the Ave specific gravity flowing through the reject load (S.G.

L

). This is found in the same manner, except the fluid temperature is now the average temperature passing through the load, which in our case is 150 o

F.

S.G.L = 1.037 (Point C)

The next task is to determine C flowing through the load.

p or specific heat of the fluid

T

Ave

= 150 o

F

Since the chart is in o

C we must convert

• o o

C = 5/9 ( o

C = 65.55

F - 32)

From the base of the chart at 65.55

40% solution line crosses the 65.55

left to locate the value for C p

.

o

C, run vertically until the o

C line (Point A). Read to the

In our case it is Cp = .92

Now all the data has been gathered.

The calculation of the power dissipated in the load becomes:

Q

= 146.54

×

IndicatedFlowof

10GPM

√

S

F

F

× 1.037

× .92

× 60

Q = 81,748.651 Watts being dissipated into load with a 40% glycol solution.

NOTE

The specific heat and specific gravity of water is NOT always equal to 1.0.

Refer to Figure e-2. This chart will simplify calculations and convert the formula as shown below.

Q

= 146.54

×

IndicatedFlowRate

CorrectionFactor

×

S

.G.

F

×

C p

×∆

T

Read the specific gravity on the left and the correction factor on the bottom.

The flow meter and the thermometer wells may be positioned at a convenient eye level location for ease in reading. There is no major reason to locate them extremely close to the load connections to insure temperature accuracy. Calculation can be made to show that the temperature change in the fluid, due to thermal loss

Appendix E from bare pipes, is so small that it can be reasonably ignored.

For example, at a flow of 10GPM the temperature change due to thermal losses in bare 1 inch pipe are on the order of 1 o measurement (assuming uninsulated pipe). Reasonable location selection and insulated lines should be considered, depending upon plant layout.

F per 100 feet of pipe. The closer to the load, the more accurate the

e.4

Transmitter Operation

Assuming that materials in the cooling system are compatible and that the pumps allow for the additional heat loss due to glycol, only the change in specific heat affects transmitter operation. When cooling with solutions of ethylene glycol of approximately 50% concentration, actual flow rate should be increased

15%. This corresponds directly to the decrease in heat capacity.

e.5

Heat Transfer Solutions

e.5.1

Ethylene Glycol

Commercial Grade “Ucartherm” (Union Carbide Corporation)

Ethylene Oxide/Glycol is the recommended heat transfer fluid to be used for the liquid portion of the cooling system.

Automotive grade antifreeze is not recommended due to the silicon additives which can cause incompatibility problems with pump seals and other components within a system.

Due to a tendency of the glycol to break down over time when mixed with chlorinated water, it is recommended that deionized water or distilled water be used for the solution.

The life expectancy of a “Ucartherm” system can be as long as

10-15 years for a clean system installed and monitored per the recommended procedures.

Glycols are excellent penetrants. Systems tested with water and checked to be tight sometimes will leak when glycol solutions are then added. Recheck the system for leaks after installing the glycol mixture.

Distribution information may be obtained by contacting Union

Carbide Corporation (312-454-2162).

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

e-3

e-4

Figure e-2. Correction Factor

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

Appendix E

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

e-5

e-6 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

Appendix E

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

e-7

e-8 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

Appendix E

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

e-9

e-10 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

Appendix E

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

e-11

e-12 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

Appendix E

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

e-13

e-14 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

Appendix F

Vendor Data

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

f-1

f-2 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

f-3

f-4 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

f-5

f-6 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

f-7

f-8 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

f-9

f-10 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

f-11

f-12 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

f-13

f-14 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

f-15

f-16 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

f-17

f-18 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

f-19

f-20 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

IOT BROADCAST BEAM SUPPLY - 736 0269 000

HARRIS P/N DESCRIPTION QTY/UM REF. SYSMBOL/EXPLANATIONS

510 0748 000 . . CAPACITOR, 30 UF, 660 VAC. . . . . 3 . . . . . . . . . C1,2,3

560 0081 000 . . MOV, 575 VRMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . . . . . . . . . MOV 1,2,3

560 0099 000 . . CAP-MOV ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . N/A

384 0945 000 . . TRANS-PACK, FULL WAVE BRIDGE

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ADC, 90KPIV W/RC NETWORK . . 1 . . . . . . . . . 1REC

418 0039 000 . . BUSHING 18 KV CLASS 110A . . . . 3 . . . . . . . . . N/A

418 0040 000 . . L.V. BUSHING, 400AAC . . . . . . . . . . 3 . . . . . . . . . N/A

359 1041 000 . . PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . N/A

359 0979 000 . . LIQUID LEVEL GAUGE . . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . N/A

442 0104 000 . . TEMPERATURE GAUGE . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . N/A

560 0098 000 . . SURGE ARRESTOR..6 KV. . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . MOV 4

358 2870 000 . . COVER CLAMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 . . . . . . . . N/A

510 0755 000 . . CAPACITOR, 4UF, 40KV . . . . . . . . . 2 . . . . . . . . . C4,5

542 1627 000 . . .RESISTOR, 20 OHM, 225 WATTS . 2 . . . . . . . . . R1,2

540 1541 000 . . RESISTOR, 40 OHM, 75WATT . . . . 2 . . . . . . . . . R3,4

604 1164 000 . . .INTLK SW: JB COVER . . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . N/A

604 1165 000 . . INTLK SW: TAP SW COVER . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . N/A

604 1166 000 . . INTLK SW: SHRTG STICK. . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . N/A

Appendix G

Beam Supply

888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

g-1

g-2 888-2414-001

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

advertisement

Was this manual useful for you? Yes No
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement

Table of contents